Adventure world 2015 worldwide collection

TAILOR-MADE WORLDWIDE COLLECTION 201 5

Contents

Asia & India

22–61

VIETNA M 30 CA MBODIA 34 BURM A 36 L AOS 38 INDONESIA 39 M AL AYSIA & BORNEO

40

CHINA 42 INDIA

44

NEPAL 56 BHUTAN 57 SRI L ANK A 58 M ALDIVES 60

Arabia

62–77

Egypt 70 Jordan 72 Oman 74 Morocco 76

Europe

78–97

Walking

82

Cycling 84 Turke y 86 Greece 90 Croatia 92

2 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Tall Ship Sailing

95

River Cruising

96

Arctic

97

Canada & USA

98–135

Canada 106 Alaska 124 USA 128

Latin America

136–175

M ADAGASCAR 205 INDIAN OCE AN

206

Pacific

208–221

Cook Islands

213

Fiji 211

Samoa 214

Peru 144

Vanuatu 215

Ecuador

148

Niue 216

GAL APAGOS ISL ANDS

150

Tahiti 217

Bolivia 152

Tonga 218

Chile 154

Papua New Guine a

Argentina 158

Hawaii 220

219

Bra zil 160 Colombia 164

The Travel Corporation 222

Venezuela 165 Antarctica 166 GUATEM AL A 171 MEXICO 172 Costa Rica

174

Cuba 175

Africa

176–207

SOUTH AFRICA

183

ZIMBABWE & Z A MBIA

192

BOTSWANA

194

NA MIBIA 197 KENYA & TANZ ANIA

198

UGANDA

203

ETHIOPIA 204

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 3

A Lifetime of Extraordinary Travel...

I’m delighted to share with you the Adventure World global collection for 2015. Our team of destination experts have curated the best in soft adventure experiences from around the world and our travel designers are ready to hand tailor them just for you.

It doesn’t matter if your soft adventure is at the ‘softer’ end of the scale, more about enjoying local vino and culinary delights than getting too active. Similarly, if you are about jumping on a bike, clocking up the km’s and getting amongst the locals, that’s great too - our curated trips are suited to a range of adventure ‘appetites’.

The Adventure World team are the most passionate travel curators I’ve had the pleasure to work with. Their drive and delight in making our customers dreams come true is evident every day and I’m so pleased to be able to share the fruits of their incredible work with you.

As you leaf through the brochure you will see the ‘handpicked’ trips, where our destination experts have created suggested itineraries based on their expert knowledge of the best authentic experiences. We’re particularly pleased this year to launch our Europe selection, and our new South Pacific selection as well as our incredible Asian, African and America’s collections – I know you’ll be spoilt for choice.

So please enjoy this collection, I hope it inspires you as much as it does us.

“Twenty years from now you will be more disappointed by the things you didn’t do than the ones you did. So throw off the bowlines, sail away from the safe harbour, catch the trade winds in your sails. Explore. Dream. Discover.”

Enjoy!

Fiona Hunt Managing Director Adventure World

@AW_Fiona

Cover image: Adventure World offers unparalleled opportunity to become immersed in the environment and transform your perception of elephants. Physically interact with the herd, observe activities such as mud bathing, and veterinary care, discuss conservation and learn secrets from their mahouts.

4 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Meteora, Greece. Visit page 90 to explore Greece.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 5

Explore Dream Discover * *

Extraordinary travel adventures

6 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

W

inter wonderlands, arid deserts, dense rainforests and deep, blue oceans – adventure awaits across the worlds most captivating landscapes. If you have a passion for exploring extraordinary places, Adventure World is the answer.

Whatever your adventure style – curious social butterfly or fiercely independent – Adventure World has tailored journeys to not just meet, but exceed your expectations.

Whether you know the destination you’d like to enjoy, you're spoiled for choice when it comes to treks and travels with Adventure World.

So, what will it be? Discovering the magical Lost City of the Incas in Machu Picchu?

Enjoying the peace, tranquillity and natural beauty of Jasper? Or taking a four-wheel drive safari in Chobe National Park, Botswana?

Don’t forget to pack your most comfortable shoes, an extra camera battery and your sense of adventure!

Atacama, Chile. Visit page 154 to explore Chile.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 7

It’s not enough to have a nice holiday, you want to connect with the people and places you visit; to drive on the gravel roads, tread on the unpaved pathways, clink mugs with the locals, and awaken their spirit in the wilderness.

You want to open up your heart and mind to the unfamiliar and unconventional. You hunger for the sort of whimsical, one-of-a-kind experiences that you could regale one day to wide-eyed grandchildren.

At Adventure World we strive to deliver this Bagan, Burma. Visit page 36 to explore Burma.

8 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

“I FELT LIKE I CONQUERED THE WORLD” My bags packed, my training done, I set off for my big adventure. My entire life I’d been fascinated by the orangutans and was finally on my way to see these beautiful animals while trekking through the parks of Borneo. Early one morning, I decided to do it, to climb Mount Kinabalu. I reached the summit just in time for sunrise. I felt like I was on top of the world.

That spur of the moment decision gave me an experience that still takes my breath away.

– Simon McLachlan

“FLOAT IN THE DEAD SEA – DONE!”

“I DISCOVERED MORE THAN I EXPECTED”

It was on my bucket list, just like everyone else… floating in the Dead Sea. Our guide took us like-minded travellers and in we dived, or slowly waded in backwards as the sign instructed.

Legs and arms flailed everywhere until we got our balance and serenely floated on top of the water. For me, a truly amazing experience.

My dream trip to Africa was filled with days out on safari, exploring the savannahs and open plains, viewing the Big Five. This was everything we had expected. Then we stumbled upon a local village and I was introduced to the local villagers. Their smiles and their welcome were warmer than the hot African sun and we were instantly made to feel like family. We went for walks and were shown how they hunt for food.

We were invited to share their meal.

I discovered there was more to Africa than the wildlife; I found the soul of the continent in its people.

– Michelle Smith

– Sarah Mackenzie

“I NEVER THOUGHT I’D DO IT….BUT I LAUGHED SO MUCH” Everyone knows I’m not usually the adventure type. Nice hotel, time to relax and a glass or two with a great meal are usually all I need.

While staying at Lake Louise on my Canadian dream holiday I thought I’d dip my toe in the water and hop in a canoe. How hard could it be?

Turned out not that hard really, but thoroughly enjoyable. I don’t think I’ve laughed so hard in all my life.

“THEY WERE THE CUTEST THINGS I’D EVER SEEN” A journey to the end of the world sounded like a bit of an adventure. Not many people can brag that they’ve been there. The southern tip of South America, Patagonia, felt like the last wilderness on earth. We felt like we were the only people there, and at times we were…well, aside from some cute wildlife.

– Nikki Fulwood

– Lynne Hunter

“IT WAS SO COLOURFUL – IT LIT UP MY SOUL” We just happened to be in the right place at the right time….and it turned out to be the highlight of our trip. The riot of colour and sound drew us in, curious as to what was going on. Stumbling across the Holi Festival made us feel like we were absorbed into the chaos of India, and we couldn’t have been happier.

– Jeff Shaw

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 9

What makes us extraordinar y When we travel we like to venture deep into the heart of a local culture and truly experience the lifeblood of a destination – its people. We encourage guests to discover and embrace different ways of life. This might mean meeting or staying with the local people or tribal groups, engaging in local customs, participating in traditional events and festivals, or simply savouring the delicacies of the region.

Uncover the great civilisations Let us transport you to another time and place. From the architectural megastars and ancient ruins to our favourite lesser-known historic gems, you’ll navigate them all with ease. We know the best times to visit the icons and where to find some of history’s most captivating hidden treasures.

Experience the beauty of nature Sometimes we look, but we don’t really see. It’s easy to get so caught up in life that we stop seeing the beauty in the world around us. On an Adventure World itinerary we allow you ample time to soak up the splendour of the natural world so you don’t miss a thing, whether it’s the dramatic fjords of Chile or the musical hum of the African bush. Wildlife and conservation are close to our hearts, so we craft all of our trips so that you are able to experience the wonders of nature responsibly and preserve the delicate surroundings for our animal friends and future generations.

Our Travel Designers We like to think of them as the cupids of the travel world, shooting off their arrows at your dream itinerary with perfect precision. At Adventure World we have teams of Travel Designers dedicated to each region, so while you may have to put up with a bit of excessive enthusiasm at times, rest assured you’ll be getting the best trip recommendations and the most in-depth destination advice. Expect nothing less than your perfect holiday match.

Our ‘Handpicked’ collection If you’re excited about a particular destination but not quite sure how to plan that perfect itinerary, simply select one of our ‘Handpicked’ trips which represent the absolute signature experiences and must see inclusions based on our expert knowledge.

Our Ratings As worldwide accommodation classification standards vary between destinations we have graded properties based on our own rating system.

We have taken into account location, authenticity to the destination, ambience, service standards and facilities available.

3 stars 

Standard comfortable property with good dependable services and facilities

4 stars 

Best-in-class property with a complete range of facilities and above average services

5 stars 

Deluxe property with exceptional services and facilities.

A truly unique experience

10 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Uncover the great civilisations

Experience the beauty of nature

Explore the unexplored

Go beyond the tourist faรงade

Scan this page with Layar.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 11

What’s your travel * style?

We know that every one of our travellers’ is unique, so your holiday should be the same. Whether you want to travel with like-minded people or you enjoy having the flexibility to mix and match elements of your holiday, our travel designers can create any journey to suit your trip style. Look for the icons throughout our collection to find the journey that suits your style.

Tatra National Park, Slovakia. Visit page 82 for our Europe walking trips.

12 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

INDEPENDENT These itineraries offer the flexibility to mix and match options to create your own holiday. They may include transfers, sightseeing, excursions or trip options which may or may not include other travellers.

PRIVATE TRIPS For the ultimate travel experience, we have a selection of personalised journeys which we operate for you and your travelling companions.

These can be customised to create your dream holiday.

SMALL GROUP JOURNEYS Small equals intimate allows you the perfect opportunity to travel with like-minded people. You’ll make new friends on your journey as well as at your destination.

SELF-DRIVE HOLIDAYS For those that travel at their own pace, our self-drive holidays give you the freedom to explore at your leisure. You can drive along the backroads or stop at that quirky looking cafĂŠ; the choice is yours.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 13

Experience the world with us Family

Culinary

Culture & Heritage

Walking & Cycling

Cruise

Festivals & Events

Culture & Heritage Go beyond the tourist façade and focus on the lifeblood of any country – its people. Our journeys aim to immerse visitors in the culture and customs of that destination to discover different ways of life.

Festivals & Events There's no better way to gain insight into the heart and soul of another culture than to join in the local traditions and festivities.

With fun and authenticity at the core, turn your holiday into a celebration of culture.

Walking & Cycling Our walking & cycling adventures aim to suit all levels of fitness, featuring everything from leisurely walking trips to some of the most challenging and rewarding treks you'll ever undertake.

14 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Wildlife & Safari Witness first-hand some of the most remarkable wildlife on the planet. From mountain gorillas and polar bears to the legendary African "Big Five", browse through our staggering range of wildlife encounters.

Rest & Relaxation Whether your idea of a relaxing getaway is island-hopping and cocktail-sipping, or recharging with a soothing medley of yoga and pampering in a wellness retreat, we have a trip to suit your travel style.

Culinary Taste your way around the globe with our mouth-watering adventures. With a focus on authentic cuisine, there's a gastronomic journey to suit all foodies, from serious wine buffs to inquisitive tastebuds.

No matter what style of traveller you are we have the ideal experience for you. Whether it is culture and heritage, a wildlife safari, culinary adventure or your next family getaway that you're seeking, our travel experts are committed to tailoring your perfect holiday.

Rest & Relaxation

Photography

Rail

Luxury

Wildlife & Safari

Winter

Cruise

Luxury

Explore some of the world's most extraordinary destinations and pristine coastlines from our exclusive fleet of cruise ships.

Experience first-hand some of the most remote and beautiful pockets of the world.

From pure five-star opulence to simple stylish comfort, we tailor-make experiences to stunning destinations all over the world encompassing all levels of luxury.

Rail

Winter Whether you long for the thrill of the ski slopes, the mystery of the wilderness, or the serenity of the fire-side Shiraz, come and discover your perfect winter escape.

Photography Our photographic journeys take you to some of the most beautiful or remote pockets of the earth, providing you with rare photographic opportunities to capture the perfect shot.

Travelling by rail is still one of the most romantic ways to take in a country. From Canada to India, travel to some of most picturesque places on earth from the comfort of our luxurious coaches.

Family Create happy memories that you and your family will cherish for a lifetime. From horseback riding on a Texan ranch to a safari in the South African wilderness, these trips are crafted for adventurers of all ages.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 15

Our leaders on the ground We know that the most memorable experiences aren’t necessarily the ones paraded on the pages of the popular guidebooks. Remember that secluded diving spot in the Galapagos? Or the Sangiovese you sipped in our friend’s vineyard in Tuscany? Or the cheetah cubs you spotted from that private lookout in the Okavango Delta? Our guides are archaeologists, farmers, sommeliers, chefs, photographers, interpreters, writers, mountaineers, divers, and conservationists. They’re also great dining companions, superbly fun to be around, incredibly down to earth, and always keen to swap a travel tale or two. Trust us, you’re in good hands.

16 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

MEE T SOME OF OUR E X TR AORDINARY LE ADERS Tom Rivest

Adi Bajaj

Daryl Dell

Canada

India

South Africa

From humble beginnings on the family farm to operating his very own a grizzly bear viewing lodge in British Columbia, Canada, this wildlife guru still prefers to be out in the field, arranging tête-à-têtes with the local grizzlies (most of which he knows by name).

Adi and his family have been sharing the authentic India and illuminating the country’s hidden gems to our guests for more years than they would care to admit! Their hospitable nature and insider knowledge has earned them a slew of awards.

Daniel Mera

Prashantha De Alwis

Galapagos Islands

Since he was a small child Daniel has been passionate about the ocean. While his love of wildlife led him to become a Fisheries Biologist, he now spends his days navigating the reefs of the Galapagos Islands as a fulltime diving instructor.

Sri L anka

You know karma is on your side if you get Prashantha as your guide. A devoted zoology student, avid bird-watcher, and passionate wildlife conservationist, he loves showing his country to visitors.

Alicia Carolina Rojas Bravo Chile

Born and raised in Santiago, Chile, this modest adventurer began working in the travel industry at just 17 years of age and now swills vino for a living as a fully-qualified sommelier and guide. Based in gritty Valparaíso, she loves educating visitors about the region’s crisp drops.

Mohamed A. Elaal Egypt

This real-life archaeologist and adventurer loves sharing his warm sense of humour, fascinating culture, and encyclopaedic knowledge of all things ‘Egypt’ with visitors to his country. Mohamed has an astounding 30 years of experience in Egyptology.

Daryl Dell’s affinity for wildlife and conservation began on the family farm in the Great Karoo in South Africa’s heartland.

Daryl’s tremendous knowledge of the bush is matched only by his enthusiasm for meeting new people from all over the world.

Baba Savute Botswana

It’s no wonder this warm Botswana native speaks of becoming a leader as “something that I was born to do”. As a member of the Bayei tribe, Baba grew up literally surrounded by nature, and now dedicates his life to sharing his mind-boggling knowledge of the land with visitors.

Phonexay Thammavongsa (Mee) SOUTHE AST ASIA

Inspired by her journalist father, Mee was propelled into the travel industry with a profound desire to discover her own country and showcase it to the world. Seeing the awe in travellers’ eyes is the most rewarding part of her job, she says.

Sonia Lima

Nou Sokum

Dean Opie

Bra zil

Cambodia

Papau New Guine a

Hailing from Rio de Janeiro, Sonia’s social nature and love of travel led her to pursue a career in a the tourism industry. Twenty years later, and this avid photographer and eco warrior is still introducing visitors to all of her favourite botecos (bars) and local hidden gems.

After relocating to Siem Reap in 1991, Sokum became enamoured with the ancient Angkor ruins. During his time working for the UN, his fascination for the temples grew and this soon paved the way for a career as a travel guide, where he is able to share his country’s history and culture with visitors.

Dean, a Melbourne, Australia native, has been walking the Kokoda Track for the last seven years and is still amazed by his jungle backdrop. A true nature lover, Dean is deeply passionate about the environment and the local communities that live along the track.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 17

Discover your next extraordinary adventure at adventureworld.com Everything you need to get inspired and bring your next extraordinary adventure to life is right at your fingertips with Adventureworld.com. Think of it as a one-stop online resource for all your travel planning and customer service needs. Featuring extended trip itineraries, useful destination information, hot deals, online brochures, travel stories and expert tips from our blog, and much more.

Scan this page with Layar.

Scan this page with Layar.

18 18 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Feed your wanderlust Connect with us across your favourite social networks! Be inspired for your next getaway and stay up to date with our latest trips, travel trends, hot deals, expert tips, and awesome competitions!

AdventureWorldTravel

#AWtravel

#AWtravel

#AWtravel

#adventureworld

adventureworld.com/newsletter

Share your travel experiences at #extraordinaryAW

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 19

At Adventure World and parent company The Travel Corporation, we understand that travel matters; it allows us to explore the world and gain a deeper understanding of each destination, its history and culture, through enriching experiences. We also recognise that it is our responsibility to help protect the places we visit and take care of the world around us.

Created as a joint initiative between The Travel Corporation’s family of brands, The TreadRight Foundation is a not-for-profit that works to help ensure the environment and communities we visit remain vibrant and preserved for generations to come. To date, TreadRight has donated more than USD 2.5 million to sustainable tourism projects worldwide. Adventure World is proud to be an active founder and supporter of TreadRight’s projects and work.

TreadRight’s guiding principle is to encourage sustainable tourism development through conservation, leadership and support for communities. We encourage each of our partners to use this principle to guide all of their actions, whether at our regional offices or when taking guests around the world. By providing grants to organisations that encourage sustainability in different destinations, we hope to maintain the natural attractions across the world that define each unique region. Foundation priorities are set by the Steering Committee, which includes sustainability leaders like Céline Cousteau and Costas Christ.

The foundation has recently launched new project partnerships with WildAid and The Wilderness Foundation. WildAid focuses on reducing the demand for illegal wildlife trade with the strong and simple message: when the buying stops, the killing can too.

The organisation has initiatives focused on protecting elephants, rhinos, tigers, sharks and other marine life across the globe.

The Wilderness Foundation is a project-driven conservation and leadership organisation that encourages, plans and protects wild lands and wilderness. The organisation is involved with active, sustainable social intervention programs, focusing on four main program areas: conservation, social intervention, experiential education, and advocacy & awareness.

To learn more about our past and current work at TreadRight, please visit us at treadright.org

20 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND EDITION

National Geographic Traveller National Geographic Traveller championed sustainable travel before it became a trend, celebrating journeys that are about place, experience, culture, authenticity, living like the locals, and incredible signature photography. The magazine makes a distinction between tourism and travel, and stresses inquisitive not acquisitive trips.

It employs storytelling and you-are-there photography to inspire you to get up and go with the theme of ‘Nobody Knows This World Better’. It eschews fashion and fluff in favour of articles that offer a strong sense of place, inspiring narratives that prompt readers to take trips, while also offering solid service information to help with trip planning.

Book a trip with Adventure World and you will automatically receive a complimentary annual subscription to National Geographic Traveller Australia and New Zealand magazine!

National Geographic Live Adventure World has been the proud presenting partner of the National Geographic Live Pacific touring series since its inaugural launch in 2012 across Australia and New Zealand.

This robust and widely acclaimed touring speaker’s series presents the world’s top explorers, photographers, filmmakers, scientists, and adventurers who share captivating stories from the frontlines of exploration. Each performance includes awardwinning multimedia and audience interaction. The series offers a lens on our world as only National Geographic can deliver it.

Staged in locations across the nation in iconic venues such as the Sydney Opera House and Wellington’s Te Papa Museum thousands have enjoyed the fascinating storytelling that lies behind every iconic National Geographic image.

World Legacy Awards Adventure World is the proud sponsor of the World Legacy Awards, a new initiative of the National Geographic Society.

The World Legacy Awards honour the companies, organisations, and destinations that are driving the positive transformation of the tourism industry, showcasing leaders and visionaries in sustainable tourism best practices, and sharing their stories with millions of today’s travellers. The World Legacy Awards align to Adventure Worlds responsible travel philosophy and commitment to sustainable travel and tourism.

Scan this page with Layar.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 21

Bagan, Burma. Visit page 36 to explore Burma.

22 22 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

“I haven’t been everywhere, but it’s on my list.”

- Susan Sontag

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 23

MAPS

asia

and Get up close h pandas, personal wit China

The stunning landscapes and engaging cultures of Asia are waiting to be explored. One of the world’s most exciting travel regions, South East Asia is an area of contrasts, offering both a wealth of similarities and extreme differences.

Vietnam, Cambodia and Laos were once part of French Indochina and comprise diverse and fascinating landscapes, history and culture. Marvel at thriving cities, awe-inspiring temples and friendly people.

Mother nature has supplied Borneo with a profusion of flora and fauna. It has bought together diverse heritage, tradition and culture where natural wonders abound with eco treasures from the high mountains to the deep oceans.

China is an epic adventure. From dynamic Shanghai to the magical Yunnan province, the sheer diversity of China takes you from noisy cities buzzing with energy to isolated mountaintop Ming Dynasty villages where you can hear a pin drop.

ering Explore glitt ma pagodas, Bur

WHEN TO GO south east asia

CHINA

South East Asia is hot and humid but there is always somewhere open for travel when other areas may be quieter due to the annual monsoon. Most countries enjoy a ‘cool’ season from roughly December to February, which is the peak time for tourist, and a ‘hot’ season from March to May.

Travel to China is possible all year round, as long as you’re prepared for what the seasons can throw at you.

Spring (March to May) and autumn (September to early November) can be the best time to be on the road.

Malaysia and Borneo Malaysia and Borneo have short wet seasons but are not a deterrent to travel. Indonesia gets two monsoons.

The best time to visit is from May to September. The rains start in September in Sumatra and head east, arriving in East Timor around November or December.

24 24 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

dur, the Visit Borobu hist temple d d u B t es g r la , Indonesia in the world

See the life-size Terracotta Warriors of Xian, China

MONGOLIA

RUSSIA

Beijing

NORTH KOREA

CHINA SOUTH KOREA

JAPAN

Xian

Chengdu

Shanghai

Discover the amazing sunrise at Angkor Wat, Cambodia

BANGLADESH

TAIWAN

BURMA Hanoi

Mandalay Bagan Luang Prabang

Naypyidaw

LAOS

Vientiane

Hoi An

THAILAND Siem Reap Battambang

CAMBODIA VIETNAM

Phnom Penh

Sihanoukville

PHILIPPINES

Saigon

Mt Kinabalu

Penang

Sabah

MALAYSIA

Kuala Lumpur

Sarawak

Malacca

Batang Ai

anite peaks Climb the gr balu, Borneo of Mt Kina

INDONESIA

Sumatra

Jakarta

PAPUA NEW GUINEA

Java Bali

Flores Komodo Islands

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 25

AUSTRALIA

Asia & India with the experts Jocsan Depaz Adv e n t u re W orld As i a & I n d i a P rod u c t M a n ag er

“Covering a rich diversity of landscapes, cultures and historical narrative, this vibrant region provides a magnitude of sensory experiences. In Asia and India it’s the everyday details that provide the most unforgettable memories; a rainbow of vibrant prints in the markets, or the scent of aromatic spices frying on the street stalls all add to the experience.

When crafting our portfolio I always seek out elements that will be focal highlights of the trip which more often than not involve the local people. In Hanoi we offer the opportunity to take to the bustling streets accompanied by a popular food blogger whilst in Malaysia you can engage with the indigenous tribes of Sarawak and stay in a traditional longhouse.

I am a big wildlife ambassador and at Adventure World we focus on responsible travel to areas where conservation efforts are boosted by tourism. India is home to over eighty national parks and many wildlife sanctuaries where you have the unique experience to view the Royal Bengal Tiger and in Borneo you can help save the orang-utans by visiting the Sepilok Rehabilitation Centre.”

“

S ome pa s t t r av eller comme n t s

“Our most memorable events included the first view of the Taj Mahal through the arched gateway, sighting tigers on the game drives in Ranthambore, the rickety rickshaw ride through the bustling streets of Varanasi. Not to mention the truly spiritual experience of floating the flower and candle arrangements on the Ganges at dawn.”

Stuart Reid, Perth WA

“I am so glad I went to Burma; it reminded me of how Vietnam used to be a long long time ago completely untouched and raw.

Jane Bittman Adv e n t u re W orld Tr av el D es i g n er

“My house is like a shrine to Asia and India as every time I’m away I can’t help but pick up a new piece of silverware, ancient trinket or silk. For me shopping in the bustling Delhi backstreets is the ultimate shopper’s experience with its colonial architecture and sweet cooking scents in the air.

Cambodia is a hidden treasure where the exquisite temples of Angkor stand silent and proud. Phnom Penh, the Pearl of Asia, capital of Cambodia is often overlooked by visitors. But the city with its cluster of crumbling French colonials is packed with history such as the Royal Palace, a stone showpiece of classical Khmer architecture and the Silver Pagoda on the palace grounds is a jewel encrusted wonder.

In China I am always amazed at the truly spectacular achievements; from the ancient structures of Beijing to the incredible craft of the terracotta warriors in Xian and the contrasting boom-city of Shanghai.

Sri Lanka has become a popular destination with our Adventure World travellers. Few places can offer such a remarkable combination of stunning landscapes, pristine beaches, captivating cultural heritage and unique experiences within such a compact location. I always recommend that visitors to Sri Lanka extend their stay in the Maldives and explore the magnificent coral reefs.”

26 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

The trip was flawless!”

M aureen Montgomery, Noosa QLD

“Taking the Lhasa to Beijing train was the perfect way to end our Tibet adventure, the scenery was so stark but yet amazing.”

Anthony Bellows , Auckl and NZ

“Loved cycling in Hoi An and seeing the locals and water buffalo in the fields. The cookery class was hilarious and memorable for all the right reasons.”

Haley Coulson , Melbourne VIC

”

| 15 Days / 14 Nights from $4,844* PRIVATE

Let the magic of Laos, Vietnam, and Cambodia enchant you on this amazing journey. This trip has it all; from visits to spectacular temples and historical landmarks to discovering the local traditions and hidden charms of the small villages. Experience the region’s culture, bustling city centres, and stunning natural surroundings and meet the warm and friendly people.

ASIA Indochina

Handpicked Indochina

Includes 14 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, English speaking local guides, activities and boat trips as per itinerary, transportation with driver by private air-conditioned vehicles, flights as per itinerary and entrance fees Day 1 Bangkok On arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Bangkok - Luang Prabang Upon arrival into the spiritual capital of Laos visit Mount Phousi and climb the steps to enjoy a panoramic view of the city and the surrounding countryside. Return to your hotel via the evening hill tribe markets.

Day 3 Luang Prabang - Nam Ou River and Pak Ou Caves - Luang Prabang This morning enjoy a boat trip on Nam Ou River. Visit Pak Ou Caves and cross the Mekong River to see local villages. After lunch visit the Nam Ou Elephant Farm.

Day 4 Luang Prabang - Vientiane For early risers, there is a very special dawn visit to watch monks collecting alms. As the sun begins to rise, long lines of orange-robed monks leave their pagodas and walk down the streets collecting offerings from locals. It is a beautiful, serene ceremony that highlights the spiritualism of the Laos people. Return to your hotel before your e-bike trip of Luang Prabang. Transfer to the airport for your flight to Vientiane.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Magnificent Angkor Wat at sunset • Luang Prabang on an e-bike discovery trip

Day 5 Vientiane - Hanoi Start your day with visits to local temples before learning about COPE, an association working to help landmine victims. This afternoon visit Buddha Park.

Stop and take photos of the Friendship Bridge which was built by the Australian government in 1994 and links Laos and Thailand. This evening board your flight to Hanoi.

• Walk the backstreets and narrow alleyways of Hanoi

Day 6 Hanoi Enjoy a sightseeing excursion of Hanoi.

EXPLORE

Day 7 Hanoi - Danang - Hoi An Fly to Danang before continuing to Hoi An. Walk around the ancient town centre to visit former merchants’ houses, the 400 year-old Japanese Covered Bridge, and the colorful market.

• Buddhist and Hindu temples throughout Laos and Cambodia

Day 8 Hoi An - Hue Leave Hoi An for Hue. Its mesmerising tombs and mausoleums of the last emperors reveal fascinating insights into the lives of the imperial families and their subjects.

• Cai Be Floating Markets

Day 9 Hue This morning take a cyclo through the ‘Old City’ to Tinh Tam Lake and continue on to Thien Mu Pagoda overlooking the Perfume River. In the afternoon see the tomb of the former emperor Minh Mang, Khai Dinh’s Tomb and finish the day at the Mausoleum of Tu Duc.

• Lakeside villages in Cambodia, Vietnam and Laos

Day 10 Hue - Saigon Transfer to Hue Airport for the short flight to Ho Chi Minh City, still called Saigon by the locals. Enjoy a full day of sightseeing.

LEARN/DO

Day 11 Saigon - Mekong Delta - Saigon This morning, leave bustling Saigon for Cai Be. Enjoy a cruise around the floating market. Traders work the river and some have been living on these waters for generations. Produce at the market is hung on a pole in front of boats to attract customers. Return to the boat and cruise to Dong Hoa Hiep Island.

• Cook traditional Vietnamese dishes with local ingredients • COPE, an association working to help landmine victims • Life in the villages along Tonle Sap Lake Additional CHOICES

Day 13 Siem Reap Start your morning at the South Gate of Angkor Thom. End your day with a visit to the temples of the Small Circuit by local remork. The most illustrious of these is Ta Prohm which is unique as it has been left largely as it was found: overgrown by trees and vines, with many parts of the temple crumbling to the ground. This makes the ‘Tomb Raider Temple’ one of the most picturesque of the Angkor temples.

• Enjoy a culinary evening in Vientiane with head chef Chandra • Delve further into Cambodia by adding a trip to Battambang to your journey

Day 14 Siem Reap Travel to the countryside to see the temple of Banteay Srey. End your day at the magnificent Angkor Wat and explore the intricate carvings and passageways of this temple. You will be there during sunset, when Angkor Wat is quieter and the Apsaras will shine in the most beautiful light.

• Cross into Burma to continue your South East Asian adventure

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 12 Saigon - Siem Reap Located in suburban Saigon away from the well-trodden tourist path, today is not just a cooking class but a genuine insight into a Vietnamese kitchen.

Depart early for a local market with your host, to shop for ingredients. Head back to the house to start cooking, where you’ll eventually devour the results for lunch. Rather than having a set cooking class menu see what tickles your fancy. After lunch fly to Siem Reap.

Day 15 Siem Reap On your last day in Siem Reap, embark on a boat trip on Tonle Sap Lake.

Board a local boat and visit Kampong Phluck. Your journey ends with a transfer to the airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 27

ASIA

Wicked Eats of the East Kaya jam is South-East Asia’s answer to South America’s decadent dulce de leche. This mouth-wateringly sweet curd is made from caramelised sugar, coconut milk and eggs infused with pandan (a faintly nutty leaf). It’s traditionally served on toast and sometimes dipped into a soft-boiled egg!

Vietnam has long enjoyed a love affair with coconut rice wine, a lip-smackingly potent beverage masked in the oily flavour and aroma of coconut. A loud, hearty toast of “Mot! Hai! Ba! Yo!” is essential when imbibing this concoction—Vietnamese for “One! Two! Three! Yo!” When the long wooden boats take to the water to face off in the annual Dragon Boat Festival, the Chinese masses collectively lick their lips in anticipation of

zongzi. These delicious parcels are made from sticky rice, stuffed with various fillings and wrapped in bamboo leaves.

Local treat num sang khya l’peou (pumpkin custard) is as delicious as it is impressive. The delightful dessert is made from hollowed-out pumpkin, filled with rich coconut custard and steamed to sticky sweet perfection.

There’s a good reason why the northern city of Chiang Mai is often simply referred to as “Chiang Mai noodles”. The city makes a good noodle. Adored by locals, the region’s hearty signature dish khao soi comprises of a bowl of egg noodles and a chicken leg topped with a runny coconut curry, crispy noodles, lime, pickled cabbage and spring onions.

Did you know?

• The Chinese eat more kilojoules daily than Americans per kilogram of body weight, but suffer less obesity.

• The fortune cookie originated in Japan.

• If you leave your chopsticks in the bowl, it symbolises death and is very bad luck.

• Vietnamese people consume the largest number of instant noodles in Asia.

• South-East Asia’s favourite fruit, the durian, is actually forbidden on public transport and in some hotels in Singapore because of its strong smell.

28 28 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Rail travel across China is developing at break-neck speed. It is increasingly easy to travel from one province to another by highspeed rail. Your journey from the Great Wall to Halong Bay will pass through the famous Buddhist caves at Longmen, the rice terraces at Longsheng, the remote and karst countryside of Mingshi, the ethnic groups of northern Vietnam and finally to the world-famous Halong Bay.

Vietnam

| 12 Days / 11 Nights from $4,199* PRIVATE

ASIA China &

Great Wall to Halong Bay Adventure

Includes 11 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with local English speaking guides, transportation by private air-conditioned vehicle unless stated otherwise and entrance fees Day 1 Beijing Upon arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel. Should you arrive in time, you’ll be able to visit the Temple of Heaven.

Day 2 Beijing The Forbidden City has regained the vivid colours of its former glory. Today take your time to discover this unforgettable destination. The rest of your day will be dedicated to walks around Beihai Lake and Houhai Lake which is encircled by Hutongs, many of which have now been converted into pedestrian streets with charming restaurants and bars.

Day 3 Beijing The Great Wall is one of the most famous symbols of China and an experience not to be missed. The Wall stretches for over 6,000km from ancient Manchuria to the fort at Jiayuguan at the edge of the Gobi Desert. Today you will visit the Mutianyu section of the wall.

Depending on time, you may also be able to enjoy a picnic on the Great Wall. Once back in Beijing, visit the Summer Palace.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Hutongs, the famous Beijing alleyways home to traditional courtyard style homes

Day 4 Beijing - Luoyang You will be transferred to the station for the high speed train to Luoyang. From here you will be driven to Longmen Grottoes, 13km from Luoyang, and the ancient capital of the Northern Wei Dynasty. The caves are spread over a kilometre on both sides of the Yi River. You will see the Cave of 10,000 Buddhas and the Ancestor Worshipping Cave, known for its 17 metre tall seated Buddha.

• Sunrise over magical Halong Bay • Detian Waterfalls, the largest waterfalls in Asia

Day 5 Luoyang - Zhengzhou - Guilin Transfer to Zhengzhou from where you will take the express train to Guilin. A packed lunch will be given to you before boarding the train. Upon arrival, transfer to the city. This region is best known for its ethnic minorities and unique countryside.

EXPLORE

Day 6 Guilin - Longsheng - Guilin Today head to the Longsheng area and Huangluo Yao village. The village is inhabited by people of the Red Yao minority. Yao women are characterised by their long black hair which they don’t have the right to cut until they are 16, at which age it is believed they are ready to find a husband. Enjoy a walk through the village. Note that shows are arranged for visitors, however we advise against attending. Enjoy a walk on the “Dragon’s Backbone”, one of the most beautiful stretches of rice terraces in the country.

Today the region looks like a succession of humongous staircases, along which various small villages typical of the Dong, Miao, Yao, and Zhuang minorities sit.

• Beijing’s Forbidden City • Beautiful stretches of rice paddies in rural China • Bustling city of Hanoi

Day 7 Guilin - Nanning - Mingshi Transfer to Guilin train station for a high speed train to Nanning where, upon arrival you will be transferred to Mingshi.

LEARN/DO • Cover vast expanses of China aboard high speed trains • Visit Chinese ethnic groups in their local villages • Discover Longmen Grottoes and the Cave of 10,000 Buddhas Additional choices • A rafting trip at Detian Waterfalls • Dinner and cocktails at Jiali Gallery to meet local artists

Day 9 Mingshi - Friendship Pass - Lang Son - Halong Transfer by car to Youyiguan Scenic Area Parking lot where you will take a shuttle bus to the Chinese border. Upon arrival at the Lang Son Border, your guide will meet you and transfer you to Halong Bay. Arrive in Halong City, check in to your hotel and spend the rest of the day at leisure.

Day 10 Halong Bay This morning head to the jetty to board your Halong Bay cruise. Halong Bay is one of the wonders of the world and many tales have been woven about its creation.

Folk law describes that the bay’s islands and islets were created when dragons spat jewels and jade into the area to protect the people of Vietnam. In the afternoon, enjoy some excursions or activities or just spend some time relaxing on board. Towards the end of the day the boat anchors for the night.

Day 11 Halong Bay - Hanoi As the sun rises on Halong Bay, breakfast is served as your vessel cruises slowly through the magnificent rock formations and back towards port. Disembark and transfer to Hanoi. Enjoy the rest of the day at leisure.

• Extend your journey with a visit to the National Park at Zhangjiajie, recognised as the inspiration behind the movie ‘Avatar’

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 8 Mingshi Today journey to the Detian Waterfalls. These are the biggest waterfalls in Asia and are shared between China and Vietnam. Against a backdrop of the waterfalls, the Karst Mountains rise up on the Vietnamese side. A walk allows you to admire the waterfalls and all of their intricacies.

Day 12 Hanoi After breakfast, see the highlights of Hanoi before heading to the airport for your onward flight.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 29

ASIA Vietnam

Vietnam Set before the magical backdrop of some of the most breathtaking landscapes in South East Asia, Vietnam’s rich and diverse heritage reflects the culture, style and history of the country. The country’s recent French colonial history and colourful traditions sit side by side with a past filled with ancient glory and tragedy. This exotic destination offers magical wonders amidst historic and cultural sites. Each city in Vietnam has its own charm and, with the aromas of its world-famous street food, combines to provide an unforgettable travel experience.

Halong Bay Halong Bay is one of the scenic wonders of the world. Here the limestone landscape meets the sea to create one of the most stunning natural wonders on earth. It is truly breathtaking.

Saigon Saigon is the bustling, pulsating economic hub of the south and the modern face of Vietnam. It is a frenzy of activity but beneath this façade lies a city of history, culture and charm.

Mekong Delta Known as the food bowl of Vietnam, the Mekong Delta is formed by the various streams and tributaries of the mighty Mekong River that split after a 4,350km journey through six countries.

Sapa & Northern Vietnam Sapa and northern Vietnam are some of the least visited yet most beautiful parts of Vietnam. The area is home to a number of ethnic communities and meeting them is a special experience.

Hoi An The ancient town of Hoi An is a great place to wander around. The cobble stoned streets, historical sites and old merchant buildings will have you stepping back to another time.

Vietnamese Street Food Vietnam is a foodie’s paradise and no trip is complete without trying their street food. Walk to some of Hanoi’s best culinary hotspots with a food blogger and taste the best street eats.

30 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 10 Days / 9 Nights from $2,355* PRIVATE

Capture the real essence and spirit of Vietnam on this fascinating ten day journey which highlights the best this country has to offer.

Unique guided excursions provide you with an insight into the country’s architecture, history and traditional cultures while also introducing you to the friendly local people, spectacular landscapes, amazing cuisine and presenting you with unforgettable experiences.

ASIA Vietnam

Handpicked Vietnam

Includes nine nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with local English speaking guides, transportation by private air-conditioned vehicles, entrance fees and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Saigon On arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Saigon Explore Saigon by vespa, taking a unique look at familiar and not-so-familiar landmarks to reveal the city’s culture, religious practices and fascinating history. Head to Tao Dan Park early to catch the bird lovers club and enjoy a local coffee while your guide explains the history and practice of keeping birds in Saigon. The next stop is the monument of Thich Quang Duc, a Vietnamese Mahayana Buddhist monk who burned himself to death in 1963 to protest against the persecution of Buddhists by South Vietnam’s Ngo Dinh Diem administration. Enjoy a quick stop at the colourful Ho Thi Ky flower market before riding to a funeral home to learn about Vietnamese funeral ceremonies and customs. Roll through China Town to Nhi Phu temple built by Chinese immigrants from Fukkien Province. Leaving China Town, drive through the tunnel to District Two where you will see downtown Saigon from a different perspective.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Vietnamese street food on a walking trip of Saigon • The bustling nightlife of Hanoi • Magnificent Halong Bay

EXPLORE

Day 3 Saigon Depart early for the drive to Cu Chi district. Visit the famous Cu Chi Tunnels which consist of an incredible underground tunnel network constructed by the Viet Cong during both the French and American wars. In the evening join a walking trip of Saigon to discover the delicious street food that’s loved by the locals. After a short walk, try your first meal of the evening. “Banh xeo” is a large rice pancake filled with vegetables, shrimps and pork. The second stop is a street food place near Tan Dinh Market where you can enjoy a delicious local soup. After another short walk, it is time for a tasty “com suon non nuong muoi ot”, a local dish with rice and pork ribs. Finally end the evening at a live music café.

• The highlights of Saigon by vespa

Day 4 Saigon - Danang - Hoi An After breakfast, transfer to the airport for your flight to Danang. On arrival, drive to Hoi An. In the afternoon, take a walking trip of the ancient town centre.

• Tinh Tam Lake by cyclo

Day 5 Hoi An Enjoy Hoi An at your leisure.

• Ancient citadel in Hue

Day 6 Hoi An - Hue Leave Hoi An for Hue, the former imperial capital of Vietnam. Drive through Danang and visit the Cham Museum.

Day 7 Hue - Hanoi Start your sightseeing in Hue at the Imperial Citadel. The ancient citadel reflects the pomp and ceremony of the dynastic rulers as well as the scars of many years of turmoil, both ancient and modern. From here take a cyclo through the ‘Old City’ to Tinh Tam Lake where the emperors used to come to relax. After exploring the ruins of this wonderful monument, depart to the tomb of the former emperor Khai Dinh. Following the trip, transfer to the airport for a short flight to Hanoi.

LEARN/DO • Crawl through the Cu Chi Tunnels • See Saigon from a different perspective • History and practice of keeping birds in Saigon

Additional choices • Enjoy a performance at the Hanoi Opera House

Day 8 Hanoi Enjoy a walking excursion through charming Hang Be Market and around Hoan Kiem Lake. Continue to the Temple of Literature. In 1076 Vietnam’s first university was established within a temple to educate Vietnam’s royalty, mandarins and members of the elite. The university functioned for an incredible 700 years and its gardens and wellpreserved architecture offer a fascinating glimpse into Vietnam’s past. Visit the small but iconic One Pillar pagoda before heading back to your hotel to freshen up and relax before enjoying a night out in Hanoi. Depart in the early evening for Hanoi’s Hoan Kiem Lake where the Water Puppet Theatre is situated. Following the show stroll through the historic Old Quarter to Green Tangerine, a restaurant set in a lovingly restored 1928 colonial villa offering a menu of rich, delicious French/Vietnamese fare. After your meal you may choose to hit Hanoi’s nightspots or if there is a performance at the Hanoi Opera House, why not see a show?

• Spend a morning amongst the rice fields of Hoi An learning about the cultivation of Asia’s major food staple

Day 9 Hanoi - Halong Bay Following breakfast, drive to Halong Bay. Arrive at the jetty and board your junk. In the afternoon, enjoy some excursions or just spend time relaxing on board.

Towards the end of the day the boat sets anchor for the night.

• Extend your journey with a visit to the highlands of Sapa and Northern Vietnam

Day 10 Halong Bay Watch the sun rise over Halong Bay while your vessel cruises slowly through the magnificent rock formations and back towards port. Disembark and transfer to Hanoi or Haiphong Airport where your journey ends.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 31

ASIA Vietnam

Culinary Delights of Vietnam | 10 Days / 9 Nights from $2,577* PRIVATE

Vietnamese cuisine is regarded as one of the world’s best, and just like the country’s geographical divisions, the food can also be separated into South, Central, and Northern style. As you travel up the coast on this ten day journey, experience Vietnamese culture, history, beaches, and food. With exclusive cooking courses and meals at top restaurants, this trip is sure to please the taste buds.

Includes nine nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with local English speaking guides, transportation by private air-conditioned vehicles and entrance fees and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Saigon Upon arrival, transfer to your hotel. In the evening, enjoy a sumptuous dinner at one of the city’s finest restaurants.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • The nightlife of Saigon from the back of a vintage vespa • Hanoi street food with a local food blogger • One of Hanoi’s best bun cha establishments EXPLORE • Local flower and food markets in Saigon • Traditional Hue and surrounding local villages • Tay Loc Market, rarely visited by tourists TASTE • Pho Cuon, a grilled beef and rice noodle roll • Hoi An cuisine in a cooking class with renowned chef Duc Tram • Dine at La Verticale and enjoy artistic and uncluttered food with diverse flavour Additional choices • Extend your Vietnamese sojourn by heading to breathtaking Halong Bay • From Hanoi, travel up to the northern hills and stay in a traditional stilted house • Before your culinary journey starts, stay with a family in the Mekong Delta 32 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Day 2 Saigon Venture off the tourist trail and explore local life. This short trip offers an insider’s view into how the locals live with an exclusive visit to the wholesale flower market and a walking trip through the busy streets of a typical Vietnamese market. After lunch take a stroll to the oldest quarter of the city. This evening experience the night life of Saigon the way locals do, all from the back of a vintage vespa scooter. Stop at a traditional quan where locals congregate for their evening meal for a sampling of street food, and wrap up the evening at one of the city’s local clubs.

Day 3 Saigon - Danang - Hoi An Transfer to the airport for your flight to Danang from where you’ll drive to the ancient port town of Hoi An. Enjoy lunch at Morning Glory Restaurant. Situated in an elegant traditional style building in the heart of Hoi An’s old town, Morning Glory offers Hoi An specialty street food.

Day 4 Hoi An Chef and proprietor Duc Tram from Mango Rooms restaurant creates eclectic and innovative flavours reflective of his worldwide culinary journey. A passionate and talented chef with in-depth knowledge on the Hoi An food scene, Duc will take you on a half day culinary journey embracing a combination of refreshing flavours and beautiful presentations as well as a visit to Hoi An Market to meet the vendors who supply him with some of the finest ingredients in Vietnam after which he will teach you how to make his signature dishes.

Day 5 Hoi An - Hue This morning leave Hoi An for Hue. No culinary journey of Vietnam would be complete without a visit to Hue. The ‘royal cuisine’ of Hue originated in the days of the Nguyen Dynasty, when the rulers were served lavish meals. Dine tonight at the private ‘garden house’, one of Hue’s most famous buildings. The lady of the house will personally prepare an extraordinary Vietnamese meal which is served in the traditional manner in the private gardens of her home.

Day 6 Hue Enjoy a morning visit to Thien Mu Pagoda. For lunch try some Hue specialty food at Huynh Anh Kim Long. Frequented only by locals, it serves banh uot and bun thi nuong. This afternoon, proceed to Bao La Village, a 500 year old bamboo weaving village, on the road to Thanh Toan Bridge. The covered bridge is unique in that only two exist in Vietnam. After visiting Thanh Toan drive north to the 500 year old village of Phuoc Tich.

Day 7 Hue - Hanoi After a morning at your leisure, fly to Hanoi.

Day 8 Hanoi Enjoy a full day of sightseeing in Hanoi, visiting the city’s major attractions.

Finish the day with a Water Puppet show, a uniquely northern Vietnamese art form depicting scenes from rural life and episodes of national history. Tonight dine at La Verticale which is located in a charming villa dating back to the 1930’s. The cuisine is considered artistic and uncluttered yet at the same time extremely diverse in flavour.

Day 9 Hanoi Today you will indulge in the finest food that Hanoi has to offer with a local expert who will share his passion and knowledge of the country’s delicacies. You will taste regional delicacies and unusual foods while strolling along ‘food alley’ in the heart of Hanoi’s main market. This gastronomic trip will leave you hungry for more and give you a real insight into the colourful lives of the Vietnamese people. Stroll through the Old Quarter and try delicacies, strange food items and listen to an explanation of Vietnamese food practices.

Continue through the streets of the Old Quarter to Dong Xuan market to sample some local treats. You will then walk down to Hang Than Street to view ceremonial cake stalls and taste a special French influenced dessert. Continue back into the Old Quarter and walk along Phung Hung Street through temporary market stalls where you can see how the market scene has changed in Hanoi. At the end of the walk, stop at one of the Old Quarter’s busiest coffee shops for a well-earned sit down and coffee.

Day 10 Hanoi Your journey ends with a transfer to Hanoi Airport.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Paradise Luxury

Au Co Cruises

Paradise Luxury I, II, III & IV were built according to the traditional Vietnamese junk design and present a lavish outfit blending subtle harmony with the natural environment. The ships offer luxurious cabins and suites in which to enjoy the spectacular scenery of Halong Bay. These prestigious ships are the only cruisers on Halong Bay to offer complete spa facilities aimed at reviving your senses.

Cruise Halong Bay on Au Co cruises, with a fleet of two luxurious ships featuring state of the art design that represents Vietnamese and Oriental culture at its best. Cruise by some of the bay’s most beautiful islands, visiting caves as well as swimming in the emerald waters. For those looking for luxury, relaxation and something special, you must experience Halong Bay on board an Au Co cruise.

Adventure World loves discovering the splendid beauty of Halong Bay with 360 degree views.

Adventure World loves cruising the natural wonders of this World Heritage Site and remote areas in luxury.

The Jahan

Aqua Mekong

Plying the slow, swirling waters of the Mekong, The Jahan is a romantic cruise liner. No expense has been spared on the interior or exterior, which showcase the talents of local woodworkers, weavers and artists. Discover the romance of a bygone era of travel. Just as Indian art and architecture influenced the Khmer and Cham cultures in the Mekong Delta, the stunning artistry of The Jahan will inspire you, as will the delta’s vibrant beauty.

Spacious and indulgent, yet intimate enough to feel entirely exclusive, the Aqua Mekong incorporates relaxed yet refined public areas. Local sustainable materials and artisanal touches of the Mekong’s multifaceted cultures round out the generous interior spaces designed to welcome guests in the utmost comforts along the fascinating Mekong River. Settle into your elegant suite as the ship begins to cruise on one of life’s most memorable adventures.

Adventure World loves the stunning artistry and elegance onboard the majestic Jahan.

Adventure World loves the shore excursions along this fascinating river visiting villages only accessible by boat.

ASIA Vietnam

Our fav o urite L U X U R Y C R U I S E S

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 33

ASIA Cambodia

Cambodia Dominated by the waters of the mighty Mekong, Cambodia is a country whose breathtaking cultural heritage, staggering natural beauty and at times tragic past cannot fail to leave a lasting impression on visitors. The local people welcome visitors with open hearts and arms to this glorious and mythical land; from the expansive waters of Tonle Sap and the jungle temples of the Khmer Empire at Angkor to the haunting Killing Fields of the late 20th century, this is a land of unforgettable memories.

Temples of Angkor Wat Visually, architecturally and artistically breathtaking, Angkor Wat is one of the greatest religious monuments in the world. Cycling through the temples gives you a unique perspective and is a great way to gain an in-depth appreciation of the area.

Sihanoukville The beaches of Sihanoukville are some of the most unspoiled in all of South East Asia. Bask in the sun on the brilliant beaches, scuba dive in unchartered waters or hike in Ream National Park.

Phnom Penh Phnom Penh still maintains considerable charm. In addition to the tourist sites, a visit to the notorious “Killing Fields�, which chronicles the unfortunate years under the brutal rule of the Khmer Rouge, is worthwhile.

Battambang Get off the beaten track and discover the charming town of Battambang.

It is an architectural treasure trove, boasting well-preserved French colonial architecture, delightful countryside and ancient temples.

Boat journe y on Tonle Sap L ake Floating fishing villages dot the semi-submerged forest that line the flood plain rim of the lake, offering an excellent place to see lakeside rural Cambodia. Experience the lifestyle of the locals with a boat ride to remote villages where few tourists venture.

KHMER Cuisine Cambodian cuisine plays a large part in the enjoyment of any visit to the country. It derives its flavours from locally grown herbs and spices and sweet, sour, salty and bitter are blended seamlessly.

34 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 8 Days / 7 Nights from $2,033* PRIVATE

Discover the real essence of Cambodia on this private journey, experiencing the essential sights such as the Temples of Angkor Wat, the floating villages of Tonle Sap Lake, colonial Phnom Penh and the cultural villages surrounding Battambang. Cycle, walk and cruise your way around this charming country to see Cambodia how the locals do.

ASIA Cambodia

Handpicked Cambodia

Includes seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, English speaking local guides, transportation by private air-conditioned vehicle unless stated otherwise and entrance fees Day 1 Siem Reap On arrival, you will be transferred to your hotel. This afternoon enjoy your first glimpse of Angkor by visiting Roluos, the site of an ancient centre of Khmer civilisation known as Hariharalaya. Enjoy the natural beauty of the countryside on a cow cart ride, a fun way to experience rural Cambodia. In the Roluos Pagoda, Buddhist monks will celebrate a private blessing ceremony for you. Enjoy the spectacular view from above as you ride on a tethered helium balloon flight for an amazing aerial view of Angkor Wat. Day 2 Siem Reap Today discover more Angkor sites on a leisurely bicycle ride. Head to the ancient city of Angkor Thom the last capital of the Great Khmer Empire. Continue to Bayon Temple, a 12th century masterpiece known for its 54 towers representing the 54 provinces of the Great Khmer Empire. Return to the hotel for a relaxing break before spending the early afternoon exploring Siem Reap’s colourful markets. Finish your day with a visit to magnificent Angkor Wat by remork. Enjoy a spectacular sunset as the sun goes down behind the temple.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Amazing Ankgor Wat at sunrise and at sunset • Phnom Penh in a cyclo, an original Cambodian means of transportation • Tonle Sap Lake and floating villages

Day 4 Siem Reap - Battambang Embark on a fascinating journey across Tonle Sap Lake where you will pass floating villages and flooded forests portraying life on this lake. This afternoon, explore some of the cultural villages around Battambang. Tonight a special visit awaits you at a School of Music, Visual & Performing Arts that provides education, support and entertainment to poor communities. Dine this evening at Pomme d’Amour with its inventive menu combining French and Khmer cuisine.

EXPLORE • Siem Reap’s colourful markets • Rural Cambodia as the locals do – by cow cart

Day 5 Battambang Spend the morning on a trip that combines walking, a boat ride and then cycling along and across Sangke River to experience the daily life of Battambang.

A highlight of the morning is prayers with monks. In the afternoon, head to the Bamboo Train station. The Bamboo Train has been set up by the villagers in order to transport goods and people as there are no regular trains running anymore. Afterwards, continue towards Phnom Sampeau, home to the notorious killing caves, a cruel reminder of Cambodia’s troubled past. Serenity and inhumanity represented in one place make this an interesting visit.

• The daily life of the locals in Battambang

LEARN/DO • A private blessing ceremony with Buddhist monks

Day 6 Battambang - Phnom Penh Today depart for Phnom Penh. Travel via Kampong Chhnang known for its traditional pottery. Continue to Oudong, the former royal capital of Cambodia. Upon arrival enjoy a traditional Khmer lunch in a picnic hut at the foot of the hill, and then climb the stairs to the top of Oudong Mountain for magnificent views over the plains. Stop at the Vipassana Dhura Buddhist Meditation Centre, where you will have the opportunity to see the impressive Jade Buddha, the mummified monk and the brightly painted walls telling the story of the Ramayana, the epic Sanskrit poem that decorates many pagodas in the country.

• Cycle around the sites of Angkor • Ride The Bamboo Train

Additional choices

Day 7 Phnom Penh Enjoy an early morning cruise in Phnom Penh and afterwards visit the highlights of Phnom Penh in a cyclo, a fun way to explore this lively city. This afternoon, gain an insight into Cambodia’s recent dark history on a visit to the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum, housed in the former school that was taken over by the Khmer Rouge used as its main detention and torture centre. A visit that allows you to dig below the surface and understand Cambodia’s history. As a contrast visit the Apsara Arts Association, a local organisation created to promote classical and folkloric dance and music. Most of the young students are orphans or from poor families. This evening watch a traditional dance performance. A farewell dinner will be served at Malis restaurant, renowned for its authentic Khmer cuisine.

• An optional cooking class in Siem Reap with Kethana Dunnet • Join in prayers with monks at Sangke River • Extend your stay by adding a luxurious escape to southern Cambodia’s amazing islands and beaches

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 3 Siem Reap An early morning start to catch the sunrise at Angkor Wat – a truly memorable experience. The rest of the morning is at leisure or perhaps you may choose to discover the secrets of Khmer cuisine with an optional cooking class with Kethana Dunnet.

On the way back to Siem Reap, visit the illustrious Ta Prohm Temple. Ta Prohm has been left largely as it was found: overgrown and with many parts of the temple crumbling to the ground. This makes the ‘Tomb Raider Temple’ one of the most picturesque of the Angkor temples.

Day 8 Phnom Penh Your journey ends with a transfer to the airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 35

ASIA Burma

Burma

(Myanmar)

Known as “The Golden Land” because of the glittering pagodas, Burma is a country rich in cultural heritage. History enthusiasts can bask in ancient cities and archaeological museums. Nature lovers can discover the lure of Burma’s forests and wildlife sanctuaries. Beach lovers can relax on the pristine beaches and adventure seekers can trek the challenging mountains. Turn back the clock with a trip to a country where there’s no such thing as a 7-Eleven and the journey is often as interesting as the destination.

Bagan Bagan is one of the most enchanting and evocative places in Asia. Climb a quiet temple and witness the beauty of a misty dawn breaking over the temples for a truly enchanting experience.

Inle L ake Inle Lake, a freshwater lake, encapsulates the evocative images of this country like no other. While the lake itself is stunning, it’s the communities who live on and around the lake who provide the lasting impression.

M andalay Mandalay conjures up images of a bygone era. Set on the banks of the Irrawaddy River, the city’s Jade Market is an experience that brings the history and culture of Burma to life.

Shwedagon Pagoda No journey to Burma is complete without a visit to the 2,600 year old Shwedagon Pagoda. The most sacred and impressive Buddhist site in Burma, the top of the stupa is encrusted with over 4,500 diamonds.

AUTHENTIC BURMESE CUISINE One of the best ways to discover Burma is through its cuisine. Local ethnic minorities have helped shape the diversity of the food. Burmese cuisine is characterised by its extensive use of fish sauce and ngapi.

Mergui Archipelago Immerse yourself in the paradise-like nature of the Mergui Archipelago and feel the same sense of adventure as the great explorers. Most of the islands are uninhabited and overgrown with lush rainforest down to the white sandy beaches.

36 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 10 Days / 9 Nights from $2,747* PRIVATE

This insightful program begins in the captivating colonial capital of Yangon. Through a combination of walking, trains, horse carts, bikes, boats, trishaws and planes, you will learn about local cultures and beliefs in the inspiring towns, cities and landscapes of endearing Burma. From Yangon, Bagan and Mandalay to Pyin Oo Lwin and Inle Lake this is a memorable ten day discovery of the Golden Land.

ASIA Burma

Passage Through Burma

Includes nine nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with local English speaking guides, transportation by private air-conditioned vehicles, horse cart ride in Bagan, private local boat for Mingun, Kyauk Gu U Min and Inle Lake excursions, entrance fees and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Yangon Yangon’s impressive colonial and spiritual heritage makes it one of the most fascinating cities in South East Asia. After lunch enjoy a three hour walking trip.

Day 2 Yangon This morning transfer to Yangon railway station to enjoy a ride on the city’s circular train. Disembark at the Kyi Myin Daing market where you can interact with the vendors before heading back into Yangon. Visit Kyaukhtatgyi Pagoda, home to a 70 metre long reclining Buddha before continuing to the breathtaking Shwedagon Pagoda, the most revered Buddhist temple in Burma. Although the origins of the pagoda are unclear, the local legend maintains that the original structure was built 2,500 years ago then renovated several times before taking its current shape in the 15th century.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Yangon on a walking trip around the city • Shwedagon Pagoda, the most revered Buddhist temple in Burma

Day 3 Yangon - Bagan After breakfast, fly to Bagan. From the 11th to the 13th centuries, Bagan was the capital of Burma and the rulers constructed thousands of stupas and temples, many of which are still standing today on the banks of the Irrawaddy River. Visit Ananda Temple. Built in the early Mon-style, Ananda contains two unique Buddha images whose expressions appear to change depending on the distance from which the statue is viewed. From here, travel around the area by horse cart, passing unique temples. Enjoy an unforgettable sunset over the plains from the upper terrace of one of the temples.

Day 4 Bagan Embark on a half day cycling trip toward Kyauk Gu U Min. After exploring the temple, return to the boat for a relaxing cruise back to Bagan. Throughout your cruise you will see fabulous scenes of life on the water.

• Former British hill stations

Day 5 Bagan - Mandalay - Pyin Oo Lwin Transfer to the airport for your flight to Mandalay.

Upon arrival, depart on a scenic drive to the former British hill station of Maymyo. Many reminders of the colonial era are still present. This afternoon is free at your leisure.

EXPLORE • The temples of Bagan on a horse cart

Day 6 Pyin Oo Lwin - Naung Pain Village - Mandalay Transfer to Pyin Oo Lwin train station where you’ll board the local train to Naung Pain Village. The journey passes through stunning scenery including the Gokhtiek Viaduct. At midday reach Naung Pain Village and transfer back to Mandalay by car.

• Nyaung Shwe by local trishaw • Local crafts of Inle Lake in the villages and markets

Day 7 Mandalay - Mingun - Amarapura - Mandalay Board a private boat for a cruise on the Irrawaddy River to Mingun. Visit the main sites of Mingun and continue your journey to Amarapura. Visit Bagaya Monastery where you will learn about mudras, the statue’s hand gestures. Visit U Bein Bridge for a walk along this 200 year-old teak bridge. The bridge was constructed with 984 teak posts that were once part of the deserted Inwa Palace and, at 1.2km in length, is the world’s longest teak span. Enjoy a stroll along the bridge.

LEARN/DO • Cycle through the local villages and temples around Bagan

Day 8 Mandalay - Heho - Nyaung Shwe This morning fly to Heho from where a scenic drive leads to Nyaung Shwe, the gateway village to Inle Lake. Visit the morning market where locals gather to buy and sell fresh produce. Continue by local trishaw to the bustling canal which is a hive of activity as boats from the lake come in to unload their wares for distribution to the markets around the country. Hop on your bicycle and cycle toward the village of Khaung Daing. Catch a local ferry across the lake to Maing Thauk Village. From here, ride to Red Mountain Estate and visit Red Mountain Winery, a collaboration between the Pa-Oh people and a French wine expert. Enjoy some wine tasting, sampling several varieties of Red Mountain wine while enjoying the views at the open-air bar. Then descend to Nyaung Shwe.

• Irrawaddy River cruise • Enjoy wine tasting at a vineyard at Inle Lake

Additional choices

Day 9 Nyaung Shwe - Inle Lake - In Dein After breakfast, visit the lake’s morning market.

The market is visited by lake inhabitants and surrounding hill tribes who come to sell and trade their wares. Continue to Phaung Daw Oo Pagoda, the lake’s main sanctuary. From the middle of the lake, continue down a small canal leading to the village of In Dein. Stroll around the village and wander through the beautiful Alaung Sitthou area. Here you can climb the covered stairway to the top of a hill which is covered with picturesque ancient stupas and has magnificent views of the lake below. Continue along the lake for additional sightseeing.

• Watch the sun rise over Bagan on a hot air balloon flight over the plains and temples • Enjoy a cooking class in the home of a local Inthar family • Extend your journey with a luxury sailing adventure through the Mergui Archipelago * All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 10 Heho - Yangon This morning transfer to the airport for your flight to Yangon where your journey ends upon arrival.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 37

ASIA Laos

Laos

Handpicked Laos

This sleepy country of gilded temples, tangerine-robed monks, rice paddies and friendly people is unlike any other. Whether it’s ecotrekking in pristine jungles, meandering down the Mekong River or living it up in the old Indochinese capital of Luang Prabang, the choices are endless. Now is the best time to visit this rapidly developing country, where the typical rustic scenes that await you are much the same as those that greeted the French colonials many years ago.

Follow the natural contours of Laos on this private journey. From the northern hills and gleaming temples of Luang Prabang, discover the local cultures and dramatic landscapes that have shaped this country.

Head south to the charming capital Vientiane before continuing further down the Mekong River. Your journey ends at incredible Sipandon, where the Mekong fans out to create a land of 4,000 islands.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Stunning Mekong River • The hidden charms of Vientiane • Impressive Lippi Falls

| 8 days / 7 nights from $2,588* PRIVATE

seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with local English speaking guides and driver, transportation by private airconditioned vehicles, entrance fees and flights as per itinerary

INCLUDES

Day 1 Luang Prabang Arrive in Luang Prabang, the spiritual capital of Laos.

Day 2 Luang Prabang For early risers, there is a very special dawn visit to watch the monks collecting alms. After breakfast, begin your e-bike discovery trip of Luang Prabang.

Day 3 Luang Prabang Embark on a boat trip to Nam Ou. Stop at Pak Ou caves, cross the Mekong River to visit Ban Khok and Ban Hatkham Villages and return by boat to Nam Ou. After lunch visit Nam Ou Elephant Farm before heading back to the city.

EXPLORE • Luang Prabang on an e-bike • 4,000 Islands, known locally as Sipandon • UNESCO World Heritage Site of Wat Phou Additional choices • Participate in a traditional Baci Ceremony • Learn about the local cuisine on a Culinary Delights of Vientiane excursion • Kayaking from Ban Hang Khone to Veunkham 38 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Day 4 Luang Prabang - Vientiane Transfer to the airport for your flight to Vientiane.

Upon arrival, transfer to Buddha Park. Stop at Mai Savanh before continuing to the Laos Disabled Women Development Centre which aims to bring skills to disabled women so that they can become self-sufficient and productive members of the community.

Day 5 Vientiane Discover the hidden charms of Vientiane, one of the quietest capital cities in the world, on a full day sightseeing trip.

Day 6 Vientiane - Pakse - Wat Phou - Champasak Fly to Pakse. On the confluence of the Mekong and Sedone rivers, Pakse is the most important town in southern Laos. Visit the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Wat Phou, a spectacular pre-Angkorian temple. The temple was built by the rulers of the Khmer Empire before the construction of Angkor Wat. It served as the most important economic and political centre of the region and is still one of the Lao people’s most revered temples. Transfer to Champasak and enjoy sunset on the Mekong River.

Day 7 Champasak - 4,000 Islands Spend a full day exploring the 4,000 Islands, known locally as Sipandon. Travel overland to the village of Ban Nakasan and take a local boat to the peaceful island of Done Khone. Visit the impressive Lippi Falls, which the locals believe act as a trap for bad spirits. To allow access over the waterfalls, a railway and bridge were built - the perfect place to soak in the view.

Day 8 Champasak - Pakse After breakfast, transfer back to Pakse.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

ASIA Indonesia

Indonesia

Temples, Volcanoes and Dragons

With more than 17,500 islands stretched out like a bejewelled necklace between the Indian and Pacific Oceans, Indonesia is truly a place where landscapes contrast and cultures connect.

From the mountainous jungles of Sumatra and Kalimantan to the bustling cities and ancient temples of Java, the idyllic shores of Lombok and the remote beauty of Sulawesi and Flores, the options for travellers in Indonesia are endless.

Visit the active volcanoes of Indonesia’s ‘Ring of Fire’, along with local villages. Discover the kaleidoscopic wonders of Flores. Snorkel among enchanting coral gardens, discover Komodo dragons in their natural habitat and visit traditional villages set in volcanic landscapes.

| 14 days / 13 nights from $3,799* PRIVATE

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

12 nights hotel accommodation, one night on a local boat in Flores, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with local English speaking guides, transportation by private air-conditioned vehicles, entrance fees, boat trip to Komodo and flight Denpasar/Ende

INCLUDES

Day 1 Jogjakarta On arrival in Jogjakarta, you’ll be met and transferred to your hotel.

DISCOVER

Day 2 Jogjakarta - Prambanan - Jogjakarta Explore Jogjakarta and visit the Hindu temple of Prambanan. Enjoy dinner and a performance with traditional Ramayana Dances.

• Spectacular sunrise at Mt Bromo

Day 3 Jogjakarta - Borobudur - Jogjakarta Visit the ancient temple of Borobudur.

• Magnificent Mt Ijen, a large crater lake • Culture, heritage and scenic wonders of Bali EXPLORE

Day 4 Jogjakarta - Mt Bromo After a scenic train ride to eastern Java, head to Trowulan to visit the archaeological museum and temples before proceeding to Mt Bromo.

Day 5 Mt Bromo - Kalibaru Rise early for a sunrise visit of Mt Bromo, travelling by 4WD to a viewing spot with stunning views of the volcano. Continue the journey to Kalibaru.

Day 6 Kalibaru - Banyuwangi Explore coffee and spice plantations in the remote area of Kilabaru. After lunch, leave for the region of Ijen near the small town of Banyuwangi.

• Borobudur, the largest Buddhist temple in the world

Day 7 Mt Ijen - Lovina Awake early this morning for an excursion to Mt Ijen. Travel by ferry to the island of Bali and continue by road to Lovina Beach

• Enjoy a scenic train ride to East Java

Day 8 Lovina - Ubud Travel through scenic roads to Kintamani with breathtaking views over Mt Batur and Lake Batur. Continue on to Ubud.

• Trek around Komodo Island and see the famous dragons

Day 9 Ubud - Ende After breakfast enjoy a morning trip through Ubud before transferring to Denpasar airport for your flight to Ende.

Additional choices

Day 10 Kelimutu - Ende - Bejawa Start the day with sunrise views on top of Mt Kelimutu.

Continue to Ende and drive to the small town of Bejawa.

• Learn batik making, Indonesia’s most famous craft

Day 11 Bejawa - Ruteng Drive to Ruteng with a stop at Bena, a traditional village noted for the unusual architecture of steeped roof wooden houses typical of Flores.

• Get a taste for local life with a horse cart ride through Candirejo village

Day 12 Ruteng - Labuan Bajo Drive to Labuan Bajo and cruise to the islands of Rinca and Komodo, known for their population of Komodo dragons.

• Explore temples at Borobudur and Prambanan with a local archaeologist and photographer * All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 13 Komodo - Labuan Bajo Continue to Komodo Island.

Day 14 Labuan Bajo After breakfast visit Batu Cermin Cave before transferring to the

airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 39

& Borneo ASIA Malaysia

Malaysia & Borneo Malaysia is a bubbling, bustling melting pot of races and religions where Malays, Indians, Chinese, and many other ethnic groups live together in peace and harmony. Malaysian Borneo is home to the best wildlife and cultural experiences in Malaysia. Sabah is where you’ll find the awesome Mount Kinabalu. Sandakan is well known for the Sepilok Orang-utan Sanctuary, where the jungle has been set aside as a rehabilitation centre for the orang-utans. Trekking in Sarawak offers an extraordinary experience.

Mount Kinabalu Mount Kinabalu is the most spectacular feature in Sabah. The mountain exudes a magical quality that is unbelievable; the granite peaks are constantly veiled in wisps of cloud.

Turtle Island Turtle Island Park, in the Sulu Sea just off Borneo, is all about rescuing the endangered turtles in the area. A visit to the island provides a wonderful insight into the world of sea turtles.

Belum Rainforest Belum rainforest is the largest forest complex on peninsula Malaysia. It is believed to have been in existence for over 130 million years, making it older than the Amazon and the Congo.

M alaysian cuisine Malaysian cuisine is amongst the most diverse and flavoursome in the world. No visit to Malaysia is complete without trying Nasi Lemak and Beef Rendang or following the sweet aroma of satay, the delicious peanut sauce famous throughout the world.

Peninsula M alaysia Modern Kuala Lumpur, Malacca’s stunning architecture, the wildlife in Taman Negara National Park and the stunning Cameron Highlands are just some of the wonders that await you on peninsula Malaysia.

Trekking Trekking around Sandakan, along with Mulu and Niah National Parks in Sarawak, offers an extraordinary chance to get up close with the flora and fauna of the region.

40 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

This journey is the ultimate Borneo experience. Witness the orangutans in Semenggoh and Sandakan, trek around Bako and Kinabalu National Parks, interact with indigenous tribes and visit their homes and local villages, learn how to cook local foods with an interactive cooking experience, enjoy high tea at Sabah Tea House and cruise along the Kinabatangan River in search of wildlife.

Includes 10 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transport by local air-conditioned vehicle, bus and boat, sightseeing with English speaking local guides, entrance fees and flight Kuching/Kota Kinabalu

& Borneo

| 11 Days / 10 Nights from $3,677* PRIVATE

ASIA Malaysia

Handpicked Borneo

Day 1 Kuching On arrival you will be transferred to your hotel. This afternoon visit Semenggoh. Established in 1975 just outside Kuching, Semenggoh Wildlife Conservation Centre is the home of many orang-utans. Today it is a centre for the study of orang-utan biology and behaviour. The centre offers a rare opportunity to view orang-utans in their natural habitat. After your visit, enjoy a river cruise on a traditional boat where you can savour the enchanting sunset over the Borneo skies.

Day 2 Kuching - Bako - Kuching Visit the well-preserved National Park at the mouth of the Bako River. Enjoy a scenic drive through the rural countryside to the riverbank and trek along one of the many nature trails in the park. See exotic vegetation and observe wildlife like silver-leaf monkeys, giant monitor lizards and long-tailed macaques.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Kuching Depart Kuching for your drive to Annah Rais, a Bidayuh Longhouse housing around 120 families. The journey passes through scenic countryside filled with rice fields, rubber, cocoa and pepper plantations which intermingle with tropical forest, rivers and mountain ranges. Visit the longhouse and observe the lifestyle of the natives. This afternoon walk to the nearby market for an interactive cooking class. Learn how to cook real Sarawak food in a traditional setting.

DISCOVER • Orang-utans in Semenggoh and Sandakan • Sarawak cuisine with an interactive cooking experience • How the indigenous and ethnic tribes live in their longhouses EXPLORE

Day 4 Kuching - Santubong - Kuching Today, head to Santubong Village and visit the house of the host to get to know all the family members. Walk around the village to meet their neighbours and enjoy the beautiful views of the beach. Return to the house to help prepare and enjoy a nice home cooked lunch with the family. Proceed to Buntal Fishing Village to explore the village and beach. Return to the house at Santubong Village to assist with cooking dinner for the family.

Day 5 Kuching - Kota Kinabalu Transfer to Kuching airport for your flight to Kota Kinabalu.

This afternoon spend some time sightseeing in Kota Kinabalu.

• Kinabatangan River and its amazing wildlife

Day 6 Kota Kinabalu Visit Sabah Wetland Mangrove Forest and enjoy a walk through the mangroves. Help reduce CO2 by planting mangrove seeds at Sulaman Lake Forest Reserve.

This afternoon, discover the local tribes at Mari Mari Cultural Village. The village operates as a museum preserving Borneo’s ethnic culture and features five different ethnic tribes in one village; the rice farmer Kadazan-Dusun, the longhouse resident Rungus, the hunting and fishing Lundayeh, the sea gypsy Bajau, and the famously feared headhunting tribe Murut.

• Bako and Kinabalu National Parks on nature treks • Kundasang War Memorial

Day 7 Kota Kinabalu - Kinabalu Park Today you will head to Kinabalu Park. The first stop is Kundasang War Memorial. Established in 1962, this was one of the first memorials to commemorate the Australian and British Prisoners of War who died in Sandakan and during the infamous death marches to Ranau during World War II. After your visit, head to Poring Hotspring. At the hot springs, a Japanese-style bath awaits you. Take a dip in the pools of hot water which are known to have therapeutic effects and curative properties. Visit the nearby Kipungit Waterfall or trek on a nature trail that leads to a canopy walk. After lunch, journey to Sabah Tea Plantation where you will have the opportunity to learn how tea is harvested and processed in the tea factory. Proceed to Sabah Tea House for high tea.

LEARN/DO • Plant mangrove seeds at Sulaman Lake Forest Reserve • Enjoy a Japanese-style bath at the hot springs

Day 8 Kinabalu Park - Sandakan Continue your journey to Sandakan. On arrival, enjoy lunch at the English Tea House, a colonial restaurant located on top of a hill with panoramic views of Sandakan city. In the afternoon, proceed to Labuk Bay Proboscis Monkey Sanctuary.

• Learn about the ethnic tribes of Borneo Additional choices

Day 9 Sandakan - Sukau Today visit the world’s largest Orang-utan Rehabilitation Centre, Sepilok. At the centre, witness the orang-utan feeding. Depart for Kinabatangan River, passing by local villages. Enjoy a late afternoon cruise up the Kinabatangan River to search for wildlife including elephants, hornbills, gibbons, and many birds.

• Extend your journey to visit famous Selingan Turtle Island to witness the release of hatched turtles

Day 10 Sukau Wake up to the calls of hornbills and other exotic birds and proceed to Ox Bow Lake to observe wildlife and experience the early morning river. After breakfast embark on a trek in the surrounding jungle. This afternoon take another river cruise upstream of the Kinatabagan River to search for more wildlife. After dinner enjoy a Kinabatangan River Night Cruise, one of the most exciting and adventurous trips you will take while staying here.

• Add a diving excursion to one of the many islands surrounding Borneo • Visit Maliau Basin, Sabah’s lost world

Day 11 Sukau - Sandakan Head back to Sandakan and transfer to airport.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 41

ASIA China

China One of the most cultural, scenic and historically diverse destinations on the planet, China is a land of incredible contrasts and is developing at a staggering speed. Experience the imperial grandeur of the streets of Xian and Beijing with iconic treasures such as the Terracotta Army and Forbidden City and the classical Chinese gardens, Buddhist temples and caves. See giant pandas amongst the mountain landscapes and medieval water villages which trace their history back to the Ming and Qing dynasties.

Beijing In China’s capital and its cultural heart, traces of the past are everywhere, often side by side with modern developments. Discover Beijing’s Hutongs, the famous alleyways with traditional courtyard style homes, and explore the immense Forbidden City.

Gre at Wall of China Arguably the most recognisable symbol of China, the Great Wall consists of numerous walls and fortifications that were constructed by independent kingdoms and is today considered one of the most impressive architectural feats in history.

Terracotta Warriors In 1974 peasants digging a well east of Xian stumbled upon one of the most important archaeological finds of the 20th century, the cache of 8,000 lifesized terracotta figures of soldiers arranged in battle formation.

Yangtze River Cruise Asia’s longest river, the Yangtze, flows from the glaciers of Tibet’s eastern mountain range to Shanghai. Pass through spectacular landscapes on a river cruise and witness river and rural life.

Pingyao Pingyao is the best-preserved medieval city in China. Explore the ramparts of the city by foot and discover some of the ancient Ming and Qing residences that have now been converted to restaurants.

TIBET Tibet is the roof of the world and is without a doubt one of the most remarkable places to visit in Asia. It offers fabulous monastery sites, breathtaking treks and stunning views of the world’s highest mountains.

42 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 13 Days / 12 Nights from $3,144* PRIVATE

Yunnan is China’s southwest frontier; the rugged and exotic region that marks the border with South East Asia. Explore China in depth starting in Beijing before travelling through Dali and along the shores of Erhai Lake to witness the daily life of the Bai fishermen.

Travel to the UNESCO listed city of Lijiang, famed for its traditional architecture and home to the Naxi people.

ASIA China

Classic Journey to Yunnan

Includes 12 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with local English speaking guide, transportation by private air-conditioned vehicle unless stated otherwise and entrance fees Day 1 Beijing Upon arrival you will be transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Beijing Today join the locals and enjoy the sights and sounds of Beijing on this day trip, revealing both the old Beijing and China of today. Travel on the subway to see the Temple of Heaven and meet locals practising kung fu or gymnastics. Enjoy a cup of tea at a local teahouse before visiting a nearby restaurant to taste local delicacies. Finish the day exploring the backstreets and hutongs of Beijing by bicycle.

Day 3 Beijing Early this morning, visit the Mutianyu section of the Great Wall of China.

Once there, enjoy the early morning sunrise and take some amazing photographs.

Afterwards return to Beijing and visit the Summer Palace.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 4 Beijing - Xi’an This morning visit the Forbidden City. Spend time exploring this amazing city before transferring to the train station where you will take a high speed train to Xi’an. The capital of the Empire three times, Xi’an has played a decisive role in the history of the country. The city exported silk and local products to other countries.

DISCOVER • Daily life of the Bai fishermen • Shaxi, a subtle blend of an oasis and a typical Chinese village • Tiger Leaping Gorge, one of the deepest gorges in the world

Day 6 Xi’an - Kunming - Dali Visit the tomb of Emperor Jing, before heading to Xi’an airport for your flight to Kunming followed by a drive to Dali. Dali is home to the Bai ethnic minority group. The Bai first settled in the region more than 3,000 years ago and their first dwellings surrounded the lake. The Bai are most distinguishable by their clothing which is predominantly white, from which the Bai take their name which means white in Chinese.

EXPLORE

Day 7 Dali Travel along the shores of the lake, discovering the daily life of the Bai fishermen.

Shop at the Wase market on the other side of the lake, then head to the Three Pagodas at Chongsheng temple. The temple is a mystical emblem of the town and stands proud at the foot of the Changshan Mountains. Visit the old town of Dali where you can still find some typical Bai homes.

• Explore Beijing like a local • Avoid the crowds and explore Xi’an by bicycle • UNESCO World Heritage site of Lijiang

Day 8 Dali - Shaxi Head to Shaxi, a traveller’s oasis that used to be a major stop on the Tea-Horse Road that ran through the region. Nowadays Shaxi is a subtle blend of an oasis and a typical Chinese village that is unlike anywhere else in China. Enjoy the morning exploring the maze of paved avenues that make up the heart of the old town, or discover the surrounding countryside that is notable for its okra earth.

LEARN/DO

Day 9 Shaxi - Lijiang Early transfer to Shibaoshan, an impressive collection of temples, caves and stone sculptures. Continue to Lijiang and visit the old town. Crossing the labyrinth of alleyways arrive at “Lion Hill” which offers a fantastic view over the village below. Following a visit to the Mu Palace head to the edge of the old town where you will be able to enjoy the local market and get a feel for the ‘real’ Lijiang.

• Water calligraphy with an optional class in the park • Climb Jade Dragon Mountain • Savour traditional Tibetan food in a small Tibetan house

Day 10 Lijiang Visit Jade Dragon Mountain, which stands majestically to the north of Lijiang. On your way back to Lijiang visit the Baisha village, one of the earliest settlements of the Naxi people.

Day 11 Lijiang - Tiger Leaping Gorge - Zhongdian Head to Tiger Leaping Gorge. One of the deepest gorges in the world, this area has become a playground for walkers coming from the world over keen to defy this unforgiving terrain. Continue to Zhongdian, a stop on the old Route of Tea and Horses, a major trade route between the Tibetans and Chinese in ancient times. Zhongdian is also part of “Shangri-la” the mythical paradise of Tibetan Buddhists and imaginary world described by James Hilton. Stroll through the old town.

Additional choices • Visit the dramatic Three Terraced Pavilion, an extremely rare building in a remote area

Day 12 Zhongdian Travel to the small pottery village of Nixi, nestling on a mountain that overhangs Napahai Lake. Stop off at the house of a Tibetan family where you can try “tsampa”, a mixture of yak’s butter, tea and flour.

• Bike ride around Napahai Lake • Visit Tibet before your China adventure and explore this amazing country

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 5 Xi’an Today you will explore the marvel of the Terra Cotta Warriors. Afterwards, enjoy a one hour bike ride to discover Xi’an without traffic jams and crowds. During your ride, see the impressive Xi’an ramparts.

Day 13 Zhongdian Transfer to the airport where your journey ends.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 43

“To travel is to live.”

- Hans Christian Anderson

Visit page 48 to explore India.

44 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 45

MAPS

AFG

India

Immerse yourself in India and the Subcontinent and discover a spiritual heartland awash with sights, sounds and colours.

From the desert hills of Rajasthan, the cool hill stations of the Himalayan foothills to the palm fringed beaches of Kerala, the simple villages and the sophisticated modern cities, India is a country of fascinating diversity.

gnificent Visit the ma Taj Mahal

Nepal offers breathtaking mountains, centuries old culture and friendly people whose way of life has changed little over the years.

Hidden deep within the Himalayas, the remote mountain kingdom of Bhutan was lost to the outside world for centuries. Shrouded in mystery, this captivating realm developed a culture rich in traditions and religious beliefs.

Few places in the world can offer the traveller such a remarkable combination of stunning landscapes, pristine beaches, captivating cultural heritage and unique experiences as Sri Lanka.

WHEN TO GO India India has vast climate changes from the north to the south. The most comfortable time to visit most of India is during the cooler months from October to March. The summer months between April and June are hot in central India but an ideal time to visit the hill stations such as Shimla and Darjeeling for a cool retreat.

Nepal Nepal has two seasons; the dry season is from October to May and the west season is from June to September. The start of the dry season is considered the best time to travel.

46 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Bhutan The best time to visit Bhutan is during the dry season, which lasts from October through to May. Although the winter months of December and January can be very cold at night, touring is still possible during this time.

Sri lanka Typically tropical, with a northeast monsoon from December to March bringing unsettled weather to the north and east, and a southwest monsoon from June to October, with wet weather to the south and west.

Cruise the backwate in a Kettuvallam

GANISTAN

ers

TIBET

PAKISTAN

New Delhi Mount Everest

Agra

NEPAL Kathmandu

Jaipur

Thimphu Paro

BHUTAN

Varanasi

Ranthambore National Park Udaipur

BANGLADESH

INDIA

BURMA

Mumbai

Immerse yourself in mysterious Bhutan

Kerala

Kandy Colombo

SRI L ANK A Yala National Park

Male

MALDIVES

Go on safari in one of Sri Lanka’s national parks

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 47

ASIA India

North India Northern India sizzles with a colourful vibrancy like no other. The splendour and romance of Rajasthan is evident in the glamorous palaces and forts of the maharajas that have been transformed into luxury hotels. The cool hill stations in the Himalayan foothills and tea plantations sit alongside vibrant and chaotic cities. Few people venture to northern India without visiting its most famous monument, the Taj Mahal, however Ranthambore National Park and Varanasi are places not to be missed.

Delhi Delhi is sprinkled with glittering gems; captivating ancient monuments, magnificent museums, and some of the subcontinents best places to eat.

A vibrant melting pot, Delhi encapsulates two very different worlds, the ‘old’ and the ‘new’.

Ranthambore National Park Ranthambore National Park was used by the Maharaja of Jaipur as a private hunting reserve until it became a national park in 1972. The park is considered the best reserve for sightings of tigers.

Varanasi Few places in India are as colourful or charismatic as Varanasi. The city is the beating heart of the Hindu universe, and the Ganges the river of salvation.

Watching the sun rise over the Ganges is a spiritual experience.

Darjeeling Home to the world-famous tea that was only planted in the hill station in the mid-19th century, Darjeeling is a destination that enchants on first sight and the views are incomparable.

Himachal Pradesh Surrounded by the splendour of the Himalayas, Himachal Pradesh is a state of amazing landscapes, temples and monasteries. Dharamsala is a fascinating cultural centre and home to the exiled Dalai Lama.

Jaipur Known as the “pink city” due to its pink coloured buildings, Jaipur sits on a dry lakebed surrounded by hills and forts. The Amber Fort is a must see – ride an elephant to reach the fort.

48 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 17 Days / 16 Nights from $3,799* PRIVATE

This journey is a fantastic introduction to the diversity of Indian culture. Take in Delhi’s sights, join pilgrims in the holy city of Varanasi, gaze in awe at Khajuraho’s intricate temple carvings and absorb the magnificent atmosphere at the Taj Mahal in Agra. Explore Rajasthani cities before arriving in the romantic lake city of Udaipur.

ASIA India

Handpicked North India

Includes 16 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, private vehicle transportation with driver, sightseeing with local English speaking guides, entrance fees, flights as per itinerary and rail travel Khajuraho to Agra Day 1 Delhi Upon arrival you will be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Delhi Today enjoy a full day visit of Old and New Delhi, taking in the Red Fort, Raj Ghat and the largest mosque in India, Jama Masjid, which holds an astonishing 25,000 worshippers. After lunch, continue to India Gate, Humayun’s Tomb and Qutab Minar.

Day 3 Delhi - Varanasi Transfer to the airport for your flight to Varanasi, situated on the banks of the holy river Ganges. Few places in India are as colourful, charismatic or spiritual as the bathing ghats lining the Ganges in Varanasi. Visit the nearby buried Buddhist city of Sarnath.

Day 4 Varanasi Take a dawn boat ride on the Ganges for an unmatched view of the various ghats and the ceremonies performed by devout Hindus. Later in the morning, enjoy a sightseeing visit of Bharat Temple, Banaras University and Sankat Mochan Temple.

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

DISCOVER

Day 5 Varanasi - Khajuraho This morning transfer to the airport for your flight to Khajuraho. This afternoon visit the world’s finest temple art.

• The sights and sounds of Old and New Delhi

Day 6 Khajuraho - Agra Today you will board the train for your journey to Agra.

Day 7 Agra Enjoy a morning visit of Agra, taking in the legendary Taj Mahal, an immense mausoleum covered with intricate marble decorations, built by the Emperor Shah Jahan in memory of his wife. Afterwards, visit the beautiful Red Fort of Agra.

• Sculptured temples of Khajuraho • Fabled pink city of Jaipur

Day 8 Agra - Jaipur Depart for Jaipur by road, with a stop along the way at Fatehpur Sikri, the fortified ghost city built in 1569 by Emperor Akbar as his capital, and see the stunning mosque and the three palaces that the emperor built for each of his three wives.

EXPLORE

Day 9 Jaipur Today enjoy a full day of sightseeing in Jaipur, including the Maharaja’s City Palace, the Palace of the Winds and Jai Singh’s Astrological Observatory. Ride an elephant to reach the magnificent Amber Fort, a fascinating blend of Hindu and Mughal architecture, set amidst the rugged hills of Jaipur.

• Romantic lake city of Udaipur • The desert fort of Jaisalmer

Day 10 Jaipur - Bikaner Depart by road for Bikaner, a vibrant desert town rarely visited by tourists. On the way visit the Shekhawati region, a semi-desert region famous for its beautifully painted frescoes on the village walls depicting mythological themes and animals.

Some of the later frescoes reflect the British influence, with images of steam locomotives and trains.

• Imperial city of Jodhpur

Day 11 Bikaner - Jaisalmer Enjoy a morning sightseeing trip of Bikaner, including the impressive Junagarh Fort which was built between 1589-1594 and is now a composition of different building activities of the many rulers over the subsequent four centuries. Travel by road to Jaisalmer.

LEARN/DO • Enjoy an elephant ride to the Amber Fort

Day 12 Jaisalmer Take in the main sights of Jaisalmer including a visit to Sonar Fort. This afternoon is free to relax and explore the city. End your day with a desert camel ride.

• A boat ride down the Ganges River

Day 13 Jaisalmer - Jodhpur Depart by road for Jodhpur. This afternoon enjoy a visit to this walled city, including the stunning hilltop Mehrangarh Fortress, one of the best preserved forts in India with a strange, yet haunting beauty.

• Indian culture, heritage and history

Day 14 Jodhpur - Udaipur Journey to Udaipur and visit the Jain temple complex.

Day 15 Udaipur Enjoy a morning of sightseeing in Udaipur, including the ornate City Palace on the shore of Lake Pichola. Udaipur is arguably known as the most romantic place in India. Spend time enjoying the tranquil lake, the bustle of ancient bazaars, or some of the fantastic restaurants.

Additional choices • Extend your journey to explore Darjeeling, city of the rising sun

Day 16 Udaipur - Delhi Fly to Delhi where you will spend the night in the new city of Gurguon, which is located close to the airport. This evening experience an amazing Bollywood evening at the Kingdom of Dreams Show, which brings to life India’s culture, heritage, art, crafts and cuisine in a magical combination of technology and imagination.

• Venture to southern India to continue your Indian odyssey • Journey to Himachal Pradesh, a state of amazing landscapes

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 17 Delhi Your Indian journey ends with a transfer to the airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 49

ASIA India India’s Golden Triangle is a well-travelled route, hosting many of the country’s gems. The area is rich in culture and architecture and the sights and sounds of some of India’s most famous cities will delight.

Jaipur, the capital of Rajasthan, is home to some of the country’s best bazaars. Weeks can be whiled away in Delhi, and Agra, once the capital of the Mughal Empire, is home to the stunning Taj Mahal.

Essential Golden Triangle | 9 days / 8 nights from $1,818* PRIVATE

A journey to India’s Golden Triangle allows you to perfectly capture the grandeur of the country through the vibrant cities of Delhi, Agra and Jaipur. You’ll visit India’s legendary sites including the epitome of love, the Taj Mahal, and continue to one of India’s most famous national parks, Ranthambore, to search for the elusive tiger. On your way back to Delhi, spend a night at the glorious 475 year old Samode Palace. eight nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by private vehicle with driver, sightseeing with local English speaking guides and entrance fees

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Jaipur’s vast city palace • Beauty of Samode Palace • Fatehpur Sikri, India’s legendary ghost town

Day 1 Delhi On arrival you will be transferred to your hotel where the remainder of the day will be at your leisure.

Day 2 Delhi Today you will spend the day visiting Old and New Delhi. You will see the Raj Ghat, Red Fort and Jama Masjid and enjoy a rickshaw ride through Chandni Chowk, one of the oldest and busiest markets in the city.

Day 3 Delhi - Agra Travel by road today to Agra. En-route you will stop to explore the city of Sikandra, the home of the tomb of Akbar, one of the greatest Mughal emperors.

Once in Agra, visit the magnificent Taj Mahal, Agra Fort and local markets in the afternoon.

Day 4 Agra - Ranthambore Journey by road to Ranthambore, with a stop along the way at Fatehpur Sikri, India’s legendary ghost town. Ranthambore National Park is one of the largest and most renowned national parks in northern India. It is home to a wide variety of animals and is famous for its tigers.

EXPLORE • Magnificent Taj Mahal • Ranthambore National Park • Chandni Chowk on a rickshaw

Additional choices • Treat yourself by upgrading to luxury properties throughout your journey • Experience unforgettable views of Jaipur from a hot air balloon • Extend your trip by adding a visit to Nepal to discover the delights of this intriguing country 50 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Day 5 Ranthambore Today you will venture into the park both in the morning and afternoon for wildlife viewing.

Day 6 Ranthambore - Jaipur Enjoy early morning wildlife viewing before your overland transfer to Jaipur. Jaipur is a colourful and vibrant city, rich in heritage, culture and architecture, with splendid fortresses, majestic palaces, tranquil temples and colourful handicrafts.

Day 7 Jaipur Spend the day sightseeing in Jaipur. Visit Amber Fort, the City Palace Museum, Palace of the Winds and Jai Singhs Observatory.

Day 8 Jaipur - Samode Journey by road to Samode village where you will stay overnight at the delightful Samode Palace. The Samode Palace stands in splendour overlooking the picturesque village. It is one of India’s most romantic and charming hotels and a perfect example of Rajput-Mughal architecture. Discover the village, exploring the cobbled streets and stone houses of this charming town.

Day 9 Samode - Delhi Return to Delhi by road, enjoying the village scenery

en-route.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

ASIA India Popularly known as the “Land of the Gods”, Himachal Pradesh is a beautiful hill state nestled in the north west region of the Himalayas.

It is known for its diversity and breathtaking pristine natural beauty; from the vast tracts of Trans-Himalayan desert to dense green forests, from apple orchards to cultivated terraces and from the snow-capped Himalayan mountain ranges to lofty hill stations.

Journey to Himachal Pradesh | 8 days / 7 nights from $1,399* PRIVATE

Surrounded by the splendour of the Himalayas, Himachal Pradesh is a state of amazing landscapes, temples and monasteries. On this journey visit Dharamsala, a fascinating cultural centre and home to the exiled Dalai Lama. In Manali visit the Hadimba and Vashisht temples and finish your trip with a fascinating train journey passing through 103 tunnels. seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by private vehicle, sightseeing with local English speaking guides and train journey between Shimla and Kalka

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER

Day 1 Delhi - Chandigarh Depart Delhi early this morning and travel to Chandigarh.

Enjoy an afternoon excursion of Chandigarh visiting the Rock Garden, Rose Garden, Sukhna Lake and Pinjore Garden.

• The Dhauladhar mountain range • Hadimba Devi Temple in Manali

Day 2 Chandigarh - Dharamsala Today you will journey to Dharamsala witnessing some of the most beautiful and breathtaking views of the Dhauladhar range. You’ll arrive late in the afternoon and have time to relax and enjoy the views of high snow-capped mountains and deep boulder strewn gorges.

• Fascinating cultural centre of Dharamsala

Day 3 Dharamsala This morning you will spend time exploring Dharamsala best known as the Dalai Lama’s home. Visit the Tibetan Children’s Village which provides free education to some 2,000 refugee children. You will also visit McLeod Ganj, headquarters of the Tibetan government in exile.

EXPLORE

Day 4 Dharamsala - Manali There will be an early departure to enjoy a scenic drive from Dharamsala to Manali, where you will arrive late in the afternoon. The evening will be at your leisure to relax or explore the town.

• The Tibetan Children’s Village • Enjoy a scenic drive through Kangra Valley

Day 5 Manali This morning enjoy a full day of sightseeing in Manali covering Hadimba Devi Temple, built in 1553, Vashishth Temple and it’s well known hot springs, Jagarsuhk’ Solang Valley and the famous Rohtang pass (subject to opening times).

• Spectacular train journey through 103 tunnels

Day 6 Manali - Shimla Drive to Shimla where, on arrival, the rest of the day is at leisure to enjoy at your own pace. You may want to take a walk down to the famous Mall Street, a very popular place for travellers and locals dotted with many restaurants, bars and clubs.

Additional choices • Spend an additional two nights discovering Amritsar, home to Sikhism’s holiest shrine, the Golden Temple. The temple sits in the middle of its holy pool and its exterior is gold plated

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 7 Shimla Today explore Shimla’s sights including the Indian Institute of Advanced Studies, housed in the Viceregal lodge which was built between 1884- 88, Jakhu Temple, Christ Church, Kufri, St. Michael’s Cathedral and Naldhera.

Day 8 Shimla - Kalka - Delhi Travel by train between Shimla and Kalka. This is a spectacular journey as the train weaves its way through 103 tunnels all of which were made during the British rule in India. Upon arrival in Kalka you will be driven to Delhi, arriving late in the evening.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 51

ASIA India

Our fav o urite E X P E R I E N C E S

Baghvan Lodge, Pench National Park

Banjaar Tola, Kanha National Park

One of Central India’s lesser known reserves, Pench National Park is situated in the Seoni and Chhindwara districts of Madhya Pradesh.

A typical Central Indian teak jungle, Pench supports a rich variety of wildlife, including the tiger, leopard, wild dog, gaur, sambar, chital and brilliant birdlife. Baghvan is an enchanting lodge aptly named after one of India’s iconic symbols, the Bengal tiger.

The delightful Banjaar Tola Lodge is situated along the banks of the Banjaar River in the heart of Kanha National Park, one of India’s largest national parks. The lodge has its own unique identity.

The park is surrounded by beautiful areas of Sal forests, large bamboo stretches and lush green meadows. Herds of animals are found in the central parklands and it’s a bird-watchers paradise.

Adventure World loves this National Park which was the inspiration for Rudyard Kiplings’s “The Jungle Book”.

Adventure World loves the unforgettable opportunity to glimpse some of India’s most prized fauna and flora.

Ananda in the Himalayas

Moksha Himalaya Resort

Ananda is a Destination Spa focusing on holistic wellness that nurtures a combination of the finest ancient Indian traditions of Ayurveda, Yoga and Vedanta as well as the best wellness philosophies. The Ananda Spa is a complete wellness experience offering a range of treatments and activities for the spiritual, adventure seeker and nature lover.

Moksha is situated in the Shivalik Ranges of the mighty Himalayas at a height of over 5,000 feet besides the river Kaushalya in Himachal Pradesh and is built in the lap of nature with luxurious surroundings.

It is the ideal destination for those who wish to connect with their inner self and rejuvenate their soul, through yoga, pranayama and meditation and other wellness activities.

Adventure World loves the serenity that surrounds the Ananda at the foothills of the Himalayas.

Adventure World loves this Ayurvedic health retreat that redefines rest and relaxation.

52 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

The Maharaja Express

The Golden Chariot

The Maharaja Express has redefined the luxury travel experience by offering guests the opportunity to explore fabled destinations.

It provides a glimpse into the rich cultural heritage of India that will leave you with fond memories of this train journey. The train offers five specially crafted itineraries that allow guests to explore the mystical culture of India while feeling like royalty.

The only luxury train in South India, The Golden Chariot offers an insight into the archaeological wealth, abundant wildlife and culture of the area for its esteemed guests. The Golden Chariot beckons you to discover worlds that are enriched with history and culture.

Relax as the magnificent scenery unfolds outside your window while experiencing unparalleled luxury inside.

Adventure World loves the most luxurious train in India with gourmet cuisine.

Adventure World loves the luxurious comfort on voyages through time and exotic South Indian locales.

Taj Lake Palace Udaipur

Rambagh Palace Jaipur

It’s hard to believe this floating vision in marble is real. Suddenly you are in a boat, drifting ever closer and the reality doesn’t disappoint.

The interior of Taj Lake Palace is as delightful as the exterior. The decorative gilt mouldings, sculpted marble columns, and fine fretwork screens impressed even the Maharaja who held court here in the 1930s. In this royal dream, anything is possible.

Rambagh Palace is an architectural masterpiece. It allows guests to partake in a wealth of experiences that resound with the memories, luxuries and extravagances of a bygone era that has not entirely disappeared. Walk amongst rich textures and opulent furnishings, step out into ornamental gardens and retire to rooms that were once the sanctuaries of kings and princes.

Adventure World loves the gracious hospitality at one of the most romantic palaces in the world.

Adventure World loves this architectural masterpiece that transcends time.

ASIA India

Our fav o urite L U X U R Y E X P E R I E N C E S

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 53

ASIA India

South India The tropical southern part of India is vastly different to the north – both in its character, scenery and cuisine. It is renowned for its relaxed, almost spiritual culture, lush scenery, welcoming people, gourmet food and amazing spas and resorts offering the latest in Ayurvedic treatments. Cruise the backwaters of Kerala, discover the old French colonial city of Pondicherry, explore the hill stations dotted throughout the area and kick back on the golden beaches of Goa. This is just a small taste of what southern India has to offer.

Kerala Kerala is a tropical state of backwaters, beaches, house boats and Ayurvedic treatments. An ancient port of call for the Chinese, Arabs, Jews, British, French and Portuguese, this history is reflected in its buildings and local culture.

Cruising the backwaters on a kettuvallam There’s no better way to discover the backwaters of Kerala than cruising on a kettuvallem. Kettuvallams were the traditional means of transport throughout the canals and backwaters and today they ply the backwaters as houseboats.

Ayurvedic Spa Ayurveda, Sanskrit for “the science of life”, is an ancient system of treatment based on the medicinal value of plants found primarily in India.

The practice of Ayurveda is thought to be over 5,000 years old.

Southern Indian Cuisine Southern Indian cuisine is among the most exotic and the area is also home to some of the best cooking schools in the world where you can transform local ingredients into delicious delicacies.

Hill Stations The cool hill stations of southern India are excellent retreats from the bustling and chaotic cities. Laden with lakes, tea plantations, sanctuaries and national parks, they are perfect for escaping the heat.

Goa Beyond the indulgence of the gorgeous palm fringed beaches and celebrated sunsets, Goa is a land rich in cultural history spanning hundreds of years and is a great place to unwind.

54 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 17 Days / 16 Nights from $2,955* PRIVATE

Southern India offers beautiful beaches, tropical landscapes, serene hill stations, majestic temples, and a rich tapestry of history. This aromatic journey from Chennai through to Trivandrum explores the diversity of South India from the French colonial capital of Pondicherry and the charming port of Cochin to the wildlife of Periyar and the gentle backwaters of Kerala.

ASIA India

Handpicked South India

Includes 15 nights hotel accommodation, one night houseboat accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by local private vehicle and driver, sightseeing with English speaking local guides and entrance fees Day 1 Chennai On arrival in Chennai, you will be transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Chennai Today you will explore the city of Chennai, visiting Fort St George, St Mary’s Church and Kapaleswar Temple. A temple of Shiva, it was originally built in the 7th century but demolished by the Portuguese. The present temple was erected in the 16th century by the Vijayanagar kings.

Day 3 Chennai - Mahaballipuram Start your road journey through southern India and travel to Mahaballipuram visiting the temples which are a UNESCO site. The group of sanctuaries, founded by the Pallava kings, were carved out of rock along the coast in the 7th and 8th centuries. It is known especially for its temples, cave sanctuaries, giant open-air reliefs and sculptures depicting Shiva.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER

Day 4 Mahaballipuram - Pondicherry Continue to Pondicherry which was the largest French colony in India. There is a strong French influence in the city, especially in the old quarters with boulevards lined with Mediterranean-style houses and bakeries. Spend some time exploring the city whilst on a city excursion.

• French colonial city of Pondicherry • Southern Indian religion, art and culture

Day 5 Pondicherry - Trichy Travel to Trichy, a city that’s a fine blend of tradition and modernity, that is renowned for its many temples, the most famous being the Rock Temple, a spectacular monument perched high above the city on a rocky outcrop which rises abruptly to tower over the old city.

• Trichy and its renowned temples

Day 6 Trichy Today visit Thanjavur, an important centre of South Indian religion, art and architecture.

EXPLORE

Day 7 Trichy - Madurai Continue the journey to Madurai one of South India’s oldest cities and a centre of learning and pilgrimage for centuries.

• Hill stations of Munnar and Kodaikanal

Day 8 Madurai Today visit the most popular southern hill station of Kodaikanal, known as the “Princess of Hill Stations” which is 7,200 feet above sea level amidst wooded slopes, enchanting waterfalls and a beautiful lake. It is one of the most popular hill stations in India.

• Vibrant city of Cochin • Madurai, one of Southern India’s oldest cities

Day 9 Madurai - Periyar Travel to Periyar and visit a spice plantation.

Day 10 Periyar - Munnar Enjoy a tranquil boat ride on the scenic Lake Periyar to see some wildlife before travelling by road to Munnar.

LEARN/DO • Cruise the gentle Kerala backwaters

Day 11 Munnar At an altitude of 6,000 feet,the hill station of Munnar has an unending expanse of tea plantations, pristine valleys and mountains. It is a haven of peace and tranquillity and was the favoured summer resort of the British rulers in the colonial days.

Day 12 Munnar - Cochin Continue to the coastal town of Cochin. Upon arrival, the rest of the day is spent at your leisure. Cochin has been drawing traders and explorers to its shores for over 600 years. Nowhere else in India could you find such an intriguing mix of giant fishing nets from China, a 400-year-old synagogue, ancient mosques, Portuguese houses and the crumbling remains of the British Raj.

• Enjoy a boat ride on Lake Periyar • Visit a spice plantation

Day 13 Cochin Explore this vibrant city on an excursion visiting Cochin Fort, Jewish Synagogue, Dutch Palace and the Chinese Fishing Nets.

Additional choices

Day 14 Cochin - Alleppey Continue by road to Alleppey to board your kettuvallam for an overnight cruise through the Kerala backwaters. The kettuvallam, or Kerala houseboat, has been part of Kerala’s culture and heritage for many years. The advent of road transport saw a decline in the use of kettuvallams however, six years ago saw the re-emergence of the boat as a means to cruise leisurely through the Kerala backwaters in comfort with lovely home cooked meals and fine levels of hospitality.

• Add a cooking experience at the home of Nimmy Paul, one of the world’s best cooking schools • Extend your journey with a Poovar Island Escape, a resort enveloped in the serene Keralan backwaters

Day 15 Alleppey - Trivandrum Disembark the kettuvallam and continue by road to Trivandrum.

Day 16 Trivandrum Explore the sights of the city visiting the Napier Museum and Sri Chitra Art Gallery. The remainder of the day is at your leisure.

Day 17 Trivandrum Transfer to the airport for your onward flight.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 55

ASIA Nepal

Nepal

Handpicked Nepal

Since Nepal opened up to tourists in the 1950’s, this tiny mountain nation has had a mystical allure for travellers. Today, multitudes of trekkers are drawn to the Himalayas’ most iconic and accessible hiking trails, from the demanding climb of Mount Everest to the Kathmandu Valley and Annapurna foothill treks.

Not only rich in natural beauty, the culture and heritage of Nepal is diverse.

Discover the best of Nepal on this exciting journey. Explore the ancient city of Kathmandu with its ancient temples, shrines, Buddhist stupas and sculptures. Visit enchanting Pokhara with its views of the magnificent Himalayan peaks and beautiful Lake Phewa and search for tigers on an elephant-back safari in Chitwan National Park, one of Asia’s most spectacular wildlife sanctuaries.

| 8 days / 7 nights from $2,022* PRIVATE

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Ancient cities of Kathmandu and Patan • The religious centres of Pashupatinath and Boudhanath • Mountain scenery of Nagarkot EXPLORE • Chitwan National Park on an elephant jungle safari • Lakeside city of Pokhara • Medieval city of Bhaktapur

Additional choices • Your choice of activities while at Chitwan National Park • Extend your journey with treks through the mountain ranges and to Everest base camp

seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by private vehicle and sightseeing including entrance fees

INCLUDES

Day 1 Kathmandu On arrival in Kathmandu, you will be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Kathmandu - Nagarkot Today you will spend the day sightseeing in Kathmandu Valley visiting the religious centres of Pashupatinath and Boudhanath, with their magnificent stupas. Continue to the medieval city of Bhaktapur, the best preserved of Nepal’s medieval cities, before journeying to Nagarkot with its breathtaking mountain scenery and one of the best places to view the Himalayas.

Day 3 Nagarkot - Pokhara Travel by road through spectacular scenery to Pokhara.

Pokhara commands some of the most spectacular mountain views in Nepal. With a perfect year-round climate and stunning views of the mighty Annapurna’s on its doorstep, Pokhara has a unique charm. This afternoon visit the Old Bazaar, Kali Temple, Devin’s Falls and Gupteshwor Caves followed by an evening boat ride on Phewa Lake, which sits at the foot of the gigantic peaks.

Day 4 Pokhara - Chitwan National Park After breakfast travel to Chitwan National Park where you will spend two nights. Chitwan National Park is one of the best parks in Asia for wildlife spotting and is home to the only significant number of one-horned rhinoceroses surviving in Nepal. Royal Bengal tigers, Gangetic dolphins, monkeys, deer and other species also roam the region. In the afternoon enjoy an elephant jungle safari to observe the abundant wildlife.

Day 5 Chitwan National Park Today is yours to discover the park with a full day of activities available in the national park including jungle treks, bird watching, elephant safari, canoe rides and watching elephant bathing.

Day 6 Chitwan National Park - Kathmandu After breakfast depart by road to Kathmandu.

Day 7 Kathmandu Enjoy a full day sightseeing of Kathmandu exploring the shrines, ancient temples, 2,000 year old Buddhist stupas and ageless sculptures that are set amidst awe-inspiring scenery.

Day 8 Kathmandu Transfer to the airport for your onward flight.

56 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

ASIA Bhutan

Bhutan

Luxury Himalayan Explorer

Visiting Bhutan is a rare and unique experience: a beautiful mountain kingdom that has remained unchanged over centuries.

Its Buddhist culture is still richly intact and permeates every aspect of Bhutanese life. Bhutan still retains the charm of the old world, and travellers experience the full glory of this ancient land as embodied in the monastic fortresses, ancient temples and monasteries dotting the countryside.

This journey to Bhutan is the ultimate in comfortable adventure travel. The exploration comprises four days of guided walks around the Paro Valley, visiting the Taktsang ‘Tiger’s Nest’ Monastery, Drukgyel Dzong and the ancient temple of Kyichu Lhakhang. To further experience Bhutan’s culture and landscape, spend a day in the capital, Thimphu. Return to your comfortable home in the mountains each day.

| 7 days / 6 nights from $8,455* PRIVATE

DISCOVER

six nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, guided walks and excursions including entrance fees and road permits, services of an experienced English speaking Bhutanese Uma guide, private vehicle transportation and visa fees

• Punakha Valley and its magnificent dzongs

Day 1 Paro On arrival you will be met and transferred to Uma Paro. Once settled, take the opportunity to acclimatise.

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

• Luxury services of Uma by COMO lodges

Day 2 Paro - Thimphu - Punakha Travel to Punakha Valley via Thimphu and Dochu La. The capital Thimphu sprawls up the wooded western hillside of the Wang Chhu. The drive into Punakha is truly awe-inspiring as it zigzags up the 3,140m high mountain pass of Dochu La. Up river, deep in the verdant terraced hills, is your home for the next two nights, Uma Punakha.

• Amazing Taktsang Goemba, Tiger’s Nest Monastery

Day 3 Punakha Enjoy a full day exploring the scenic Punakha Valley. Walk up to Khamsum Yuley Namgay Chorten. Heading down along the riverside the massive architectural edifice of the 17th century Punakha Dzong soon looms into view. In the afternoon a short walk across rice paddies takes you to Chimmi Lhakhang.

EXPLORE • Bustling capital of Thimpu

Day 4 Punakha - Paro Today catch a glimpse of the three shrines which were built to ward off evil spirits near the checkpoint. At the end of the journey the road snakes alongside the Pa Chhu River to your home in the mountains, Uma Paro.

• Scenic Paro Valley • Khamsum Yuley Namgay Chorten, an elaborate structure with a rainbow of Guru Rinpoche images and superb views

Day 5 Paro Wind your way through pine forests high above Uma Paro to the fortress-like monastery of Zurig Dzong. Traverse across to Ta Dzong and on down to Rinpung Dzong.

The trail then leads across Paro Chhu and into Paro town.

Additional choices • Participate in yoga classes at Uma Paro • Relax and enjoy the facilities at Uma Paro • Enjoy a Bhutanese Hot Stone Bath

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 6 Paro One of the most amazing and important pieces of architecture in Bhutan is Taktsang Goemba, or Tiger’s Nest Monastery. Legend has it that this cliffside was where Guru Rinpoche landed on the back of a flying tigress, bringing Buddhism to Bhutan from Tibet. Make an early start to avoid the hot sun during the two hour climb to the Tiger’s Nest viewpoint. Descending steeply, you will then climb up to the monastery, entering the main gates which are decorated with murals. Retrace your steps or if time and energy levels allow, head further up to several remote temples and monasteries. Returning to Uma Paro in the afternoon there’s time to relax.

Day 7 Paro Transfer to the airport where your journey ends.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 57

Lanka ASIA Sri

Sri Lanka The tropical island of Sri Lanka, formerly known as Ceylon, is rich in history and tradition. It is the place where the original sou Budhism still flourishes and where nature’s beauty remains abundant and unspoilt.

Old colonial powers have long since decamped, but the Portuguese, Dutch and British influences still impact on the culture, religion, architecture and cuisine of this fascinating country. Picturesque beaches dot the coast, while majestic mountains, tea estates and rainforests cover the interior.

Be aches Sri Lanka’s glorious beaches are removed from the hustle and bustle. Their beautiful golden sands welcome those interested in swimming, diving, or simply relaxing. You’re sure to find a long stretch of white sandy beach to suit you.

Wildlife Experiences A safari in one of the 14 national parks offers the chance to see some of Sri Lanka’s amazing wildlife - sloth bear, sambhur, mouse and barking-deer, anteater, civet cat, loris, and monkeys such as the purple-faced leaf monkey and grey langur.

Soft Adventure Sri Lanka offers a wide range of options for the adventure enthusiast. Scuba diving has a long history while white water rafting, kayaking and canoeing are some of the newer watersports. Sri Lanka also offers many opportunities for keen hikers and trekkers.

Ancient Cities Anuradhapura, Polonnaruwa and Sigiriya; their once glorious townships, palaces, temples, monasteries, hospitals and theatres intricately carved and modelled out of stone lay abandoned and forgotten with time amidst the soaring jungles.

Yala National Park Yala National Park is said to be one of best places in the world to view leopards and the best way to experience this is on a tented safari with the true ambience of the British colonial era.

58 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Discover enchanting Sri Lanka’s well preserved sites with this comprehensive private journey, visiting the ancient cities of Sigiriya, Polonnaruwa and Dambulla, cycling through Polonnaruwa, seeing Kandy from the back of a tuk tuk and visiting the Pinnawela Elephant Orphanage.

Lanka

| 11 Days / 10 Nights from $1,799* PRIVATE

ASIA Sri

Handpicked Sri Lanka

Includes 10 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, entrance fees to Kandy Temple and Botanical Gardens, Cultural Show in Kandy, Galle city trip, transportation by local air-conditioned private vehicle with driver and English speaking guides Day 1 Colombo - Negombo Upon arrival, you will be transferred to Negombo to check in to your hotel.

Day 2 Negombo - Sigiriya This morning transfer to Sigiriya. This evening enjoy a thrilling elephant back safari.

Day 3 Sigiriya - Polonnaruwa - Sigiriya Today you will visit Sigiriya Rock Fortress. The ‘Lion Rock’ is a citadel of unusual beauty rising 200 metres from the scrub jungle. Visit the world-renowned frescoes of the ‘Heavenly Maidens’ of Sigiriya, which are in a sheltered pocket of the rock approached by a spiral stairway. In the afternoon visit Polonnaruwa and discover the city by bicycle. Polonnaruwa became the capital of Sri Lanka following the decline of Anuradhapura. The golden age of this glorious city was under the reign of King Parakramabahu the first who oversaw the construction of one of the greatest irrigation systems the country has seen, the Parakrama Samudhraya, which covers an area of 6,000 acres. The ruins of the Royal Palace and various buildings and structures can be seen even today. Other highlights of this city are the Gal Viharaya which has three splendid statues of the Buddha in ‘Upright’, ‘Sedentary’ and ‘Recumbent’ postures carved out of rock, the Lotus Bath, the statue of King Parakramabahu, Shivan Temple, and the remains of a former Temple of the Tooth Relic.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Polonnaruwa by bicycle • World famous Pinnawela Elephant Orphanage

Day 4 Sigiriya - Habarana - Dambulla - Sigiriya This morning enjoy a guided visit to organic herb and vegetable gardens during which you can hand-pick fresh, juicy ingredients for your lunch. End your walk with a visit to a traditional hearth kitchen, where the herbs and vegetables selected by you will be transformed into delicious Sri Lankan dishes. This afternoon visit Dambulla Rock Temple, the most impressive of Sri Lanka’s cave temples.

The complex of five caves with over 2,000 square metres of painted walls and ceilings is the largest area of paintings found in the world. It contains over 150 images of the Buddha of which the largest is the colossal figure of Buddha carved out of rock and spanning 14 metres.

• Turtle hatchery in Kosgoda where several species of turtles are protected EXPLORE • Sigiriya Rock Fortress • Kandy, the hill capital of Sri Lanka, by tuk tuk

Day 5 Sigiriya - Matale - Kandy Today travel to Kandy, the hill capital of Sri Lanka. Upon reaching Kandy, you’ll explore the city by tuk tuk. A World Heritage Site, Kandy was the last capital of the Sri Lankan kings before the country was brought under British rule in 1815.

The Temple of the Tooth Relic is the most significant highlight of the city along with the Kandy Lake and the ancient town.

• Organic herb and vegetable gardens from which produce is used to make your lunch

Day 6 Kandy - Pinnawala - Kandy Visit the world famous Pinnawela Elephant Orphanage, established in 1975 with only seven orphans. Today some of these orphans enjoy the fortune of seeing their grandchildren born in the same location. The original objective of establishing the orphanage inclined more towards tourism, but it soon became a conservation and educational centre. The rest of the day is at your leisure.

LEARN/DO • Enjoy a train ride to a hill station • Afternoon high tea with magnificent views and aromatic teas • Visit World Heritage Site Galle Fort

Day 8 Nuwara Eliya - Kataragama Enjoy a morning visit to the tea plantation and tea factory, where the best tea is produced. Observe how tea is manufactured and graded.

Continue to Kataragama.

Additional choices • Extend your stay at Yala National Park with a two night tented safari

Day 9 Kataragama - Yala - Kataragama Travel to Yala National Park with the largest population of leopard in Sri Lanka. Enjoy a jeep safari in search of wild elephants, boars, buffalo, bears, deers, crocodiles and the elusive leopard.

• Learn the secrets of Sri Lankan cuisine with a culinary demonstration in Kandy

Day 10 Kataragama - Galle Journey by road to Galle, once the chief port of Ceylon, visiting the 16th century World Heritage Galle Fort.

• Visit Udawatta Kele Sanctuary, a historic forest reserve

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 7 Kandy - Peradeniya - Nuwara Eliya Proceed to the Botanical Gardens before continuing to Peradeniya Station to board the train. A ride in the observation carriage gives you an unparalleled view both of the scenic beauty and culture of the hill country. Upon arrival at Nanu Oya you will be collected and transferred to Nuwara Eliya, Sri Lanka’s most popular hill station. Sample and experience the aroma and flavour of pure Sri Lankan tea plucked from the highlands while enjoying the magnificent views the tea bar offers with a delectable spread of snacks and pastries at an afternoon high tea.

Day 11 Galle - Kosgoda - Colombo After breakfast visit the turtle hatchery in Kosgoda.

Several species of turtles, especially the endangered hawksbill, are protected here. Your journey ends with a transfer to Colombo airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 59

ASIA Maldives

Maldives A cluster of emerald islands scattered across the Indian Ocean, the Maldives offers the classical fantasy of a tropical oasis. Discover the palm fringed sparkling white beaches, turquoise lagoons, crystal clear waters and coral reefs that teem with colourful marine life. The Maldives features a variety of different resorts, each located on its own island and with its own unique character, ambience and charm. With an average temperature of 30 degrees, it’s the perfect year round destination for a holiday, honeymoon or romantic getaway.

Be aches The Maldives is considered to be one of the world’s premier tropical beach destinations. Virtually all of the islands and atolls in the country are completely surrounded by powdery white sand, over which you pad into warm, turquoise blue water.

Diving & Snorkelling The warm seas of the Maldives have created conditions perfect for one of the world’s richest coral reef areas. Dives in the Maldives usually take place along a faru, a thila, a channel, or a wreck. Night diving is particularly beautiful.

M ale Male, with its own artificial beach, historic sites, and skyline of candy coloured skyscrapers, manages to be both an island and a city. Male has evolved into a world class city, where bars and restaurants jostle with shops and lively markets.

Culture & Heritage The islands of the Maldives sit along the trade routes of the Indian Ocean, meaning visitors from all around the world have left their mark in these islands. Maldivian people claim South and South East Asian, African and Arabic heritage, and the mixture of cultures can be seen everywhere; from the music played on a local bodu-beru, an instrument that resembles an African drum to the dhoni, unique Maldivian sailboats similar to Arabic dhows.

60 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Cocoa Island by COMO

Maalifushi by COMO

Located in the South Malé Atoll this luxurious resort offers suites that allow you to slip right into the turquoise lagoon to explore the amazing reef. The carefree, understated luxury experience includes holistic wellness treatments, South Indian-influenced cuisine and world-class diving. The style and design of the overwater suites and villas are unlike any other luxury resort in the Maldives.

The new Maalifushi by COMO is the first luxury resort in the Maldives to open in the pristine Thaa Atoll. With overwater villas and garden suites, it is the ultimate destination to get away from it all.

Each overwater villa has its own private terrace for easily slipping into the sea and an infinity pool, while the garden rooms are set into the island’s tropical heart.

Adventure World loves the overwater suites that are inspired by dhoni boats.

Adventure World loves the Shambahala spa philosophy for healthy living.

Vivanta by Taj – Coral Reef

Taj Exotica Spa & Resort

This resort offers a rare combination of a relaxing hideaway with the comforts of a truly world-class resort. Located on Hembadhu, North Male Atoll, the beach villas are located on the smooth white sand, seconds away from the water, offering private sit-outs, sun decks, hammocks and open-air garden showers. On stilts over the turquoise waters, the lagoon villas, with their private sun deck, boast views of the ocean.

Taj Exotica is an exclusive, romantic island resort encircled by the clear blue waters of one of the largest lagoons in the Maldives.

The resort is on Emboodhu Finolhu, in South Male Atoll and spreads idyllically along a pristine beach and serene lagoon. The awardwinning resort seamlessly extends the magic of the island’s blessed natural beauty in its design and offers the finest in contemporary luxuries and services.

Adventure World loves the exotic ocean views and dramatic sunsets that have to be seen to be believed.

Adventure World loves the resort’s complete seclusion, surrounded by crystal clear waters.

ASIA Maldives

Our fav o urite places t o stay

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 61

Al Ain, United Arab Emirates. Visit page 69 to explore Abu Dhabi.

62 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

“ There are no foreign lands­­, it is the traveller only who is foreign.”

- Robert Louis Stevenson

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 63

MAPS

Arabia

spirit Discover the orocc Casablanca, M

Arabia is an ancient land that has captivated travellers for millennia. The ancient temples and monuments and oases that dot the landscape draw visitors from all over the world.

Travel through Egypt and discover a world of wonder, where the magic and mystery of this ancient land will delight your senses.

Marvel at the colossal monuments of an ancient civilisation, explore the vibrant metropolis of Cairo and experience the desolate beauty of the Western Desert with its myriad of lush oases.

Casablanca Marrakech

MOROCCO

Jordan is a country of Crusader castles, remote deserts, amazing natural scenery and home to the dusty pink hand carved façades of the ancient city of Petra.

Dive into the pristine azure waters which lap the unexplored coastline of Oman, explore a maze of souks where the scent of frankincense perfumes the air, and experience the beautifully preserved culture of this ancient and fascinating landscape.

There’s a magic about Morocco; snake charmers appear at sunset to perform and the cool silence of the Kasbah makes way to the cacophony of the alleyways filled with spices and sweet stalls.

WHEN TO GO jordan

oman

The best time to travel to Jordan is spring (March to May) or autumn (September to November) when the daytime temperatures are milder. April sees warm daytime temperatures and the desert flowers begin to bloom.

Snow is not unheard of in winter.

While Oman’s summer temperatures mean that tourists are few and far between, the reminder of the year brings sunny blue skies and perfect weather for visitors.

egypt During Egypt’s summer months, daytime temperatures reach the mid-thirties along the Nile Valley and Cairo. The best time to visit is between October to April when it’s cooler and dry.

64 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

morocco During spring, most of Morocco is lush and green while the heat of summer begins to ease in autumn, making this the most pleasant time to visit. Snowcapped peaks in the High Atlas from November to July mean that the mountainous regions can experience quite low temperatures.

ALG

self in the Immerse your Marrakech, markets of Morocco

of co

ile, Cruise the N Egypt TURKEY

CYPRUS

SYRIA

LEBANON

TUNISIA

Jerash

Alexandria

ISREAL

JORDAN Petra

Cairo

GERIA LIBYA

EGYPT

Amman

Madaba

he magical t s is m ’t n o D IRAQ ra, city of Pet Jordan KUWAIT

Luxor Aswan

QATAR SAUDI ARABIA

Dubai

Muscat

Abu Dhabi

UAE

Lake Nasser

ugh Wander thro museum the open-air r, Egypt that is Luxo

IRAN

OMAN

at’s blend Explore Musc new, YEMEN of old and Oman

Salalah

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 65

arabia

magic & mystery in egypt The stunning, colossal monuments of ancient Egypt never fail to astonish. The heat, sight and the light of the desert invigorate. The cool, turquoise waters rejuvenate.

A cruise along the world’s longest river dazzles the senses and is pure escapism. No place has the magic, mystery and pleasures of Egypt.

Abu Simbel EXPERIENCE LIVING HISTORY Be enchanted by ancient Egyptian myths during a sound and light show at the Temple of Philae or Abu Simbel. Walk along ancient bazaars to shop in a traditional atmosphere and haggle for deals. Smoke hookahs and drink tea in old cafes as you watch living history pass by as it has for centuries in Egypt.

Immerse yourself in the spectacle that is Egypt.

Pyramids at Giza

cruise the longest river in the world The Nile Valley is home to the Valley of the Kings, the Temple of Hatshepsut, the Colossi of Memnon and the stunning temples of Luxor and Karnak.

Explore the cradle of civilisation and sail the world’s longest river. Visit the Nile Valley and marvel at the wonders of the ancient Egyptians. There is nothing in the world like it…

66 66 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

WALK IN THE FOOTSTEPS OF THE ANCIENTS Egypt offers you a rich cultural experience that spans thousands of years of history and the continuous practice of age old traditions. Walk into the vestibules of the ancients; explore ancient Egyptian temples, tombs and other monuments.

Get lost in time and visit museums that display thousands of ancient artefacts such as coins, ceramic art, busts of ancient pharaohs, mosaics, sarcophagi and mummies.

Karnak Temple

Discover the ancient treasures that Egypt and Jordan have to offer from the Pyramids at Giza and Abu Simbel, to Petra and the GrecoRoman city of Jerash. Along the way relax at Egypt’s popular Red Sea resort of Sharm El Sheikh and Jordan’s Dead Sea. This is an extensive journey that encompasses the very best of these ancient wonders.

Includes 14 nights hotel accommodation, three nights on board a Nile Cruise, one night at a desert camp, meals as per itinerary, flights as per itinerary, transfers, entrance fees (except inside the Pyramids) and English speaking guides

& Egypt

| 19 Days / 18 Nights from $5,033* PRIVATE

Arabia Jordan

Ancient Treasures of Egypt & Jordan

Day 1 Cairo On arrival, you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Cairo Visit the Great Pyramids of Giza, the Sphinx, Memphis and Sakkara. You will also visit the Egyptian Museum, which houses over 100,000 pieces from antiquity. This evening dine at Abou El Sid, an award winning restaurant serving authentic Egyptian cuisine.

Day 3 Cairo - Alexandria This morning head to Alexandria, the second largest city in Egypt, founded by Alexander the Great in 331BC. Explore the Alexandria Library, the Catacombs of Kom El Shokafa, the Roman Amphitheatre and Qaitpey Citadel.

Day 4 Alexandria - Cairo On your return journey to Cairo, visit El Alamein, famous as the place where the Allied Forces of WWII gained a decisive victory over the Axis Forces. Visit the Commonwealth Cemetery. This afternoon, visit Khan el Khalili bazaar, a souk that dates back to 1382 and the largest in Cairo.

TRI P HIGHLIGHTS

DISCOVER

Day 5 Cairo - Aswan Today fly to Aswan and transfer to your ship to commence your Nile cruise. After lunch onboard, visit the High Dam, the unfinished Obelisk and Philae Temple before a fun ride on a felucca around Elephantine Island.

• Alexandria, the jewel of the Mediterranean

Day 6 Aswan - Edfu This morning, take a short flight to Abu Simbel and visit the famous temple which is guarded by four colossal statues of Ramses II. Return to Aswan and your cruise. This afternoon set sail for Kom Ombo and visit the temples. Continue sailing to Edfu.

• Magnificent desert moonscape of Wadi Rum

Day 7 Edfu - Luxor Enjoy an excursion to the Temple of Horus in Edfu. The temple is one of the best preserved in Egypt. Sail from Edfu through the Nile Lock at Esna and continue your journey to Luxor.

• Remains of the Greco-Roman city of Jerash

Day 8 Luxor After breakfast disembark your cruise. Enjoy a visit to the West Bank and the Valley of the Kings. This evening spend the night at the boutique Hotel Al Moudira, the only hotel located on the West Bank.

EXPLORE • The Great Pyramids of Giza, Memphis and Sakkara

Day 9 Luxor - Cairo - Sharm El Sheikh Transfer to the airport for your flight to Sharm El Sheikh via Cairo.

• The rose-red city of Petra

Day 10 Sharm El Sheikh Today is at your leisure to simply relax or explore Sharm El Sheikh.

• Famous temple of Abu Simbel

Day 11 Sharm El Sheikh After an early breakfast visit St Catherine’s Monastery located at the base of Mount Sinai, where Moses received the Ten Commandments from God. Day 12 Sharm El Sheikh - Amman On arrival you will be transferred to your hotel.

Day 13 Amman - Jerash - Umm Qais - Amman Today visit the Greco-Roman city of Jerash, widely regarded as the best-preserved city of the Decapolis and sometimes known as the Pompeii of the East. Continue to Umm Qais, an ancient cultural city perched on a splendid hilltop overlooking the Jordan Valley and the Sea of Galilee.

LEARN/DO • Stay in a Bedouin camp and dine under the stars in Wadi Rum • Experience the unique and exquisite Al Moudira Hotel

Day 14 Amman - Petra Today journey to Petra. En-route visit the mosaic filled city of Madaba and also see the mighty crusader castle at Kerak before arriving in Petra late in the afternoon.

Day 15 Petra Spend the day at the “rose-red” city of Petra. The whole day is yours to explore this impressive city. Enjoy lunch at the Basin Restaurant located inside the city. This evening return to see the Siq and the Treasury lit by the flickering flames of more than 2,000 candles whilst enjoying tea and listening to the Bedouins play their traditional music.

• Enjoy authentic Egyptian cuisine

Day 16 Petra - Wadi Rum Drive to Jordan’s magnificent desert landscape of Wadi Rum. Enjoy a 4WD desert sunset ride before delighting in dinner under the stars and spending the night in a Bedouin camp.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Go down inside the Pyramids and discover their secrets

Day 17 Wadi Rum - Dead Sea Today continue onto the Dead Sea. Enjoy the Dead Sea and its salty waters or visit Mujib Reserve and enjoy one of the hikes available.

• Range of spa treatments while relaxing at the Dead Sea

Day 18 Dead Sea Spend the day at leisure either floating in the Dead Sea or enjoying a spa treatment at your hotel.

• Explore or relax at Sharm el Sheikh

Day 19 Dead Sea - Amman Transfer to the airport for your departure flight.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 67

arabia

arabian nights:

tales as old as time The magic and mystery of Arabia has captivated travellers for millennia and films such as Aladdin and Prince of Persia have introduced these tales to a new generation. When Arabian Nights, or 1001 Nights as it is also known, was introduced to European audiences in the early 18th century the tales of Aladdin and his lamp, Ali Baba and the Forty Thieves and Sinbad the Sailor were read to a wider audience…although these stories were actually added by the European translators.

Our e favourit Arabian fables

Aladdin

Queen of sheba

sinbad the sailor

Aladdin is one of the best known Arabic folk tales however, the original story, believed to be heard by the author of Arabian Nights from a Syrian story teller, has Aladdin at home in a Chinese town and he is Chinese.

The story of the Queen of Sheba appears in many religious texts however, no one is quite sure where she came from. Originally known as the Queen of the East, she was a seeker of truth and wisdom who, on travelling to Jerusalem to meet King Solomon, bought with her gifts; precious jewels, gold, myrrh and frankincense. Her bringing of frankincense has led to the debate of where she originally came from, with both Ethiopia and Oman claiming her as their own.

Sinbad the Sailor is a legendary hero who recounts the adventures of his seven voyages. This Arabic story is actually based on the experiences of merchants from Basra, who traded with the East Indies and China in the 8th and 9th centuries. It’s thought that these tales were interwoven with some of the descriptions of Marco Polo’s adventures.

68 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

An exciting journey that showcases the very best that Abu Dhabi and Oman have to offer. This trip features off road driving in the deserts and mountains of Oman, and the legendary Liwa Oasis in the Empty Quarter of Abu Dhabi and also includes a visit to the world’s largest Falcon Hospital.

Includes 12 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transfers, entrance fees, English speaking guides/drivers, transportation by private vehicle and transportation by 4WD in Oman Day 1 Abu Dhabi On arrival in Abu Dhabi you will be transferred to your hotel located half on land and half on water over the Yas Marina Formula 1 track.

& Oman

| 13 Days / 12 Nights from $4,939* PRIVATE

Arabia Abu Dhabi

Off Road Arabia

Day 2 Abu Dhabi Spend the morning exploring Abu Dhabi, the capital of the UAE. Visit the Sheikh Zayed Grand Mosque, local markets and drive along the spectacular Corniche, past the presidential palaces and majestic Emirates Palace Hotel.

Day 3 Abu Dhabi Visit the world’s largest Falcon Hospital to explore the world of falconry.

The falcon has always played a prominent role in the history and culture of the Middle East. Explore the Falcon Museum and Examination Room plus there will be time for photo opportunities with a falcon.

TRI P HIGHLIGHTS

Day 4 Abu Dhabi - Liwa This morning depart this modern metropolis and journey into the legendary Liwa Desert, a vast expanse of apricot-coloured sand dunes. Your home for the next two nights is in the luxurious surroundings of Qasr al Sarab Desert Resort by Anantara, a truly authentic Arabian experience.

DISCOVER • The legendary Liwa Desert

Day 5 Liwa Spend the day experiencing the many activities on offer at the resort including camel riding, 4WD desert drives or desert walks (all activities will be at your own expense).

• Modern city of Abu Dhabi

Day 6 Liwa - Al Ain - Ibri This morning you will be transferred to Al Ain, the closest city to the Omani border. After lunch, you will be met by your Omani guide and assisted with border crossing formalities before transferring to the town of Ibri for your overnight stay.

• Beehive tombs in the Omani village of Bat

Day 7 Ibri - Jebel Akhdar This morning travel to the ‘Beehive’ tombs in the village of Bat, set at the foot of the hugely imposing Jebel Misht. Continue to the UNESCO listed town of Bahla, famous for its fabulous old fort, souk and its pottery. You will also visit Jabrin, home to Oman’s most impressive fort, built during the Ya’Aruba dynasty in 1688 and a marvellous feat of engineering. Continue to this evening’s accommodation, Alila Jabal Akhdar. This new resort overlooks the dramatic gorge, surrounded by awe-inspiring views of the Al Hajar Mountains. It is the perfect base for exploring the region’s magnificent landscape of rugged, untouched beauty while experiencing the height of sumptuous comfort.

EXPLORE • Scenic coastline of Oman • The impressive Jabrin Fort • Jebel Shams, Oman’s highest mountain

Day 8 Jebel Akhdar - Hail al Shas - Jebel Shams Today there is time to visit the old houses at Al Hamra. Continue to Wadi Nakhr located in the depths of the deepest canyon and visit Misfah a pretty mountain village with stone dwellings still in existence. Stop en-route at the terrace farming village of Wadi Ghul. Spend the night at Jebel Shams Resort located on the canyon rim which enjoys spectacular views. Jebel Shams is Oman’s highest mountain.

LEARN/DO • Watch turtles in their natural habitat at Ras al Jinz • Glimpse the traditional Bedouin way of life in Wahiba Sands • Cool off with a swim at Fins Beach

Day 9 Jebel Shams - Nizwa - Wahiba Sands Depart for Nizwa and visit the famous Round Tower Fort, built in the 17th century. Continue to Wahiba Sands. The ever-changing patterns of the dunes are a photographer’s delight. Visit a Bedouin house and glimpse their traditional way of life in this vast wilderness. Spend the night at the luxurious Desert Nights Camp.

Day 10 Wahiba Sands - Ras Al Jinz Today is a day of adventure, crossing the desert to reach Ras Al Jinz, the eastern most point of Oman. Drive over the dunes and reach Al Qaid and then follow the paved road. Check in at Ras al Jinz Scientific and Visitor Centre. This evening take a walk towards the beach with escorts to see the famous turtles in their natural habitat.

Day 11 Ras Al Jinz - Muscat Continue your journey to Muscat via the coastal road. Stop en-route to visit fishing villages, a dhow factory, Sanseela Fort and the ruins of Bibi Miriam’s Tomb. Cool off with a swim at Fins Beach and also visit the Bimah Sinkhole, a spectacular limestone crater with blue green water at the bottom. At Dibab, take an adventurous off road track to visit Wadi Arbayeen, characterised by date palms and deep pools of water.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Choose to do as much or as little as you wish at your luxury desert resort • Drive a lap around the Formula 1 circuit

Day 12 Muscat Today experience Muscat’s highlights; visit the Grand Mosque, drive along the waterfront Corniche, enjoy a photo stop at the magnificent Al Alam Palace and wander through the narrow alleyways of the colourful Muttrah Souk.

• Explore the untouched beauty of Jebel Akhdar

Day 13 Muscat Transfer to the airport for your onward flight.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 69

Arabia Egypt

Egypt The land that gave birth to the world’s first great civilisation needs little introduction. The pyramids, the temples, the Nile – the scope of Egypt is magnificent. Visitors are surprised to discover that the legendary pyramids are merely the tip of the archaeological iceberg. Pharaonic nations, ancient Greeks, Romans, Christians and Arab dynasties have all played their part in fashioning Egypt’s embarrassment of architectural wealth. There is an extraordinary combination of chaos and peace that reigns throughout this ancient land.

Pyra mids of Giz a You haven’t been to Egypt until you’ve stood at the base of these legendary monuments, marvels of human engineering and construction. The Great Pyramid of Giza is one of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World.

Abu Simbel Built into the solid rock cliff by Pharaoh Rameses II to commemorate his victory over the Hittites at the Battle of Kadesh, the temples of Abu Simbel are a must-see for any visitor to Egypt.

Alexandria Stretching along the beautiful Mediterranean coast, at one stage Alexandria was the largest city in the known world and was famous for its great library, also the largest in the world.

Valle y of the Kings The Valley of the Kings was the burial place of choice for the Pharaohs and elites of Egypt’s New Kingdom, but is most well-known to us due to the discovery of the tomb of Tutankhamun.

Egyptian Museum The Egyptian Museum is one of the world’s most famous museums and houses a magnificent collection of antiquities including mummies, sarcophagi and the fabulous treasures of Tutankhamun’s tomb.

Khan el Khalili Ba z aar An ancient, oriental bazaar or souk in one of the main districts of Cairo, its narrow, winding passages are filled with tiny shops selling souvenirs, antiques and jewellery, craftsmen with their traditional workshops.

70 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 9 Days / 8 Nights from $1,977* PRIVATE

This popular journey takes in the true wonders of Egypt; from the Pyramids and Sphinx of Giza to the ancient temples of Luxor; from cruising along the Nile to the amazing vast rock temples at Abu Simbel. This trip is a comprehensive experience that will leave you with a lasting impression of Egypt’s most exceptional historical sights.

Arabia Egypt

Handpicked Egypt

Includes four nights hotel accommodation, four nights on board a Nile cruise, meals as per itinerary, flights as per itinerary, transfers, entrance fees (except to the mummies’ room at the Egyptian Museum and inside the Pyramids) and English speaking guides Day 1 Cairo On arrival in Cairo, transfer to your hotel. The rest of the day is at your leisure.

Day 2 Cairo Enjoy sightseeing at one of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World, the Pyramids and Sphinx at Giza, followed by Memphis and Sakkara. The Great Pyramid at Giza was built by King Cheops and is one of the most famous monuments in the world.

The second pyramid was constructed by King Chephren, south-west of the pyramid of his father, Cheops. The third pyramid was built by King Menkaure, son of Chephren. At Sakkara, the Step Pyramid, the first proper pyramid ever constructed in the 27th century BC, is a sight to behold. Sakkara also yields a huge cemetery and active burial ground nearby.

Memphis is the oldest capital of Egypt and is home to a colossal statue of Ramses II, said to be the most beautiful representation of him.

TRI P HIGHLIGHTS

DISCOVER

Day 3 Cairo - Luxor This morning, transfer to the airport for your flight to Luxor. Join your cruise to begin your Nile journey to Aswan. In the afternoon visit Luxor’s East Bank, including the Temple of Luxor and Temple of Karnak, an impressive complex of buildings dedicated to the Egyptian Pharaohs. Karnak is built on a spectacular scale, the complex covers 100 acres, and its history spans thirteen centuries.

• Narrow, twisting passageways of Khan el Khalili • Temple of Edfu, one of Egypt’s best preserved relics

Day 4 Luxor - Esna After breakfast, visit Luxor’s West Bank, one of the most awe-inspiring landscapes in Egypt. Today’s half day of sightseeing includes the 18m high Colossi of Memnon statues, the only remains of a temple built by Amenhotep II; the limestone cliffcut Temple of Hatshepsut at Deir el-Bahari, the only woman to rule over Egypt as Pharaoh; and the Valley of Kings, home to the tombs of ancient Egyptian kings, queens and important people in the kingdom. After your sightseeing has finished, sail to the farming town of Esna.

• Temple of Hatshepsut at Deir elBahari EXPLORE • The ancient pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx

Day 5 Esna - Kom Ombo Continue this morning to Edfu to visit the Temple of Edfu, dedicated to the Hawk-god Horus, one of Egypt’s best preserved relics. Sail to the agricultural town of Kom Ombo to dock for the night. In the afternoon visit the Temple of Kom Ombo, famous for its twin temples aligned in perfect symmetry and dedicated to two deities, the left side to the hawk-headed Harwar and the right to the crocodile god Sobek.

• Valley of the Kings, home to the tombs of ancient Pharaohs • Abu Simbel, the most spectacular monument of Ramses II

Day 6 Kom Ombo - Aswan Sail to Aswan and take a motorised felucca cruise around the area. Stop at the once central Elephantine Island, one of the most ancient sites in Egypt, Kitchener’s Island, the botanical gardens and then on to glimpse the pink granite mausoleum of Aga Khan. Enjoy high tea at the iconic The Terrace at the Sofitel Old Cataract Hotel.

LEARN/DO • Enjoy high tea at the Sofitel Old Cataract Hotel • The art of ancient Egyptian calligraphy with a hieroglyphic calligraphy lesson • Learn about the construction of the Great Pyramid ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your stay in Luxor with a night at the unique Hotel Al Moudira • Journey on to Alexandria, one of the most mythical cities in the world and visit the famous library, museum and the corniche. Complete your journey back to Cairo with a visit to El Alamein * All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 7 Aswan - Abu Simbel - Cairo This morning visit the impressive temple of Abu Simbel.

Abu Simbel, the most spectacular monument of Ramses II, honours his god Ra Horakhi and his queen, Nefertari. This colossal structure was designed to capture the rays of the sun twice a year to illuminate the seated figure of the Pharaoh inside the sanctuary. On return to Aswan, explore the main sights of the town including the High Dam, Unfinished Obelisk and the majestic Philae Temple which is dedicated to Isis and her son Horus. Transfer to the airport for your flight to Cairo.

Day 8 Cairo Enjoy a full day of sightseeing, visiting the Egyptian Museum, one of the world’s most famous museums, and home to an impressive collection of antiquities including mummies, sarcophagi and the fabulous treasures of Tutankhamun’s tomb; the historic Citadel of Saladin, that has defended Cairo throughout history; the alabaster Mosque of Mohamed Ali; and the old bazaar of Khan el Khalili, an ancient oriental bazaar with narrow twisting passages filled with tiny shops and craftsmen practising skills passed down for generations.

Day 9 Cairo Your journey ends today with a transfer to the airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 71

Arabia Jordan

Jordan For many people Jordan begins and ends with the magical ancient Nabataean city of Petra. And while Petra is without a doubt one of Arabia’s most spectacular and unmissable sites, there’s so much more to see in Jordan. Ruined Roman cities, Crusader castles, desert citadels and powerful biblical sites; many people and civilisations have left their mark on Jordan, making it a country of great diversity and one of the jewels of Arabia that has captivated travellers since ancient times.

Petra Although much has been written about Petra, nothing can prepare you for it. Walking through the Siq is an experience in itself, only surpassed by your first glimpse of Al-Khazneh, or the Treasury, Petra’s most recognisable wonder.

Wadi Rum Wadi Rum is a timeless landscape. Made famous by T.E. Lawrence, or better known to us as Lawrence of Arabia, there is so much to explore in this desolate area.

De ad Se a The Dead Sea is surely on most travellers’ bucket lists. Anyone who has luxuriated in the rich black mud and floated effortlessly on their backs knows its legendary restorative powers.

Jerash Jerash boasts an unbroken chain of occupation dating back more than 6,500 years. The city was one of the ten cities of the Decapolis and is one of the best-preserved Roman provincial towns in the world.

Madaba Madaba, the “City of Mosaics”, is renowned for its spectacular Byzantine and Umayyed mosaics and as the home of the famous 6th century mosaic Map of Jerusalem and the Holy Land.

Holy Pilgrim age Sites Jordan is filled with powerful biblical sites: the brook at Bethany where Jesus was baptised, the hilltop fortress at Mukawir where Herod beheaded John the Baptist and Mt Nebo, the mountain from where Moses viewed the Holy Land.

72 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 9 Days / 8 Nights from $2,399* PRIVATE

Explore Jordan’s amazing sites including an overnight at Dana Reserve, one of Jordan’s hidden gems and float in the Dead Sea, the lowest point on the face of the earth. Interact with local Jordanians who are exceptionally hospitable. With cultural and natural wonders waiting to be discovered, this is the perfect trip for those who want to experience a different side of Jordan.

Arabia Jordan

Handpicked Jordan

Includes eight nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with entrance fees, local guides in Petra and Jerash only, private vehicle transportation with local English speaking driver Day 1 Amman On arrival, transfer to your hotel. The remainder of the day is at your leisure.

Day 2 Amman Explore Amman on foot on a walking trip of the city. Visit the downtown area of Amman, the imposing Roman Theatre, the Citadel, situated on the highest hill in Amman, and the cultural and arts hub that is Rainbow Street. Along the way, stop by falafel vendors to sample some tasty Levantine cuisine. This evening, visit Beit Sitti, located in one of Jordan’s oldest neighbourhoods, offering a cooking and dining experience. Learn how to make an original Arabic dish from scratch and then dine on a balcony overlooking the citadel and old Amman.

Day 3 Amman - Jerash - Umm Qais - Amman Today visit the Greco-Roman city of Jerash, widely regarded as the best-preserved city of the Decapolis and sometimes known as the Pompeii of the East. It boasts an unbroken chain of occupation dating back 6,500 years.

Continue to Umm Qais, an ancient cultural city perched on a splendid hilltop overlooking the Jordan Valley and the Sea of Galilee. It was renowned in its time as a cultural centre and was the home of several classical poets and philosophers.

TRI P HIGHLIGHTS

DISCOVER • Preserved ancient cities of Jerash and Umm Qais

Day 4 Amman - Dana Reserve Drive to the mosaic city of Madaba, where the oldest map of the Holy Land exists on the floor of Saint George’s Church. Visit the Mosaic School of Madaba, which operates under the patronage of the Ministry of Tourism. The only project of its kind in the Middle East, the school trains artisans in the art of making, repairing and restoring mosaics. Continue to Mt. Nebo, the alleged burial site of Moses overlooking the Jordan Valley and the Dead Sea. Proceed to Dana Biosphere Reserve which is Jordan’s largest nature reserve, covering some 320km2 of rugged and beautiful landscape along the face of the Great Rift Valley.

• Views of the Dead Sea and Jordan Valley from Mount Nebo • Curative waters of the Dead Sea

EXPLORE

Day 5 Dana Reserve - Petra This morning enjoy a two hour hike and see mountain ridges, rising from the 1,500m high plateau near Quadesiyya to the desert plains of Wadi Araba.

Continue onto Petra. This evening experience a cooking lesson at Petra Kitchens. Located just up the road from the entrance to the Rose City, Petra Kitchens is a locally managed business, staffed by local Jordanians offering a hands-on approach to the preparation of an Arabic repast. After the lesson, enjoy the fruits of your labour.

• The rose-red city of Petra • Hike in the Dana Biosphere Reserve • Downtown Amman and the amazing citadel

TASTE • Visit Beit Sitti and learn how to make traditional Arabic dishes from scratch • Stop by falafel vendors on the streets of Amman • Petra Kitchens, a hands on approach to Arabic repast

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your journey through Jordan by following in the footsteps of Lawrence of Arabia. Spend a night in a Bedouin camp in Wadi Rum and experience the hospitality of the local Bedouins

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 6 Petra Today visit the “rose-red” city of Petra. Although much has been written about Petra, nothing prepares you for this amazing place. It has to be seen to be believed. More than 2,000 years ago Petra was used as a temporary refuge by nomadic Nabataean Arabs - Bedouins - who came north out of Arabia. Starting with only a few caves, they carved the sandstone to create this spectacular and awe inspiring fortress city. They turned it into a junction for the silk, spice and other trade routes that linked China, India and southern Arabia with Egypt, Syria, Greece and Rome. The whole day is yours to spend exploring this impressive city but make sure you arrive early in the morning when the sun highlights the amazing natural colours of the rocks. Enjoy lunch at the Basin Restaurant located inside the city. This evening return to see the Siq and the Treasury lit by the flickering flames of more than 2,000 candles whilst enjoying tea and listening to the Bedouins play their traditional music.

Day 7 Petra - Wadi Rum - Dead Sea Head to Lawrence of Arabia’s Wadi Rum to enjoy a 1.5 hour drive in a typical 4x4 Bedouin jeep where the spectacular landscape is dotted with sand dunes, high mountains and wadis. Visit several notable sites, including the Seven Pillars of Wisdom, Lawrence’s Creek, Burdah Bridge rock and more. You will have the opportunity to enjoy an optional camel ride. Round off your day by sharing tea with the local Bedouins before continuing on to the Dead Sea. Day 8 Dead Sea Today you will have the day at your leisure to enjoy the Dead Sea and its curative salty waters or you may choose to visit Mujib Reserve and enjoy one of the hikes which can be organised at the time of your visit.

Day 9 Dead Sea - Amman Transfer to the airport for your departure flight.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 73

Arabia Oman

Oman Like a treasure chest waiting to be discovered, the Sultanate of Oman is the land heralded as the Jewel of Arabia. With its splendour and wealth having been acclaimed by world travellers such as Marco Polo, this breathtaking destination boasts a fascinating history imbued with rich cultural traditions spanning 5,000 years. Oman is a country of fascinating contrasts, it is a land of friendly faces and exceptional hospitality, of vast barren deserts and rocky deep water fjords, of ancient forts and luxurious hotels.

Wahiba Sands Vast stretches of sand dunes soaring up to 150 metres high disappear into the horizon in every direction. Watching the sun set over the dunes before enjoying a Bedouin feast under the stars is a magical experience.

Jebel Sha ms Without a doubt, the most spectacular views in Oman are from Jebel Shams. At 3,300m, it is the highest point on the Arabian Peninsula. Beneath it lies the breathtakingly beautiful Grand Canyon of Arabia.

Musanda m Peninsul a At the far northern tip of Oman, isolated from the rest of the country, lies the Musandam Peninsula. The stunning peaks of the fjords plunge into the azure waters, where tropical reefs provide shelter for an abundance of colourful fish.

Muscat Muscat is the heart of Oman, where the ancient and modern live side-byside in perfect harmony. A fascinating maze of souks and colonial heritage exists alongside water sports, shopping, cafes and a beach culture.

Muttrah Souk Muttrah Souk is the oldest market place in Oman. Frankincense, spices, dates and antiques jostle for space with electronic products, Barbie dolls and fashion accessories. It is a maze of pathways leading through narrow, winding alleys and by-lanes.

Sal al ah Facing south over the Arabian Sea, Salalah boasts pristine white beaches to accompany its enviable climate. Its beautiful hotels, colourful souks and stunning natural backdrop ensures it’s a favourite of visitors to Oman.

74 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 9 Days / 8 Nights from $4,388* PRIVATE

Explore the dramatic northernmost tip of Oman where arid mountains plunge into the blue fjords of the Musandam Peninsula where you can take a traditional dhow cruise. Continue your journey to the coastal and interior areas of Oman and discover the spectacular mountain ranges and wadis, shifting sand dunes and enchanting fortresses and learn about the traditional Bedouin lifestyle.

Arabia Oman

Handpicked Oman

Includes eight nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by private deluxe air-conditioned vehicle, local English speaking guide, sightseeing as specified with entrance fees, domestic flight Khasab/Muscat and pick up from either Dubai or Abu Dhabi Day 1 Dubai/Abu Dhabi - Khasab You’ll be picked up from either Dubai or Abu Dhabi and transferred by road to Oman. On arrival in Khasab you will be taken to your hotel. This afternoon, drive to Jebel Harim, the tallest peak in the region. During your journey enjoy incredible vistas, including terraced mountain villages, lush acacia forests and wadis (dry river beds). Visit a Bedouin village located at an elevation of 3,000 feet. The village of Sayah is one of the most picturesque villages on the Musandam Peninsula. After a stop for photographs, continue with your drive to Jebel Harim. There will be time to admire the grand panorama from the mountain’s summit. The return drive takes you past Khawr Najd, a stunning sea view point overlooking the Indian Ocean. Drive to Al Khalidya Nature Park before concluding your trip back in Khasab.

TRI P HIGHLIGHTS

DISCOVER • Watch turtles come ashore at Ras Al Jinz turtle sanctuary • Musandam Fjords while cruising on a traditional dhow • Maze of alleyways and passages in Muttrah Souk

Day 3 Khasab - Muscat This morning transfer to the airport for your flight to Muscat. On arrival, you will be transferred to your hotel. The remainder of the day is at leisure.

Day 4 Muscat Today enjoy Muscat’s highlights. The morning begins by visiting the Grand Mosque which stands exquisitely against the skyline. Once you have taken in the brilliance of the Grand Mosque head to Muttrah where you will visit the Bait Al Zubair Museum with a photo stop by Qasr Al Alam (His Majesty’s Palace) before heading to the lively Muttrah Souk. Bargain with locals and see what treasures you can find lying around the twisting and winding walkways. Grand Mosque is closed for tourist visits on Friday & any local holiday.

EXPLORE • Al Hajar Mountains while staying at the luxurious Alila Jabal Akhdar

Day 5 Muscat - Ras Al Hadd Travel on the coastal road to Ras Al Hadd. En-route stop at Bimah Sinkhole before continuing to Wadi Abayeen, with its deep pools set among the date palms, and Bibi Miriam’s ancient tomb. Most of the small towns along this route make their livelihood from fishing. Tiwi, a small fishing village, and Sur, a much larger town with an ancient harbour, house some of the original dhows that are still used today. Later this evening you will head to Ras Al Jinz for an unforgettable evening watching giant sea turtles make their way slowly up the beach to within metres of where they were hatched, up to 50 years before, to continue their legacy. The beach is one of the largest turtle reserves in the world so make sure you take everything in for this once in a lifetime opportunity. Stroll back to the hotel to the sound of the small Ghost crabs scuttling across the beach scavenging for food.

• Nizwa Fort and its silver souk and markets • Bedouin villages and wadis LEARN/DO • Adventurous dune drive in Wahiba Sands

Day 6 Ras Al Hadd - Wahiba Sands After breakfast, head to Sur visiting its main attractions and the Dhow Making Factory before driving to Wadi Bani Khalid. Continue onto Wahiba Sands for an adventurous dune drive before heading to your desert camp. Enjoy this unforgettable night under the stars in the desert. Stare up at the radiance of the starry sky and be warmed by the fire crackling beside you before retiring for the evening.

• Rock Rose walking experience in Jebel Akhdar • Learn about the traditional Bedouin lifestyle

Day 7 Wahiba Sands - Nizwa - Jebel Akhdar Travel to Nizwa, one of the oldest cities and a previous capital of Oman. Nizwa is home to the famous Nizwa Fort, a fabulous silver souk and markets. Visit Jabrin Fort which has been called the most beautiful fort in all of Oman.

It was still in operation up until the last century before being renovated for an amazing visitor experience. Continue the journey to Jebel Akhdar (Green Mountain).

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Beyond the desert lies a very different Oman. Legend has it that it was the home of the Queen of Sheba and the source of the frankincense tree. Salalah, the “Garden City” of the south, is a tropical paradise that makes a great extension to any journey through Oman

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 2 Khasab This morning, board a traditional dhow and sail along Telegraph Island, the Strait of Hormuz and the Fjords, also known as the Norway of Arabia. Swim and snorkel in the pristine blue waters of the Arabian Ocean. After lunch onboard, cruise back sipping on some Omani coffee or tea mesmerised with another spectacular day in the land of Sindbad the Sailor.

Day 8 Jebel Akhdar Spend the day exploring the area. You will have the option of doing a Rock Rose walking experience which takes you through to some of the old villages around the region and learn how they distil the rose water and rose oil. Or walk on some of the mountain treks through this mountain range which stands just under 2,600 metres above sea.

Day 9 Jebel Akhdar - Muscat This morning return to Muscat.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 75

Arabia Morocco

Morocco Morocco’s colours, sounds and smells overwhelm the senses. Bustling souks, medinas and markets give way to medieval fortresses and the endless dunes of the Sahara Desert. From coastal beach resorts and snow-capped mountains to the amazing diversity of Moroccan cuisine, everyone from foodies and culture lovers to those looking for a unique experience, will find what they’re looking for. There is a magic about Morocco; Tangier, Casablanca, Marrakech… just the names stir a hint of spice in the nostrils.

Marrakech One of Morocco’s most important cultural centres, Marrakech is a lively former capital famed for its markets and festivals. Follow its twisting arteries to its pulsing energy source - the Place Djemaa el-Fna.

Volubilis Volubilis is the site of the largest and best-preserved Roman ruins in Morocco. Dating largely from the 2nd and 3rd centuries AD, at its peak, it is estimated that the city once housed up to 20,000 people.

Fez The oldest of the imperial cities, Fez’s labyrinth of streets and crumbling grandeur add to its intrigue. The medina of Fez el Bali is one of the largest living medieval cities in the world.

Sahara Desert Small villages and oases dot the Sahara Desert, which is often likened to an ocean of sand. Watching the sun set over the dunes is one of the most rewarding experiences of any Moroccan journey.

Ait Benhaddou Situated along the old caravan route between the Sahara and Marrakech, Ait Benhaddou is one of the best preserved and most famous kasbahs in Morocco. A picturesque place with breathtaking views.

Casabl anca The city that represents modern Morocco on the move; the cultural and economic heart of the country. This is where industry is, the art galleries house contemporary art and fashion designers show their wares to the world.

76 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 12 Days / 11 Nights from $3,844* PRIVATE

Experience and appreciate the evocative culture, medieval cities and the varied landscapes of exotic Morocco – from the desert to the coast and mountain ranges. Visit bustling medinas and souks, Roman and Imperial cities, mudbrick villages, the edge of the Sahara and enjoy a dinner at a Moroccan palace. Immerse yourself in the sights and sounds of this amazing country.

Arabia Morocco

Handpicked Morocco

Includes 11 nights accommodation, meals as specified, transportation by private deluxe air-conditioned vehicle, local English speaking guide and sightseeing as specified with entrance fees Day 1 Casablanca - Rabat Arrive in Casablanca. You will be met by your guide and transferred to Rabat. This afternoon visit Rabat’s cultural highlights including the 12th century Hassan and Mohamed V mausoleum. Visit the Oudaya Kasbah with its beautiful Andalucian gardens and the Archaeological Museum with its fine collection of Phoenician, Carthaginian and Roman relics.

Day 2 Rabat - Meknes - Volubilis - Fez After breakfast depart for Meknes, “the Moroccan Versailles”, which was founded at the end of the 17th century by Moulay Ismail. Your visit to this imperial city includes the Bab Mansour gateway, the Granaries and the Royal Stables.

Continue to Volubilis, site of the largest and best preserved Roman ruins in Morocco with its triumphal arches, basilicas and capitols which are typical of Roman buildings. Travel to Fez.

TRI P HIGHLIGHTS

DISCOVER • Volubilis, the site of the best preserved Roman ruins in Morocco • The medieval and spiritual city of Fez • Mazes of colourful alleys and squares in the souks of Marrakech

EXPLORE

Day 4 Fez - Midelt - Erfoud Depart early via the Alpine village of Ifrane to Midelt, a Berber village known for its handicraft cooperative. Continue through the palm filled Ziz Valley passing a series of fortified villages before arriving in Erfoud.

Day 5 Erfoud - Rissani - Merzouga - Erfoud Explore the ancient fortified town of Rissani and the ruins of Sijilmassa which was the famous capital of the old caravan routes in the 8th century. This area is known for its marble, encrusted with aquatic fossils, which is then cut and polished in local workshops. In the afternoon you will be taken by 4x4 to the Merzouga sand dunes at the edge of the Sahara Desert. Watch the colourful sunset over the dunes.

• The ancient fortified town of Rissani and the ruins of Sijilmassa on the old caravan routes • Walk around the World Heritage Site of Ait Benhaddou

Day 6 Erfoud - Todra Gorge - Ouarzazate This morning drive through the desert to the imposing Todra Gorge where its walls rise to 1,200 feet in places. In the afternoon continue through the High Atlas Mountains following the Dades Valley to Ouarzazate. Stop en-route at the oasis of Kelaa Mgouna which is famous for its Persian roses and local perfume production. This area, known as the “Valley of the Thousand Kasbahs” is home to some of Morocco’s finest fortresses.

• Desert Berber villages known for their local handicrafts RELAX • Visit the beaches of Essaouira along the Atlantic Coast • Explore the beautiful gardens dotted around Marrakech • Drive through the oceans of sand that make up the Sahara Desert

Day 7 Ouarzazate - Ait Benhaddou - Marrakech Visit Ouarzazate with the Tifoultout and Taourirt Kasbahs. Depart for the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Aït Benhaddou, where Lawrence of Arabia was filmed. There is time for a walk through the fortified village before crossing the Atlas Mountains, climbing the Tizi N’Tichka Pass.

Day 8 Marrakech A full day of sightseeing in Marrakech, the second oldest imperial city known as the “Pearl of the South”, visiting the Koutoubia Mosque, the Saadian tombs and the Bahia Palace. In the afternoon, visit the souks with their maze of colourful alleys and small squares. As evening approaches head to the famous Djemaa el Fna Square with its fire-eaters, fortune tellers, street musicians and snake charmers.

Day 9 Marrakech This morning visit the beautiful gardens dotted around the city.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 10 Marrakech - Essaouira Depart for Essaouira, a city which is a typical Portuguese harbour with fine examples of both Moorish and Portuguese art.

• An elegant dinner at a Moroccan palace

Day 11 Essaouira - Casablanca Depart for Casablanca with a stop at El Oualidia. Continue along the Atlantic coast before arriving in Casablanca, the commercial centre of Morocco.

In the afternoon enjoy a panoramic trip of the city including the Habous Quarter (new medina) and the great Hassan II Mosque (external view only). Visit the resort area of Ain Diab and the Anfa residential district where Roosevelt and Churchill met during WWII.

• Stay overnight in a Berber tent in the dunes of the Sahara Desert • Upgrade to luxury hotels and riads throughout your Moroccan journey

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 3 Fez A full day of sightseeing in the medieval city of Fez, the oldest cultural and spiritual city of Morocco, with its fascinating souks and artisan quarters. Visit the medieval medina, the Karaouine University, the Attarine Medersa (Koranic College) and the Nejjarine Fountain. Throughout the day you will visit several craft co-operatives, where you can see demonstrations of various Moroccan arts and crafts by local artisans. In the afternoon visit Dar Batha, the museum of Moroccan Arts which houses collections of wood carvings, embroidery, tribal carpets and ceramics. Continue to Fez El Jedid, the new city built in the 13th century where you will find the Mellah (old Jewish quarter) with its splendid architecture including wrought iron windows and wooden carved balconies.

Day 12 Casablanca Transfer to the airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 77

“ The world is a book and those who do not travel read only one page.�

- Saint Augustine

Antalya, Turkey. Visit page 86 to explore Turkey.

78 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 79

MAPS

europe

Explore the white-washed islands of the Aegean or ancient sites of classical Greece; admire the diverse architecture and landscape of Turkey; and marvel at the treasures of Croatia’s walled cities, national parks and islands.

GREAT BRITAIN

IRELAND

h vineyards, Cycle throug France

NETHERLAN

BELGIUM

Paris

The ancient Greeks and Romans believed they received the Mediterranean as a gift from the gods. The area offers a beautiful temperate climate, gentle landscapes, glorious beaches and a sparkling sea, making it hard to resist the lure of the Mediterranean and everything their famous region has to offer.

B FRANCE

Nowhere else onearth is there such a density of archaeological and religious sites, along with some of the world’s most glorious prizes architecture.

Our walking and cycling journeys through Europe are a must. Linger among the chateaux of the Loire, cycle quiet backroads between the timeless villages of Umbria, savour the spectacular scenery of the Swiss Alps, meander along Spain and Portugal’s beautiful coasts and enjoy the relaxed pace of the Austrian Lakes.

S

Genev Lyon

Marseill

M Madrid

Porto

Barcelona

PORTUGAL

WHEN TO GO Greece Spring and autumn are the best times to visit Greece; specifically May, June, September and October. Most of the country’s tourist infrastructure goes into hibernation during winter, particularly on the islands.

Turkey

Lisbon Croatia Croatia’s peak season is July and August, the coast is gorgeous in spring and early autumn. The Adriatic is still too cool for plunging in in April. May and June are great months for most outdoor activities but September is perhaps the best month in Croatia.

April-May and September-October are the best times to see Turkey, since the climate will be perfect for sightseeing in Istanbul and on the Aegean and Mediterranean coasts. It will be cool in central Anatolia and the Black Sea coast is best visited between April – September.

80 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

SPAIN

Valencia

Seville

Walk alon g paths and back roads, Spa in

azing food Discover amSWEDEN , Croatia in Dubrovnik

ESTONIA

RUSSIA

LATVIA

DENMARK

LITHUANIA

Explore t he o of Istanb ld city ul, Turkey BELARUS

NDS

POLAND

GERMANY

CZECH REPUBLIC

Vienna

Bern Zurich

Milan

Monaco

HUNGARY

Zagreb Venice

ROMANIA

CROATIA

ITALY e

MOLDOVA

AUSTRIA

WITZERL AND

va

UKRAINE

SLOVAKIA

BOSNIA & HERZ.

Florence

Split

Rome Naples

SERBIA

MONTENEGRO KOSOVO

BULGARIA

MACEDONIA ALBANIA

San Marino

Istanbul Gallipoli Peninsula Canakkale

GREECE Delphi

GEORGIA

Athens

Trabzon

Ankara

ARMENIA

TURKEY Cappadocia

Pumakkale

AZERBA

Van

Mykonos Nafplion Santorini Rhodes

CYPRUS

Wander th rough icon ic monuments, Greece

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 81

EUROPE Walking

Walking Trips Walking is the ultimate mode of transport for those with an appetite for true discovery. Meander through France, Italy, Spain, Greece, Turkey, Croatia and Morocco at a snail’s pace, travel in slow motion, or press the pause button. Get to know the region intimately and absorb the sights, scents, tastes and sounds.

Some trips are independent, others guided, and you are free to hop from hotel - to- hotel (don’t worry, we’ll take care of the bags) or simply base yourself in the one spot for the duration of the trip.

Self-guided walking trips give you maximum flexibility. Travel at your own pace, setting off whenever you’re ready, choosing when and where to have lunch, or detouring to that cute, hole-in- the-wall cafe that caught your eye earlier. It can be as organised or as unstructured as you like. We provide comprehensive walking route notes as well as proper maps, so you need never worry about getting lost.

Our hotel-to-hotel self-guided walking trips let you discover the heart of your holiday region at your own pace. On a typical trip you’ll move between hotels every couple of days, and we’ll transport your bags to ensure the smoothest transition. In many areas our teams also provide a free wine service too so if you stumble onto a beautiful vineyard and choose to purchase a few bottles (or cases), our representatives on the ground will transport them to your final hotel, ready for you to take home at the end of your trip.

We also offer a number of single centre self-guided walking trips and provide comprehensive maps and walking notes, with details of walking times, distances, and ascents, so that you can “mix and match” levels to suit how you feel each day. Want to walk off that gelato at a demon’s pace? No problem. Want to stop every five minutes and get snap happy? Go for it!

Our guided walking trips are perfect for those who want an escorted walking experience among the company of like-minded people. We don’t travel en masse; a typical group consists of about 6-10 people. All our guides are locally based and you won’t find any other people more passionate about their homelands, or committed to sharing their experiences with you.

For more information and our full range of walking trips, visit www.adventureworld.com 82 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Amalfi Coast Walk | 8 days / 7 nights from $2,306* SMALL GROUP

This popular walking holiday allows you to enjoy the very best bits of this beautiful corner of southern Italy. The Amalfi Coast offers walking with breathtaking scenery at every step. Walkers will appreciate the network of wide paths that wander among lemon and olive groves, pines and oaks, valleys and ridges. Our guides are very enthusiastic about showing off their region and will make sure that you taste the best food from the area.

INCLUDES seven nights accommodation, breakfast and dinner daily, transportation by air-conditioned vehicle, experienced local guide, specialist Pompeii guide and standard return transfers from Naples Airport on days one and eight Day 1 Ravello You will be picked up from Naples airport and transferred to your hotel in the centre of Ravello.

Day 2 Ravello – Minori – Atrani Walking through vines and terraces of lemon trees you will reach the old pilgrim’s chapel of San Nicola which commands stunning views over the Amalfi Coast. Descend to the pastel houses of Minori before walking along the coast to diminutive Atrani. Take the local bus back to your hotel.

Day 3 Ravello – Pontone - Amalfi This morning explore enchanting Ravello. After lunch follow a scenic path down to Ponte dello Ziro watchtower to enjoy great coastal views, before descending to Amalfi. There will be time to visit one of the old medieval paper mills and the strikingly striped 13th century cathedral before returning to Ravello by bus.

Day 4 Sentiero degli Dei Today explore the “Pathway of the Gods”, Amalfi’s most scenic walk. When the nearly vertical town of Positano comes into sight, you will have a bird’s eye view of tiny boats, pretty villas, grey volcanic beaches and churches. After lunch, transfer to your hotel in Massa Lubrense by minibus.

Day 5 Free day The most popular option (extra cost) is to take a bus from just outside the hotel to Sorrento and pick up the hydrofoil across to Capri.

Day 6 Pompeii and Annunziata First stop today is Pompeii. We’ve employed an expert local guide here so that you can truly discover this ancient city. After lunch it’s on to lovely Annunziata. Explore its pretty park before descending to the unspoilt port of Marina della Lobra.

Day 7 Punta Campanella Walk to Sorrento’s “Land’s End”, and the watchtower of Punta Campanella. The point got its name when, in 1558 Saracen pirates stole the bell from the local church, but were unable to set sail until they had thrown it overboard. Every year on St. Valentine’s Day the bell is said to rise to the surface and toll once more. In the afternoon follow a coastal path back to your hotel.

Day 8 Massa Lubrense Your journey ends with a transfer back to Naples airport.

EUROPE Walking The Spanish Camino de Santiago is one of the most ancient walking routes in the world. Ever since the 9th century the road has led thousands of pilgrims on a journey across northern Spain, winding from the Pyrenees, across the wheat fields of old Castile and passing through Leon before entering Galicia. The route then builds to a spectacular finale at Santiago de Compostela’s majestic baroque cathedral, the last resting place of the Apostle St James.

Walking the Camino de Santiago | 11 days / 10 nights

from

$2,169* INDEPENDENT

Your walk begins in Leon and, in keeping with the theme of pilgrimage; you walk each day along farm tracks, paths and country lanes. Stay in an astonishingly diverse range of properties including restored parish houses, converted water mills and stylish farm houses. Everyone on the Camino has a “Pilgrim Passport” that is stamped along the way to qualify for a certificate from the official Pilgrim Office in Santiago.

10 nights accommodation, breakfast daily and eight dinners, rail ticket between Madrid and Leon, route notes and maps

INCLUDES

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

DISCOVER

Day 1 Leon Arrive at your historic hotel in the heart of Leon.

• Beautiful scenery including meadows and woodlands • Heart-warming camaraderie of fellow travellers • Spectacular Santiago de Compostela

Day 2 Leon - Molinaseca After a guided visit of Leon’s magnificent cathedral and receiving your Pilgrim Passport, transfer to Cruz de Ferro, a remote hilltop pre-Roman cross high in the smoky Montes de Leon. From here the Camino winds downhill through fragrant pines where once the Knights Templar protected pilgrims from bandit attack.

Day 3 Ambasmestas - O’Cebreiro After a short transfer, ascend the Rio Valcarce valley.

O’Cebreiro is an 11th century village in the heart of the Cordillera Cantabrica.

Day 4 Triacastela - Sarria Today the Camino meanders between heather clad villages overlooking the Monastery of Samos. On reaching Sarria you’ll be whisked to your accommodation, complete with chapel and al fresco dining patio.

EXPLORE

Day 5 Sarria - Portomarin A Roman bridge leads out of Sarria up the Celerio Valley, where you’ll traverse the hamlets of the southern flank of the Sierra del Paramo before descending into Portomarin.

• One of the most ancient pilgrim routes in the world

Day 6 Portomarin - Lestedo Drop into Portomarin’s church then follow the Torres stream. Stamp your Pilgrim Passport in country churches dedicated to the Order of St James before arriving at your beautifully restored rectory.

• Farm tracks, paths and country lanes • Small Spanish towns and villages

Day 7 Lestedo - O Coto Country lanes lead past fortified farmhouses into the hillside town of Palas del Rei as you enter the province of A Coruna.

Day 8 O Coto - Arzua First stop is Melide , a thriving country town with tavernas full of locals enjoying Galician seafood in specialist pulperias (octopus restaurants!). Drop into the Romanesque church to admire the frescoes, before lanes lined with bright yellow celandine bring you into the lively market town of Arzua.

LEARN/DO • Discover amazing local cuisines • Meet thousands of like-minded travellers

Day 9 Arzua - Rua Arzua’s colonnaded streets lead into open country where your route rises and falls through river valleys crossing rushing streams.

Day 10 Rua - Santiago de Compostela Excitement mounts as you set off towards Monte do Gozo - the Mount of Joy - where pilgrims of old caught their first glimpse of the spires of Santiago. On reaching Santiago’s historic centre, you’ll see a steady stream of pilgrims reach journey’s end below the cathedral’s spectacular baroque facade.

• Get your Pilgrim Passport stamped along the way

Day 11 Santiago de Compostela Enjoy Santiago and the cathedral before your journey ends.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 83

EUROPE Cycling

Cycling Trips

Loire Gastronomic Cycling

On an Adventure World cycling trip you don’t just follow maps - you follow your impulses. Combine the thrill of surging through spectacular terrain with the freedom of riding to your own rhythms. A cycling trip gives the most scope for independent exploring, as you can follow any path you choose using our maps and notes. Our suggested routes use quiet country lanes, from cycling in France along rural lanes past pretty chateaux, to rolling through the coastal tracks and hidden coves of the beautiful islands of Sicily and Gozo.

This gentle gastronomic cycling holiday follows a triangular route through the heart of the Loire Valley. You’ll pass majestic châteaux, vineyards and pretty, sleepy villages, before pedalling gently along shady riverbanks and out through open countryside. On each cycling day, you’ll have the opportunity to taste dozens of different wines in a wine region more varied and diverse than any other in the world.

On an independent cycling trip you’re free to explore under your own steam. You move between hotels typically every couple of days. After a day of pedalling, find your luggage waiting for you at the next hotel. Use your time between cycling days to explore the local area.

Before you set off on your first day our team meet you and fit you out with a bike. They’ll also run you through the route notes and provide you with tips on the best things to see in each locale. Each bike is equipped with a puncture repair kit and we’ll take you through a demonstration of what to do if bike trouble strikes.

Our team spend plenty of time cleaning and checking every bike before they are used on cycling holidays, so you don’t have to worry about a thing. Over the years, many of our customers have told us about beautiful vineyards which produce exquisite wines. Having sampled the wines they are then faced with the problem of how to get their favourite bottles (or cases) to the next hotel. That’s not a problem for our guests as we provide a free wine pick-up service in many of our regions. You simply order as much wine as you want and our representative will pick it up and take it to your final hotel.

If you’d love to try our cycling trips, but would like the reassurance of cycling within a group, our guided trips are perfect - typically around 10-16 like-minded people - with a leader on hand to share all their knowledge with you.

For more information and our full range of cycling trips, visit www.adventureworld.com 84 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 7 days / 6 nights from $1,998* INDEPENDENT

six nights accommodation, continental breakfast and six evening meals, transportation by air-conditioned vehicle, services of local Headwater representative, high-quality bikes, route notes and maps and luggage transfers between hotels

INCLUDES

Day 1 Chissay Make your own way to Chissay from Blois station where your fabulous château hotel awaits. The rest of the day is at your leisure.

Day 2 Chissay – St Ouen-les-Vignes Gentle pedalling along the banks of the Cher will bring you first to the superb Château de Chenonceau with its famous arches majestically spanning the river; arguably the most beautiful of all the Loire landmarks. Your final stretch leads to the elegant village of St Ouen-les-Vignes.

Day 3 St Ouen-les-Vignes It’s a short cycle to the narrow bustling streets of Amboise.

Visit the flamboyant Royal Palace and the elegant Clos Lucé, a 15th century manor house where Leonardo da Vinci lived and worked for the last few years of his life. Alternatively it’s an easy 15km return cycle along the river Cisse to wine capital, Vouvray. Here you’ll find wine tasting possibilities and the option to visit Château de Valmer.

Day 4 St Ouen-les-Vignes – Chitenay A lovely peaceful cycle today with a choice of routes depending on how energetic you’re feeling! The shorter option takes you via the sleepy village of Limeray or you can head north through open countryside to Autreche.

All cyclists then go on to Chaumont – the château here once belonged to Catherine de Medici and is quite spectacular. A final shady riverside stretch takes you via the pretty villages of Les Montils and Seur and on to Chitenay where you’ll spend the next two nights.

Day 5 Chitenay The 17th century château at nearby Cheverny is a popular day trip.

Alternatively keen cyclists can head for the magnificent château de Chambord - a 50km round trip! Set in the heart of the huge Forêt de Boulogne, this 16th century masterpiece appears straight from a fairytale.

Day 6 Chitenay – Chissay Head south past well-tended vines and sleepy hamlets surrounded by fields of sunflowers. Free-wheel downhill to the River Cher, where the charming old quarter of medieval Montrichard is huddled beneath the 11th century keep.

A final flat cycle follows the Cher back to Château de Chissay for a well-earned dip in the pool!

Day 7 Chissay Make your way to Chissay rail station.

EUROPE Cycling Flanked by the majestic Alpine peaks of Germany, Switzerland and Austria, the turquoise shoreline and pebbly beaches of Lake Constance are shared between these three countries. Exploring this area by bike is by far the best way to travel here. A cycling path leads from country to country, taking in meadows, vineyards and marinas. This is a region brimming with historical and cultural highlights such as fairytale castles and palaces.

Lake Constance Cycling | 11 days / 10 nights

from

$2,098** INDEPENDENT

This itinerary cycles along lakeside paths and detailed notes allow you to cycle at your own pace. Your accommodation is as varied as your cycling days; you’ll stay in a coaching inn, a grand riverside hotel and a luxury lakeside mansion. We’ll ensure you’re never too far from the waterfront.

You’ll also have the opportunity to try regional delicacies at local restaurants. This is a fun way to discover a beautiful part of the world.

10 nights accommodation, breakfast daily and eight dinners, support vehicle to transfer baggage, route notes and maps

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 1 Bregenz Make your way to your hotel in the centre of Bregenz.

DISCOVER

Day 2 Bregenz - Arbon Cycle west along Lake Constance’s southern shore before crossing the mighty Rhine delta that straddles the border between Austria and Switzerland. Your final stretch takes you around the lake to Arbon, with pretty halftimbered houses and a 16th century castle.

• Pretty postcard perfect villages • Stunning mountain views • Easy, flexible cycling routes

Day 3 Arbon Spend the morning exploring Arbon’s historic old town with its well preserved buildings. This afternoon you have the option to hop on the train to historic St Gallen, a bustling market town packed with 18th century merchants’ houses and open air cafes.

Day 4 Arbon - Stein am Rhein Pedal clockwise around the lake and pass numerous waterfront villages affording lots of panoramic sun terraces for coffee stops and lunch.

In the afternoon, coast effortlessly between sleepy harbours before arriving at your riverside hotel.

EXPLORE

Day 5 Stein am Rhein Spend the day in medieval Stein am Rhein with its 11th century monastery, beautiful frescoed square and lovely chocolate shops!

• Baroque churches, gothic cathedrals and palaces

Day 6 Stein am Rhein - Konstanz Freewheel east this morning and soon cross the border to enter Germany. Cycling along the ‘Gnadensee’ you’ll soon reach the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Klosterinsel Reichenau, the first populated area on Lake Constance. It’s then on to Konstanz.

• Lakeside paths with flat cycling • Local vineyards

Day 7 Konstanz Spend the day exploring the narrow streets of Konstanz.

LEARN/DO • Hop on the train to historic St Gallen • Explore the streets of Konstanz • Discover fairytale castles

Day 8 Konstanz - Friedrichshafen It is a short ride through oak forest to catch the ferry to fairytale Meersburg with its twin castles, steep streets and hillsides of vines. Then, pedalling south, it’s a gentle cycle into Friedrichshafen.

Day 9 Friedrichshafen There are superb wine tasting opportunities on your doorstep today - local Muller-Thurgau wines come from Riesling and Silvaner grapes for which Lake Constance is famous.

Day 10 Friedrichshafen - Bregenz Past the pretty village of Langenargen and through peaceful vineyards and cherry orchards en-route to lovely Lindau, a gorgeous island village surrounded by cobalt blue waters with long distance views of razor-edged peaks across the lake.

Day 11 Bregenz Your journey ends after breakfast.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 85

EUROPE Turkey

Turkey Turkey is an astounding country. It’s played host to numerous civilisations throughout history; from the Greeks and Romans to the Assyrians, Persians and Ottomans, they have all left their indelible mark. At every turn the archaeological sites, stunning architecture and warmth of the locals surpass expectations. The cradle of cultures and civilisations, connecting Europe and Asia, Turkey’s charms extend from ancient remains to natural splendours. Many of its attractions can’t be found anywhere else in the world, such as Cappadocia’s fairy chimneys and Pamukkale’s white travertine shelves and pools.

Istanbul Old Cit y The Hagia Sophia, built in the 6th century, Topkapi Palace, Blue Mosque, and Museum of Archaeology are just a few of the gems found in the Old City.

Gallipoli Peninsula To truly uncover the ANZAC story, a visit to Chunuk Bair, the moving ANZAC Museum and ANZAC Cove, where a memorial service is held each year, is a must for all Australians and New Zealanders.

Cappadocia Cappadocia has to be seen to be believed, with a spectacular and unusual landscape, vistas of ‘fairy chimneys’, troglodyte villages, incredible under­ ground cities and cave churches on display.

Ephesus Ephesus was one of the most famous Greek cities of ancient times with a heritage dating back to 6,000BC, and the most recognisable building, the Library of Celsus, was both a library and mausoleum.

Pamukkale Pamukkale is famous for its white calcified terraces with mineral-enriched waters which are believed to have curative powers and have been used as thermal baths for centuries.

Cruising the Mediterrane an Coast Cruising Turkey’s Mediterranean coast is a delightful way to see this part of the country. Search for hidden coves and pristine deserted bays aboard a traditional gulet.

86 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 12 Days / 11 Nights from $5,855* PRIVATE

Explore the best of Turkey’s fascinating and diverse sights. Discover the vibrancy of Istanbul and take in the inimitable old town of this amazing city, home to some of Turkey’s most famous sites including the Hagia Sophia and Topkapi Palace, pay your respects at ANZAC Cove, uncover the beauty of coastal Kusadasi and be awestruck by the unique rock formations in Cappadocia.

EUROPE Turkey

Icons of Turkey

Includes 11 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by air-conditioned deluxe vehicle, sightseeing as specified with entrance fees and a private local English speaking guide Day 1 Istanbul On arrival, you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Istanbul Enjoy a full day of sightseeing in Istanbul. Begin with a visit to Sultanahmet Mosque, known popularly as The Blue Mosque, a beautiful mosque known for its blue tiles and six minarets. Continue on to the Hagia Sophia. One of the greatest marvels of world architecture, this awe-inspiring building was constructed as a basilica in the 6th century by Byzantine Emperor Justinian. Continue to the Egyptian Spice Market where you will have a short break at Ali Muhiddin Haci Bekir’s shop – the inventor of Turkish delight. The day will end with a visit to the Grand Bazaar, the vast and legendary covered market that is the biggest souk in the world with nearly 4,000 shops of antiques, jewellery, and carpets.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Istanbul - Ankara Thıs morning continue sightseeing in Istanbul. Visit the Underground Cistern and Topkapi Palace. Here you’ll see the imperial treasury, the Chinese porcelain section, the calligraphy section and more. After lunch, travel to Ankara.

DISCOVER

Day 4 Ankara - Cappadocia Your drive through Ankara will take you to the Hittite Museum where you will see artefacts from that very old and unique civilisation. After lunch, continue to Cappadocia.

• Exotic Istanbul and it’s historic beauty

Day 5 Cappadocia After breakfast, explore the famous valley of Cappadocia, a region in which nature has created an incredible world of cones, columns and needles shaped by the erosion of the area’s volcanic tuff. Not only is the natural landscape unique here; the soft features of the stone were used to carve this fantasy-like environment into homes, shops, churches and hospitals. Enjoy lunch at a local village house and then be transported to a traditional Turkish house to meet a local family.

• Mevlana Museum, dedicated to the founder of the Whirling Dervish mystic order • Cotton castles of Pamukkale

Day 6 Cappadocia - Konya After an early breakfast set off for Konya where you will visit the Mevlana Museum, a museum and monastery complex dedicated to the life and teachings of the Rumi, the 13th century founder of the Whirling Dervish mystical order.

EXPLORE • The ancient Roman city of Ephesus • Hagia Sophia, one of the greatest marvels of world architecture

Day 7 Konya – Pamukkale After breakfast, drive to Pamukkale with its snow white terraces formed by thermal waters cascading down the hillside. After enjoying your visit to this site, head to the adjacent ruins of antique Hierapolis with its famous Necropolis, Basilica, Theatre and Plutonium.

• ANZAC Cove and the memorials to Australia’s and New Zealand’s fallen soldiers

Day 8 Pamukkale - Ephesus - Izmir After breakfast, transfer to Ephesus. Your first stop will be at the Basilica of St.John, who came here and wrote his Gospel. Once in the ancient site itself, explore the ancient Roman city and visit the Library of Celsus, Temple of Hadrian, the Theatre and Odeon. Drive the short distance to the House of the Virgin Mary, a site where she is believed to have spent her last years.

TASTE • Turkish Delight at the shop where it was invented

Day 9 Izmir - Pergamon - Troy - Canakkale After breakfast, depart for Canakkale. Visit the Acropol, the Temple of Trojan, and the library at Pergamon. From here continue on with visits to the ancient healing centre of Asklepion and the Red Basilica. After lunch continue to Troy where you will see its legendary walls and replica of the wooden Trojan horse.

• Exotic herbs, spices and vegetables at the Egyptian Spice Market • Turkish coffee from historical coffee roasters in the Grand Bazaar ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Immerse yourself in Cappadocia’s fairy tale landscape by staying in a unique cave hotel • Witness Istanbul come to life on an evening trip with dinner and an exotic floorshow

Day 11 Canakkale - Istanbul After breakfast, begin your drive to Istanbul. The scenic drive will first take you to Gallipoli, the site of the battle played out during WWI. Cross the Dardanelles and proceed to Istanbul. Upon arrival in Istanbul enjoy a Bosphorus Cruise. See sites including Dolmabahce Palace, Rumeli Fortress and Beylerbeyi Palace.

• See the sunrise on a hot air balloon ride over Cappadocia * All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 10 Canakkale Today visit Anzac Cove. It was here that Australian and New Zealand soldiers began their attempt to invade. Today it hosts dozens of gravesites and memorials.

Lone Pine Cemetery is the smallest cemetery at Anzac Cove and commands spectacular views. It was up towards the heights of Plugge’s Plateau that the 11th Battalion struggled after their dawn landing at North Beach on 25 April 1915. Continue with the visit of Beach Cemetery, Hell Spit, Shrapnel Valley, Brighton Beach and Quinn’s Post before visiting the 57th Regiment Cemetery. At the Chunuk Bair Cemetery you’ll appreciate why Atatürk’s arrival on the scene marked a turning point not only in the Gallipoli Campaign but in the history of Turkey. The fateful hill, visited by thousands each year is where the main New Zealand memorial shares the crest with a statue of Atatürk as a promising young officer.

Day 12 Istanbul Transfer to the airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 87

EUROPE Turkey

Culinary Delights of Turkey | 8 Days / 7 Nights from $4,999* PRIVATE

No visit to Turkey is complete without discovering the enchanting scenery and history of the country. Spice up your trip with hands-on cooking classes, visits to local homes and wine tasting in Cappadocia all while learning and tasting the culinary delights of Turkish cuisine.

A highlight of this journey is a stay in a hotel carved in the mountain cliffs of Cappadocia.

Includes seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by air-conditioned deluxe vehicle, sightseeing with local English speaking guide, entrance fees and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Istanbul Arrive in Istanbul where you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Wine tasting at Turasan, the oldest winery in Cappadocia • Amazing Turkish street food • Unique rock formations and fairy chimneys of Cappadocia

EXPLORE • Small town of Goreme, situated in the middle of the Valley of Fairy Chimneys • Eight level Underground City of Kaymakli • Ancient and modern Istanbul

TASTE • Traditional southern Anatolian cuisine • Sample varieties of baklava and borek, a light Turkish pastry filled with cheese, meat or spinach • Home cooking at a local Cappadocian restaurant ADDITIONAL CHOICES • See the sunrise on a hot air balloon ride over Cappadocia • Extend your journey with a visit to the Gallipoli battlefields and memorials • Learn to make pottery in Avanos

Day 2 Istanbul Spend the day exploring the city of Istanbul. Start with a visit to Sultanahmet Mosque, known popularly as The Blue Mosque. Continue on to the Hippodrome before visiting the nearby Hagia Sophia, one of the greatest marvels of world architecture. After lunch, visit Topkapi Palace which for more than 400 years was the imperial residence of the Ottoman Sultans and now home to priceless collections of porcelain, jewellery, calligraphy and many masterpieces of art. Continue your exploration with a visit to the Underground Cistern, the largest of the many underground cisterns built during the Byzantine Empire to supply the city with water. This evening enjoy dinner at Kosebasi Laleli Restaurant. Since 1995, Kosebasi has stayed true to the traditional recipes of Southern Anatolia and is committed to offering not only a cultural dining experience, but also an introduction to Anatolian culture.

Day 3 Istanbul Today discover the Beyoglu district, the real centre of Istanbul and its impressive Galata Tower, one of the oldest towers in the world. Enjoy a walk through the famous Balik Pazari (Fish Market), where you will have the opportunity to experience the local seafood culture and taste some Turkish street food such as fry pan mussels. After lunch embark on a Bosphorus Cruise. During the cruise there will be a short break at Kanlica for traditional yogurt tasting. Later this afternoon, commence your cooking class at Daruzziyafe Restaurant Matbah, situated in a beautifully landscaped garden. Sitting in the heart of the old city and surrounded by all the major historical and cultural sights, Matbah takes you deep into the soul of Ottoman and Turkish culture and recreates the classic Ottoman Palace fine dining experience.

Day 4 Istanbul This morning visit Gulluoglu Baklavacisi to sample varieties of Borek (feather light Turkish pastry filled with cheese, spiced minced meat or spinach) and Baklava, accompanied by Turkish tea. Continue to the Egyptian Spice Market, an arched complex of shops that have long traditionally specialised in spices, herbs, vegetables, and fruits. The afternoon is at your leisure.

Day 5 Istanbul - Cappadocia Transfer to Istanbul airport for your flight to Kayseri. On arrival in Kayseri, you will be met and driven to the Cappadocia region. This afternoon, enjoy wine tasting at Turasan, the oldest wine producer in Cappadocia.

Day 6 Cappadocia After breakfast, visit Uchisar, situated at the highest point in Cappadocia. The top of Uchisar Castle provides a magnificent panorama of the surrounding area with Mount Erciyes in the distance. Continue onto the Goreme area.

Goreme sits in the middle of the Valley of Fairy Chimneys, surrounded by the eerie shapes and fantastic rock formations that have made the region famous. It is one of the few remaining villages where fairy chimneys and rock-hewn houses are still inhabited, and several pensions, restaurants and cafes are carved into the rock. Its biggest attraction is the Open-Air Museum which is one of the most famous sites in central Turkey. It houses over 30 beautifully frescoed Byzantine rock churches. Enjoy lunch at a local village house with time to interact with the family. After lunch your next stop will be Avanos and Cavusin villages. In Avanos you will have the opportunity to try to make pottery. Continue to Ürgüp, one of the major towns of Cappadocia. As a token of your visit to Cappadocia, take home fairy chimneys chiselled from pumice.

Day 7 Cappadocia After a late breakfast enjoy a full day exploring the sights in Cappadocia.

Begin with a visit to Kaymakli Underground City. Formerly known as Melagobia, Kaymakli was one of the biggest settlements in Cappadocia and its eight level underground city is the deepest of the region today. Your next stop is Soganli Valley, one of the most secluded and tranquil valleys in Cappadocia. Begin your hike along one side of the valley, visiting many cave churches before returning along the other side of the valley to the quaint village. Lunch will be at Old Greek House Restaurant serving local cuisine in an authentic atmosphere. Continue onto Mustafapasa, where there will be time to walk around the village. Dinner this evening will be served at Aravan Evi Restaurant.

Day 8 Cappadocia - Kayseri - Istanbul This morning you will be transferred to Kayseri airport for your return flight to Istanbul.

88 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 12 Days / 11 Nights from $7,399* PRIVATE

Turkey is an astounding country with a rich and diverse history. This journey takes you to the northern Anatolian region along the Black Sea visiting ancient monasteries and archaeological sites from the time of the Hittite Empire before travelling down to the famous valley of Cappadocia and continuing to the southern city of Antakya and Istanbul.

EUROPE Turkey

Turkish Odyssey

Includes 11 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by air-conditioned deluxe vehicle, sightseeing with local English speaking guide, entrance fees and flight Andana/Istanbul Day 1 Trabzon On arrival in Trabzon, you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Trabzon Today explore the area with a visit to the 4th century Sumela Monastery and Altindere National Park. Head up the Zigana Mountain, a drive that will provide spectacular views of villages perched in and on the Pontic Mountains. Upon arrival at Gümüshane visit the Karaca Cave, considered the most beautiful in Turkey for its colours and formations.

Day 3 Trabzon - Amasya This morning explore the highlights of Trabzon. See the extraordinary collection of Byzantine frescoes in the church of Ayasofya and then visit Ataturk’s Mansion on Soguksu Hill which faces the Black Sea, and Sera Lake. On the way to Akçaabat, enjoy lunch at a restaurant that serves the famous Akcaabat Meatballs. In the afternoon drive to Amasya, a city with a history dating back 3,000 years.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Spectacular views from the top of the Pontic Mountains near the Black Sea • Byzantine frescoes in Trabzon • Monasteries and churches built within rock walls

Day 4 Amasya - Ankara Upon your arrival at Yazilikaya visit the local sights before driving to nearby Hattusas. This afternoon, continue to Alacahoyuk to visit the monumental graves of the royal Hittite family after which you will set out for Ankara.

Day 5 Ankara - Cappadocia Visit the Anatolian Civilisations Museum, a museum that has drawn world-wide acclaim for its extensive collection of artefacts. Continue to Cappadocia on a picturesque drive that takes you along the Salt Lake and past the 13th century Seljuk Agzikarahan Caravanserai. After visiting the Kaymakli Underground City proceed to Cappadocia.

Day 6 Cappadocia Today explore the famous valley of Cappadocia where nature has created an incredibly strange and colourful world of cones, columns, needle shapes and fairy chimneys, formed from volcanic tuff. Proceed to the charming pottery-making town of Avanos. The town is built on the banks of a waterway that deposits the red clay it carries onto the banks here. For millennia this clay has formed the raw materials for the pottery made here in ancient family-run pottery shops. In the afternoon continue on to the Open Air Museum in Goreme.

EXPLORE • City of Trabzon on the Black Sea • Tunnel of Titus, a 2,000 year old Roman engineering marvel

Day 7 Cappadocia - Tarsus - Adana Your first stop today is at the Gumusler monastery, a church that has been carved out of the rock. From here continue to Tarsus, the birth place of the Apostle Paul. The city predates him by 4,000 years! Tarsus is ranked as one of the great towns of the Hittites and may have been the capital of the Hittite state of Kizzuwatna. From Tarsus continue your drive to Adana with a stop at the Viransehir Ruins on the way.

• Fairy chimneys of Cappadocia

LEARN/DO • History of the mighty Hittite Empire • Explore the Underground City of Kaymakli • Get lost in the Grand Bazaar, home to nearly 4,000 shops

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • While in Istanbul, step back in time at the iconic Pera Palace where you may choose to enjoy a traditional afternoon tea. Enjoy three tiers of pure indulgence at this elegant hotel which first opened its doors in 1895

Day 8 Adana - Antakya After breakfast visit the mosque that ranks as the largest in Europe. Called the Adana Sabancı Mosque and built in 1998, this immense house of worship can accommodate 30,000 worshipers. Continue on to Antakya (Antioch) where you will visit the Museum of Antioch. Visit Daphne and Seleucia Pieria to see the two rock tombs and the Tunnel of Titus and St.Peter’s Grotto, a cave church known as the meeting place of the early Christians.

Day 9 Antakya - Istanbul This morning transfer to Andana Airport for your flight to Istanbul. You will be welcomed at Istanbul airport and transferred to your hotel.

Day 10 Istanbul Spend the day exploring Istanbul. Begin with a visit to the 17th century Egyptian Spice Bazaar, a charming marketplace that ranks as the second largest covered bazaar in Istanbul, where the aroma of exotic oils, herbs and spices has perfumed the arched stone corridors for nearly 350 years. From here enjoy a relaxing cruise along the Bosphorus Strait, the waterway that is the natural demarcation line between Asia and Europe. After lunch continue with a visit to the Asian side of the city. End the day with a visit to Beylerbeyi Palace, the 19th century summer palace of the last of the sultans.

Day 11 Istanbul Continue exploring the city. Visit the Blue Mosque before heading to the nearby Hippodrome. Walk across the square to the Hagia Sophia, a landmark basilica that today ranks as one of the world’s greatest. Continue with a visit to Topkapi Palace and the imperial palace of the Ottoman Sultans. Conclude the day with a visit to the Grand Bazaar, a complex that ranks as the biggest souk in the world with nearly 4,000 antique, jewellery, and carpet shops.

Day 12 Istanbul Transfer to the airport.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 89

EUROPE Greece

Greece Greece is blessed with natural wonders, ancient sites and architectural marvels with 1,400 islands dotted throughout the blue waters of the Aegean and Ionian Seas. The scenery varies from mighty gorges to towering mountains, from the arid and rocky Cycladic islands to the icy lakes and plummeting rivers of Northern Greece. The Greeks love to eat and drink so food and wine is plentiful and they have a great passion for fun and a unique zest for life, making Greece an unrivalled destination with an everlasting appeal.

The Acropolis The most iconic monument in Greece, the Acropolis stands boldly above the skyline of Athens. The greatest sanctuary in ancient Athens, dedicated to the goddess Athena, sits grandly on a rocky crag.

Santorini Considered one of the most romantic and picturesque places in the world, anyone who has seen the photos of the island’s caldera beneath the famous sunset knows this is the ultimate romantic experience.

Crete Crete is the largest island in Greece, with historical towns, impressive mountains, quaint villages and a superb 300 days of sunshine per year.

Delphi In classical times, Delphi was regarded as the centre of the world. In Greek mythology, the site of Delphi was established by Zeus and today, the sanctuary, theatre and museum will have you spellbound.

Meteora The Byzantine monasteries sit atop huge 1,000 metre high natural sandstone rock pillars and are accessible by staircases cut into the rock.

Of the six intact monasteries, two are still inhabited by nuns.

Greek Cuisine Greek cuisine dates back thousands of years –the world’s first cookbook was written by a Greek in 330BC. In Greece, it’s not just about the amazing food; it’s also about gathering around the table.

90 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 12 Days / 11 Nights from $2,737* PRIVATE

Explore the city of Athens and its iconic monuments on relaxing walks before island hopping around the most famous group of Greek Islands – the Cyclades. From the cobble stone streets of Mykonos to Santorini’s incredible scenery, uncover the ancient history, whitewashed churches, appealing villages and sun-drenched beaches of the islands. Sit back, relax and enjoy the best that Greece has to offer.

EUROPE Greece

Handpicked Greece

Includes 11 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by air-conditioned deluxe vehicle, sightseeing with local English speaking guide, entrance fees and ferry tickets Day 1 Athens On arrival, you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Athens Spend the morning exploring the city of Athens. Visit the Panathenian stadium, built on the site of the ancient Athenian stadium, for the first modern Olympic Games of 1896. Set off towards the Temple of Zeus, a colossal temple that was dedicated to Zeus. Continue for a brief stop outside the Greek parliament. The traditionally dressed Evzones stand guard outside the building and the changing of the guards is entertaining to watch. You will then be dropped off at the foot of the pedestrian road leading to the world famous Acropolis. With your cameras at the ready and your walking shoes on, stroll up to the site to enjoy these magnificent buildings. See the Parthenon, the Propylaia, the Erechtheion and the temple of Athena Nike. The buildings on the Acropolis are considered by many to be the most impressive architectural feats of ancient times. Continue walking towards the ancient Agora. The Agora was the heart of ancient Athens, the focus of political, commercial, administrative and social activity.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER

Day 3 Athens This morning start the day with a relaxing walk encompassing all of the city’s highlights. After you have whetted your appetite for what Athens has to offer, it is time to taste some authentic Greek food. Retreat to a private and comfortable setting in the centre of Athens. Your food-wise guide will talk you through the basics of Greek cuisine and assist you with preparing some typical Greek meze recipes.

• How to prepare Greek meze • The romantic atmosphere of Santorini • The Agroa, the heart of ancient Athens

Day 4 Athens Today head out to explore Mycenae. Walk under the famous Lion Gate up to the Mycenaean Acropolis and the Palace. See the tomb of Agamemnon and the ruins of the walls that protected this mighty city. Continue through the plains of Argos towards the city of Nafplion, the first capital of modern Greece. Enjoy the views of Nafplion and the Gulf of Argolis. Setting off from Nafplion, drive towards the site of Epidaurus. The site’s monuments are some of the purest masterpieces of Greek architecture and date from the 4th century BC. For most travellers Epidaurus is known for the magnificent theatre that is still used today for plays and other performances. Walk the grounds leading up to the theatre and, once up there, check the famous acoustics. It is considered a marvel of engineering as the acoustics are unrivalled even by today’s standards.

EXPLORE • The awe-inspiring Acropolis and its magnificent buildings • Ancient Mycenae, one of the most famous cities in ancient Greece

Day 5 -6 Athens - Mykonos You will be transferred to the pier to board your ferry to Mykonos. On arrival you will be driven to your hotel where you will spend the next two days enjoying all that Mykonos has to offer. Mykonos is the glamour island of the Cyclades.

Beneath the gloss and glitter, however, is a charming and hugely entertaining place. Enjoy the pristine beaches, stylish bars, restaurants and shops or find a quiet corner in the labyrinthine old town.

• The Theatre of Epidaurus

RELAX • Enjoy the colours and atmosphere of magical Santorini • Naxos, with its unique fusion of cultures • Glamourous yet traditional Mykonos

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 9 Naxos - Santorini You will be transferred to the pier to board your ferry to Santorini.

On arrival you will be transferred to your hotel. Santorini, the most beautiful of the Cyclades Islands, is famous for its sunsets, breathtaking views and romantic atmosphere. Meander through the tiny streets of Fyra and Fyrostefani, stroll through the local stores and artisan shops and above all enjoy the colours and atmosphere that this magical island has to offer.

Day 10 Santorini A full day of discovery in Santorini. Visit the various picturesque villages, admire the typical blue domed churches and classic Cycladic architecture. You will also have the opportunity to visit the prehistoric settlement of Akrotiri, which was destroyed by a huge eruption and buried under the volcanic ash, preserving the whole town in perfect condition.

• Discover how the locals live by adding an Athens Tsipouro Tasting and Walking trip to your Greek odyssey. Enjoy an authentic Greek ritual and learn about Tsipouro, also known as Greek grappa

Day 11 Santorini - Athens Transfer to the pier to board your ferry service to Athens. On arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

• Sail around other Greek Island chains by hydrofoil or cruise ship

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 7 - 8 Mykonos - Naxos Transfer to the pier to board your ferry to Naxos. On arrival, you will be met and transferred to your hotel. The enchanting island of Naxos, the largest in the Cycladic archipelago, is where you will encounter a unique fusion of culture, tradition, recreation and fun. Take the time to visit the iconic marble gate or the temple of Apollo, or simply relax on the beach.

Day 12 Athens Transfer to the airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 91

EUROPE Croatia

Croatia Croatia is a land whose rich cultural heritage is discovered not only from within the walls of museums, galleries and churches, but also where even the shortest stroll becomes a journey down a staircase thousands of years old which takes one through a history that is at the same time turbulent, exciting and glorious. Whether walking the intricate grid of narrow white stone streets, revelling in the teeming life of port towns or climbing the fairy-like fortresses and castles, each step is a fresh experience.

Dubrovnik Often referred to as paradise on earth, Dubrovnik basks in a warm Mediterranean climate with groves of lemon and orange trees, sumptuous palms and flowering gardens of medieval palaces.

Korcula Korcula enchants with its timeless beauty and casts an everlasting spell on those who tread upon its ancient stones. It is as famous as the birthplace of Marco Polo as it is for its streets and architecture.

Split Lying at the heart of the Dalmatian coast, the old town has a palm-lined harbour and boasts the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Diocletian’s Palace.

Steeped in history, modern Split is a fusion of antique heritage and modern architecture.

Plit vice L akes National Park Home to one of Croatia’s most amazing natural phenomenas the 16 lakes are joined together by over 90 waterfalls created by the sedimentation of travertine, a special type of limestone.

Cruising Croatia’s Islands Sprinkled like pearl drops across the crystal clear blue of the sea, the 1,244 islands, isles, cliffs, reefs and rocks that comprise the Croatian Adriatic provide 1,244 unique reasons to dream of a sailing adventure.

92 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 10 Days / 9 Nights from $6,799* SMALL GROUP

While visiting Croatia, Anthony Bourdain defined the cuisine as the finest in the Mediterranean, with world-class food, cheese and wine.

During your time here, you’ll eat in the places Anthony ate, learn the history of the cuisine and wine, and get your hands dirty with cooking and sommelier workshops. In between these hedonistic pleasures, hike, cycle and kayak around Croatia to appreciate the country from all angles.

EUROPE Croatia

Hike, Bike & Eat Through Croatia

Includes nine nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by air-conditioned vehicle, experienced guide, bike hire, sea kayaking, trekking sticks and head lamps and entrance fees to National Parks Day 1 Zagreb On arrival in Zagreb you will be met and transferred to your hotel. This evening you’ll participate in a hands-on culinary course. Today’s menu will highlight specialties from the Zagreb area, accompanied by great locally-produced chardonnay.

Day 2 Zagreb - Zagorje First up today you’ll enjoy a guided exploration through Zagreb’s fish and food market before feasting on freshly prepared snacks. In the Zagorje region, just outside Zagreb, you’ll learn how to make “štrukli,” – a local creamy, cheesy doughy treat, followed by wine tasting. Work off all the wining and dining with a hike through the Zagorje hills. In the evening enjoy a traditional village meal.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Zagorje - Gorski Kotar Drive to the region of Gorski Kotar to meet a traditional forager who will give you hands-on foraging tips and techniques. Spend a relaxing morning searching for wild edible plants. After a hearty lunch featuring your foraged finds, you will have the chance to plant a tree as part of the region’s reforestation project to recover areas damaged by forest fires. Next time you visit Croatia you can come back to see how your tree is growing. The rest of the day you’ll enjoy cycling through the area’s local villages.

In the evening your chef will demonstrate how to cook a local specialty.

DISCOVER • How to make traditional Croatian food in cooking classes • Istrian Peninsula, the “New Tuscany” • The Mediterranean’s most amazing food and cuisine

Day 4 Groski Kotar - Istria Mid-morning depart for Učka Nature Park, a scenic mountain range on the Istrian Peninsula, for a two hour hike. After a well-earned lunch, the real adventure begins. On your personal ATV, you’ll explore Istria, considered “The New Tuscany” with fertile plains and rolling hills topped with quaint villages. Istria’s likened to Tuscany not just for its landscape, but for its wine. Tonight, relax and dine in a local tavern.

Day 5 Istria - Opatija Cruise across the Istrian Sea to visit the beautiful Brijuni National Park. You’ll have the option to explore the park by bike or electric car. Next head to Pula, on the mainland, for lunch at one of Croatia’s best restaurants, Batelina. After lunch you’ll have time to relax before driving to Opatija to enjoy another cooking class, this time focusing on Kvarner risotto.

EXPLORE • National Parks by bike or on foot • Adriatic Sea and its many caves and beaches by sea kayak

Day 6 Opatija - Zadar After breakfast drive towards Zadar. En-route is Paklenica National Park, on the southern slopes of Velebit Mountain. Hike along the “Premužideva staza” trail which leads through the northern and middle parts of Velebit. With a vigorous morning behind you, spend the afternoon at Nin Saltworks Park. You’ll also enjoy a short visit to a fig plantation.

• Food markets in Zagreb and Split

TASTE • Make a hearty lunch from scratch with food you’ve foraged for • Learn how to make štrukli, a cheesy, doughy treat • Seafood straight from the Mediterranean Sea ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Explore Dubrovnik’s old town by foot or relax on one of the local beaches

Day 7 Zadar - Split This morning, explore Zadar, a city surrounded by archaeological and monumental riches of ancient and medieval times. Next head toward Krka National Park waterfalls, with a short break en-route at the House of Dalmatian Prosciutto to enjoy brunch with prosciutto tastings, and of course, more wine. At Krka National Park traverse the area by bike, seeing the travertine waterfalls. Later drive toward the small town of Skradin where you’ll fish for oysters straight from the sea. Tonight’s meal will be in Skradin followed by a transfer to Split.

Day 8 Split - Dubrovnik In case you have not enjoyed enough of the Mediterranean’s best food, today you will explore Split’s delicious side, beginning with a visit to the city’s food market. Everything that the Adriatic Sea has to offer can be found on the fish market’s tables, from sardines to scarp to lobsters. You will then cook lunch alongside a local chef, using the ingredients you purchased this morning. This afternoon drive towards Dubrovnik, making a short stop on Pelješac Peninsula to sample fresh oysters with some crisp, cold wine. Arrive in Dubrovnik in the late afternoon.

Day 9 Dubrovnik This morning you’ll head back on the water, this time by sea kayak along the Adriatic coast. Accompanied by instructors, you’ll set off to explore the caves and beauties of Lokrum Island until you reach the hidden cave beach of Betina. Upon your return, become acquainted with Dubrovnik where you will have free time, either to explore Dubrovnik’s old town or to relax on any one of the many beaches. This evening visit the small, picturesque villages of the Konavle region. Throughout the centuries, the region of Konavle has managed to maintain a traditional rural style of living. Enjoy a cooking class and dinner in the region.

• Discover Brijuni National Park by bike or electric car • Help a local community and plant a tree as part of a reforestation project

Day 10 Dubrovnik Transfer to the airport.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 93

EUROPE Croatia

Handpicked Balkans | 8 Days / 7 Nights from $3,277* SMALL GROUP

A road trip is always enjoyable on good, fast roads, with spectacular scenery and interesting stops along the way. Ride between the mountains and the sea, alongside vineyards and stone houses, through forests and national parks. Discover the beautiful unspoiled nature and the rich cultural heritage of southern Croatia, southern Bosnia and Herzegovina and the coastal area of Montenegro on this journey.

Includes seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by motorcycle, petrol and helmets supplied, support air-conditioned vehicle and experienced guide Day 1 Dubrovnik On arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Pelješac Peninsula and its numerous wineries • Fjords dotted with miniature islands in Montenegro • Mostar, one of the largest cities in Bosnia and Herzigovina EXPLORE • Beautiful villages in the hinterland of the Dubrovnik Riviera • The famous coastal city of Split • The small region of Konavle, dotted with tiny villages

LEARN/DO • Ride through amazing coastal and mountain scenery • Visit the oldest salt plant in Europe • Take ferries across bays to visit beautiful islands

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your stay in Dubrovnik and enjoy a Three Islands Cruise • Relax and discover the azure waters of the Adriatic by adding a Croatian island cruise to your journey

Day 2 Dubrovnik - Mostar Your road trip begins in Dubrovnik’s old town and travels towards the city of Mostar in Bosnia and Herzegovina. The journey passes through a rocky coastal area that gradually blends into the rich green valleys of the Neretva, filled with citrus orchards and kiwi fruit. After entering Bosnia and Herzegovina, the motorcade passes through the city of Trebinje. Continue towards Mostar, located on the Neretva River and one of the largest cities in Bosnia and Herzegovina. It was named after the “bridge keepers” from medieval times who guarded the Old Bridge over the river. The stone-paved streets of the bazaar and the houses decorated with ornamental wooden balconies are all reminders of a long forgotten past.

Day 3 Mostar - Split Depart Mostar and ride towards the famous coastal city of Split.

Along the way the motorcade will pass by Imotski, a small town situated on the northern side of the Biokovo mountain range. Imotski is famous for its medieval fortress on the rocks of the Blue Lake and the Red Lake, both of which are said to be connected to the Adriatic Sea via underground channels. Split is an important historical and cultural hub, filled with numerous museums, churches, theatres and other archaeological treasures. Perhaps the most impressive is the massive structure of Diocletian’s Palace, built by the Romans in the 4th century.

Day 4 Split - Ston Departing from Split pass by the town of Ploce, a natural seaside endpoint of most north-south routes through the Dinaric Alps. Next, hop on the ferry to Trapanj, a town on the beautiful Pelješac Peninsula. Your final stop is the medieval city of Ston. Ston boasts the longest stone wall in Europe, narrow quiet streets, and numerous traces of ancient cultures. Famous for its oysters and historically known as a “salt city,” today you can enjoy the freshest seafood and visit the oldest active salt plant in the world.

Day 5 Ston - Dubrovnik After departing Ston, ride through various villages in the hinterland and the Dubrovnik Riviera, the coastal area between the town of Neum and Dubrovnik. Discover a terraced coastal strip covered with pine forests, cypress and olive trees, set against the Croatian Dinaric karst. As you approach Dubrovnik, enjoy the beautiful view of the old town and its surrounding islands. Highlights include the Fortress Lovrijenac with its 12-metre thick walls, the Pile Gate which is the western entrance to the old town, the city walls that run two kilometres around the city, the old town and the baroque style St Blaise’s church.

Day 6 Dubrovnik - Montenegro - Dubrovnik Your motorcade will begin in Dubrovnik and continue along the indented coastline of the southern Adriatic Sea to Montenegro. This route offers breathtaking views of the Montenegrin grey-white mountain fjord dotted with miniature islands over the smooth surface of the sea. Stop in Perast to visit the tiny island of “Gospa od Škrpjela” (Madonna) and its church. Continue towards the ancient medieval city of Kotor. Your visit to the old town of Kotor will include a stop at the Cathedral of St. Tripun.

Continue up mountain roads to Cetinje before heading back down the mountain to the coastal city of Budva, one of the oldest settlements on the Adriatic Sea, known for its sandy beaches, diverse nightlife and Mediterranean architecture. After a short break hop on a ferry that takes you back across the bay to Kamenari, where you will ride back to Dubrovnik.

Day 7 Dubrovnik - Konavle - Dubrovnik Departing Dubrovnik, the motorcade will head to nearby Konavle. Konavle is a small region southeast of Dubrovnik between the town of Cavtat and the Montenegrin border at the Prevlaka Peninsula. After a short break, ride through thirty picturesque villages covered in peculiar vegetation on top of rocky ground, where lush groves of pines, cypress trees and Mediterranean maquis grow. Next, the motorcycle journey moves on to the beautiful town of Molunat, located in the eastern part of Konavle. Following charming rural roads, head off through the unforgettable natural landscape of the fertile fields of Konavle to Cavtat, where you will stop for a break. Depart from Cavtat towards your final destination of Dubrovnik.

Day 8 Depart Dubrovnik Transfer to the airport.

94 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Ship Sailing EUROPE Tall

Tall Ship Sailing

The inspired chefs make dining aboard a delightful culinary adventure with an international menu of foods from the far corners of the earth.

On all three ships, you are free to dine when and with whomever you wish – including the officers, who join our guests in the dining room most nights.

Casual elegance is the order of the day and night.

Discover a new age of sailing, where the traditions of the past are combined with the modern comforts and amenities of the present.

Star Clippers tall ships are perfect for cruising in casual elegance.

Itineraries range from the sun-kissed Mediterranean to the Caribbean and Central America.

Star Clipper & Star Flyer are experiences to be savoured, like a fine wine slowly, almost subliminally. It is the unique combination or sailing tradition and pampered travelling that is the true essence of the Star Clippers MegaYacht Experience. Step aboard these unique vessels and discover a new age of sailing, where the traditions of the past are happily married to the comforts and amenities of the present.

Star Clipper vessels are modern cruise ships in every way, created for comfort-loving passengers who also love the traditions and romance of the legendary era of sailing ships. Both ships are 360 feet long and carry just 170 guests in pampered comfort. Life aboard is blissfully relaxed, much like travelling on a private yacht. You’ll never feel confined, the ship offers pleasingly spacious accommodation and expansive teak decks with ample space for relaxing and play. In fact, you’ll find that this ship offers more outdoor space per passenger than most conventional cruise ships.

Discover a new age of sailing.

On Star Clippers, the day proceeds at your own pace, whatever that may be. Join the Captain on the always-open bridge as he plots the course for the next landfall. Learn how to splice a line, reef a sail or tie a square knot.

Discover history and fascinating cultures on exciting shore excursions in exotic ports. If it’s a beach day, you can swim, windsurf, water-ski, sail a Sunfish, ride a banana boat or explore in a Zodiac.

Whether you elect to glide among the emerald-clad jewels of the Caribbean, enjoy the incomparable adventure of an epic ocean crossing, be beguiled by the ancient, sun-warmed ports of the Mediterranean or be intrigued by the mysteries of Central America, each and every voyage aboard Star Clippers will be a little bit different from the one before or after.

Bask in the romance of the legendary era of sailing ships.

Royal Clipper: Inspired by the legendary ship ‘Preussen’, the Royal Clipper has the proud distinction of being the largest and only five-mast sailing ship built since her predecessor was launched at the beginning of the last century. With her complement of 42 sails, Royal Clipper is a splendid sight to behold. You might think she was an apparition from the grand age of sail, but Royal Clipper is as new as tomorrow. She boasts state-of-the-art navigation systems and all the comforts of today.

For connoisseurs of sail cruising, the 439 foot Royal Clipper offers the ultimate sea-going experience, balancing the grandeur, adventure and tradition of sailing with the superb service, amenities and accommodations of the finest modern yachts. Royal Clipper carries just 230 guests in luxurious style.

For more information and our full range of sailings, visit www.adventureworld.com adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 95

Cruising EUROPE River

Uniworld Boutique River Cruises Imagine sipping cocktails with a bona fide princess, sampling wines at a French Chateaux, tasting the world’s most precious spice at an Austrian saffron farm, all whilst cruising through fairytale scenery in complete luxury.

Onshore Excursions Uniworld continues to evolve with new destinations and excursions to suit even the most experienced traveller. Itineraries are designed to immerse travellers in the culture, history, cuisine of each region, both onboard and onshore. The innovative onshore programs allow guests to choose from a variety of tailor-made excursions – Choice is Yours, Go Active, Gentle Walking, Do as the Locals Do and Village Day.

All-Inclusive Luxury River Cruising

Active guests may enjoy taking the complimentary bikes for a self-guided ride or join a guided bike tour in such places as the Wachau Valley.

Uniworld is the leader in “all-inclusive” luxury river cruising in Europe.

Cruising Europe’s greatest rivers in luxury and comfort, guests receive the highest standards of excellence in expertise, service, unique ships, culinary experiences, choice of innovative shore excursions and remarkable value.

After a day of excursions, guests can relax in their Uniworld stateroom, designed for a daytime catnap and full-nights’ rest. Beds are handcrafted

by Savoir of England, bed makers to the world’s finest hotels, linens of the highest quality and fluffy duvets drape the beds.

Uniworld has an average capacity of 130 guests and the highest staff-toguest ratio in the river cruise industry. The all-inclusive pricing means you won’t have to dip into your wallet constantly as Uniworld Europe cruises include all gratuities onboard and onshore, all scheduled transfers, unlimited beverages onboard, all meals onboard, shore excursions, internet and wi-fi access, well-equipped fitness centre with exercise classes onboard, and use of bicycles and Nordic walking sticks.*

Uniworld offers voyages on 21 rivers in 28 countries throughout Europe, Russia, China, Vietnam, Cambodia, and India.

Cruise Europe’s greatest rivers in luxury and comfort.

*Beverages and gratuity policies, along with ship amenities, vary in Russia, China, Vietnam and Cambodia and India.

Uniworld continues to evolve with new destinations and excursions.

Super Ships In 2014, Uniworld launched the new Super Ship S.S. Catherine sailing the Burgundy & Provence regions of France from Avignon to Lyon. The largest in the fleet accommodating 159 guests, the ship offers a heated swimming pool, extra spacious staterooms and suites with balconies, three full decks with elegantly appointed public areas and Uniworld’s one-of-a-kind luxury touches.

A new Super Ship will be introduced to the award winning fleet in 2015 cruising four itineraries on the Rhine, Main and Danube Rivers. Sister ship to the S.S. Antoinette and S.S. Catherine—two of the most luxurious vessels on the waterways of Europe – the elegant S.S. Maria Theresa will continue Uniworld’s tradition of excellence. The sophisticated ship is named after the Great Empress Maria Theresa, who had a long reign spanning forty years in the 16th century.

96 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

For more information and our full range of cruises, visit www.adventureworld.com

Expeditions EUROPE Arctic

Expeditions To The High Arctic

chats that spontaneously take place both onboard or during guided landings ashore. This is more than just a job for our expedition team: it’s their chance to share their love of this great and mostly unexplored region of the world.

Following the paths of the intrepid Heroic Era explorers, Adventure World and our partner Poseidon Expeditions offers unique travel options into the High Arctic onboard comfortable ice-class expedition vessels.

Polar expedition cruising is an active adventure to remote places – you’ll travel to the high latitudes where humans are rare guests among amazing wildlife, awe-inspiring landscapes and icy, seemingly impregnable waterways.

We operate ice-strengthened ships with passenger capacities of about 100-110 travellers. We are always ready for spontaneous discoveries - a pod of whales, a family of polar bears or a glaciated mountain vista. The ships are highly manoeuvrable and capable of navigating the narrow fjords of East Greenland and entering the small bays of Svalbard.

We are always ready for spontaneous discoveries.

There’s no need to worry about choosing between being warm and comfortable on one hand and great-looking on the other. You’ll get it all with your complimentary quality-manufactured Arctic parka. These insulated water- and windproof parkas are created specifically for our travellers, they’re handsome garments you’ll find uses for at home and on other far-flung travels.

Our goal is to provide our travellers with an incredible wilderness experience, yet one that puts safety and environmental stewardship first and foremost. As a member in good standing with the Association of Arctic Expedition Cruise Operators (AECO), Poseidon Expeditions contributes to the development and furthering of Arctic scientific research and best tourism practices. We actively encourage and support participation in our voyages by naturalists and scientists engaged in Arctic research.

You will be surprised at how comfortable such an adventure can be.

Vessels are equipped with a fleet of Zodiac landing craft, offering flexibility, speed and convenience in polar areas where shore-side facilities simply do not exist. All passengers can be accommodated simultaneously, so a once-in-a lifetime opportunity doesn’t need to be missed. On our North Pole adventures, you have even more options for exploration via our professionally managed helicopter operation. You’ll see sites not even accessible by our vessel or by Zodiac landing craft.

At first glance, an expedition cruise to the High Arctic might seem extreme and to be endured in hardship, particularly to the North Pole. But you will be surprised at how comfortable such an adventure can be. The lifestyle onboard our vessels is informal and relaxed, made possible by the small number of travellers and outstanding service provided by our crew. Well-appointed interiors provide a welcome setting; you’ll feel right at home in the spacious dining rooms and lounges, as well as the comfortable, all-outside staterooms.

You will find our seasoned expedition team to be a wealth of information both during their lectures and in the frequent informal discussions and

For more information and our full range of journeys, visit www.adventureworld.com adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 97

“ Life is either a daring adventure, or nothing.�

- Helen Keller

98 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Rocky Mountains, Canada. Visit page 106 to explore Canada.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 99

MAPS

North America

North America boasts some of the world’s most spectacular natural and man-made wonders. Visit this land for an experience which is personal and memories that are unforgettable.

Canada is the second largest country in the world and offers every kind of activity imaginable. The country is framed by three mighty oceans, spectacular wilderness and fascinating cultural diversity.

Heli-ski the mountain resorts, travel the Rockies by train, enjoy the charm of Québec and discover Ontario’s ice wines.

Barrow

Nome

Fairbanks Denali National Park Anchorage

to amazing Get up close ing the wildlife cruis e Inside Passag

Jun

Alaska has five distinct regions. Shaped by the staggering force of massive glaciers millions of years ago, Alaska’s Inside Passage boasts wildlife filled fjords and lush island scenery.

The United States of America has some great cities, Dallas, San Francisco, Boston and New York to name a few. This is a country of road trips, vast open skies, soaring mountains, barren deserts, unparalleled canyon vistas and great national parks teeming with wildlife.

WHEN TO GO Canada Canada is a year round destination.

Its magnificent scenery and cultural treasures welcome visitors all year, especially during summer. Autumn, particularly during September and October, offers stunning colour across the country.

united states Crossing various time zones, there is always good weather somewhere in the United States. Summer is the most popular time to visit, but winter offers plenty of activities especially for those looking for snow.

Alaska Alaska is big and equal to one-fifth of the United States. Summer is the best time to visit unless you are travelling to view the shimmering northern lights.

In the interior, summer can reach up to 30 degrees. The southern regions will average 13-21 degrees and it’s always recommended to bring a rain coat and some warm clothes.

100 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Discover the wildlife, peaks and valleys of Yellowstone National Park

Alaska’s Learn about Denali Big Five in rk National Pa

lar bear View the Po Churchill migration in

neau Churchill

Fort McMurray CANADA Jasper Lake Louise

Whistler Vancouver Victoria

Winnipeg Québec City

Seattle

Ottawa

Toronto

Yellowstone National Park Chicago UNITED STATES OF AMERICA San Francisco

Halifax

Montréal

Niagara Falls New York Washington DC

Bryce National Park

Immerse yourself in Canada’s French culture

Denver Grand Canyon

Memphis

Los Angeles Dallas New Orleans Miami

MEXICO

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 101

Canada & the USA with the experts Heidi Bullough Adv e n t u re W orld Nor t h Amer i c a P rod u c t M a n ag er

“My North America is not theme parks and bright lights instead it is rugged mountains and wildlife. I have a great passion for the iconic National Parks of North America and the ancient cultures of the indigenous tribes.

Wildlife abounds in Canada and the USA from the grizzly and polar bears to the orca and humpback whales. I always try to incorporate wildlife activities into my itineraries that allow our travellers to observe these spectacular animals in their natural environment sustainably.

There are many ways to explore this great continent; perhaps you may desire to join us heli-hiking in the Rocky Mountains, traversing the snow fields by dogsled or plundering along the ribbons of steel on one of our rail journeys? There is a myriad of choice to suit every style of traveller.

My latest passion is the Atlantic Maritimes; I can’t think of anything better that enjoying one of our trips exploring the quaint coastal villages of Eastern Canada such as Nova Scotia which is rich in history and abundant in unspoilt nature.”

“

S ome pa s t t r av eller comme n t s

“I tried the ‘Clamato’ that you recommended, it certainly made me feel like a local but now that I’m home I’ll stick to my regular Bloody Mary.”

He ather Atkinson , Melbourne VIC

“I was a bit apprehensive about the paddle boarding, Alaskan waters are pretty chilly and there was ice floating past me but the team guided me through it.”

Tar a Se aley, Wellington NZ

“Bucket list: Northern Lights = AWESOME

Candy King Adv e n t u re W orld Tr av el D es i g n er

“I have just returned from a spectacular journey in Alaska on-board one of our small ship expeditions. Alaska has always been on the top of my very long travel bucket list and by travelling on small ship you have unparalleled access to wilderness areas ideal for viewing wildlife encounters most travellers never experience.

I recently received an email from one of our travellers who had just returned from Canada, the highlight of her trip was experiencing the legendary Calgary Stampede. It was a significant birthday milestone and I was delighted that we were able to create such a wealth of memories for her and her partner.

I recommended next she try her hand at one of the Texas working ranch trips!

For those foodie enthusiasts out there then you must sample the culinary treasures of Vancouver City.

We offer an edible walking trip where you can tantalise your taste buds with a gastronomic adventure plus you’ll get a glimpse into the culinary scene that is indigenous to Vancouver – locally-grown, seasonal, freerange and organic – Yum.”

102 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

TICK, thanks Adventure World.”

Ada m Mowday, S ydney NSW

“Seeing wildlife up close and in their natural environment was amazing. Spotting a black bear and elk in Banff National Park was the highlight of my trip.”

K aren Murdoch , Auckl and NZ

”

| 17 Days / 16 Nights from $4,077* SMALL GROUP

Prepare for mountains, lakes, glaciers and awe-inspiring beauty in the northwest USA and southwest Canada. This adventure gets you up close and personal with two of North America’s prominent mountain ranges, crossing an international border and the Continental Divide. The national parks of Banff, Jasper, Rocky Mountain and Yellowstone will take your breath away as you immerse yourself in the great outdoors.

Includes 11 nights camping accommodation, four nights hotel accommodation and one night mountain ranch stay, meals as per itinerary, transport by private vehicle, services of a professional guide, scenic ferry and taxes Day 1 - 2 Denver – Rocky Mountain National Park Depart Denver and drive north to the Rocky Mountain National Park, where you stay for two nights. Rocky Mountain National Park boasts over 300km of hiking trails. Day 1, Day 2-

North America Canada & USA

Best of the Rockies

Day 3 Rocky Mountain National Park – Walden – Saratoga Continue your journey north, passing through northern Colorado, before entering Wyoming. Stop at the community of Saratoga. Breathtaking views attract artists, photographers and nature lovers alike.

Surrounding Saratoga are several mountains including Elk Mountain, the Snowy Range Mountains and the Sierra Madre Mountains.

Day 4 Saratoga – Sinks Canyon State Park Sinks Canyon is a rugged canyon in Wyoming.

Located on the eastern slope of the mountains, the canyon is named for a unique geologic formation, “The Sinks,” where the river vanishes underground near the mouth of the canyon. Sinks Canyon is part of a magnificent ecosystem that stretches from the foothills to alpine habitat. An amazing diversity of birds and wildlife can be seen in this area. Walk the “Falls Trail” with your guide today.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Rocky Mountain National Park • Wildlife in Yellowstone National Park • Inspiration Point with views over Jenny Lake and the Teton Range

Day 5 Sinks Canyon State Park – Grand Teton National Park – Jackson Continuing your journey through Wyoming, pay a visit to Grand Teton National Park and enjoy a walk to Inspiration Point with views over Jenny Lake and the stunning Teton Range. Stay in Jackson to enjoy a truly friendly and authentic western town experience.

Day 6 - 7 Jackson - Yellowstone National Park Your next destination, Yellowstone National Park, was the world’s first national park and is home to a large variety of wildlife including grizzly bear, wolf, bison and elk. Herds of bison roam amongst the erupting geysers and steam rises from the various rivers running through the park. You will have a full day to enjoy Yellowstone National Park’s majestic wilderness and witness its extraordinary geysers. Day 6, Day 7-

EXPLORE

Day 8 Yellowstone National Park - Montana Ranch Your next stop is a hidden secret, nestled deep in the wilderness of the Tobacco Root Mountains, an authentic working guest ranch. After an optional horseback ride around the wide expanses of the great outdoors, enjoy an old-fashioned home-cooked cowboy meal and a camp fire under the stars of Montana’s big sky country.

• National Parks on various hiking trails • Banff National Park’s mountainous terrain • Sinks Canyon and its unique geological formations

Day 9 - 10 Montana Ranch - Glacier National Park Continue further into Montana and arrive at Glacier National Park. This park is home to abundant wildlife including the world renowned grizzly bear. Jump on board the shuttle bus and enjoy the spectacular glacial scenery and some wildlife viewing. Walking opportunities include the trail over Swiftcurrent Pass as well as an amazing hike leading to Iceberg Lake.

LEARN/DO • Camp fire under the stars of Montana’s Big Sky Country • Enjoy an overnight wilderness canoe trip in Wells Gray Provincial Park • Travel along the Icefields Parkway

Day 11 - 12 Glacier National Park - Banff National Park From Montana, cross the border into the province of Alberta, in Canada, and stop by Calgary en-route to Banff National Park. Located in the heart of the Canadian Rockies, Banff National Park’s mountainous terrain encompasses coniferous forests, alpine meadows, icefields and glaciers. Banff is an outdoor enthusiast’s paradise.

Day 13 - 14 Banff National Park - Jasper National Park Travel on the Icefields Parkway, a scenic road that cuts through the heart of the Rockies and offers one of the world’s most spectacular drives. Peyto Lake’s turquoise hues are sure to startle with their brilliance. End your day by continuing to Jasper National Park and setting up camp for a two night stay.

Day 15 Jasper National Park – Wells Gray Provincial Park Depart Jasper and head to Wells Gray Provincial Park. Today you will embark on an overnight wilderness canoe trip. Wells Gray Provincial Park offers a variety of topographical features. Extinct volcanoes, lava beds, mineral springs and glaciers are just a few of the wondrous natural attractions at the park. A number of spectacular waterfalls also exist. Wildlife abounds with larger animals, such as the grizzly bear and moose, and smaller animals including beaver, wolverine and timber wolf.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Optional activities in Jasper National Park • Walk to the stunning Teton Range in Grand Teton National Park

Day 16 Wells Gray Provincial Park – Whistler Travel west through the arid Central Valley before entering the awesome Fraser River Canyon. Your last stop on your mountain adventure is the popular year-round resort town of Whistler.

• Horseback ride through the Tobacco Root Mountains

Day 17 Whistler - Vancouver Make your way to Vancouver and enjoy a sightseeing excursion. See the authentic totem poles erected in the 1920’s and stop by Prospect Point, a scenic lookout with views of Lion’s Gate. Your journey ends after your excursion.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 103

NORTH AMERICA Illustration by Sangrok Lee

VANCOUVER SEA TO SKY

Sandwiched between Georgia Strait and the Coast Mountains, Vancouver is one of the world’s most liveable – and visitable – cities. It’s not just the picturesque location that makes Vancouver a winner. It reflects both its historical foundation as the western end of the trans Canadian rail line and today’s role as Canada’s gateway to Asia. Bounded by water, mountains and the US border, the city rewards exploration.

STANLEY PARK

GRANVILLE ISLAND

MOUNTAIN EQUIPMENT

JAPANESE FUSION

The world’s best park (Trip Advisor 2014) is a delightful temperate rainforest next to the CBD with more than 30 km of forest and seawall trails to explore on a walk, run or cycle. Visit near dawn to enjoy the aquarium and totem poles to spot beavers, racoons and sea otters.

A short ferry ride to these markets provides more than maple syrup and BC cherries, with craft breweries, a sake maker, and gin and vodka distilleries. Vancouver Theatre Sports League opposite the Kids' market is an improv theatre with regular workshops and events.

A strong Japanese culture influenced by western tastes provides Vancouver with a wide range of dining options. Zakkushi Dining on Main (4075) is a Japanese tapas bar that prides itself on its Binchotan charcoal yakitori.

GROUSE MOUNTAIN

SETTLEMENT BUILDING

Founded in Vancouver in 1971, Mountain Equipment Co-op (MEC) at 130 West Broadway is the go-to outdoor department store. It also rents cycling, watersports, climbing, camping and snowsports gear. Other local brands have outlets too: Arc’Teryx in North Vancouver and the Lululemon Lab at 511 West Broadway.

The ski runs here (visible from the city) can be reached by gondola or a one-hour (for the fit) Grouse Grind trail. See lumberjacks at work and check out the viewing platform on the Eye of the Wind turbine that provides views of the city and the spectacular volcanic cone of Mt Baker in the USA.

Vancouver’s burgeoning food scene can be sampled here in this restored industrial complex at 55 Dunlevy Ave in Railtown.

Belgard Kitchen provides food, FreshTAP has wines on tap, Postmark Brewing offers tasting flights and the Vancouver Urban Winery offers a tasting bar.

SALMON

Venturing to the University of British Columbia at the end of Point Grey takes you to the Greenhart Canopy Walkway, a surprisingly thrilling (and wobbly) forest experience. UBC’s Beaty Biodiversity Museum is a wonderful space with a blue whale skeleton and the Museum of Anthropology offers an enriching insight into First Nation culture.

104 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Vancouverites are proud of their variations of salmon, including chinook, coho, steelhead and sockeye. Jump aboard a salmon fishing charter or dine on salmon cooked on a cedar plank or cured in maple syrup. Also sample the Dungeness crab.

POINT GREY

| 16 Days / 15 Nights from $5,099* SMALL GROUP

Share in the pioneering spirit of the early settlers as you follow Native American trade routes and discover the New World for yourself. Soak up the French heritage of Québec and the proud history of Boston; enjoy the wilderness of White Mountains National Forest and Niagara Falls. Colonial New England and French Canadian culture offer a perfect mix of yesterday and today.

Includes 15 nights accommodation, transport by private vehicle, services of a professional guide, city sightseeing, Niagara Falls cruise and taxes Day 1 New York Arrive in New York City and transfer to your hotel.

Day 2 - 4 New York During your time in New York, two activities are included in your journey and can be done on any of the days (subject to operation). There is a Radio City Music Hall Stage Door Experience, which is a one hour walking trip of the Showplace of America! Go behind-the-scenes and get an insider’s view of New York’s iconic entertainment venue where the biggest names in show business preform. You will also enjoy a Statue by Night Excursion where you can bask in the glowing panoramic view of NYC’s celebrated towers, memorials, and of course, glorious Lady Liberty!

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 5 New York – Philadelphia – Washington DC Join your group this morning, and leaving the ‘Big Apple’ behind, head to Philadelphia. Philadelphia is home to the Liberty Bell and those famous Rocky Steps. Continue to the nation’s capital in the afternoon for a two night stay.

DISCOVER

Day 6 Washington DC Today is yours to explore monuments such as the Lincoln Memorial and the Washington Monument at your leisure.

North America Canada & USA

Northeastern Explorer

Day 7 Washington DC – Lancaster – Finger Lakes Travel back in time with a visit to an Amish community in Lancaster. Gain an insight into the Amish way of life, not relying on modern technologies or conveniences. Travel west through New Jersey and the Pocono Mountains to the Finger Lakes region, a beautiful forested region full of lakes and inland waterways. The area is also New York State’s largest wine producing region with over 100 vineyards located around the lakes. Visit one of the wineries with an option for some wine tasting.

• Natural beauty of White Mountains National Forest • Cosmopolitan city of Toronto • European style charms of Montréal

Day 8 Finger Lakes – Niagara Falls – Toronto Head to the Canadian border and stop to feel the thunder and bask in the spray of one of North America’s best known natural attractions - Niagara Falls. These famous falls are located on the Niagara River, which drains from Lake Erie into Lake Ontario, and form the actual border between USA and Canada.

There are two major falls - the American Falls and the iconic Horseshoe Falls, also known as the Canadian Falls. Enjoy a cruise which takes you right up to the base of the falls. After visiting the falls, continue on to Toronto.

EXPLORE • North America’s only surviving walled city, Québec City

Day 9 Toronto Enjoy a free day to explore cosmopolitan Toronto.

• Buzzing New York

Day 10 Toronto – Montréal Travel from Ontario to the French-speaking province of Québec and Canada’s cultural capital, Montréal, well-known for its music, museums and avant-garde artistic flair. Enjoy its European-style charms and its lively French culture.

• Step back in time at the Salem Witch Museum

Day 11 Montréal Old Montréal is located between the river and downtown boasting narrow lanes, quirky cafes and shops preserving the ambience of a bygone era. One of the highlights of your trip is the optional Dinner in the Dark at O’Noir - where you eat in the pitch black and your other senses are heightened.

LEARN/DO • Enjoy a Niagara Falls cruise

Day 12 Montréal – Québec City Continue your journey of historic discovery by spending time exploring the streets of North America’s only surviving walled city and a UNESCO World Heritage Site, Québec City.

• Go behind the scenes at Radio City Music Hall

Day 13 Québec City – White Mountains/Appalachian Trail The White Mountain National Forest has roughly 148,000 acres of Congressionally-designated wilderness, including the Wild River Wilderness and an extension to the Sandwich Range Wilderness. Rated as one of the best National Forests on the Appalachian Trail, this park never fails to impress. Enjoy a half day guided walk through the forest and see why so many visitors pound the trails every year.

• Walk Boston’s Freedom Trail

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 14 White Mountains/Appalachian Trail – Boston Head to Salem, which was home to the infamous witch trials of 1692. Visit the Salem Witch Museum before arriving into Boston, one of America’s oldest cities.

• Wine tasting in the Finger Lakes region • Head up to the observation tower at the top of CN Tower

Day 15 Boston Founded in 1630, it is now the commercial and cultural capital of New England. Since the country’s fight for independence Boston has been at the forefront of American history. Walk the Freedom Trail and visit many historic sites to learn about the story of America’s own road to independence. You may wish to pay a visit to Harvard University, located in the suburbs of Boston. New England is renowned for its delicious seafood, in particular the thick seafood soup known as New England clam chowder.

• Optional Dinner in the Dark at O’Noir in Montréal

Day 16 Boston – New York Make your way back towards the ‘Big Apple’ for the end of your trip.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 105

North America Canada

Canada Lively cities, spectacular scenery and outdoor adventures from coast to coast; Canada is a country of wide open spaces, pristine wilderness areas and cultural heritage. Canada’s west contains some of the most breathtaking scenery in the world, with harbour front cities, the grandeur of the Rocky Mountains, bear watching and the Yukon. In the east visit bustling cities and thundering Niagara Falls. Experience the wild coastlines of the Maritime Provinces and in the north visit the small seaport of Churchill, the “polar bear capital of the world”.

Wildlife Canada offers many opportunities for wildlife viewing. See belugas, orca and bowhead whales, caribou and moose in their natural environment. View grizzly and black bears as they feast on salmon or observe polar bears at close range.

Winter From the unusual to the more traditional winter activities, winter in Canada is an amazing experience. See frozen mountains, lakes and glaciers, walk through an ice canyon, or discover the beauty of snow-covered forests.

Rail Journe ys Travel along Canada’s famous ‘ribbons of steel’ and experience remarkable landscapes that come alive with rushing rivers, mountain peaks, and profuse wildlife. An exhilarating way to discover the true character of this country.

E vents & Festivals Canada is well known for amazing festivals and events, and is home to “the Greatest Show on Earth”, the Calgary Stampede, a popular event held every summer for over 100 years.

French Heritage Québec offers travellers a rich French heritage to explore. From the spoken language and cuisine, through to its street signs and traditions, discover the cobbled streets of “French” Canada.

Meet the locals Whether eating your way around Vancouver on a food truck excursion or visiting indigenous communities in the Arctic, the locals you meet along the way will be the highlight of your Canadian experience.

106 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 20 Days / 19 Nights from $7,055* INDEPENDENT

This trip blends adventure with plenty of time to relax. Experience the breathtaking Canadian Rockies before flying cross-country to Toronto. Explore incredible scenery from Toronto to Québec City on Canada’s famous railway. Then on to French Canada with fine cuisine and the birthplace of pure maple syrup!

Includes 19 nights accommodation, two day Rocky Mountaineer SilverLeaf Service with meals, sightseeing and transfers as per itinerary, Summit Helicopter Flight, VIA Rail “Business Class” between Toronto and Ottawa, Ottawa and Montréal and Montréal and Québec City and flight Calgary/ Toronto

North America Canada

Handpicked Canada

Day 1 - 2 Vancouver Upon arrival you’ll be transferred to your hotel where the next few days are at your leisure.

Day 3 Vancouver Today enjoy a Vancouver food truck excursion. Enjoy Berkshire pork Terimayo at the Japanese-style hot dog cart. Next, hop on over to the Vancouver food cart hailed as the best on the street and try the Butter Chicken Naan Kebab. Taste a Hot Smoked Wild Salmon Sandwich before heading to the Finest At Sea, one of the most important wild seafood fishing companies in Vancouver, to learn about the evolution of BC’s wild seafood industry. Visit BC’s first mobile gourmet Vancouver food truck and taste the Fried Rice Balls.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 4 Vancouver - Kamloops Travel onboard the Rocky Mountaineer from Vancouver to Kamloops. On today’s journey you will see dramatic changes in scenery; from the lush green fields of the Fraser Valley, through forests and river canyons, to the desert-like environment of the BC interior. Your day concludes as the train travels into Kamloops.

DISCOVER • Canadian Rockies onboard the famous Rocky Mountaineer • Athabasca Falls and Columbia Icefield • The wonder of Niagara Falls

Day 5 Kamloops - Jasper Your journey continues to the mighty Canadian Rockies. Once again you will be surrounded by dramatic scenery as you follow the banks of the North Thompson River. Your rail journey ends on arrival in Jasper.

Day 6 Jasper Jasper National Park is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and the Canadian Rockies’ largest national park. Today you will enjoy a scenic half day visit to some of the park’s natural attractions and rugged peaks.

Day 7 - 8 Jasper - Lake Louise Travel to Lake Louise via one of the most scenic highways in the world, the Icefields Parkway. A stop will be made at Athabasca Falls before arriving at the Columbia Icefield. Here you will ride on an Ice Explorer to the middle of the Athabasca Glacier to learn more about its geological features. After a brief stop at Bow Lake, arrive in Lake Louise.

EXPLORE • Yoho National Park and its natural wonders

Day 9 - 10 Lake Louise - Banff This morning you are free to explore Lake Louise. After lunch, a half day trip takes you into Yoho National Park to view some of its natural wonders.

Among the attractions are the Spiral Tunnels, Emerald Lake and a natural rock bridge that spans the Kicking Horse River. At the end of the trip you will be transferred to Banff.

• Québec City and its European charm • Ottawa by land and water

Day 11 Banff - Calgary Enjoy a full day trip beginning with sightseeing in Banff. Among the points of interest are Bow Falls, Lake Minnewanka, Surprise Corner and the Hoodoos. A trip on the Banff Gondola is included. Continue on to Kananaskis for the highlight of today’s adventure, a 12 minute Summit Helicopter flight over the remarkable landscape of the Rockies.

LEARN/DO • Enjoy a Summit helicopter flight over the remarkable Canadian Rockies • Learn about the evolution of BC’s wild seafood industry

Day 12 Calgary - Toronto Fly to Toronto and transfer to your hotel.

Day 13 Toronto - Niagara Falls - Toronto This morning, depart on a full day sightseeing excursion to Niagara Falls.

Day 14 Toronto - Ottawa Make your way to Toronto’s Union Station and board VIA Rail for your journey to the nation’s capital city, Ottawa.

• Enjoy the World’s Best Street Eats in Vancouver ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 15 Ottawa Today, experience Ottawa as it was meant to be appreciated - by land and on water! On the spectacular Lady Dive, you will have the unique ability to see Canada’s finest city on the only amphibious sightseeing trip.

Day 16 Ottawa - Montréal Make your way to Ottawa train station for the trip to Montréal.

• Option to upgrade to 5-star service throughout

Day 17 Montréal Discovery of Montréal, the world’s second-largest French-speaking city, begins with a city excursion. Highlights include Old Montréal, Notre-Dame Basilica, Mount Royal Lookout, Montréal Harbour, and more.

• Optional cruise on Lake Minnewanka

Day 18 Montréal - Québec City Make your way to Montréal train station to continue the rail trip to Québec City.

• Explore the cafes and boutiques of Montréal

Day 19 Québec City Experience the European charm of the first French settlement in North America on a sightseeing trip. After a day exploring, experience the local cuisine with a fourcourse dinner at Aux Anciens Canadiens.

Day 20 Québec City Transfer to the airport for your departure flight.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 107

North America Canada Wilderness and wildlife experiences are a feature of this selfdrive journey through the Rockies that stays at a variety of unique and remote accommodation including two nights at the Tyax Wilderness Resort on the shores of Tyaughton Lake, surrounded by the towering peaks of the Southern Chilcotin Mountains in beautiful British Columbia. While staying at Tyax Wilderness Resort, you’ll have the opportunity to participate in an array of optional activities from horseback riding to fly fishing excursions and ATV safaris.

Lakes & Lodges Self-Drive | 11 days / 10 nights from $3,299* SELF-DRIVE

Travel along the scenic Sea-to-Sky Highway and discover the charming alpine town of Whistler en-route. Spend a night at Lac Le Jeune, a stunning wilderness area where fish jump from the glassy surface of the lake before continuing to the charming mountain village of Jasper and through Yoho National Park to the majestic Emerald Lake.

10 nights accommodation, 11 days car rental, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing as per itinerary and exclusive travel documentation package including personalised maps, itinerary and driving directions

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Sea-to-Sky Highway from Vancouver to Whistler • Lac Le Jeune Resort, set in a stunning wilderness area • Burgess Shale fossils dating back 530 million years EXPLORE • Moraine Lake, Jewel of the Rockies • Charming mountain village town of Jasper • Awe-inspiring Yoho National Park

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Optional activities at Tyax Wilderness Resort • Boat cruise on Maligne Lake • During your journey, there’s an option to add two nights at Sundance Guest Ranch, located in British Columbia’s high country 108 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Day 1 - 2 Vancouver - Gold Bridge Collect your rental car before departing Vancouver along the scenic Sea-to-Sky Highway to Whistler. Highlights along the way include the Stawamus Chief Rock where climbers from all over the globe come to climb the granite cliffs. Continue on to Whistler where you can enjoy a short stroll through this charming alpine resort. Drive on through Lillooet to Tyax Mountain Lake Resort where you will spend the next two nights enjoying the wide array of optional activities available, from horseback riding and fly fishing excursions to mountain biking and ATV safaris.

Day 3 Gold Bridge - Lac Le Jeune Today travel to Lac Le Jeune Resort, located in a stunning wilderness setting where fish jump from the glassy surface of the lake and ospreys soar overhead.

Day 4 - 5 Lac Le Jeune - Jasper Follow the Thompson River through rolling plateaus to the snowy peaks of the Monashee Mountains. Pass by Mount Robson and continue on to the resort town of Jasper for a two night stay. Explore this charming mountain village.

Day 6 Jasper - Moraine Lake This morning depart on the scenic Icefields Parkway. View a never-ending procession of mountains, jagged peaks, glaciers and pristine lakes. Along the way stop at the Columbia Icefield and enjoy an Ice Explorer ride out onto the glacier.

Also watch for beautiful glaciers and lakes before you arrive at Moraine Lake Lodge.

Day 7 Moraine Lake - Emerald Lake A short drive today through majestic mountain passes into Yoho National Park. This national park is filled with gem-coloured glacial lakes and waterfalls and the Burgess Shale fossil find where over 120 marine animal species dating back as far as 530 million years were discovered.

Day 8 Emerald Lake Spend the day at your leisure at Emerald Lake.

Day 9 - 10 Emerald Lake - Banff Enjoy the leisurely drive to Banff. Drive the Bow Valley Parkway with an option to enjoy a stop at Johnston Canyon before continuing to Banff where you will spend the next two nights. Day 9Day 11 Banff - Calgary Drive along the 1A Highway before dropping off your rental car in Calgary.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

| 14 Days / 13 Nights from $6,055* INDEPENDENT

Discover parts of Western Canada only accessible by rail and sea.

This journey will highlight stunning vistas and untamed wilderness, providing the opportunity to chance a sighting of some of Canada’s coveted wildlife. Journey through coastal and mountain towns on VIA Rail’s “Skeena” scenic train route before circling back around from the Rocky Mountains to Vancouver onboard Rocky Mountaineer.

Includes 13 nights accommodation, VIA Rail’s “Skeena” train from Prince Rupert to Jasper, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing excursions as per itinerary, Rocky Mountaineer daylight SilverLeaf Service Banff to Vancouver and National Park fees

North America Canada

Western Canada by Rail

Day 1 Vancouver Make your own way to your hotel.

Day 2 Vancouver - Victoria Enjoy a full day sightseeing excursion to Victoria. Travel through the rich farmland of the Fraser River delta and board a BC Ferry for the journey to Vancouver Island. Leaving the ferry, drive south to the world-renowned Butchart Gardens.

This 20 hectare botanical showcase is famous for its skilful blending of rare and exotic plants and trees mixed with native flora in a series of formal gardens. Additional highlights include the University of Victoria, Beacon Hill Park and the attractions of Victoria’s Inner Harbour.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Victoria Today, enjoy a whale watching trip. This excursion will be in search of killer whales, porpoises, harbour seals, and other marine wildlife.

DISCOVER

Day 4 Victoria - Port Hardy This morning transfer to the Victoria Bus Station and board the motor coach for your transfer to Port Hardy.

• Victoria, the capital of British Columbia • Stunning Skeena River Valley onboard VIA Rail’s “Skeena” journey • Historic settlements and alpine towns

Day 5 - 6 Port Hardy - Prince Rupert Enjoy a full day cruising the sheltered waters of the Inside Passage. During this 16 hour journey, a wonderful array of snow-capped mountains and rich forests provide the backdrop to a series of dramatic fjords. Killer whales, sea lions and playful porpoise often appear in these waters. Arrive at the seaport of Prince Rupert and transfer to your hotel where the next day is free to explore the town.

Day 7 Prince Rupert - Prince George Early this morning, transfer to the train station to board VIA Rail’s “Skeena”. The train travels up the stunning Skeena River valley, passing jagged mountain peaks, canyons and native totem poles. Upon arrival, you will be transferred to your hotel.

EXPLORE • Travel onto the icy slopes of the Athabasca Glacier

Day 8 Prince George - Jasper This morning, return to the train station and re-board VIA Rail’s “Skeena” to continue your journey to Jasper. The route today follows the famous Fraser River. Pass historic settlements on the way to the Yellowhead Pass, and then pass Mount Robson, the Rockies’ highest peak. Arrive in the late afternoon in Jasper.

• Cruise the sheltered waters of the Inside Passage

Day 9 Jasper This morning’s excursion of Jasper National Park begins along the mighty Athabasca. En-route to Maligne Lake, learn about the local Native legends of the mysterious Medicine Lake with its disappearing waters.

• Canadian Rockies and British Columbia on the Rocky Mountaineer LEARN/DO • Learn the local Native legends of the mysterious Medicine Lake with its disappearing waters • Discover the ecology, geology, glaciology, Aboriginal history and social history of the Jasper area on the Glacier Skywalk

Day 11 Banff Today’s half day excursion visits the town of Banff and its environs. Take a ride on a gondola car to the peak of Sulphur Mountain for a 360 degree view of Banff and the Bow Valley. Continue to Lake Minnewanka and enjoy an hour long cruise beneath the jagged peaks of Mount Aylmer and Mount Inglismaldie. Big horn sheep, deer and eagles are often spotted at the water’s edge.

Day 12 Banff - Kamloops This morning, you will be transferred to Banff train station to board the Rocky Mountaineer train for your two day journey through the Rockies and British Columbia. The journey will take you through Yoho National Park and the famous Spiral Tunnels. Upon arrival in Kamloops, you will be transferred to your hotel.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Embark on a local trip in Prince Rupert

Day 13 Kamloops - Vancouver Early this morning, transfer to Kamloops train station and re-board the Rocky Mountaineer train for your journey to Vancouver. Today, follow the Thompson River through the interior of British Columbia. Pass the raging Hell’s Gate, where millions of gallons of water rush through the narrowest point of the Fraser Canyon. Before reaching the coastal city of Vancouver, travel through the final range of mountains, the Pacific Coast Mountains and into the fertile fields of the Fraser Valley.

• Option to upgrade to 5-star service throughout • Explore the town of Banff and its surrounds * All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 10 Jasper - Banff Today’s journey travels south along the Icefields Parkway. The excursion to Lake Louise also takes you through Jasper and Banff National Parks with stops at the newly opened Glacier Skywalk and the Columbia Icefield. The Glacier Skywalk consists of a 400 metre interpretive boardwalk and a glass-floored observation platform extending 30 metres out over the Sunwapta Valley. Only a few minutes down the road at the Columbia Icefield, board an Ice Explorer and travel onto the icy slopes of the Athabasca Glacier. After your ice adventure, time is allowed at the Columbia Icefield Discovery Centre to relax over lunch and visit the new Parks Canada Interpretive Centre. In the afternoon, continue on to Banff.

Day 14 Vancouver Your journey ends this morning.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 109

North America Canada Haida Gwaii, formerly known as the Queen Charlotte Islands, is an archipelago of islands off the northwest coast of British Columbia. This cultural escape allows you to immerse yourself in the stunning landscapes and with its people. The islands are remote and serene and offer visitors the opportunity to visit pristine rivers, sandy beaches and ancient rainforests which are home to abundant wildlife. This journey celebrates the rich traditions, artisans and history of the Haida people.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Haida Village Site Skedans on Moresby Island • The culture of the Haida people • Haida House at Tllaal

EXPLORE • One of the most remote regions in Canada • Haida artist studios • Northern part of Graham Island

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Hike up Tow Hill on Graham Island • Enjoy a beach or river walk at Haida House • Visit artisan studios

Haida Gwaii Cultural Escape | 7 days / 6 nights from $4,717* INDEPENDENT

Learn about the history and the culture of the Haida people through carvings and pictures while listening to interpretive guides. Explore small villages, Visit local Haida artists’ home studios and enjoy a traditional Haida feast in renowned Haida chef Keenawii’s home. two nights accommodation in Vancouver and four nights accommodation at Haida House at Tllaal with private bathroom, wireless internet access, guest lounge with complimentary snacks and nonalcoholic beverages, return flight Vancouver/Masset, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing, and visits and transfers per itinerary

INCLUDES

Day 1 Vancouver Upon arrival into Vancouver, make your own way to your hotel.

Day 2 Vancouver - Haida Gwaii Transfer to the airport for your flight to Masset, followed by a transfer to Haida House at Tllaal, where you will experience the warm hospitality, rich history, culture and unique natural beauty Haida Gwaii is known for. After checking in, you will enjoy a short beach and river walk before dinner.

Day 3 - 5 Haida House Over the next three days you will participate in activities showcasing the natural environment and the rich culture of the Haida people. You will enjoy the following:

Cultural Day Trip Your day starts with a scenic drive along the coast followed by a drive to Skidegate Village. Visit the Kaay Llnagaay Heritage Centre and Museum. Relax with lunch at Kay Bistro followed by a privately guided visit. Learn more about Haida Gwaii through carvings, pictures and an informative talk. The day wraps up with a stop at a local Haida artisan’s home studio followed by a traditional Haida Feast in renowned Haida Chef Keenawii’s home.

Adventure Day – Excursion to Skedans on Moresby Island by Zodiac Transfer to your zodiac for today’s trip. The main stop today is the Haida Village Site of Skedans, also known as K’uuna Llnagaay. One of the Haida Gwaii Watchmen will walk you through the site, explaining what the village once looked like, what the figures on the poles are, and how the people lived. A hearty lunch and snacks will be provided.

North End Day Tour After breakfast, embark on a 20-minute guided drive to the village of Port Clements. It is now known for its Golden Spruce Trail, a gentle 10 minute walk through the lush canopy of old-growth forest which leads to the viewpoint of the historic Golden Spruce. Your day continues exploring the northern part of Graham Island. Afterwards head to Masset and Old Massett, an area known for its 18 totem poles. Visits to Haida artist studios are included during the day.

Day 6 Haida Gwaii - Vancouver Today visit the various non-Haida artisans studios and gift shops of Tlell. Transfer to the airport or ferry terminal for your journey back to Vancouver.

Day 7 Vancouver Your journey ends this morning.

110 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

| 15 Days / 14 Nights from $1,665* SELF-DRIVE

Explore the Yukon Territory on this comprehensive self-drive trip.

Break up the driving days with three nights at Frances Lake Lodge, a small lodge in a wild, beautiful setting. Further into your journey, enjoy two nights at Inn on the Lake, a year round resort recently listed by National Geographic Traveller as one of the Top 150 places to stay.

Includes 14 nights accommodation including three nights at Frances Lake Lodge and two nights at Inn on the Lake including activities, 14 days car rental, ferry from Haines to Skagway and directions and information pack

North America Canada

Discover the Yukon

Day 1 Whitehorse Upon arrival you will pick up your rental car and drive to your hotel.

Day 2 Whitehorse - Watson Lake Drive the Alaska Highway towards Watson Lake. Upon arrival in Watson Lake visit the Signpost Forest and the Northern Lights Centre. In the 50 foot dome, impressive films about the colourful Aurora Borealis are shown daily.

Day 3 Watson Lake - Frances Lake Today you will drive along the Robert Campbell Highway to Frances Lake. At Frances Lake, park your car and, enjoy a 30 minute boat ride to the lodge.

Frances Lake Wilderness Lodge is one of the Yukon’s most beautiful and private wilderness getaways on a secluded lake near the foot of the Canadian Rockies. At the lodge the hosts will show you to your own cosy cabin before inviting you to the main lodge for a flavourful and hearty dinner. The lodge boasts an awesome view of the Logan Mountains and also features a bright and comfortable living room equipped with a small library.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER

• Incredible views from the Top of the World Highway

Day 4 - 5 Frances Lake Lodge Your time at Frances Lake Wilderness Lodge will be at your own leisure: take a guided excursion by boat to an abandoned trading post of the famous Hudson Bay Company, or grab a fishing boat and try your luck. Learn the basics of paddling and explore the area around the lodge in one of the canoes or kayaks or hike the wellmarked trails intersecting the area close to the lodge. You may also choose to embark on an interpretive historical or botanical hike with an experienced local guide.

• Bald eagle preserve in the Chilkat Valley

Day 6 Frances Lake - Carmacks Take the boat back to the highway, pick up your rental car and continue your drive on the Robert Campbell Highway to Carmacks.

• Enjoy the old gold rush atmosphere of Dawson City

Day 7 Carmacks - Dawson City Drive north along the Klondike Highway. Soon after Carmacks you will arrive at the viewing point of the Five Finger Rapids. Later reach Minto from where it is possible to do a side trip to the abandoned community Fort Selkirk. At the intersection with the Silver Trail Highway drive west towards Dawson City. You will follow the Yukon River for part of your journey.

EXPLORE • The Gold Rush town of Skagway • Beautiful Francis Lake • Former town site of Gold Bottom at Dawson City

Day 8 Dawson City Today enjoy a guided visit of the former town site of Gold Bottom, a once thriving community that boasted a population of close to 5,000 people during the hey-day of the 1898 Klondike Gold Rush. Enjoy the old gold rush atmosphere of Dawson City.

Day 9 Dawson City - Tok Cross the Yukon River by ferry and drive the Top of the World Highway towards Tok. Weather permitting, you will have incredible views of far reaching countryside from the highway. Follow the Taylor Highway to the Alaska Highway and continue east towards Tok.

LEARN/DO • Learn about the impressive Aurora Borealis at the Northern Lights Centre

Day 10 Tok - Haines Junction Drive the Alaska Highway to Haines Junction.

• Canoe, mountain bike or relax at Inn on the Lake • Try your luck gold panning

Day 12 Haines - Skagway Today take the Alaska Marine Highway ferry from Haines to the old gold rush city of Skagway.

Day 13 Skagway - Inn on the Lake In the morning explore the Gold Rush town of Skagway.

Later drive the Klondike Highway north towards Whitehorse and Marsh Lake. On your way you will pass the small community of Carcross, Carcross desert and Emerald Lake. For the next two nights you will stay in first class style at Inn on the Lake. This is one of the few places in North America where you can stay and see the Aurora Borealis in the same place.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Boating, fishing or paddling around Frances Lake

Day 14 Inn on the Lake Today you have time to hike, canoe, mountain bike or just to relax in this beautiful and quiet setting.

• An interpretive historical or botanical hike around Frances Lake

Day 15 Inn on the Lake - Whitehorse Today drive to Whitehorse and depending on your flight departure time you may have some more time to explore the capital of the Yukon. The return of your car ends your journey.

• Add a side trip to the abandoned community Fort Selkirk

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 11 Haines Junction - Haines Drive the Haines Highway along the perimeter of Kluane National Park towards Haines. Just before Haines, the highway leads through the Chilkat Valley and its bald eagle preserve.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 111

North America Canada

Our fav o urite P L A C E S T O S T AY

Sonora Resort

West Coast Wilderness Lodge

This luxury wilderness resort is an absolute jewel amid one of Canada’s most alluring, pristine environments. Sonora Resort is where uncompromising eco adventure travel meets luxurious accommodation, unparalleled service and five star facilities.

Whether you want action-packed adventure or an exquisite spa getaway, you’ll find it at this spectacular Canadian resort, located at the northern end of Desolation Sound, less than an hour away from Vancouver by seaplane or helicopter.

West Coast Wilderness Lodge offers guests unsurpassed scenery, exceptional adventure opportunities, fresh cuisine and accommodation to suit all tastes. Enjoy the solitude at this remote lodge following a scenic three hour drive or 45 minute float plane trip from downtown Vancouver. Located on the edge of the wilderness on the Sunshine Coast with spectacular water views of Jervis & Hotham Sounds, this resort offers first-class adventure, gourmet dining and luxury accommodation.

Adventure World loves the combination of eco adventure in Canada’s most alluring, pristine environment.

Adventure World loves the unsurpassed scenery, exceptional adventure opportunities and fresh seasonal cuisine.

Siwash Lake Guest Ranch

Hotel Quintessence Mont Tremblant

A private and exclusive Canadian guest ranch and family owned working ranch, this is an intimate hideaway in the heart of British Columbia’s cowboy country. The eco-friendly setting provides an oasis of wilderness solitude, filled with enriching moments for adventurous people who seek the finer things in life. After dinner each evening your hosts sit with you to design your personal plan for the next day, depending on weather, wildlife sightings and your appetite for adventure.

Hotel Quintessence is Tremblant’s preeminent boutique hotel, offering unparalleled beauty, comfort, luxury and service in the heart of the Laurentians. Inspired by old-world estates, Hôtel Quintessence is your exclusive waterfront retreat featuring luxury suites on picturesque Lake Tremblant. Discover this destination, awarded ‘Best Small Hotel in North eastern America’ by Conde Nast Johansen and ‘Best Luxury Hotel’ by Trip Advisor with all the services that only a grand hotel can offer.

Adventure World loves this exclusive and authentic ranch experience in the wild.

Adventure World loves this exclusive waterfront retreat inspired by old-world estates.

112 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 13 Days / 12 Nights from $3,699* INDEPENDENT

This trip encompasses a variety of sights from Niagara Falls to Old Québec and showcases Canada’s British influences before heading on to French Canada. The Train of Le Massif de Charlevoix invites you to enjoy a spectacular route from Québec City to La Malbaie. Renowned for its landscapes that have enchanted painters, poets, writers, and musicians, the Charlevoix region is where nature and culture exist in perfect harmony.

Includes 12 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing excursions of Niagara Falls, Ottawa, Montréal and Québec City, VIA Rail “Business Class” between Toronto and Ottawa, Ottawa and Montréal and Montréal and Québec City and Le Massif train between Québec City and Baie St. Paul

North America Canada

Maple Delights

Day 1 Toronto Upon arrival in Toronto, make your own way to your hotel. The remainder of the day will be at your leisure.

Day 2 Toronto - Niagara Falls - Toronto This morning, depart on a full day sightseeing excursion to Niagara Falls. Travel through the orchard-laden Niagara Peninsula to Niagara Falls, one of the great wonders of the world. Highlights of today’s excursion include a lunch buffet while overlooking the falls, plus a trip on the world famous “Hornblower Cruise Niagara Falls”, which travels to the base of the majestic Horseshoe Falls. Also included is a trip along the beautiful River Road, which winds its way along the Niagara Gorge. Stops are made at the Floral Clock and at the historical community of Niagara-on-the-Lake before returning to Toronto.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Eastern Canada by rail • Montréal, the world’s second largest French speaking city • Baie St. Paul and all it has to offer

Day 3 Toronto - Ottawa Late this morning, make your own way to Toronto’s Union Station and board VIA Rail for your journey to the nation’s capital city, Ottawa. Enjoy lunch onboard the train as the scenery passes you by. The remainder of the day is at your leisure.

Day 4 Ottawa Today, experience Ottawa as it was meant to be appreciated - by land and on water! On the spectacular Lady Dive, this trip will provide you with the unique ability to see Canada’s finest city on the only amphibious sightseeing excursion. Climb aboard this unique trip and view the National Capital from a totally different perspective: on a boat with wheels! After your dive, the rest of the day is free to explore the city.

Day 5 Ottawa - Montréal Make your own way to Ottawa train station for the two hour VIA Rail journey to Montréal. As you relax onboard the train, enjoy the vistas as you travel between the cities. The remainder of the day is at your leisure.

EXPLORE • The Charlevoix Region

Day 6 Montréal Discovery of Montréal, the world’s second-largest French-speaking city, begins with a city excursion this morning. Highlights of this excursion include Old Montréal, Notre-Dame Basilica, one of the masterpieces of religious architecture in North America, Olympic Park with the world’s tallest inclined tower, Mount Royal Lookout from which the entire city comes into view, McGill University, Montréal Harbour, St. Joseph’s Oratory, City Hall, Place Des Arts, a world class centre for the performing arts, and the residential and financial districts. The remainder of the day is yours to explore cafés and boutiques or the “Promenade de la Cathedrale” including shops and restaurants.

• Highlights of Ontario and Québec • European charm of Québec City

Day 7 Montréal - Québec City After a free morning, make your own way to the Montréal train station to continue your journey with VIA Rail to charming Québec City. Enjoy lunch on the train. Upon arrival in Québec City, make your own way to your hotel.

LEARN/DO • Journey on Le Massif Scenic Train between Québec City and Baie St. Paul • Enjoy a full day at Niagara Falls • Experience Ottawa on an amphibious sightseeing excursion

Day 8 Québec City Experience the European charm of the first French settlement in North America. Highlights of your two hour trip today include the Latin Quarter, the Plains of Abraham, the Ramparts, world famous Fairmont Le Chateau Frontenac, the National Assembly, the Basilica, City Hall, Place Royale, the Citadelle and a glimpse of modern Québec City.

Day 9 Québec City Spend the day at leisure discovering Québec City.

Day 10 Québec City - Baie St. Paul Transfer to the train station and enjoy a scenic rail journey to Baie St. Paul. Experience the Charlevoix region including wildlife viewing along the way. Arrive into Baie St. Paul in the afternoon where you will be transferred to your hotel. The Hotel La Ferme is a vast complex across five pavilions, with distinctive architecture inspired from historic farm buildings.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Optional whale watching excursions while in Baie St. Paul

Day 11 Baie St. Paul Spend the day exploring the area. You may wish to take in an optional whale watching excursion offered locally, photograph the local scenery, golf the local courses or visit local gardens (at own cost).

• Explore cafes and restaurants in Montréal • Upgrade to 5-star properties throughout the journey

Day 12 Baie St. Paul - Québec City Enjoy the morning at leisure before boarding the train for the scenic return journey to Québec City. On board enjoy a gourmet four course dinner with wine. On arrival, you will be transferred to your hotel.

Day 13 Québec City Your journey ends today upon check-out of your hotel.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 113

North America Canada

Best of Ontario & Québec | 15 Days / 14 Nights from $3,199* SELF-DRIVE

This stunning self-drive journey allows you to discover Eastern Canada at your own pace, with the freedom and flexibility to make your own stops along the way. You will travel through beautiful parks and countryside and modern and historic cities, to the European-style Mont Tremblant and along the scenic St. Lawrence River, beginning and ending at the gateway to the east, Toronto.

Includes 14 nights accommodation, 15 days car rental, sightseeing as specified, Cruise of 1,000 Islands and exclusive travel documentation package including personalised maps, itinerary and driving directions Day 1 Toronto Upon arrival into Toronto, pick up your rental vehicle and proceed to your

hotel.

Day 2 Toronto Today is yours to explore this fascinating city. Enjoy Toronto’s waterfront, a scenic backdrop for many popular attractions while downtown Toronto offers museums and art galleries. Don’t miss the CN Tower, the world’s tallest free standing structure, with admission to the tower included in your journey.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Canada’s East at your own pace • The fascinating blend of cultures in Ottawa • The jewel of the Laurentians, Mont Tremblant

Day 3 Toronto - Niagara Falls Drive along the shores of Lake Ontario, through the orchards and vineyards of the Niagara Peninsula, to arrive at Niagara-on-the-Lake, one of the best-preserved 19th century towns in North America. Continue along the Niagara Parkway towards Niagara Falls. Your package includes the Niagara Falls Adventure Pass. This pass offers you admission to many of Niagara Falls’ most popular attractions while avoiding long wait times. Simply reserve a time that’s convenient for you and proceed to the priority entrance at your given time (except at Hornblower Cruises).

Day 4 Niagara Falls - Algonquin Park Today’s drive takes you north to Algonquin Park.

Take a detour en-route in order to see highlights such as Marie Among the Hurons near Midland, a historic site depicting a 17th century fortress and headquarters for the French Jesuit mission to the Huron nation and Ontario’s first European community or the Muskokas Lake region. Famed for its 1,600 fresh water lakes and striking granite outcrops, Muskoka has been a celebrated retreat since the 19th century. Finish your day in Algonquin Park.

Day 5 Algonquin Park Today is yours to spend hiking, observing wildlife or canoeing.

EXPLORE

Day 6 Algonquin Park - Ottawa Spend the morning in the park before departing for Ottawa.

• Canadian Museum of Civilisation in Ottawa

Day 7 Ottawa Today is at your leisure to discover the city of Ottawa. In the heart of Ottawa, rising dramatically from a bluff overlooking the Ottawa River, are the Parliament Buildings.

These serve as the symbol of the capital, and are the focal point of the city. A must-see is the Canadian Museum of Civilisation (admission included).

• Toronto’s scenic waterfront • Upper Canada Village, reconstructed from the 1860’s

LEARN/DO • Visit Niagara Falls and choose what you do throughout the day • Hiking or canoeing in Algonquin Park • Enjoy a 1,000 Islands Cruise

Day 8 Ottawa - Mont Tremblant Today head north east to the jewel of the Laurentians, Mont Tremblant, a European-style resort village. Should you have missed the wildlife in the Algonquin Park, you may wish to visit Omega Park in Montebello, which features endemic wildlife, or join a black bear observation excursion in the Kenauk Reserve. Take some time to enjoy local activities such as hiking, biking, kayaking, white water rafting, or a helicopter trip.

Day 9 Mont Tremblant - Québec City Enjoy the pleasant scenery as you travel from Mont Tremblant to historic Trois Rivieres. Drive along the Chemin du Roy road to Québec City.

Day 10 Québec City Experience the old world charm of Vieux Québec with a guided excursion of the old city on foot. With its cobble stone streets, fortified city wall, and 17th century architecture, this city is complimented by artisan shops, cafes, and numerous monuments.

Day 11 Québec City - Montréal Following the St. Lawrence River, pass from city suburbs to the rural landscapes of forests and rich pastures, dotted with tiny villages that extend to Montréal.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 12 Montréal Discover hundreds of places of interest in Montréal. You may wish to join a walking or biking trip of the city or a sightseeing cruise or explore the city at your own pace.

• Join a black bear observation excursion in the Kenauk Reserve

Day 13 Montréal - Kingston Travel south to the city of Kingston. On the way enjoy a visit of Upper Canada Village, an 1860’s reconstructed village. Before reaching Kingston, stop at Gananoque to join a one hour cruise of the 1,000 Islands.

• Walking or biking excursion in Montréal • Discover all Québec City has to offer at your own pace

Day 14 Kingston - Toronto You may wish to visit Fort Henry National Historic Site near Kingston. A living museum of military life, Fort Henry was built between 1832 and 1834 to repel an American invasion that never came. The fort, once the largest military establishment in Upper Canada, now offers visitors a glimpse of the soldier’s life of those days.

Day 15 Depart Toronto Your journey concludes today upon checkout of your hotel.

114 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

| 13 Days / 12 Nights from $4,299* SMALL GROUP

The world’s highest tides, fresh salt air, sandy beaches, rocky coves, cosmopolitan cities, remote lighthouses, rich history, warm hospitality, rustic fishing villages, succulent seafood, unspoiled nature, first-rate facilities and travel routes...all of these things and more make Canada’s Maritime Provinces one of the world’s most popular destinations.

Experience the Maritimes on this delightful journey of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island.

Includes 12 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, small van/coach transportation, services of a driver/escort, ferry from New Brunswick to Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island to Nova Scotia and sightseeing

North America Canada

Atlantic Maritimes

Day 1 Halifax Arrive in Halifax and check in to your hotel.

Day 2 Halifax - Moncton Explore the Bay of Fundy and learn about the world’s highest tides as you meander along its colourful coastline to New Brunswick’s bilingual city of Moncton. En-route, explore the Joggins Fossil Cliffs. See magnificently exposed layers of rock revealing the world’s most complete fossil record of life in the “Coal Age” of 300 million years ago. After crossing into New Brunswick, an unforgettable culinary experience awaits as you cruise the warm waters of Shediac Bay aboard a lobster boat. Learn about the fishing industry and savour a delicious lobster supper.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Moncton - Saint John Experience a true natural wonder as you visit Hopewell Rocks on the coast of the Bay of Fundy. Marvel at the massive flower-pot shaped formations sculpted by the highest tides on the planet. Travel through Fundy National Park to Canada’s first incorporated city, Saint John. Enjoy a city excursion, including the Reversing Falls where twice daily the Bay of Fundy tides force the Saint John River to reverse its flow.

DISCOVER • The stunning Cabot Trail and Cape Breton • The world’s longest running hunt for lost treasure • Amazing seafood culinary experiences

Day 5 Saint John - Digby Enjoy free time in Saint John before taking the ferry back to Nova Scotia. Arrive in Digby, the scallop capital of the world.

Day 6 Digby - Halifax Today travel the lush Annapolis Valley and learn about the French Acadians who established their first settlement in the early 1600’s. Unravel the fact and fiction that blend to reveal the romance of the Land of Evangeline. Visit a local winery for a tasting before returning to Halifax for the evening.

EXPLORE

Day 7 Halifax - Oak Island Discover the rustic charm of the fishing village of Peggy’s Cove where you will enjoy breakfast. Travel Nova Scotia’s South Shore and on to Lunenburg, renowned for its fleets of Grand Banks’ fishing schooners. Enjoy a walking excursion to fully experience one of the most remarkably preserved colonial settlements in the New World. Head to postcard-perfect Mahone Bay where a trinity of 19th century built churches represent an iconic cultural landscape of Nova Scotia. Enjoy some free time to stroll through the town and chat with the welcoming locals who have been known to share superstitions, legends and fables dating back to the rum-running days. Arrive in the legendary Oak Island area’s Western Shore and learn of the world’s longest running hunt for lost treasure.

• Picturesque St Andrews by-the-Sea • Stroll around postcard-perfect Mahone Bay • Beautiful Prince Edward Island

LEARN/DO • Learn about the world’s highest tides in the Bay of Fundy • The lobster fishing industry aboard a lobster boat • Walking excursion of Lunenburg

Day 8 Oak Island - Charlottetown Today travel to Prince Edward Island. Experience true maritime hospitality this evening at a traditional hall-style lobster supper.

Day 9 Prince Edward Island Enjoy a free morning in Charlottetown or join a walking excursion of the city. This afternoon, drive by red cliffs, white beaches, gently sloping sand dunes and green fields as you make your way to Prince Edward Island National Park. Before returning to Charlottetown, visit Green Gables Heritage Site, the inspiration of Lucy Maud Montgomery’s classic Anne of Green Gables books.

Day 10 Charlottetown - Baddeck Ferry over the Northumberland Strait back to Nova Scotia and proceed to Cape Breton Island, the Scotland of North America. Visit the Alexander Graham Bell National Historic Site in Baddeck to learn of the many accomplishments of this genius who made his home on the island.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 11 Cabot Trail Experience one of the most stunningly picturesque drives in North America. The Cabot Trail winds around the rocky splendour of Cape Breton’s northern shore, ascending to the incredible plateaus of Cape Breton Highlands National Park. Lookouts offer unforgettable vistas of Cape Breton’s rugged coastline. You may also enjoy a Whale Watching Boat Trip (weather permitting).

• Add extra nights in Halifax to your trip to discover this cultural city • Extend your journey around the Atlantic Maritimes by adding a Newfoundland and Labrador trip to your package

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 4 St. Andrews by-the-Sea Enjoy a day trip to picturesque St. Andrews by-the Sea. After a Whale Watching Boat Trip (weather permitting), the afternoon is at your leisure.

Day 12 Baddeck - Halifax The Fortress of Louisbourg National Historic Site awaits you today.

Proceed along the shore of the Bras d’Or Lake to the mainland, and back to Halifax.

Day 13 Halifax Your journey ends upon check out of your hotel.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 115

North America Canada

Canada in Winter Canadians don’t shy away from winter, they embrace it. The magic, tranquillity and stunning beauty of a Canadian winter will surround you like a downy quilt. Explore picturesque alpine towns, glide past remarkable landscapes dusted with fresh snow and frozen lakes that glisten in the winter sun. The northern winter offers a range of incredible activities, guaranteed to put a smile on your face.

Adventurous or relaxing, fast or easy-going, the options are endless - snowmobiling, dog-sledding, ice-fishing, snowshoeing, skiing, snowboarding and many other outdoor activities.

Ski Canada is home to some of the best ski resorts in the world with more than 300 ski areas to choose from. Catering for all levels of experience, these resorts offer ideal snow conditions and quaint village atmospheres.

Whether you choose to visit the powdery fields of Whistler, Big White and Sun Peaks, deep in the heart of British Columbia, or Mont Tremblant, Québec’s premier ski resort, you’ll be spoilt for choice.

Northern Lights The Aurora Borealis, or Northern Lights, are giant electrical storms formed by solar flares from the sun reacting with the earth’s magnetic field. These mystical lights are one of nature’s most impressive creations, and are a must see for all nature enthusiasts.

Christmas Surrounded by stunning white scenery, Christmas in Canada makes for a truly magical experience. Spend Christmas at the historic Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise or Fairmont Banff Springs, with your own in-room Christmas tree, cookie decorating, Santa’s workshop and sing-alongs.

Non-Skiiers For those not too keen on hitting the slopes, Canada’s ski resorts offer endless options for non-skiiers. You can try dogsledding, snowmobiling, snowshoeing, ice-fishing and so much more.

Ice Hotel Experience winter in Canada the most magical way possible, by spending a night in an Ice Hotel. Intricately carved, the Ice Hotel is an ephemeral work of art, a magnificent ice and snow architectural wonder.

116 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 12 Days / 11 Nights from $3,799* INDEPENDENT

The magic and tranquillity of the Canadian winter will captivate you.

There is nothing like seeing the natural beauty of the snow-dusted woods in all their splendour. Journey from Vancouver to the Rockies before flying to the Yukon Territory, where the lodges located in the Whitehorse area offer some of the best locations in the world to see the elusive Northern Lights.

Includes seven nights hotel accommodation, three nights cabin accommodation and one night onboard the VIA Rail train, meals as per itinerary, transportation by deluxe motorcoach in the Rockies, services of a professional driver/guide, sightseeing as specified, flight Calgary/Whitehorse and National Park fees

North America Canada

Winter Nights & Dancing Lights

Day 1 Vancouver Upon arrival in Vancouver, make your own way to your hotel. The remainder of your day is free to explore the modern metropolis of Vancouver, situated on the shores of the Pacific Coast.

Day 2 Vancouver - Jasper Following a free day in Vancouver, board the VIA Rail “Canadian” overnight train for an evening departure. During the journey to Jasper, experience luxurious service and amenities. VIA Rail offers breathtaking views, friendly service and world class food. Along the way you may see Hell’s Gate Gorge, North Thompson Canyon, and the Cisco Tunnels above the Fraser River.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Jasper The rail journey to Jasper continues through the Monashee and Caribou mountain ranges, concluding at the Jasper train station. Upon arrival into Jasper transfer to your hotel.

DISCOVER • Wildlife on a unique sightseeing trip in Jasper • Lake Louise, the jewel of the Rockies • 360 degree views of Calgary from the Calgary Tower

Day 4 Jasper Explore Jasper’s lesser known gems and keep your eyes open for wildlife during a unique sightseeing trip. Moose, elk, sheep, goats and wolves are commonly sighted during the excursion. Enjoy the spectacular scenery and learn about Jasper’s original inhabitants.

Day 5 Jasper - Lake Louise Depart Jasper and travel along the beautiful Icefields Parkway, one of the most scenic highways in the Canadian Rockies. Your destination, Lake Louise, is known as the “Jewel of the Rockies”. Snow-covered mountain ranges, forested valleys and massive glaciers highlight the spectacular drive.

Day 6 Lake Louise - Banff Depart Lake Louise and travel by scheduled service to Banff.

Visit the Whyte Museum of the Canadian Rockies, of which admission is included in your trip. Discover the rich history of the Canadian Rockies through exhibitions about the explorers, mountaineers, and artists who have settled in Banff over the past century. The museum includes a heritage gallery, heritage homes and several art galleries.

EXPLORE • Modern metropolis of Vancouver • Banff and the Bow Valley • Beautiful Icefields Parkway

LEARN/DO • Indulge in a unique Banff progressive dinner • Visit the Whyte Museum of the Canadian Rockies to learn about the area’s history • Opportunities to see the spectacular Northern Lights ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Choose from a number of optional activities during your stay in the Yukon.

Enjoy walks, snowshoeing or cross country skiing, or simply relax in the spa

Day 7 Banff Enjoy a morning sightseeing excursion of Banff and learn how the history of the Bow Valley changed when three railway workers rediscovered a hidden treasure. Learn about wildlife behaviour, habitat, and winter survival adaptations. Included in today’s excursion is admission to the Banff Gondola. Enjoy a 360 degree view of mountain ranges, valleys and lakes and a bird’s eye view of the Banff town site 770 metres below. This evening, indulge in a unique Banff progressive dinner. First, enjoy a wine tasting at Banff Wine Store. After your tasting, you will have the choice of taking with you a bottle of red wine, white wine or ice wine.

Make your way across the street and enjoy dinner at the Maple Leaf Grille. Following dinner, make your way to Le Beaujolais Restaurant for a tasty dessert.

Day 8 Banff - Calgary Depart Banff and travel past the mountain town of Canmore, through the frontal range of the Rockies and continue into the foothills to the city of Calgary by a scheduled transportation service. Following arrival in Calgary, admission is included to the Calgary Tower. Take a ride up the City of Calgary’s most famous and identifiable physical landmark and enjoy the 360 degree views of Calgary.

Day 9 Calgary - Vancouver - Whitehorse Make your own way to Calgary International Airport for your flight to Whitehorse via Vancouver. Upon arrival, transfer to the Northern Lights Resort & Spa where your accommodation for the next three nights will be in a cabin.

Perfectly situated close to many of the Yukon’s best wilderness parks and playgrounds, the resort offers a number of possibilities for fun and adventure and is one of the prime locations in the Yukon to see the elusive Northern Lights. The open area surrounding the lodge allows for unobscured views of the soaring Aurora Borealis.

Day 10 - 11 Northern Lights Resort & Spa Days are free for optional activities from the lodge. Take a walk, snowshoe or cross country ski the area trails, or simply relax in the comfort of your guest cottage. Cosy up to the fire in the guest area of the great room or relax in the spa. After a relaxed dinner at the lodge, it’s time to seek views of the stunning Northern Lights.

• Add a dog sledding experience to your trip

Day 12 Whitehorse After breakfast at the lodge you will be transferred downtown or to Whitehorse Airport.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 117

North America Canada

Winter in Québec | 9 Days / 8 Nights from $3,099* INDEPENDENT

Auberge Lac-a-l’Eau Claire is the ideal location for outdoor enthusiasts, fishermen and nature lovers. Framed by the Laurentian Mountains, the activities during this trip take place in the midst of frozen lakes and a forest dusted with white powder. You’ll also spend a night at The Ice Hotel. The hotel is made of ice and snow with high ceilings, ice sculptures, and furniture carved from ice blocks.

Includes eight nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, activities at Auberge Lac-a-l’Eau Claire, VIA Rail between Montréal – Québec and transfers as per itinerary Day 1 Montréal - St Alexis Des Monts Today a private transfer will pick you up from downtown Montréal or the airport and take you to the Auberge Lac-a-l’Eau Claire near St Alexis des Monts. Situated on 25,000 hectares of land and surrounded by 15 lakes, the Auberge Lac-a-l’Eau Claire is a jewel in natures crown. Originally an outfitter, welcoming hunters and fishermen, this resort has now become a destination in itself offering a variety of accommodation and countless activities. Whatever you’re here for, you’ll undoubtedly fall for the inn’s charm. The rest of the day is free for you to enjoy the many winter activities at the lodge. In addition to the dog sledding and ice fishing you will enjoy over the next few days, the inn also offers tubing, snowshoeing, cross country skiing, ice skating and more.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • The magical Laurentian Mountains of Québec • Spend a night at the unique Ice Hotel • Old fashioned Québec cuisine

EXPLORE • Auberge Lac-a-l’Eau Claire, an ideal winter resort • Montréal and all the city has to offer • European charms of Québec City

LEARN/DO • Enjoy the thrill of dog sledding • Discover ice fishing, its secrets and techniques • Travel on VIA Rail in business class

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Choose from a number of optional activities during your stay at Auberge Lac-a-l’Eau Claire. You may choose to cross country ski, ice skate, try snowshoeing or tubing

118 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Day 2 Dog sledding Today you will enjoy the thrill of a one hour dogsledding experience under the skillful guidance of a musher. You will have the opportunity to familiarise yourself with the husky dogs and drive your sled over the snowy slopes. Listen to the sleds sliding on the snow and feel the cold crisp air and wind as you travel through the wild.

Day 3 Ice Fishing This guided activity allows you to discover this northern fishing method including its secrets and techniques. Your fishing hole will be drilled, instructions provided, and you will be free to fish.

Day 4 St Alexis Des Monts - Montréal A private return transfer is included to your downtown Montréal hotel.

Day 5 Montréal Today is yours to spend at leisure discovering all that this exciting city has to offer. Montréal is Canada’s cultural jewel with over 90 festivals and a fascinating medley of neighbourhoods where artists, writers and musicians have helped shape the arts scene.

Winter in Montréal has many things to offer; cheer on the local ice hockey team, toboggan in Parc du Mont-Royal, build ice hotels by the St Lawrence River or simply wander through the underground city.

Day 6 Montréal - Québec City Travel by VIA Rail today from Montréal to Québec City.

Upon arrival in Québec City, make your own way to your hotel. The rest of the day will be at your leisure to explore Québec City. Québec City is a winter wonderland. It is home to one of the world’s largest winter carnivals, has over 2,000 kilometres of cross-country ski trails close by, offers a number of Nordic Spas in which to relax after a hard day on the slopes and ice skaters will love Place D’Youville’s rink for its Old Québec romantic atmosphere.

Day 7 Québec City - Ice Hotel Join your scheduled transfer from Québec City to the Ice Hotel where you will spend the night in its magical environment. Situated only 10 minutes from downtown Québec City, the Ice Hotel is a must see and the ultimate Nordic adventure.

The only Ice Hotel in North America, it has seduced over a million people from around the world since it opened. With its huge snow vaults and crystalline ice sculptures, the hotel will impress you with its dazzling décor. While staying at the Ice Hotel, you will also have access to the Nordic relaxation area with its outdoor spa and sauna. This place is peaceful and the winter décor is amazing. 2015 will also see the hotel celebrating its 15th anniversary. Tonight enjoy dinner at the nearby Sheraton hotel and a drink at the Ice Bar. Day 8 Ice Hotel - Québec City Spend the day at leisure exploring all that the Ice Hotel has to offer before your scheduled transfer back to Québec City. Tonight, enjoy old fashioned Québec cuisine at Aux Anciens Canadiens. The historic Maison Jacquet, one of the oldest houses in Québec, built in 1675, has housed the famous Aux Anciens Canadiens since 1966 and is internationally renowned for its cuisine and hospitality.

Day 9 Québec City Your trip concludes upon check-out of hotel.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

North America Canada

CANADIAN SKI RESORTS

Whistler

Sun Peaks

Situated in the breathtaking Coast Mountains of British Columbia, just two hours north of Vancouver, Whistler is consistently ranked the number one mountain resort in North America. The resort features two majestic mountains offering epic skiing and snowboarding, no matter what your level. Most resorts or hotels are adjacent to lifts to ensure fast and direct mountain access, however a shuttle service is available to help launch you into snow heaven.

Sun Peaks is Canada’s third largest ski area with three mountains to choose from. Centrally located in the British Columbia interior, only 45 minutes from Kamloops, Sun Peaks offers plenty of sunshine and caters for skiers, boarders and families. With slope side accommodation and restaurants and bars for après ski, it is a great destination easily linked by bus with Vancouver, Whistler, Silver Star, Big White and Jasper.

Adventure World loves this year-round resort with two majestic mountains and a vibrant base village.

Adventure World loves the charming European-style village nestled at the base of three mountains.

Big White

Big 3 – Banff/Lake Louise/Sunshine

Heralded as North America’s best family resort with an award winning Kids Centre, Big White is Canada’s largest totally ski-in/ ski-out resort. Located in British Columbia’s stunning Okanagan Valley near Kelowna, Big White offers immaculate cruising runs on soft champagne powder snow for any level of expertise. With the shortest lift wait times around, this modern village caters to everyone’s taste from restaurants and bars to tubing and ice skating.

Banff National Park offers premium hospitality and convenience in the middle of rugged natural beauty. Renowned as the “Jewel of the Canadian Rockies”, Lake Louise is surrounded by magnificent mountains embracing the Victoria Glacier as a backdrop against the frozen Turquoise Lake. With the choice of three ski areas Sunshine, Lake Louise and Norquay and located in the most spectacular part of the Canadian Rockies, this is a destination with everything on offer.

Adventure World loves Canada’s largest ski-in ski-out resort village.

Adventure World thinks you’ll love to stay and play in Canada’s Protected Playground.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 119

Wildlife Experiences North America

Wildlife Experiences A destination to thrill any nature enthusiast, North America boasts amazing wildlife. Canada is one of the world’s premier grizzly bear viewing sites where visitors can observe brown bears against the dramatic backdrop of the snow-draped mountains. Orca Camp in Johnstone Strait is one of the best places in the world to watch killer whales in the wild. Those wanting to catch a glimpse of the polar bears only need to travel to Churchill, Manitoba, often referred to as the ‘Polar Bear Capital of the World’.

Be ars Travellers in Canada can view the likes of the grizzly/brown bears, black bears and polar bears. Explore the Great Bear Rainforest, where bears are engrossed in the countless salmon spawning streams drifting into the coastal bays. The Pacific Coast of BC is home to the world’s only white coloured black bears, the spirit bears. Brooks Falls in Alaska is worldrenowned for its population of brown bears.

Polar Be ars During October and November each year, both locals and travellers are privy to an incredible experience, the viewing of the Polar Bear migration in Churchill, Manitoba. Annually, polar bears gather in great numbers, awaiting the ice formation on Hudson Bay.

Whales An incredible experience is the viewing of whales. Regular visitors to the coast of British Columbia are the orcas. You can also see minke whales, sperm whales and humpbacks and even snorkel with beluga whales in the Churchill River. Alaska’s Inside Passage offers incredible whale watching opportunities.

Baby Harp Se als For harp seals, life is defined by ice. Never straying far from it, the annual harp seal migration is perfectly timed around ice formation. During February and March, over 250,000 harp seals can be found near the Magdalen Islands.

USA National Parks In the middle of the Rocky Mountain Range are Grand Teton, Yellowstone and Glacier National Parks. Here you can track wildlife including bison, bears, wolves, coyotes and eagles in their natural habitats.

120 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Great Bear Lodge

Spirit Bear Lodge

Great Bear Lodge is located in the Great Bear Rainforest, home to a significant concentration of coastal grizzly bears. Conservationists consider it a rare jewel as it is one of the few complete and relatively intact ecosystems remaining on earth. Stretching over 8 million acres, twice the size of Africa’s Serengeti, this remote coastal rainforest is home to several threatened species and one of the last strongholds of the grizzly bear in the world.

The Pacific Coast of BC is home to the world’s only white coloured black bears. The spirit bear or white bear is thought to be a genetic variation of the black bear that roams throughout British Columbia.

Nestled in a remote archipelago of small islands protected from the wild Pacific, Klemtu, home to Spirit Bear Lodge, is positioned to offer unparalleled access to some of the best grizzly and spirit bear viewing in the region.

Adventure World loves the rainforest which is home to one of the last stongholds of the grizzly bear in the world.

Adventure World loves the authentic cultural journey in search of the rare Spirit Bear.

Polar Bears – Mothers & Cubs

Polar Bears & Glaciers of Baffin Island

Travel to the tidal flats of Hudson Bay and Nanuk Polar Bear Lodge, the best vantage point to view the pristine beauty of the Canadian Arctic and its majestic polar bear inhabitants. The Mothers & Cubs safari boasts an impressive variety of wildlife and it is from Nanuk where you will have the best possibilities on the planet to encounter polar bear mothers and their adorable cubs.

Discover the remote and rugged beauty of the Arctic as you explore the awe-inspiring glacier-capped coastline of south-eastern Baffin Island. Spend your days roaming the natural habitat of polar bears by land and intriguing bowhead whales by sea. Admire the views of the mirror smooth water speckled with icebergs that reflect a striking view of the surrounding mountain peaks.

Adventure World loves the pristine beauty of the Canadian Arctic and its majestic polar bear inhabitants.

Adventure World loves the true essence of an Arctic summer.

North America Wildlife

Experiences

WILDLIFE EXPERIENCES

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 121

Experiences

Arctic to the Pacific | 12 Days / 11 Nights from $16,699* SMALL GROUP

North America Wildlife

Nature and wildlife lovers will enjoy every minute of this unique, jampacked, wildlife experience. Encounter majestic polar bears and beluga whales in Churchill before flying west to explore the remote West Coast inlets for grizzly bears and orca, humpback and Pacific grey whales. Stay at two amazing lodges, located in some of the most untouched areas of Canada.

Includes 11 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing and transportation as per itinerary, flights as per itinerary and floatplane flights Vancouver/Bones Bay Lodge Day 1 Winnipeg On the night of your arrival into Winnipeg meet your adventure specialist and your fellow travellers at a welcome dinner.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Hudson Bay coast by Tundra Tracker • Peace and tranquillity while sea kayaking • The Seal River Estuary, a summer favourite of the polar bear

EXPLORE • Glendale Cove River Estuary and its wildlife • Sheer vastness of the Arctic’s flora and fauna on foot • Remote West Coast inlets

LEARN/DO • Swim with the beluga whales in their watery world • Cruise the Johnstone Strait and visit The Bones Project • Listen to whale songs

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Fill your days at Seal River Heritage Lodge with your choice of included activities ranging from marine excursions, treks, hiking, or kayaking

122 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Day 2 Winnipeg - Seal River Heritage Lodge Early this morning, fly to Churchill on the Hudson Bay. From there you will transfer to your onward flight to the fly-in only Seal River Heritage Lodge, your home for the next four days. On your flight you might see pods of whales, countless birds, caribous and of course, polar bears. The Seal River Estuary is a summer favourite for these magnificent animals and they can often be found swimming or basking on the water’s edge. Upon arrival, you will be introduced to the lodge before you experience the coast on your first afternoon excursion. Seal River Heritage Lodge is the Churchill Signature Wildlife Experience. The lodge maximises your wildlife viewing potential by giving you the opportunity to see bears from a variety of locations. Whether it’s from the top of the nature trails, the lodge’s viewing tower, or just outside the window as you dine, a visit to the lodge means you will have the chance to see polar bears and other wildlife like nowhere else.

Day 3 - 6 Seal River Heritage Lodge Seal River Heritage Lodge is located in the heart of polar bear country. Aside from the belugas and polar bears, you’ll have the opportunity to see a host of other wildlife on this trip such as caribou, fox (red and Arctic), wolves, moose and birds galore (such species as ptarmigan, Smith’s Longspur, Ross’ and Bonaparte gulls, jaegers, and more). Birders could see 100 species over the course of their adventure. Keep your ears open for the sounds of other sub-Arctic wildlife, including wolves howling in the distance. Enjoy your days filled with outdoor adventures that will take your breath away! You may choose to enjoy marine excursions, trekking and walking trips, see the Hudson Bay by tundra tracker, exploration by zodiacs or ocean paddles on sea kayaks.

Day 7 Seal River Heritage Lodge - Winnipeg Enjoy a hearty lodge breakfast before you fly back to Churchill. Upon your return, the day is free for browsing the shops and exhibits before taking an evening flight to Winnipeg.

Day 8 Winnipeg - Vancouver After breakfast leave Manitoba and take a flight to Vancouver. Upon your arrival, check-in to an airport hotel for the night.

Day 9 Vancouver - Bones Bay Lodge The second part of your bear and whale adventure begins by boarding your flight to Bones Bay Lodge. This floating lodge presents British Columbia’s West Coast marine life and wildlife in their natural habitats. Nothing quite compares to the awe and wonder of watching ocean giants like orca, humpback, Pacific grey and minke whales ply the waves, feeding and frolicking in the crystal sea waters. Upon check-in at the lodge you are welcomed with a guest orientation and a chef’s sampling of West Coast delights before getting outfitted with all-weather gear and enjoying your first sightseeing cruise of Knight Inlet.

Day 10 - 11 Bones Bay Lodge Over the next two days you have the opportunity to discover this breathtaking and diverse environment on the following excursions:

Glendale Cove River Estuary day trip Observe and photograph the region’s residents; bald eagles, blue herons and possibly black and grizzly bears feeding.

Cruise of the Johnstone Strait, the summer home of playful orca pods Watch these impressive animals as they breach the surface, slap their tails and hunt for their prey. On the cruise you will stop in historic Telegraph Cove and enjoy a memorable visit to the Johnstone Strait Whale Interpretive Centre, better known as The Bones Project.

Day 12 Bones Bay Lodge - Vancouver After breakfast, the three hour “Captain’s Pick” trip highlights local historic points and provides you with the last opportunity to capture the magnificent wildlife on camera. Return to the lodge for lunch and your flight to Vancouver where your journey ends after 12 exciting days.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Baby Harp Seal Photo Safari

Johnstone Strait Orca Camp

Join renowned National Geographic photographer Paul Nicklen and Mario Cyr, a professional photographer and videographer who has spent more time photographing and filming the harp seals of the Magdalen Islands than any other photographer, on an incredible adventure. Navigating the St. Lawrence River around Les ﾃ四es-dela-Madeleine in Quﾃｩbec, experience the newborn life cycle of baby harp seals and capture those precious moments on a photo safari.

Few camping experiences will match the fascination and beauty of a sea kayaking adventure in Johnstone Strait, one of the best places in the world to watch orcas in the wild. BC coastal waters are home to about 250 resident orcas, which congregate in the Southern Queen Charlotte Sound and Johnstone Strait during the summer months.

Possibly no other place on earth boasts such a large number of these beautiful animals.

Adventure World loves the heart-warming moments between mothers and pups.

Adventure World loves to travel with local pioneers on orca watching, observing these magnificent creatures.

Bears of Brooks Falls

Yellowstone Wildlife Walk

Brooks Falls in the Katmai National Park in Alaska is world-renowned for its large population of brown bears due to the salmon migration through the Brooks River from the Bering Sea. At Brooks Falls, special platforms offer unobstructed, up-close bear viewing. As many as fifty bears can be viewed fishing along the mile and a half long Brooks River during the peak of the salmon season. Bear viewing opportunities also abound within the national park.

In the middle of the Rocky Mountain Range are three national parks offering the most varied scenery and wildlife: the spires and azure lakes of Grand Teton, the towering sentinel peaks and broad valleys of Glacier and the vigorous geology and wildlife of Yellowstone.

From colourful meadows with wild flowers, canyons and waterfalls to geothermal volcanic pools and glaciated rocky spires, this walking trip has some seriously dramatic views.

Adventure World loves the bear viewing opportunities along the Brooks River during salmon season.

Adventure World loves the Glaciers, geology and the wildlife of Yellowstone.

North America Wildlife

Experiences

WILDLIFE EXPERIENCES

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 123

North America Alaska

Alaska Alaska is a land of superlatives. Nicknamed ‘The Last Frontier’, it’s the realm of bald eagles, grizzlies, orcas, alpine peaks, and glacier-carved fjords. From bear viewing in Denali National Park with the backdrop of Mt McKinley to paddle boarding through a sea of icebergs in the Inside Passage; meeting unique native Alaskans from whom you’ll absorb the traditional music to visiting the isolated town of Barrow, the northernmost point on the North American continent, Alaska is a place of unimaginable scale.

Anchorage Anchorage is the perfect place to enjoy flightseeing trips by floatplane or a full day excursion to Prince William Sound. The region also offers ocean habitat for whales, porpoises, sea otters, sea lions and seals.

Denali National Park Denali National Park is home to Alaska’s “Big Five”; bears, wolves, dall sheep, caribou and moose. This thriving landscape is backed by the dominating Mt McKinley, one of the most amazing sights in Alaska.

Glacier Bay Alaska’s classic beauty can be found exploring the Inside Passage. These splendid waterways begin in the dense forested coastlines of the Pacific Northwest and continue to Juneau, Skagway and Glacier Bay.

Small Ship Cruises Small ships show you what other cruises cannot. Explore the inner reaches of Alaska’s amazing fjords, sail so close to glaciers you can almost touch them, and get up-close to the shoreline to experience the wildlife.

Arctic Circle For many visitors, crossing the Arctic Circle is a memorable moment. The Inupiat town of Barrow is home to one of the largest Eskimo communities.

This far north, the sun doesn’t set for 82 days, shining from around May 10th to August 2nd.

Northern Lights People come from around the world to view Alaska’s northern lights, the ‘Aurora Borealis’. One of nature’s most inspiring sights, the northern lights appear most often on cold, clear nights from late September through April.

124 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 12 Days / 11 Nights from $3,077* SMALL GROUP

A unique adventure across America’s largest state; where the pristine national parks, sparkling fjords and incredible wildlife are sure to impress. Hike to stunning overlooks in Denali National Park, camp riverside in Wrangell-St Elias, see glaciers calve into Prince William Sound, and sea kayak at an exclusive wilderness camp. Home to the continent’s highest peaks, largest glaciers, and biggest mammals, Alaska is a naturalist’s nirvana.

Includes 10 nights camping accommodation, one night hotel accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by private vehicle, services of a professional guide, sightseeing as per itinerary, camping fees and equipment (excluding sleeping bag) and National Park fees

North America Alaska

Handpicked Alaska

Day 1 Anchorage - Denali National Park The largest city in Alaska with only 250,000 people, Anchorage has gone through quite a change since the earthquake of 1964. Now a bustling city fuelled by the oil boom and tourism, it was not that long ago that Anchorage was the last outpost before heading into the ‘Last Frontier’. After leaving Anchorage your first stop is the town of Talkeetna, a start point for many climbers. Travel north to Denali National Park for your two night stay.

Day 2 Denali National Park Surrounding the highest mountain peak in North America, grizzly bears, caribou, dall sheep, marmots and wolves all roam the park. Activities such as river rafting, dog sled demonstrations or walking on a quiet nature trail are available near your campground setting bordering the park. Make use of the Denali shuttle bus, which offers scenic views of the taiga and sub-arctic tundra and offers superb opportunities to view wildlife as well as access to limitless hiking options.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Abundant wildlife viewing opportunities • Scenic views of taiga and sub-Arctic tundra • Valdez, the ‘Switzerland of Alaska’

Day 4 - 5 Alaska Range - Wrangell-St Elias National Park Travelling along the Denali Highway, make a quick stop at Gracious House where you can try the delicious fresh pastries. Then venture off the main highway into the heart of Wrangell-St Elias National Park. Bordering Canada’s Yukon Territory, this stunning national park is the largest in the country, containing glaciers five times the size of Manhattan and nine of the sixteen highest peaks in North America. Camp on the banks of the Kennecott River in the shadow of Mt Blackburn, with a beautiful view of Root Glacier. To explore the historic area of McCarthy and the Kennecott Mine, why not take the Kennecott Copper Mill Ghost Town trip? Or if you’re feeling adventurous why not try glacier walking, ice climbing or even ice cave trekking! Day 4- Day 5-

EXPLORE • Wrangell-St Elias National Park, the largest in the country • The heart of the Alaska mountain range • Kenai Fjords National Park

Day 6 - 7 Wrangell-St Elias National Park - Valdez Travel over Thompson Pass and arrive in Valdez. Tucked away at the end of a glacier-carved fjord and called the ‘Switzerland of Alaska’ due to its surrounding snow-capped mountains, this is the most northerly ice-free port in the western hemisphere and the terminus of the Alaskan Pipeline that stretches 1,300 kilometres to Prudhoe Bay. Enjoy a free day here. A memorable optional activity is kayaking to the foot of either the Shoup Glacier or the larger Columbia Glacier. The Shoup Glacier excursion is a shorter one, but both offer amazing once-in-a-lifetime experiences.

LEARN/DO • Enjoy a scenic ferry through Prince William Sound • Camp on the banks of the Kennecott River • Hike to stunning lookouts in Denali National Park ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Why not try glacier walking, ice climbing and ice cave trekking?

Day 8 - 9 Valdez - Kenai Fjords National Park After an awe-inspiring ferry ride through Prince William Sound arrive at the colourful fishing village of Seward, the gateway to Kenai Fjords National Park. Hike to views of Exit Glacier, fish the waters of Resurrection Bay or enjoy an amazing boat cruise of Kenai Fjords National Park. Located on the south-eastern side of the Kenai Peninsula, this park covers more than 600,000 acres. Enjoy spectacular views of this rugged coastline and the Kenai Mountains and also look out for sea mammals.

It also presents a premier bird watching opportunity and a visit to a tidewater glacier to experience the sights and sounds of icebergs being calved into the sea are all part of this perfect day out.

Day 10 - 11 Kenai Fjords National Park - Kachemak Bay Wilderness Camp From Homer take a boat to your wilderness camp overlooking remote Kachemak Bay. Experience a true Alaskan adventure in this remote wilderness paradise, with included activities such as sea kayaking, mountain biking, hiking, and beach combing. You’ll appreciate the home-cooked meals while basking in the breathtaking scenery.

• Kayak to the foot of Shoup Glacier or Columbia Glacier • Upgrade your journey to stay in lodges throughout

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 3 Denali National Park - Alaska Range Head into the heart of the Alaska mountain range where you will spend the night in a rustic cabin. Here experience the quiet lakes of the tundra and look out for grazing caribous. This is a birder’s paradise with many species often sighted and there is a chance to experience excellent fishing for grayling. This range is actually the highest mountain range in North America and includes Mt McKinley, the highest peak in North America.

Day 12 Anchorage Soak up the breathtaking scenery over breakfast before beginning the journey back to Anchorage. Your last stop is the chance to hike to Byron Glacier, where you’ll get close enough to touch it. Continue back towards Anchorage where this trip of a lifetime comes to an end.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 125

North America Alaska

Denali National Park & Arctic Ocean | 11 Days / 10 Nights from $4,999* SMALL GROUP

This is a unique journey that runs straight through the middle of Alaska, from Anchorage in the south to Prudhoe Bay in the north. This trip offers you two and a half days to enjoy Denali National Park, spending two nights deep in the park at the Denali Backcountry Lodge along with two days in the Arctic region, crossing the Arctic Circle at Coldfoot.

Includes 10 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation and sightseeing as per itinerary, flight Prudhoe Bay/Fairbanks and Alaska Railroad service between Denali and Fairbanks and Fairbanks and Anchorage Day 1 Anchorage Upon arrival into Anchorage, make your own way to your hotel.

Day 2 Anchorage - Denali National Park Entrance This morning board the Anchorage Denali Express for your transfer to the Denali National Park Entrance. En-route your driver will give you some history of the area as you travel the George Parks Highway. Weather permitting, admire the marvellous views of Mt McKinley, the highest mountain in North America. Arrive at the Denali Cabins in time for lunch. This afternoon you can take the shuttle to explore Denali Village and the Visitors Centre. Perhaps you would enjoy a rafting trip or an ATV excursion or just relax in the outdoor hot tubs. You may choose to have dinner in Denali Village before returning to your cedar cabin for the night.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Amazing views and scenery of Denali National Park • Mt McKinley, the highest mountain in North America • Amazing arctic tundra in the Arctic Coastal Plain EXPLORE • Prudhoe Bay and the Arctic Ocean • City of Fairbanks • Alaska by railroad

LEARN/DO • Wildlife viewing en-route to Kantishna • Cross the Arctic Circle at Coldfoot • Discover Athabascan Indian culture

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Do as much or as little as you wish while enjoying Denali National Park and Kantishna • Explore Anchorage at your leisure

Day 3 Denali National Park Entrance - Kantishna This morning you are free to explore the area around the Denali Cabins, perhaps taking the shuttle to Denali Village. Enjoy lunch at the Cabins then board the afternoon shuttle to Kantishna. The six hour journey to Kantishna along the restricted Park Road is one of the grandest drives on earth, with chances of seeing grizzlies, moose, caribou and golden eagles along the way. The end of the road is Kantishna and the Denali Backcountry Lodge, your home for the next two nights.

Day 4 Kantishna Nestled in a snug valley, the Denali Backcountry Lodge is a true wilderness experience, with your own heated cabin. The lodge is located at the end of the restricted Park Road with just a small bush airstrip and the vast interior of Alaska beyond.

You can enjoy day hikes (casual, moderate, or extreme), view and photograph Denali (Mt. McKinley), gold panning, botany walks, shuttle to Wonder Lake and mountain biking. You can also visit Fannie Quigley’s Cabin, home of one of the original miners from early in the twentieth century.

Day 5 Kantishna - Denali National Park Entrance - Fairbanks An early departure this morning gives you another opportunity to view the magnificent scenery along the route back to the Denali National Park Entrance that connects you back to the Denali Cabins.

After lunch (not included), take the shuttle to Denali Village and check in at the Alaska Railroad Station to board the Denali Star to Fairbanks. Enjoy the late afternoon scenery as you travel north to Fairbanks, where on arrival you make your own way to your hotel.

Day 6 Fairbanks - Coldfoot This morning depart Fairbanks for your journey to the Arctic Ocean. Visit the Arctic Circle Trading Post in the rural community of Joy, travel north along the rugged Dalton Highway and experience the mighty Yukon River. Marvel at the majestic beauty of the northland’s most famous waterway and learn about its storied past. You will cross the Arctic Circle towards your destination of Coldfoot.

Day 7 Coldfoot - Prudhoe Bay Today you will continue north climbing over the Continental Divide at Atigun Pass. There will be an opportunity to explore the amazing arctic tundra of the Arctic Coastal Plain and feel the veins of ice just beneath the surface.

Day 8 Prudhoe Bay - Fairbanks You have the opportunity to see the Prudhoe Bay oil fields and touch the frigid Arctic Ocean; perhaps you will even want to dip your toe in. Fly to Fairbanks this afternoon where you will transfer to your hotel.

Day 9 Fairbanks Explore the city of Fairbanks today. Enjoy The Riverboat Discovery cruise, a three and a half hour cruise that takes you into the heart of Alaska. Gain an insight into the ancient Athabascan Indian culture when the native Alaskan guide takes you on a personalised visit to the Chena Indian Village. View the demonstration at the National Historic District Gold Dredge #8, where you will learn about the history of gold mining in Alaska from the early 20th century.

Day 10 Fairbanks - Anchorage This morning make your own way to the Alaska Railroad station and board the Denali Star for a full day journey south to Anchorage. Sit back, relax, and enjoy the scenery from the expansive viewing windows and the outdoor viewing platform. Arrive in Anchorage later this evening and make your own way to your hotel.

Day 11 Anchorage Your day is free to explore the city before checking out of your hotel.

126 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Ship Expeditions North America Small

Small Ship Expeditions With our collection of small ship expeditions you will explore narrow channels where the big ships can’t go. Nudge closer to the shore if a bear is spotted or turn around and linger when a pod of dolphins surfaces off the stern.

Expert captains and guides lead you on an adventure – hiking into forests and engaging in local communities; kayaking and skiff rides through serene wilderness; exploring along shore and searching for wildlife. Our adventures are flexible and vary in order to limit impacts on fragile ecosystems.

Wildlife in its natural environment; personal exchanges behind the scenes with locals; unmatched moments melding with nature; and engagement in adventurous activities or living history presentations all innovatively highlight your days. Whether you’re in the wilds of Alaska, sunning in Mexico’s Sea of Cortés or the Hawaiian Islands, or honing your explorer in the Pacific Northwest.

Opt for one of our inclusive luxury adventures and you’ll sail into a yachters’ paradise on both sides of the border – witness the stunning Princess Louisa Inlet, visit a charming seaside town and British-influenced Victoria, enjoy High Tea in a garden, and take in nature’s wonders from a kayak or skiff. Whichever your choice, you’ll witness Mother Nature’s role in creating some of the most dramatic scenery along coastal Washington and British Columbia.

See and explore this tropical wonderland to view marine species and animals that are found nowhere else on earth. The shallow warm waters provide one of the most important habitats for humpback whales. Discover remote coves, inlets, bays and shoreline by foot, kayak, sailboat or paddle board. Along the way you will experience traditional Hawaiian culture with opportunities of getting to know the locals by visiting their land and their homes.

A birder’s paradise this rich archipelago serves as an important bird refuge and migration corridor. Each of our island-hopping small ship expeditions in Mexico’s Sea of Cortés uncovers a world of breathtaking beauty and wildlife – giant lizards, sea turtles, boobies, blue whales, gray whales, orca, whale sharks and mantas. Kayak in coastal mangroves and in crystalline blue coves. Hike along dunes, cactus-clad ridges and snorkel among colourful coral. Explore this extraordinary place and discover firsthand how small the human presence here truly is.

Explore narrow channels where the larger ships can’t go.

Combine a love of adventure with a love of the sea.

An expedition in Alaska is an unmatched way to combine a love of adventure with a love of the sea. Take in the peaks and glaciers, the wonder and wildlife that are the hallmarks of the Alaskan wilderness. Kayak among icebergs, hike pristine remote forests and go eye-to-eye with whales.

Each of our Alaskan small ship expeditions are designed to avoid the typical tourist-clogged towns in pursuit of up-close encounters with nature in a world where it is common to see whales, bears and sea lions all in the same day.

Choose from two styles of adventure in the coastal waters of Washington and British Columbia. On one of our active adventures you’ll stay within the boundaries of Washington State exploring the wilderness surrounding the Olympic Mountains; kayaking, hiking, and skiffing among the San Juan Islands and in glacial fjords; seeking wildlife and uncovering Native cultures of the Pacific Northwest.

For more information and our full range of sailings, visit www.adventureworld.com adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 127

North America USA

USA Within the USA’s 50 states lies an astoundingly unique melting pot of cultures, history, landscapes and cuisines. For hundreds of years, travellers have brought their hopes and dreams to this amazing country.

No matter what your interest, the USA has something for everybody, from its vast and illustrious national parks to its charming small towns; from sprawling urban jungles to endless highways cutting through desolate deserts. There are countless things to choose from when planning a visit to the staggeringly diverse United States of America.

National Parks The USA has over 55 national parks offering an abundance of wildlife and spectacular scenery. Yosemite has a pristine alpine environment, Yellowstone is known for its flurry of wildlife but the Grand Canyon is still the most famous.

Iconic Drives There’s no better way to experience the soul-stirring landscapes, quaint towns, desert skies and seaside villages, than whilst driving at your own pace.

From the Pacific Coast Highway to the iconic Route 66, there is a drive for everyone.

Ranch Life Get a taste of the real ‘Wild West’, known for its horses, hats, history and hospitality. Ranch life offers the opportunity to experience lifestyles and landscapes which appear to have been untouched by the modern world.

Rail Travel by rail continues to excite travellers with mountain peaks, desert landscapes, spiral tunnels, unnervingly steep hillsides and narrow-gauge tracks, from the north all the way through to the south of the USA.

New England New England is the birthplace of America. Take in the green mountain ridges backed by white village spires, quintessential harbours, and historical icons. The region is rich in colonial history, quaint architecture, and delicious seafood chowder.

128 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 9 Days / 8 Nights from $2,599* SELF-DRIVE

One of the most iconic drives in the USA, the Californian Coast has plenty to see and do. Start in the “City of Angels” where you can visit Venice Beach or celebrity-spot in Hollywood. Take the stunning drive to Santa Barbara, then head to the picturesque Morro Bay, Monterey and Carmel before arriving in San Francisco. The final two days will be spent experiencing Muir Woods and the wine country - Sonoma and the Napa Valley.

North America USA

Western Vineyard Escape

Includes eight nights accommodation, seven days car rental, meals as per itinerary, Santa Barbara winery picnic and guided small group adventure to Muir Woods, Sonoma and Napa Valley Day 1 Los Angeles Upon arrival in Los Angeles, collect your rental car and drive to your hotel. Spend the day exploring Los Angeles at your leisure. Perhaps drive to Santa Monica for some shopping, Venice Beach for the interesting locals or hang out in Hollywood or Beverly Hills looking for celebrities!

Day 2 Los Angeles – Santa Barbara Today begin your journey along the iconic Highway One. Drive north along the stunning beaches of Southern California until you reach one of California’s favourite holiday spots, Santa Barbara, where palm tree walkways border white sandy beaches.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Santa Barbara Get ready for a fun-filled day visiting a variety of wineries, each with a character as rich and individual as the wines they produce. Santa Barbara County has a history of winemaking and wine grape growing stretching back more than 200 years to before California was a state. There are now almost 100 wineries in Santa Barbara County alone, located primarily in the Santa Ynez Valley, Santa Maria Valley and Santa Rita Hills appellations. Most of the wineries are small businesses, run by Grapeline Santa Barbara Wine, individuals or families. From State Street and the Santa Ynez Mountains to the rugged Channel Islands and the burgeoning wine country, Santa Barbara basks in sunshine, natural bounty, creativity, cultural sophistication and an appreciation for taking life at your own pace. Enjoy an informative winemaking excursion, tasting at four unique wineries, and a gourmet picnic lunch in a scenic wine country setting.

DISCOVER • Breathtaking and iconic Highway One • Scenic Carmel and the historic Carmel Mission • Beautiful Napa Valley

Day 4 Santa Barbara - Morro Bay Drive to Morro Bay today, a picturesque seaside village near San Luis Obispo. There are plenty of outdoor activities to take part in or just enjoy the miles of unspoiled beaches.

EXPLORE

Day 5 Morro Bay - Monterey/Carmel Make your way to Monterey, where you can stroll along Cannery Row. Perhaps drive to Carmel, the road along the coast boasts magnificent seaside scenery. Visit the famous Carmel Mission, founded in 1770.

• Santa Ynez Valley and its many wineries • The vibrant city of San Francisco • Stunning beaches along the Californian coast

Day 6 Monterey/Carmel - San Francisco Drive north to San Francisco. On your arrival in San Francisco, you’ll have time to explore this amazing city at your leisure.

Day 7 San Francisco Enjoy a full day to explore San Francisco’s attractions, such as Alcatraz, the Golden Gate Bridge and Fisherman’s Wharf. Return your rental car.

Day 8 San Francisco - Muir Woods - Sonoma Join a small group for an overnight getaway to Muir Woods and the wine region of California. Begin your morning with a short drive across the Golden Gate Bridge and through the Marin headlands to Muir Woods National Monument. Arrive at the park before the crowds, providing quality time to hike. You’ll have an hour to explore the Coastal Redwood Sequoia groves, home to the world’s tallest trees.

Next, a short drive north will have you relaxing in Wine Country. Learn about the process of winemaking while sipping on crisp and fine wines. Most wineries offer amazing views overlooking the vineyards. After your first wine tasting, you’ll be dropped off for lunch at the historic Sonoma Plaza. Spend the rest of the day on your own browsing boutique shops, visiting the many tasting rooms around the plaza, or rent bikes and do a bit of self-propelled travelling among the vines.

LEARN/DO • Enjoy a gourmet picnic lunch in the wineries around Santa Barbara • The process of winemaking • Stroll along Cannery Row in Monterey

Day 9 Sonoma - Napa Valley - San Francisco On your final day, you have the morning to yourself to enjoy some of the amenities at your hotel or just sleep in! Around lunch time, the hotel shuttle will drop you back at the plaza where you will meet up with the rest of your group and spend the remainder of the afternoon wine tasting. The next winery you’ll visit is Madonna Estate, where they’ve been producing organic wine in Napa Valley for over 80 years. The final wine tasting stop before heading back to the city is Cline Cellars, a family-owned and operated winery dedicated to Rhone varietals. Stroll around the beautiful winery grounds and visit the miniature donkeys. On the way back to San Francisco, drive through the little town of Sausalito, home to many sailboats, and hundreds of houseboats, and beautiful views of the Bay and San Francisco. Your final highlight is a stop for a Golden Gate Bridge photo opportunity, looking out above the bridge and across the bay to San Francisco’s city skyline. Your journey ends on arrival back in San Francisco.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Relax and enjoy sleepy Sonoma • Visit San Francisco’s famous attractions • Explore Los Angeles

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 129

Adventure World’s Favourite National Parks

PARK ADVENTURES IN THE USA q

Great

Smoky Mountains National Park

The Great Smoky Mountains (known as the Great Smokies, or the Smokies, due to the natural fog that hangs over them and appears from a distance as smoke), has twice as many visitors as any other National Park in the US. The Smokies is famous for its dense black bear population, but elks, foxes, bobcats, coyotes, boars, otters, squirrels and bats are also about, so keep a good eye out.

p

Yosemite National Park

Covering 3,026 square kilometres, this popular park attracts around 3.7 million visitors a year. The park is famous worldwide for its awe-inspiring granite cliffs Almost 95 percent of the park is designated wilderness, and 18 square kilometres of Yosemite Valley is a World Heritage site. Yosemite is a great place to spot squirrels, foxes, black bears, mule deer, bobcats and skinks.

Yellowstone National Park

u

Yellowstone National Park is a playground for lovers of the great outdoors, bursting at its borders with volcanoes, canyons, lakes, rivers, grasslands, forests and mountain ranges. It was designated as a national park in 1872 and is widely thought of as the first national park in the world. The park is home to many fascinating geothermal features, one of the most popular attractions being Old Faithful Geyser. When it comes to wildlife spotting, you’re most likely to see an impressive array of birdlife, and bison, the Yellowstone Park bison herd being the oldest and largest in US. Grizzly bears, wolves and elk also live in the park but make a habit of keeping out of the way when humans are around.

130 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

p

Denali National Park

Denali National Park, around 380 kilometres north of Anchorage, is home to Alaska’s “Big Five”; bears, wolves, dall sheep, caribou and moose. This thriving landscape offers a plethora of sights including towering granite spires and snowy summits, backed by the dominating Mt McKinley, standing 20,237 feet in height and one of the most amazing sights in Alaska.

| 16 Days / 15 Nights from $5,299* SMALL GROUP

This unique trip explores the crown jewels of America’s National Parks, whilst enjoying the comfort of their historic lodges. Yosemite, Yellowstone and the Grand Canyon showcase some of the most aweinspiring landscapes in the US. Lodges that were built at the turn of the century to cater for the early waves of tourists are still operational and today they’re more than just places to stay, they’re pieces of history!

Includes eight nights historic National Park lodge accommodation, seven nights hotel accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transport by private vehicle, services of a professional guide, sightseeing and National Park fees

North America USA

National Park Lodges

Day 1 San Francisco - Yosemite National Park After departing San Francisco head east into the Sierra Nevada Mountains to the magnificent Yosemite National Park. Begin with an easy trail walk to the Giant Sequoias before your two night stay at the historic Wawona Lodge.

Day 2 Yosemite National Park Yosemite National Park sits nestled in the Sierra Nevada Mountain range. Here green forest meets granite walls measuring several thousand feet in height. Rock climbers come from all over the world to scale the rocks. Here you may cycle, take a dip in the Merced River, wander the meadows or hike one of the many trails. The views are breathtaking from every vantage point.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Yosemite National Park - Lake Tahoe From Yosemite continue your journey to the deep blue of beautiful Lake Tahoe.

DISCOVER

Day 4 Lake Tahoe - Idaho From Lake Tahoe delve deeper into the vast desert for some grand scenery.

• See the spectacular sunset at Monument Valley

Day 5 - 6 Idaho - Yellowstone National Park Your next destination, Yellowstone National Park, was the world’s first national park and home to a large variety of wildlife. Herds of bison roam amongst the erupting geysers and steam rises from the various rivers running through the park. Situated on a site long known as a meeting place for Native Americans, trappers and mountain men, Lake Yellowstone Lodge, is your accommodation for the next two nights.

• Breathtaking panoramas from the top of Angels Landing • Panoramic views at Lake Tahoe

Day 7 Yellowstone National Park - Jackson Continue your journey in Wyoming, and travel past Grand Teton National Park before reaching Jackson.

EXPLORE

Day 8 Jackson - Salt Lake City Your next destination is Salt Lake City. Upon arrival you’ll have the afternoon free to explore the city.

• The Navajo Tribal Lands of Monument Valley

Day 9 - 10 Salt Lake City - Arches & Canyonlands National Parks More spectacular scenery today amid the magnificent splendour of Arches National Park, your base for the next two days. The stunning red sandstone arches have been created by millions of years of wind whipping down the west slope of the Rocky Mountains. In contrast, Canyonlands National Park is a little known place where the mighty Colorado and Green Rivers meet, carving an amazing landscape popular with mountain bikers and white water rafters.

• Magnificent Yosemite National Park • Lively western town of Jackson

Day 11 Arches & Canyonlands National Parks - Monument Valley In the heart of the Navajo Nation in Arizona, Monument Valley is sacred land to those who call it home. The red sandstone monoliths and spectacular sunsets and sunrises have been the backdrop to countless ‘westerns’ featuring cowboys riding off into the desert. Explore the incredible array of rock formations on an included backroads trip and learn the magic and myth of the rich Native American culture.

LEARN/DO • Stay in unique and historic National Park lodges

Day 12 - 13 Monument Valley - Grand Canyon National Park Arrive at Grand Canyon National Park for your two night stay. Spend time exploring the natural beauty of the Canyon at your own pace before retiring to your lodge to relax and take in the expansive views of the Canyon below. The Grand Canyon Lodge, a historic property, is the only lodging available on the North Rim of the National Park.

• Enjoy scenic walks and hikes throughout the National Parks • Visit the Valley of Fire State Park

Day 14 Grand Canyon National Park - Zion National Park Make your way back to Utah and onto Zion, one of the most spectacular destinations in the US. Zion Canyon was named by the early Mormon settlers of Utah who thought of it as their ‘promised land’. Some of the best hiking in this desert terrain of southwest USA can be found here.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Your choice of optional extra activities at Arches and Canyonlands National Park

Day 15 Zion National Park You have a full day to further explore the delights of Zion National Park. There are various hikes to choose from. If you’re feeling ambitious, enjoy the park’s more challenging option and ascend 760 metres to experience unbeatable views from the top of Angels Landing. After a beautiful but strenuous hike along the knife-edge ridgeline you will be rewarded with one of the most breathtaking and powerful panoramas you will ever experience.

• Optional hikes ranging from leisurely to challenging in Zion National Park

Day 16 Zion National Park - Las Vegas Visit the Valley of Fire State Park, Nevada’s largest state park before leaving nature behind and head into Las Vegas, where your journey ends.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 131

NORTH AMERICA

Saddle up!

TEXAS:

THE WESTERN EXPERIENCE If you’re looking for an authentic cowboy experience, you’ll find it at endless working ranches and classic rodeo events around the lone star state.

THE WILD WEST

howdy pardner Cowboys are still alive in Texas. So are the dreams of climbing into the saddle and riding off into the sunset like your childhood heroes. For an authentic cowboy experience, head out to one of the many guest and working dude ranches we offer. Or take in a rodeo and watch the real deal do their best to stay in their saddles.

HORSEBACK Riding You don’t have to be driving cattle to go horseback riding in Texas. In addition to the ranches, several state parks offer guided trail rides for all levels of experience. There’s even horseback riding along some beaches. Whether or not you want to call out “Yippee-ki-yay” is up to you.

h Fort oWckortshow st

Whenever you feel like taking a step back in time, you can pretty much turn left or right and find a museum, attraction or landmark illustrating Texas’s rich Old West heritage. You might even learn a couple of things too, partner. What do you know about chuck wagon cooking, cowboy poetry events and western music? Very little, you say?

Well then, Texas is the place for you.

STOCK SHOWS

life on the ranch,1881 circa

Texas live stock shows and fairs are a great way to experience the sights, sounds – and spirit – of the long tradition of horse and cattle showmanship. It’s also where you’ll find many of the most popular rodeos.

horses, free run 132 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 7 Days / 6 Nights from $1,525* SELF-DRIVE

Experience Australia’s newest gateway in Dallas-Fort Worth. Whether you are passing through, or Texas is your destination, be swept up in the welcoming western hospitality of the USA’s largest state. This journey is perfect for visitors that are short on time to spend in the Lone Star State.

Includes four nights hotel accommodation, two nights ranch accommodation, seven days car rental, meals as per itinerary and use of ranch facilities

North America USA

Handpicked Texas

Day 1 Dallas Upon your arrival into Dallas, collect your car and drive to your hotel. The remainder of the day will be at your leisure. Dallas is a richly diverse American city: over the years it has become a melting pot of cultures, religions and lifestyles. This important convergence of uniqueness and differences is reflected throughout the sights and sounds of the city. Dallas’ authentic arts, music, food, places of worship, historic landmarks and urban lifestyle all contribute to the city’s makeup.

Day 2 Dallas Enjoy a full day in Dallas, and explore a touch of urban cowboy and sophisticated elegance. Some notable attractions you may wish to visit include Southfork Ranch, the Sixth Floor Museum, the Nasher Sculpture Centre and the home of the Dallas Cowboys. Dallas has has some of the country’s greatest shopping including the world-renowned NorthPark Center and with over 8,000 restaurants, the Dallas area has something delicious to please any palate.

Experience all the city has to offer.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Dallas - Wildcatter Ranch Say goodbye to Dallas and head to Wildcatter Ranch.

Wildcatter Ranch is a true Texan style ranch, originally purchased by the family of the current owners back in 1870 and now operated as a ranch/retreat for those looking to experience a little of the Western Spirit. It sits on 1,500 acres of North Texas Hill Country. This region of Texas has been steeped in the western romance: frontier forts, Indian massacres, outlaws, cattle drives, buffalo hunts and oil boom and has been the setting for many famed western books, TV shows and Western movies.

DISCOVER • Welcoming Western hospitality • An area steeped in the romance of the wild west • Dallas, an intriguing mix of urban cowboys and elegance

Day 4 Wildcatter Ranch At Wildcatter Ranch, you’ll experience all a working Texas ranch has to offer, plus a few extras that might surprise you. Spend the day making use of the ranch facilities like the infinity pool and hot tub, and enjoying the activities on offer, including horse riding, hiking, skeet shooting, fishing, canoeing, hay rides and archery.

EXPLORE

Day 5 Wildcatter Ranch - Fort Worth Drive to Fort Worth, the “City of Cowboys and Culture”. Here, America’s Western heritage is showcased everywhere you go – downtown’s Sundance Square, the famed Cultural District and especially the 15-block Stockyards National Historic District. You’ll also see real cowboys in the world’s only daily cattle drive.

• Historic Fort Worth – the real Wild West • Wildcatter Ranch and its facilities • America’s western heritage

LEARN/DO • See real cowboys on the world’s only daily cattle drive

Day 6 Fort Worth The day is yours to spend discovering Fort Worth. The 16th largest city in the USA and still growing rapidly, Fort Worth is a destination redefined. New and renovated hotel offerings, restaurants and exciting tourism attractions are enhancing the city’s reputation as one of the premier travel destinations in the nation. In only a few days, you can enjoy an enormous range of experiences - from longhorns to longnecks, from salons to saloons. Discover the artistic masterpieces of the Fort Worth Cultural District; explore the true American West in the Stockyards National Historic District and shop and dine in the 35-block Sundance Square, one of the most exciting downtown areas in the nation. Other highlights of Fort Worth that you may wish to visit include the Texas Cowboy Hall of Fame, National Cowgirl Museum & Hall of Fame, and Billy Bob’s Texas, the “world’s largest honkytonk.”.

Day 7 Fort Worth Today drive to Dallas-Fort Worth airport and return your rental car.

• Billy Bob’s Texas, the world’s largest honky tonk • Visit the home of the Dallas Cowboys

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Discover the sights of Dallas or spend some time shopping • See the highlights of Fort Worth

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 133

North America USA

Handpicked Southern USA | 11 Days / 10 Nights from $2,644* SELF-DRIVE

Explore the highlights of the south on this independent journey driving through Georgia, the Carolinas, Tennessee, Mississippi and Louisiana.

Packed with history, glorious architecture, famous landmarks and friendly people to meet, it’s no wonder the southern region of the United States holds so much appeal. Discover this charming corner of the US at your own pace.

Includes 10 nights accommodation, 11 days car rental, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing as per itinerary, driving directions and information pack Day 1 Atlanta Upon arrival, collect your car and drive to your hotel in downtown Atlanta.

Day 2 Atlanta Spend the day exploring Atlanta from its place in the Civil Rights movement to the iconic attractions of today. Drive to the birthplace of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., see the Ebenezer Baptist Church where three generations of the King family preached and Dr. King’s burial site. This afternoon visit the headquarters of CNN and go Inside the CNN Studio to watch behind-the-scenes action of the newsroom.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Historic and beautiful Savannah • Nashville, the home of country music • Lafayette Cemetery, the setting for many famous movies

EXPLORE • Charleston, oozing with southern charm • Biltmore Estate’s house and garden • The Blue Ridge Parkway, featuring Grandfather Mountain

LEARN/DO • Atlanta and its civil rights history • Head to Graceland, home of the King of Rock’n’Roll • Walking trip of the famous French Quarter of New Orleans

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Enjoy Nashville’s nightlife and “honky tonks” • Spend some time on Beale Street, the melting pot of music

Day 3 Atlanta - Savannah This morning, depart for historic Savannah. The Historic District of Savannah is the largest registered urban National Historic Landmark district in the United States and its charm can be found in its 21 squares, filled with statues, fountains, and lush vegetation. Upon arrival, explore Savannah and learn about its Civil War history and important buildings spanning three centuries worth of architectural styles.

Day 4 Savannah - Charleston The Low Country of Georgia and South Carolina offer as much history, culture, and natural beauty as almost anywhere in the United States. En route to Charleston, travel through moss-draped, tree-lined roads to Boone Hall Plantation, one of America’s oldest living and working plantations. 340 year old Charleston oozes Southern charm. From its cobble stone streets and rainbow coloured colonial homes to landmarks that pay homage to historic battles, the city has an abundance of fascinating sites.

Day 5 Charleston - Asheville This morning drive to Asheville, North Carolina in the heart of the Blue Ridge Mountains. Asheville boasts diverse outdoor adventures, a vibrant downtown, and numerous historic and architectural attractions such as Biltmore, the largest home in the United States. This afternoon, visit the Biltmore Estate’s home and gardens. This 250-room French château was completed in 1895 by George Vanderbilt.

Acres of beautiful gardens and grounds can be explored.

Day 6 Asheville Scenic drives along the Blue Ridge Parkway are a must while in Asheville and there are a number of places to visit. See such sites as Grandfather Mountain. Towering above Northwest North Carolina, Grandfather Mountain is the region’s premier and most ecologically diverse nature preserve.

Day 7 Asheville - Nashville Upon arrival in Nashville, explore the city to see such sites as the Ryman Auditorium, Grand Ole Opry and visit the Country Music Hall of Fame and Museum. Rhinestone costumes, seasoned instruments and tear-stained lyric sheets are only the beginning. You will also visit Historic RCA Studio B – where Elvis and others recorded over 35,000 songs. This evening, at your leisure, enjoy the area between Broadway and 2nd Avenue, filled with entertainment venues, and night clubs, known locally as “honky tonks”.

Day 8 Nashville - Memphis Memphis is where the roots of Blues, Country and Gospel music formed in the 1930’s. Visit The Memphis Rock ‘n’ Soul Museum and learn about the explosion of Sun Studio, and Memphis’ musical heyday in the 70’s, to its global musical influence. No trip to Memphis is complete without a visit to Graceland. Walk in the footsteps of the King of Rock ‘n’ Roll. Learn of Elvis’ humble beginnings through to his rise to superstardom. See how a rock ‘n’ roll legend lived and relaxed with family and friends.

After dinner, spend time on Beale Street, the melting pot of delta blues, jazz, rock-n-roll, R&B, and gospel.

Day 9 Memphis - Jackson - Vicksburg Travel to Jackson. Jackson is a treasure trove of African-American and Civil Rights history. Upon arrival, follow the Civil Rights Driving Route featuring sites such as Freedom Corner and explore the Farish Street Historical District. This evening will be spent in Vicksburg.

Day 10 Vicksburg - New Orleans Upon arrival in New Orleans, explore this amazing city.

Visit one of the city’s famous resting places. With a spooky history, and unique, ornate tombs, Lafayette Cemetery is a popular location for movies shot in New Orleans. Of course the French Quarter is the most famous New Orleans neighbourhood. Filled with nightclubs and bars, it is a great place to spend the evening.

Day 11 New Orleans Enjoy a walking excursion of the French Quarter, America’s oldest and most unique living neighbourhood. Return your rental car.

134 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

North America USA White sand beaches and picturesque seaside towns dot Maine’s southern coast where lighthouses, lobster shacks, art galleries, and beach-style boutiques create quaint seaside villages.

Discover the popular coastal towns that are famous the world over, and the birthplace of American history.

Explore Cape Cod and its beaches, shopping, golf courses, hiking and biking trails and fine dining and travel to Martha’s Vineyard to see the variety of landscapes in the area.

New England Seaside Escape | 9 days / 8 nights from $2,033* SELF-DRIVE

This leisurely journey takes you through some of the east coast of the USA’s most charming towns and villages. Enjoy a leisurely cruise in Hyannis, discover the lively artist colony of Provincetown, visit the six independent towns that make up Martha’s Vineyard and stroll around the charming villages in The Hamptons. eight nights accommodation, nine days car rental, sightseeing as per itinerary, Orient Point Ferry and Martha’s Vineyard Ferry, driving directions and information pack

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 1 Boston Arrive in Boston, collect your rental car and make your way to your hotel.

DISCOVER

Day 2 Boston - Hyannis - Yarmouth This morning, depart for Cape Cod. In Hyannis, enjoy a leisurely one hour cruise on Lewis Bay and Hyannis Harbour. Sail past vistas of historical interest, scenic islands and beaches. Travel to the neighbouring village of Yarmouth.

Centrally located on Cape Cod, it’s a short drive to all that Cape Cod has to offer.

• Some of America’s most exclusive resorts • Wineries at North Fork • Martha’s Vineyard and its independent towns

Day 3 Yarmouth - Provincetown - Yarmouth Today, visit the Cape Cod National Seashore to explore lighthouses, quaint coastal communities, and natural scenic beauty.

Stroll through the charming village of Chatham before visiting the lively artist colony of Provincetown. Here you may wish to enjoy a whale watch, shop in the towns many eclectic art galleries and shops or spend the day relaxing at your hotel’s beach.

EXPLORE

Day 4 Yarmouth - Martha’s Vineyard Board the ferry with your vehicle in Woods Hole for the short ride to Martha’s Vineyard.

• Cape Cod and its quaint coastal communities

Day 5 Martha’s Vineyard Enjoy an excursion of the Vineyard to see a variety of landscapes in the six independent towns whose separate histories form a composite tale of the island’s past. Visit “downisland”, the busy, fashionable eastern half of the Vineyard where Oak Bluffs, Edgartown, and Vineyard Haven lure the rich and famous and “upisland”, the sparsely populated and sleepy towns to the west.

• Charming old Saybrook • Lively artist colony of Provincetown

Day 6 Martha’s Vineyard - Mystic - Old Saybrook Depart the Vineyard for Connecticut.

This afternoon, visit Mystic Seaport and the museum of America and the Sea.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 7 Old Saybrook - Riverhead It’s a short ride to the Orient Point Ferry where you and your vehicle board for the 40 minute trip to the tip of Long Island. Upon arrival head into North Fork to visit wineries and explore the region. Then, travel to Riverhead and check-in to your hotel at the west end of the Hampton’s South Fork.

• Explore Cape Cod by bike or on hiking trails • Relax on the beaches at Martha’s Vineyard

Day 8 The Hamptons Today you can stroll around the charming villages filled with boutique shops and art galleries, have a picnic at an outdoor concert, visit the historic mansions, or just relax on the beach.

• Add extra nights in Boston or New York to extend your journey

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 9 Riverhead - New York This morning, travel west towards New York where you’ll drop off the car at the end of your journey.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 135

“ The real voyage of discovery consists not in seeking new landscapes, but in having new eyes.�

- Marcel Proust

136 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Waterfalls, Chile. Visit page 154 to explore Chile.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 137

MEXICO

MAPS

Mexico City

Cancun Chichén Itzá

Acapulco

Belize

Guatemala Honduras El Salvador Nicarag San

COSTA RICA

Latin America

Galapagos Islands

Moai Monumental i, of Rapa Nu d Easter Islan

A continent which will captivate travellers with its mystical natural wonders, Latin America is a magical mix of cultures and unique landscapes which beat to their own intoxicating rhythm.

Experience the wonder of some of the continents coolest cities, wandering the colourful neighbourhoods, explore wondrous jungles which teem with wildlife, discover white sand beaches and immerse yourself in the history of ancient civilisations.

Step into a land which seems to have been crafted from myth and legend as you explore verdant cloud shrouded mountains, cobbled streets lined with 16th century Spanish Haciendas and long forgotten Mayan pyramids.

WHEN TO GO Peru and Bolivia The weather in Peru and Bolivia varies greatly, depending on the region and geography. The temperatures are mostly influenced by elevation; the higher you climb the cooler it becomes. The peak tourist season is from June to August, which coincides with the cooler dry season in the Andean Highlands.

Chile The Lakes District and Torres del Paine in Chile and Patagonia are best explored on summer visits, from December through to March.

138 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Brazil

Easter Island

Drive across the unique Salt Flats, Bolivia

As most of Brazil enjoys temperate weather year-round, there’s no bad time to visit. Cooler weather makes the country pleasant to visit from April to November while treks in the Amazon are best experienced during the drier months from June to August.

ontier, r f t s The la gonia Pata

in’s Discover Darw rine reserve, biological ma Galapagos

Havana

CUBA Haiti

s

gua Jose

A

Cartagena

Panama

VENEZUELA Bogota

Guyana Suriname

COLOMBIA

French Guiana

of Biodiversity rainforest the Amazon

Quito

ECUADOR Cuenca

Manaus

Iquitos

Lima

BRAZIL PERU

Salvador

Machu Picchu Lake Titicaca Cusco

La Paz

Brasilia

BOLIVIA Sucre

Atacama

Paraguay

Salta

Sao Paulo

Rio de Janeiro

Iguazu Falls

Santiago Valparaiso

Mendoza

ure of Carnival cult ro Rio de Janei

Uruguay Buenos Aires

ARGENTINA CHILE

Expedition to the White Continent, Antarctica

Puerto Varas

Falkland Islands Punto Arenas Ushuaia Cape Horn

King George Island South Shetland Islands

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 139

Latin America with the experts Sonia Orrego Adv e n t u re W orld Tr av el D es i g n er

“Latin America has to be one of the most diverse destinations on our planet. From the pulsating tango beats of Argentina to the wild ecology of Costa Rica I have so many favourite places. The first port of call for many is the gateway city of Santiago and many people ask me what they should do to make the most of their stay in this bustling city.

There is no better place to start your South American adventure than paying a visit to the beautiful plaza of Patio Bellavista. Nestled in the heart of the Bellavista Bohemian district it is ideal for rummaging through the many shops and enjoying the relaxing environment, also be sure to take advantage of the great variety of restaurants and one of the many cultural events that take place here.

For those spending a couple of days in Santiago then I would recommend taking a trip to the bustling seaport of Valparaiso. From its rich, European-influenced cultural heritage to its bohemian style chic this picturesque port was built in the 16th-century on a total of 43 hills which are reached by narrow windy streets, staircases and a series of lifts (funiculars).”

“

S ome pa s t t r av eller comme n t s

“Our guide asked if were are enjoying the “free Costa Rican massage” as our mini-van made its way along rugged roads on the four-hour drive south to the Monteverde Cloud Forest, but the changing landscapes were so amazing we didn’t even notice the bumps.”

Justin Walker , Adel aide SA

“Thanks Ellen for recommending we stay on Sunday to experience the San Telmo markets; it was quite the experience and had the best empanadas! I picked up a great antique which will always remind me of Buenos Aires.”

Annette Vazquez

M ay Rodg ers , S ydney NSW

Adv e n t u re W orld Tr av el D es i g n er

“I love so many places in Latin America that’s it’s hard to pick a favourite.

Argentina is a land of passion, drama and contrast, all summed up by the iconic tango and a must for a first time visitor. Adventure lovers come to explore and traverse the flat plains of the pampas, the high peaks of the Andes Mountains and the extraordinary landscapes of Patagonia.

Brazil is a land of colour, flavour and sound – with the samba providing the heartbeat to the nation.

Rio de Janeiro will beautifully assault your senses, and enchanting colonial towns scattered across the country give you a real flavour of the Brazilian people.

Peru is almost a continent in itself and its passion for adventure shines through from soaring, unspoilt Andes to its desert coastal plains. Discover the world-famous and awe-inspiring Machu Picchu, the mist-shrouded Inca citadel.

Wildlife lovers aren’t left out either, with the lush tropical cloud forests plus, of course, the world-renowned Galapagos Islands. But I must admit I was never more excited than when I boarded my expedition ship in Ushuaia and made my way up the Beagle Channel onwards to the utterly amazing continent of Antarctica.”

140 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

“Cycling in Cuba is the best way to see this amazing country. The pace was just perfect and the guide knew all the best places for rest stops.”

Alison O’Loug hlin , S ydney NSW

“I did the Antarctic Ocean Polar Plunge. It was totally in the moment but the expedition leaders had carved out a bath in the sand that had filled with thermal waters which immediately warmed me up. It was an absolute surreal life moment.”

Veronic a Armstrong , Bay of Plent y NZ

”

This journey covers the highlights of South America. Commence in Lima, travel into the depths of the Peruvian Amazon and explore the wilderness. Visit the remarkable Lost City of the Incas, Machu Picchu.

Enjoy an overnight cruise on Lake Titicaca to Sun Island, continue to cosmopolitan Buenos Aires and onto Iguazu, with its awe-inspiring falls. A visit to one of the most beautiful cities in the world, Rio de Janeiro, completes this experience.

Includes 20 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with an English speaking local guide and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Lima Upon arrival in in Lima, transfer to your hotel for the next two nights.

America

| 21 Days / 20 Nights from $6,455* INDEPENDENT

Latin America South

Splendours of South America

Day 2 Lima Today you will enjoy a half day sightseeing excursion of colonial and modern Lima. Lima is a bustling, vibrant city with an interesting mix of traditional and modern day cultures. There are fascinating archaeological sites and museums just waiting to be explored.

Day 3 Lima - Iquitos - Amazon Lodge This morning board your flight to Iquitos. Once here your adventure begins as you journey down one of the tributaries of the mighty Amazon River to your jungle lodge.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 4 - 5 Amazon Jungle explorations The next three days are yours to spend exploring the vast Amazon rainforest and its unique and amazing wildlife. Enjoy dramatic scenery, indigenous cultures and flora and fauna that you won’t see anywhere else in the world.

DISCOVER • Legendary Machu Picchu, perched atop the spectacular Andes

Day 6 Amazon Lodge - Iquitos Spend the morning enjoying activities at your lodge before returning to Iquitos for the night.

• Take in the sounds of the vibrant city of Rio de Janeiro by jeep • The birthplace of the Inca Empire

Day 7 - 8 Iquitos - Cuzco Fly to Cuzco where you will be transferred to your hotel. Discover the enchanting city of Cuzco, the sacred capital of the Inca Empire. Visit the old town with its bustling plazas, markets and colonial churches before heading out to see the Inca ruins of Sacsayhuaman.

Day 9 Cuzco - Machu Picchu Enjoy an unforgettable train journey to Machu Picchu. One of the crowning glories of the Inca civilisation and one of the most stunning archaeological sites anywhere in the world, Machu Picchu sits atop a mountain ridge overlooking the sacred Urubamba Valley. Join a guided visit of the lost citadel of the Incas.

EXPLORE • Remote Amazon rainforest and its extraordinary wildlife

Day 10 Machu Picchu - Cuzco The morning is at your leisure to explore the legendary ruins of Machu Picchu on your own. Afterwards, return by train to Cuzco.

• Exotic and romantic Buenos Aires

Day 11 Cuzco - Puno Travel by coach to Puno, enjoying the remarkable Andean scenery along the way. Upon arrival in Puno, the rest of the day will be at your leisure.

• Awe-inspiring Iguazu Falls

Day 12 - 13 Puno - Lake Titicaca - La Paz This morning you will board your catamaran for the overnight crossing of Lake Titicaca. Discover the legendary birthplace of the Inca Empire, Sun Island. On day 13, disembark the catamaran and journey by bus to your hotel in La Paz.

LEARN/DO • Enjoy an overnight catamaran cruise on Lake Titicaca • Watch a tango show and enjoy authentic Argentine cuisine • Hop aboard an unforgettable train journey to Machu Picchu

Day 14 La Paz Explore La Paz, one of the most authentic Andean cities, with its cobbled streets, and visit the cathedral, palace, San Francisco church and the fascinating witchcraft markets before continuing on to the Moon Valley with its spectacular rocky formations.

Day 15 - 16 La Paz – Buenos Aires Today you will fly to Buenos Aires where you will be transferred to your hotel. Explore this cosmopolitan city filled with colonial buildings, theatres, cafes and shops; all offering a unique atmosphere. Visit the Plaza de Mayo and the colourful quarter of La Boca. In the evening taste some of the best Argentine cuisine and be absorbed by the tango rhythm at a show. Dinner will be included on day 16.

Day 17 - 18 Buenos Aires – Iguazu Falls Fly from Buenos Aires to Iguazu. Enjoy a visit to the Argentine Falls including a train journey to the famous Devil’s Throat, which is almost twice the height of Niagara Falls. Spend two nights inside the park, enjoying all that the park has to offer. You will also visit the Brazilian side of the falls which offers spectacular panoramic views.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Enjoy a canopy walk in the Amazon

Day 19 - 20 Iguazu Falls – Rio de Janeiro Fly to Rio de Janeiro for two nights. Explore Rio’s four wonders in an open jeep ride and immerse yourself in this magnificent city visiting Tijuca Forest, Corcovado, Sugarloaf and the Botanic Gardens. Marvel at the spectacular views, feel the pulse of the local people and enjoy Rio’s nightlife.

• Stroll around the ruins of Machu Picchu at your own leisure • Spend time at leisure exploring the Amazon

Day 21 Rio de Janeiro Your journey ends with a transfer to the airport for your onward

flight.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 141

latin america

Our Favourite Latin Festivals & Events

Holidays, fiestas and festivals, whether religious or secular, hold a favoured place in Latin American culture. Some, like Easter or Semana Santa, are celebrated throughout the continent. others are country specific. Enjoy them all!

Party like a local!

There’s no better way to experience Latin culture at its best than by taking part in these fun festivals, either cheering from the sidelines or enjoying with the locals. not only will you come away with memories to last a lifetime – and envy- inducing holiday snaps too – but you’ll also get a genuine insight into the region’s unique traditions.

Day of the Dead

day of the dead: mexico The intriguingly named festival commemorates friends and family who have died, the equivalent of All Saints’ Day and All Souls’ Day elsewhere. Visitors can marvel at intricate altars made of flowers, see sugar skulls and skeletal figures in the markets, and sample specially-shaped breads known as pan de muerto.

Assured that the dead would be insulted by mourning or sadness, Dia de los Muertos celebrates the lives of the deceased with food, drink, parties, and activities the dead enjoyed in life. Dia de los Muertos recognises death as a natural part of the human experience. On Dia de los Muertos, the dead are also a part of the community, awakened from their eternal sleep to share celebrations with their loved ones.

semana santa: antigua, guatemala Semana Santa, or Holy Week, is rooted in the influences of Spanish missionaries. It starts on Palm Sunday with religious processions through the town; on Good Friday, the streets are covered with a vibrant patchwork of carpets, ‘alfombras’ of coloured sand, flowers and pine needles, for the re‑enactment of Christ’s journey to the cross.

Revellers return to the streets on Easter Sunday, when fireworks and jubilant parades turn the city into a giant celebration. No visit to Guatemala would be complete without seeing its spectacular Mayan ruins, but nature lovers will also enjoy Pacaya volcano or Lake Atitlan.

Tapati: Easter Island Tapati Rapa Nui is a relatively new festival that recalls the island’s Polynesian heritage. The heart of the celebration is the crowning of the new Easter Island Queen at the closing parade, but there are dozens of other contests and parties involving the whole island.

Teams compete in everything from singing, dancing and fishing to carving Moai statues, making seashell necklaces and racing downhill on banana tree sleds.

The island has direct flights to Santiago and Lima, making it easy to add to a Chile or Peru trip.

Rio Carnaval: Brazil Rio Carnival is called ‘the greatest show on earth’ with good reason. The Sambadrome is ablaze with colour as revellers compete for the most elaborate costumes, music and dance moves, then the party spills on to the streets as spectators join the fun at parties and carnival balls. After four days of pulsating Carnival we suggest a beach extension – Búzios and Ilha Grande are both within easy reach – or a visit to Iguaçu Falls.

142 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Inti Raymi inti raymi: cuzco, peru Inti Raymi, the Festival of the Sun, began as an Incan ceremony in honour of sun god Inti. Celebrations start a week beforehand with street fairs, dancing and music ahead of the ceremony itself. The ritual begins at Qorikancha Square, built over the ancient Temple of the Sun, before a procession to the ancient fortress of Sacsayhuamán in the hills above Cuzco. Locals re-enact ancient rituals including a ceremonial dance around the fire at sunset, before returning to Cuzco. For those with extra time we recommend adding a trip to Lake Titicaca or a few days in the Spanish colonial city of Arequipa.

Discover some of the world’s most amazing sites on this journey of a lifetime. Immerse yourself in South American cultures, delight in the stunning landscapes and delve into the continent’s ancient history.

Experience the energetic city of Rio de Janeiro and the majestic waterfalls of Iguazu. Be spellbound by the Lake District and marvel at the magnificence of Machu Picchu. Experience South America at its best.

Includes 20 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with an English speaking local guide and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Rio de Janeiro Upon arrival in Rio de Janeiro, transfer to your hotel that which will be your home for the next three nights.

America

| 21 Days / 20 Nights from $6,277* INDEPENDENT

Latin America South

Wonders of South America

Day 2 Rio de Janeiro This morning enjoy a visit to Rio’s famous Corcovado. Corcovado towers over vibrant Rio de Janeiro and sits within the Tijuca Forest National Park. The mountain is famous not only for its natural beauty and prime position, but also as the foothold of the instantly recognisable statue of Christ the Redeemer. This afternoon, discover the city on an afternoon of sightseeing and take the cable car to Sugarloaf Mountain where you’ll enjoy 360 degree views of Rio’s famous beaches, including Copacabana and Ipanema, along with the Corcovado, Guanabara Bay and downtown Rio.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Rio de Janeiro The day is yours to spend at leisure discovering this vibrant city. This evening enjoy a barbeque dinner and a popular samba show, where you will see and learn the rhythm of the cariocas.

DISCOVER • Crystalline lakes and snow-capped mountains of the breathtaking Lake District

Day 4 - 5 Rio de Janeiro - Iguazu Falls Today you will fly to Iguazu. Enjoy a visit to the Argentine Falls including a train journey to the famous Devil’s Throat. Spend two nights inside the park. On your second day in the park, visit the Brazilian side of the falls which offers spectacular panoramic views.

• Taquile Island on stunning Lake Titicaca

Day 6 Iguazu Falls - Buenos Aires Fly to Buenos Aires and transfer to your hotel.

• Famous Devil’s Throat at Iguazu Falls EXPLORE

Day 7 Buenos Aires Discover this unique city with its mix of colonial architecture and European influences. On this half day city trip, visit the Plaza de Mayo and the colourful quarter of La Boca. Enjoy a tango lesson followed by a tango show and dinner.

Day 8 Buenos Aires Today is yours to spend at leisure to explore the city.

• Majestic Corcovado and Sugarloaf Mountain

Day 9 - 10 Buenos Aires - Bariloche Today you will fly to Bariloche where you will spend two nights and start your southern Andean adventure. Enjoy a half day scenic visit of spectacular Bariloche including the chairlift to Campanario Hill and its stunning views.

• Former Inca capital of Cuzco

Day 11 Bariloche - Peulla Sail the spectacular Andes lakes and the majestic Lakes Crossing before journeying by road through the mountains to Peulla, a small village nestled in the Andes where you will overnight.

• Spectacular lost city of Machu Picchu

Day 12 Peulla - Puerto Varas Continue the Lakes Crossing to Petrohue. Journey by road to Puerto Varas, which offers fantastic views of the Osorno and Calbuci volcanoes where you will spend the night at a hotel with magnificent views of Lake Llanquihue.

LEARN/DO

Day 13 Puerto Montt - Lima Today you will fly to Lima and spend the night at an airport

hotel.

• Visit ancient Inca ruins of Sacsayhuaman

Day 14 - 15 Lima - Cuzco Fly to the enchanting city of Cuzco where you will spend two nights. While in Cuzco, enjoy some city sightseeing including a visit to the surrounding Inca ruins of Sacsayhuaman and Qenko.

• Explore unique reed floating islands on Lake Titicaca

Day 16 Cuzco - Sacred Valley Travel by road into the Sacred Valley to visit the colourful market of Pisac and the Incan fortress of Ollantaytambo. Stay at Yucay village.

• Learn how to tango in the heart of Buenos Aires

Day 17 Sacred Valley - Machu Picchu Enjoy a spectacular train journey to Machu Picchu. One of the crowning glories of the Inca civilisation and one of the most stunning archaeological sites anywhere in the world, Machu Picchu sits atop a mountain ridge overlooking the sacred Urubamba Valley. Join a guided visit of the lost citadel of the Incas.

You will spend the night in the enchanting town of Aguas Calientes.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Immerse yourself in the vibrant city of Rio de Janeiro

Day 18 Machu Picchu - Cuzco The morning is at your leisure to explore the legendary ruins of Machu Picchu on your own. Return to Cuzco for your overnight stay.

• Discover the famous market of Pisac

Day 19 Cuzco – Puno Today depart Cuzco and travel by road across the Altiplano to Puno, where you will stay for the next two nights.

• Take the chairlift to Campanario Hill

Day 20 Puno- Lake Titicaca – Puno Enjoy a full day excursion on Lake Titicaca where you will visit the floating reed islands and Taquile Island.

Day 21 Puno Your South American journey ends with your transfer to the airport.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 143

Latin America Peru

Peru Peru is the land of the Inca’s, nestled amidst the soaring Andes Mountains and the Pacific Ocean with lush expanses of Amazon rainforest in between. An empire of hidden treasures, cultures and rich colonial tradition, its local cuisine draws inspiration from ingredients both native and contemporary to create a mix of unique flavours. Discover a wealth of different worlds all within one country and travel back in time to ancient civilisations to share the great cultural heritage of the Peruvian people.

Cuzco Cuzco was once the foremost city of the Inca Empire, and is now the undisputed archaeological capital of the Americas. The landscapes of the Sacred Valley are sprinkled with small villages and ancient ruins, all nestled within towering peaks.

M achu Picchu A crowning glory of the Inca civilisation and one of the most stunning archaeological sites anywhere in the world, Machu Picchu overlooks the sacred Urubamba Valley. The city lay lost for many centuries, before being “rediscovered” in 1911.

L ake Titicaca Aside from having the title as being the highest commercially navigable lake in the world, Lake Titicaca is famous for its floating reed islands. The islands are home to the Uros tribe, a tribe that pre-dates the Incan civilisation.

THE NAZCA LINES Located on the Nazca Desert plains, the Nazca Lines are a series of ancient geoglyphs with designs ranging from wildlife to geometric. There are several theories regarding their creation but they are one of Peru’s most interesting and peculiar attractions.

Colca Canyon The Colca Canyon is twice as deep as the Grand Canyon in the United States. The region is well known as the home of the rare Andean condor, an enormous bird with the largest wing span of any land bird.

Am a zonas The Peruvian Amazon creates a unique and diverse ecosystem when combined with the mighty Andean Mountain range and Pacific Ocean. The Amazon is famous for its cloud forests and exceptional microclimate.

144 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 13 Days / 12 Nights from $3,899* INDEPENDENT

This is a comprehensive journey through the highlights of Peru, the cultural heart of South America. Visit the White City of colonial Arequipa, the vast Colca Canyon to witness the unforgettable sight of the flight of the condor, colonial Lima, the markets and ruins of Cuzco, Puno and the Lost City of the Incas, mystical Machu Picchu.

Includes 12 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with an English speaking local guide and flights as per itinerary

Latin America Peru

Handpicked Peru

Day 1 - 2 Lima Explore the charming colonial centre of Lima and see Plaza Mayor, City Hall and the cathedral. Discover one of the oldest and most traditional bars in Lima, Cordano.

Immerse yourself in the history of this country with a visit to the Larco Herrera Museum.

Lima has become the gastronomic capital of South America, where you can taste some of the most exquisite Peruvian cuisine. Finish your day enjoying some of the best Peruvian gastronomy at the museum’s enchanting restaurant. Day 2Day 3 Lima - Nazca - Arequipa Journey to Pisco for a remarkable experience; a flight over the mysterious Nazca Lines. Observe several figures of stylised plants and animals drawn in an enormous labyrinth of straight lines, trapezoids, triangles, and spirals. Enjoy lunch at a local restaurant before you are transferred to Ica for your overnight coach journey to Arequipa.

Day 4 Arequipa This morning you will arrive in Arequipa. Your afternoon sightseeing excursion will take you through the many cobble stone streets of Arequipa and its fine Spanish buildings, including the Santa Catalina Monastery. The monastery is one of the most beautiful buildings in Arequipa and features cloisters, charming streets and small plazas that haven’t changed in over 500 years. During your visit, learn what life is like for the select group of nuns that live there.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Enigmatic Nazca Lines • Colca Canyon and witness the flight of the condor

Day 5 Arequipa - Colca Canyon Depart early through the Aguada Blanca National Reserve. Arrive in Chivay where you will taste some of the local cuisine.

• One of the oldest and most traditional bars in Lima

Day 6 Colca Canyon - Arequipa Journey by road passing magnificent volcanoes, Indian villages and ancient Inca terraces until reaching the Cruz del Condor viewpoint. Without doubt this site offers the most impressive views of the Colca Canyon and the majestic condor in full flight.

Day 7 Arequipa - Cuzco Today fly to Cuzco. Your afternoon begins with a unique and exclusive visit to San Pedro local market, where you will find diverse local products. Embark on a journey through history visiting the Koricancha or Temple of the Sun. Continue to the Inca fortress of Sacsayhuaman, the underground cave and temple of Qenko and Tambomachay, known as the Baths of the Inca. Your final stop will be a traditional café known and visited by the locals, where you will taste some local pastries.

EXPLORE • Cuzco’s temples, Inca fortresses and markets • Hike to the highest point at Huayna Picchu for extraordinary views

Day 8 Sacred Valley Today embark on a scenic journey to the Urubamba Valley, the “Sacred Valley of the Incas”. Visit the colourful Pisac market, where the local Indians meet to sell their wares as they have done for centuries. Continue to the town of Ollantaytambo and climb up the imposing Inca fortress for some spectacular views of the valley. This evening at your hotel, take part in a cooking demonstration to learn how to make local dishes.

• Colonial city of Arequipa and the Catalina Monastery TASTE • Enjoy an evening of Peruvian gastronomy at Larco Herrera Museum • Enjoy a cooking demonstration and learn to make local dishes

Day 10 Machu Picchu - Cuzco This morning is at leisure to explore this extraordinary place on your own or if you are truly intrepid, dare to climb to the top of Mount Huayna Picchu, a symbol of Machu Picchu and the tallest mountain behind the archaeological site. The pathway leading to its summit offers the fabulous reward of a spectacular view of the stone city. This afternoon board the train for your journey back to Cuzco.

• Visit the local markets of San Pedro and taste the local produce

Day 11 Cuzco - Puno Travel by road across the Altiplano to Puno. On the way you will visit Andahuaylillas before continuing to Racchi ruins, known as “The Temple of God Wiracocha”.

Your last stop will be La Raya, the highest point on the road between Cuzco and Puno, from where there will be excellent photo opportunities.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Upgrade your Peruvian journey to our Luxury Machu Picchu trip. Experience elegant rail service and stay at iconic properties including Sanctuary Lodge, the only hotel adjacent to Machu Picchu, and the beautiful Hotel Monasterio

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 9 Machu Picchu Embark on a train journey through spectacular mountain scenery to the magnificent Lost City of the Incas, Machu Picchu, and enjoy a guided visit of the citadel exploring every corner of this New Wonder of the World. Mystical energies pulsate under your feet as you climb to the top and admire the Intihuatana or visit the Temple of the Sun, the Palace of the Inca, and its agricultural and urban sectors.

Day 12 Puno Enjoy a catamaran cruise on Lake Titicaca visiting the man-made floating reed islands of the Uros Indians. Meet these resilient islanders, descendants of the first Altiplano inhabitants who still live on totora reed platforms. Explore Taquile Island where the islanders still live according to the traditions and beliefs of their ancestors and are world renowned for their lovely outfits and extraordinary textiles.

Day 13 Puno Your journey ends with a transfer to the airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 145

Latin America Peru

Luxury Inca Trail | 5 Days / 4 Nights from $4,877* PRIVATE

Trekking the legendary Inca trail has always been considered a feat of endurance and an achievement. Now you can experience that same level of achievement and witness spectacular beauty with the added comfort of luxury facilities previously unavailable for this trek.

After a day of inspiring mountain scenery you can relax in comfort and enjoy exotic cuisine and wines plus Peruvian pampering by a professional masseuse. Your troop of expert guides and porters take care of moving the equipment which allows you to trek in comfort.

This is your chance to engage in a once-in-a-lifetime journey along the famous Inca Trail to Machu Picchu, including special details that will add pleasure and comfort to the adventure.

As you walk this ancient highway towards the sanctuary of Machu Picchu, know that you will be following in the footsteps of the Incas and that you will witness firsthand their incredible feat of engineering that united their vast empire. This five day trip will immerse you in the Andean world and grant you the opportunity to hike to different archaeological zones and to ascend through a wide range of ecosystems.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Amazing mountain scenery and a lush cloud forest • Ancient Incan ruins and tunnels • Amazing sense of achievement once you reach Machu Picchu

EXPLORE • Historic sanctuary of Machu Picchu • Llaqtapata archaeological complex • Follow the Urubamba River

LEARN/DO • Trek the legendary Inca trail • Discover exotic Peruvian cuisine • Visit extraordinary archaeological complexes

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Add two full days in Cuzco prior to your trek to assist with acclimatisation • During your stay at your boutique hotel in Machu Picchu during day five, you may choose from a number of unique optional activities including bird watching, hiking and more 146 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Includes three nights luxury tent accommodation, one night hotel accommodation, meals as per itinerary, alcoholic beverages, all transportation and camping equipment including tents, sleeping bags, sleeping stretchers and portable bathroom facilities, hot showers, porters, guides, chef and masseuses Day 1 Cuzco - Wayllabamba An early morning bus transfer to Piscacucho delivers you to the trail’s starting point. You will be following the Urubamba River at a pace allowing you to acclimatise, with the first stop being the Llaqtapata archaeological complex. A delicious lunch is served at the complex. Continue up the valley to the village of Wayllabamba to camp and enjoy your first relaxing and soothing massage.

Total distance: 12km Day 2 Wayllabamba - Pacaymayo After a healthy breakfast, it’s back on the road, ascending to the first pass along the Inca Trail, Warmiwañusca (4,200m). It will take the better part of the morning to climb. For the rest of the day you will be descending into a valley to your next campsite, Pacaymayo. The day’s end promises a therapeutic massage to help recharge your batteries for the continuation of your adventure.

Total distance: 11 km Day 3 Pacaymayo - Winaywayna Today, you will enjoy a trek through completely different countryside, beginning with a morning ascent to the Inca Trail’s second pass at Runcuracay (3,900m). Descend for another two hours to the extraordinary Sayacmarca archaeological site. After exploring this remarkable site, it’s off once again along an original, stone paved Inca path to Phuyupatamarca (3,800m), a location that will captivate you with its spectacular views of the surrounding mountains and valley. The last part of this day’s journey is the descent to the mysteriously beautiful Winaywayna archaeological site and final campsite. Before going to bed, the masseuses await to provide your soothing massage.

Total distance: 16 km Day 4 Winaywayna - Aguas Calientes Start your hike towards the Punku sector, also called the Doorway of the Sun, a place from where you will catch your first sighting of the impressive lost city of Machu Picchu. The journey along this trail, used by the ancient dwellers of these lands, will be an unforgettable adventure. Following a short hike arrive at the archaeological complex. After a refreshing break, begin your guided excursion that will last approximately two hours. Experience this awe-inspiring historic sanctuary of Machu Picchu, believed to be one of the most important archaeological finds in history.

Splendours await as you scale the summit of this amazing site and unlock its secrets.

Transfer to Aguas Calientes to experience a magical night in a luxury boutique hotel.

Total distance: 4 km Day 5 Aguas Calientes - Cuzco After breakfast you may choose from a number of optional activities to enjoy at the hotel or you can make your own way back to the citadel to continue exploring on your own. You will then be taken to the train station to board the train for your return journey to Cuzco where the services end.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Latin America Peru

A M A Z ON L O D G E S

Posada Amazonas Eco-lodge

Reserva Amazonica

Just a 45 minute boat ride from Puerto Maldonado, on the Eseeja indigenous community’s territory, this spacious lodge offers an excellent combination of convenience and comfort with outstanding opportunities to see Amazonian wildlife, all during a short break of as little as two nights. This lodge is built from natural materials and rooms overlook the tropical rainforest offering the perfect experience of the Amazon’s natural wonders.

Exotic, yet accessible, Reserva Amazonica Lodge is situated in a private reserve, surrounded by a vast Peruvian rainforest. Wake to a symphony of tropical birdsong and end your days by lantern light, falling asleep to the gentle night noise of the Amazon rainforest.

Inspired by native design, the thatched roof cabañas are the most luxurious of all the lodges in the Peruvian Amazon. There is also the option to upgrade to the “Canopy Tree House”.

Adventure World loves the fascinating ecotourism experience in the heart of the Amazon rainforest.

Adventure World loves this private ecological reserve deep in the Amazon rainforest.

Ceiba Tops

Explorama Lodge

Located in the most luxurious of Amazonian rainforest settings on the banks of the Amazon River, just 40km from Iquitos, Ceiba Tops offers the comforts of home in air-conditioned rooms with private bathrooms. Spend your days hiking in the rainforest reserve, on boat rides searching for dolphins and local village visits. Ceiba Tops is perfect for stays of two nights or more.

This palm-thatched jungle lodge is located in an extensive primary rainforest reserve, 80km down the Amazon River from Iquitos.

The lodge offers a romantic atmosphere with kerosene lamps and torches for lighting, mosquito-netted beds and covered walkways.

Explorama offers a variety of adventures, and a special excursion to the Canopy Walkway for extraordinary views of the forest.

Adventure World loves learning about the indigenous community and the Amazonian wildlife.

Adventure World loves this authentic Amazon experience.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 147

LATIN AMERICA Ecuador

Ecuador Ecuador is bursting with stunning colonial architecture, colourful highland markets, tropical rainforest, jungle, snow-capped volcanoes, palm-fringed beaches and the Galapagos Islands and is one of the most bio-diverse countries in the world. Ecuador is home to numerous national parks and reserves, and is one of the richest places for birdlife in the world. The countries indigenous heritage of traditional costumes and highland markets will enchant you. As for colonial architecture, few cities top the beauty of Cuenca and Quito.

Quito Nestled in a long narrow valley in the Andes, Quito is a mix of colonial and modern architecture. Its greatest treasures are the temples and convents that are perfect examples of the mixture of Spanish and Indian culture.

Cuenca Cuenca is a charming city, with its cobble stone streets, old-world cathedrals and colonial parks. This former Inca capital retains an Andeanindigenous influence found in its colourful, open-air markets.

Otavalo An indigenous town in the Imbabura province, Otavalo is surrounded by the peaks of Imbabura, Cotacachi and Mojanda volcanoes. The Otavalo Market is one of the largest and most colourful markets on the continent.

Cotopaxi Volcano Situated around 50km south of Quito is one of the highest volcanoes in the world, with a near perfect conical shape covered in snow that has erupted more than 50 times since the 16th century.

Cloud Forest Ecuador’s Cloud Forests are the single richest hotspots on earth, containing around 15% of the world’s plant species and nearly 20% of its bird diversity.

They are home to iconic species such as the spectacled bear, jaguar, sloth, puma and more.

A ma zon The Ecuadorian Amazon is one of the most bio-diverse areas on the planet, home to an incredible array of plant and animal species as well as extraordinary indigenous Indian cultures.

148 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 8 Days / 7 Nights from $2,677* INDEPENDENT

Discover a country of astonishing contrasts where cultural riches are surpassed only by breathtaking landscapes. Travel through the heart of Ecuador’s dramatic Avenue of the Volcanoes and rest by night in historic haciendas. Descend the exhilarating Devil’s Nose on a train ride, explore the charming colonial towns of Quito and Cuenca and be awed by gorgeous scenery in the Cajas National Park.

Includes seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with a bilingual local guide and all transfers

Latin America Ecuador

Handpicked Ecuador

Day 1 Quito Arrive in the beautiful city of Quito, the world’s first city to be declared a UNESCO World Cultural Heritage Site. Standing at an altitude of 2,850m, Quito is the second-highest capital in the world after La Paz in Bolivia. The first three nights of your journey will be spent here.

Day 2 Quito Begin exploring this vibrant mountain city. Packed with architectural treasures, Quito’s exquisite Centro Historico is the largest and most well-preserved historic centre of any Latin American city. Picturesque plazas and baroque 17th century cathedrals contrast spectacularly with the snow-covered peaks beyond. Visit the Cathedral, the Presidential Palace, and the impressive La Compañia Church which, with its ornate golden altars and perfect symmetry, is one of South America’s greatest baroque masterpieces.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Quito - Otavalo Market - Quito Today you will drive north from Quito to the traditional Andean town of Otavalo. Along the way, you will be able to spot the two Andean Cordilleras (mountain ranges) that run parallel through Ecuador from north to south, offering an impressively varied topography: active volcanoes, snow-capped mountains, green valleys, farmland, and historic haciendas. Discover Otavalo’s artisan market, one of the most well-known and colourful indigenous markets in all of South America. Countless stalls are piled high with ponchos, woollen goods, tapestries, hats, sweaters, indigenous jewellery and much more. Enjoy lunch at Hacienda Pinsaqui, an enchanting 300 year old colonial hacienda where you will sample some of the best Andean cuisine around.

DISCOVER • Extraordinary architectural and colonial treasures • Andean cuisine by indulging in traditional home cooked meals • Charming colonial towns of Quito and Cuenca

Day 4 Quito - Patate Drive south from Quito to the Cotopaxi National Park. The breathtaking snow-capped Cotopaxi Volcano dominates the landscape. At 5,897m above sea level, rising majestically above the Andean mountains, Cotopaxi is Ecuador’s second highest mountain and is also considered by many to be the highest active volcano in the world. With its almost perfectly symmetrical cone shape, the Cotopaxi Volcano is one of Ecuador’s most recognisable sights. From here, you will continue on to the small town of Patate, where you will spend the night at the beautiful 300 year old Hacienda Leito.

EXPLORE • Bustling indigenous markets in Otavalo • Stunning scenery of the Avenue of the Volcanoes

Day 5 Patate - Baños - Riobamba Today you will journey by road along the Pastaza River gorge to the picturesque and bustling town of Baños, located at the foot of the spectacular Tungurahua Volcano. Baños is well known for its thermal baths, impressive array of adventure sports and incredible waterfalls, including the 100 metre Pailon de Diablo waterfall. Continue on your journey to the scenic and old-fashioned town of Riobamba where you will spend the night at the delightful Hacienda Abraspungo.

• Ingapirca, Ecuador’s largest known Inca ruins

LEARN/DO • Discover how the residents live in Quito by exploring the city with a local • Enjoy one of the most thrilling train rides in South America • Stay in beautiful colonial haciendas in the Andes ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 7 Cuenca Cuenca’s red-tiled roofs, flower-filled plazas and narrow cobble stone streets are reminiscent of a splendid past, while it’s many museums, cloisters, markets and churches are all testimony to a rich historical legacy. Cuenca is known as the jewel of Ecuador for good reason, and it is arguably the country’s most beautiful city. An impressive setting along the Tomembamba River, world-class restaurants, and a variety of art galleries, cafes and bars all add to Cuenca’s charm.

Day 8 Cuenca - Cajas National Park - Guayaquil Travel from Cuenca to Guayaquil, stopping en-route at the magnificent El Cajas National Park. The park, which is located in the western Cordillera of the Ecuadorean Andes, covers an area of 28,544 hectares and boasts no less than 235 lakes of glacial origin. At an altitude of 3,200-4,000 metres above sea level, the park’s humid Andean cloud forests act like a sponge and the park is a vital water source. With its incredible scenery, it is also a photographer’s dream. You will stop at two of the park’s lakes, Llaviucu Laguna and Laguna La Toreadora, where you can take some amazing photos. Arrive in Ecuador’s second largest city, Guayaquil, late in the afternoon where your journey ends.

• Continue your journey to the Galapagos Islands for a once-in-a-lifetime cruise through the enchanted isles • Visit Napo Wildlife Centre, a community run conservation project that showcases the wonders of the Amazon and the An~ angu people

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 6 Riobamba - Alausi - Cuenca Travel to the town of Alausi, where you will hop on the Devil’s Nose Train Ride, one of the most thrilling train rides on the continent. As you zigzag dramatically through the Andes Mountains, you are rewarded with breathtaking views.

Continue south to the fascinating site of Ingapirca, the country’s largest known Inca ruins, before ending a wonderful day in the colonial jewel of Ecuador, the city of Cuenca.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 149

Islands Latin America Galapagos

Galapagos Islands Straddling the equator 1,000km off the coast of Ecuador is a nature lover’s paradise of untouched and pristine volcanic islands teeming with wildlife. An unparalleled variety of wildlife unique to the islands awaits both above and below the luminescent waters which surround them.

Swim or snorkel with turtles or sea lions, explore on foot to get up close to abundant bird life or enjoy an encounter with the famous giant tortoise during the most spectacular wildlife show on earth.

Naturalist Guides Your journey to the Galapagos Islands will include the services of certified naturalist guides, who lead all excursions onto the islands and who share their knowledge of the island’s history, fauna and flora.

Snorkelling Most visitors to the islands are surprised by the abundance of marine life found just under the surface of the crystal clear waters. There’s a world teeming with angelfish, manta rays, reef sharks and marine iguanas.

Diving The Galapagos Islands are among the best dive sites in the world. Located at a major intersection of several ocean currents, they are home to a staggering array of marine life, nearly 20% of which is found nowhere else on earth.

Ecology This archipelago hosts an abundance of life unmatched anywhere on the planet. In your encounters with Galapagos wildlife, you’ll examine, explore, learn, and above all, wonder at the Galapagos tortoise, marine iguana, flightless cormorant and more.

Cruising The best way to explore the Galapagos is to cruise around the islands, discovering the unique ecosystems that exist between islands where each day offers exceptional wildlife viewing.

Island Diversit y Each island in the Galapagos offers something different; from beautiful white coral beaches to moonlike landscapes; from extinct volcanoes to exotic wildlife, all of the islands are unique.

150 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Latin America Galapagos

Islands

G A L A PAG O S C R U I S I N G

M/Y Galapagos Odyssey

M/V Galapagos Legend

M/Y Galapagos Odyssey is a luxury motor yacht catering for 16 passengers. The cabins feature panoramic views, private bathroom and air conditioning. Be social or just relax outside on the sundeck or the upper deck balcony. You also have the option to upgrade to the M/Y Galapagos Grand Odyssey, an all-suite motor yacht that is the most luxurious cruising the archipelago.

Discover Darwin’s Enchanted Isles onboard the Galapagos Legend, a ship designed specifically for cruising the Galapagos Islands.

This legendary, 100 passenger deluxe-class vessel offers all the amenities of a large cruise liner without sacrificing the intimacy you would expect on a smaller vessel. Onboard facilities include spacious social areas, outdoor pool and observation platforms.

Adventure World loves the opportunity to experience close encounters with the unique wildlife of the Galapagos Islands.

Adventure World loves all the amenities of this cruise liner that is small enough for that intimate experience.

M/V Santa Cruz

M/C Athala II

The M/V Santa Cruz is ideally designed and outfitted for exploring the Galapagos Islands. This ship is a popular choice for those who prefer to cruise on a larger ship offering more space, stability and a wider range of facilities than smaller craft. It now offers the Darwin Elite, a new level of service and comfort for guests looking for a more upscale experience.

The 16 passenger M/C Athala II provides a cosy small yacht atmosphere, comfortable accommodation, personalised service, a dedicated cruise director, and more. This motor catamaran was specifically designed and built to cruise the islands providing comfort and excellent stability for those looking for a Galapagos adventure cruise in style.

Adventure World loves the naturalists onboard with their incredible knowledge of the Galapagos Islands.

Adventure World loves exploring the unique wonders of the Galapagos Island on the exclusive catamaran.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 151

Latin America Bolivia

Bolivia Bolivia is a beautiful, diverse, multi-ethnic country. It’s home to the earth’s coldest, warmest, windiest and steamiest spots and boasts the driest, saltiest and swampiest natural landscapes in the world.

The people of Bolivia have remained the most cultural of all in South America due to their relative isolation, with over half the country’s population either Quechua or Aymara. The richness of this culture can be seen throughout the country from the traditional Andean folk music to the colourful markets and street-sellers.

L a Pa z La Paz is the highest capital city in the world and is aptly known as the city that touches the sky. The city’s buildings cling to the sides of the canyon and spill spectacularly downwards.

VALLE Y OF THE MOON The Valley of the Moon, or Valle de la Luna, is a large collection of sandstone monoliths shaped over many thousands of years by the dry winds of southern Bolivia.

L ake Titicaca Lake Titicaca is one of the world’s highest navigable lakes and the Isla del Sol is the legendary site of the Incas’ creation. Lake Titicaca is one of the most enigmatic places in the world.

Salt Flats of Uyuni Bolivia’s salt flats were part of a pre-historic salt lake, which covered most of the south-west of the country. Where the sky and ground merge like heaven on earth, Salar de Uyuni is the world’s largest salt flat.

M ADIDI NATIONAL PARK Situated in the upper Amazon river basin, Madidi National Park provides amazing wildlife encounters and the chance to interact with the local indigenous community who have lived within the park for over 300 years.

ATACA M A DESERT, CHILE The spectacular Atacama Desert in Chile, with its innumerable geological wonders, hot springs, salty basins and snow-capped volcanoes is one of South America’s hottest destinations and a great extension to your Bolivian journey.

152 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 7 Days / 6 Nights from $2,499* INDEPENDENT

Be dazzled by the magic of an ever-changing vista and swept away by the wealth of authentic culture in this unforgettable land of contrasts. Travel across Lake Titicaca and discover the birthplace of the Incas, explore La Paz’s cobble stone streets, fascinating witchcraft markets and the Moon Valley with its amazing geological shapes. Travel to the Uyuni Salt Lake, a true paradise for photographers with its magnificent sunsets.

Latin America Bolivia

Handpicked Bolivia

Includes six nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with a local English speaking guide, all transfers and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Puno - Lake Titicaca This morning depart on an overland journey from Puno, the capital of Peruvian folklore, to Copacabana, located at the shores of Lake Titicaca. Lake Titicaca is one of the most fascinating lakes in the world and situated at 3,800m above sea level. Once in Copacabana board your catamaran and sail to Sun Island, the legendary birthplace of the Inca Empire, and home to over 180 Incan ruins. In Incan mythology, Lake Titicaca is the place from which the world was created from, when the god Viracocha came out of the lake and created the sun, the stars and the first people. Explore Challapampa Village, where you will have the opportunity to learn about one of the local indigenous communities. Visit the museum, some of their houses, the chapel and school. Enjoy a romantic candle light dinner on board the catamaran, where you will spend the night.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 2 Lake Titicaca - La Paz Continue sailing across Lake Titicaca, enjoying the stunning views. En-route visit the Inca garden covered with Pachamama Terraces, authentic agricultural Inca terraces that contain a wide variety of Andes crops and medicinal herbs.

Travel to the Inti Wata Cultural Complex which includes a unique sailing experience to the Pilkokaina Inca Palace aboard a traditional Titicaca vessel. The only large reed vessel that plies the entire lake, it is an unforgettable experience that uses almost extinct Titicaca navigational techniques to cruise the lake. While at the cultural complex, participate in agricultural work and learn about Andean agricultural technology, traditional medicine and ancient healing rituals. Visit Ekako, a unique underground museum that contains the largest collection of Sun Island’s archaeological items and Andean mummies. Disembark the catamaran after lunch for your overland transfer to La Paz.

DISCOVER • Lake Titicaca, the highest navigable lake in the world • Magnificent sunsets over the Uyuni Salt Lake • Moon Valley and its unique clay formations

Day 3 La Paz – Colchani - Uyuni This morning there is an early flight to Uyuni. En-route, explore Colchani, the town where salt is produced, and shop for unique salt handicrafts.

Continue to Thunupa Volcano and visit Chantani village and the extraordinary Coquesa mummies. Enjoy a unique overnight stay at a hotel built out of salt blocks with rooms overlooking the Uyuni salt mine.

EXPLORE • La Paz and its rich cultural history

Day 4 Salt Desert of Uyuni At an altitude of about 3,600m the Salt Desert of Uyuni is part of the Bolivian Altiplano and the largest salt flat in the world. This part of the Bolivian Andes offers amazing views and experiences that you won’t see anywhere else on earth. During the dry season you can drive across it admiring its vastness, but for a few months of the year, when there is some water in the lake, it turns into a huge mirror. Discover the salt lake, visit the Galaxy Cave and its extraordinary stalagmites and stalactites, the Devil’s Cave, with sacred burial chambers and the Incahuasi Island, famous for its gigantic cacti. With the salt flats, lagoons, clear sky, giant cacti and colourful flamingos dotting the landscape, this desert is a photographer’s dream.

• The unique Salt Flats of Uyuni • Famous Witch Doctor’s market

LEARN/DO • Enjoy a candle light dinner on Lake Titicaca

Day 5 Uyuni - La Paz This morning transfer to the airport for your flight to La Paz, where you will stay for the next two nights. This afternoon at your leisure to discover this fascinating city.

• Stay in a hotel made of salt • Sail on board a traditional Titicaca vessel

Day 6 La Paz La Paz and its surrounds will transport you to an enigmatic past. Every corner and every street is a hidden treasure. Explore the famous Witch Doctor’s market, San Francisco Church and the traditional Sagarnaga street market with its exquisite handicrafts.

Your trip continues to Plaza Murillo where you will appreciate the fine colonial architecture of the Cathedral, the Government Plaza and the National Congress building. Conclude you exploration with a visit to the unique Moon Valley, just outside La Paz, a clay formation resembling the face of the Moon that has been eroded over years by the dry winds of southern Bolivia. It is also an important site for the famous Dias de los Muertos (Day of the Dead).

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Make your experience in the Salt Flats of Uyuni even more unique by choosing to stay in a deluxe camper in the middle of the salt flats

Day 7 La Paz Transfer to the airport for your onward flight.

• Extend your journey by adding a trip to the Atacama Desert in Chile

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 153

Latin America Chile

Chile Chile stretches 4,300km from the driest desert in the world to massive glacial fields. Filling up the heart are volcanoes, geysers, beaches, lakes, rivers, steppe and countless islands. Chile has managed to maintain a rich, colourful culture not mimicked anywhere else in the Americas.

Desolate moonscapes and pink flamingo-filled lagoons fill Chile’s northern deserts, and fertile vineyards dominate the Central Valley.

Walk through the untamed rainforests of the Lake District or head down south to the mighty glaciers and peaks of storied Patagonia.

Santiago Santiago basks in one of the most spectacular settings of any city in the world. A mighty circle of mountains, from the snow-capped Andes to the east to the smaller coastal range to the west, frame the city.

Valparaiso Valparaiso is a ramshackle city of multi-coloured mansions and houses balanced precariously on steep hills overlooking a historic port. Valparaiso has a citywide system of elevators that help you get around the city’s hilly and often impassable terrain.

L ake District Chile’s Lake District is famous for its spectacular natural scenery of deep blue mountain lakes, snow-capped volcanoes and ancient forests. One of the most rewarding journeys is crossing the crystalline lakes between Puerto Varas and Bariloche.

Easter Island One of the most isolated places on earth, Easter Island is famous for its majestic moais, the hundreds of monolithic stone figures that dot the island.

Each statue had distinctive features and its own name.

Patagonia Patagonia lies tucked away at the southernmost tip of the Americas. The region includes the vastness of the Ice Field and the splendour of mountains like Torres del Paine, Cuernos del Paine and Cerro Castillo.

Torres del Paine National Park Torres del Paine is probably the world’s most spectacular national park and a popular hiking destination. The National Park encompasses mountains, glaciers, lakes and rivers in southern Chilean Patagonia.

154 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 10 Days / 9 Nights from $3,977* INDEPENDENT

From top to bottom Chile will enchant and inspire with its spectacular breathtaking natural landscapes. It is a country where you can delight your palate with diverse flavours and sample local wines, or experience lost civilisations in a land time that time forgot.

From the stark other-worldly beauty of the soaring mountain peaks to the most arid desert on earth, the contrasts of Chile are beguiling.

Latin America Chile

Discover Chile

Includes nine nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with a local English speaking guide, all transfers and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Santiago Upon arrival into Santiago, you will be transferred to your hotel. This afternoon enjoy a walking excursion. Experience the city of Santiago as the locals do and hop on the famous “metro” subway system. Embark on a short ride to Bellas Artes station to explore this peaceful area of the city.

Day 2 Santiago - Valparaiso - Santiago Enjoy a full day discovering two of Chile’s beachside cities, Valparaiso and Viña del Mar. Be amazed by the colourful port city of Valparaiso. Famous for its stacked hills and winding stairs, this UNESCO World Heritage city takes you back in time yet has a modern feel. As you climb the winding stone stairs or head up in one of the famous funiculars, you’ll be met with incredible views of the bay. There will be a short break at a local café to taste traditional “empanadas”. After lunch head up the coast to Viña del Mar.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 3 Santiago - Calama - San Pedro de Atacama Transfer to the airport for your flight to Calama. In the heart of the Atacama, Calama is the gateway to the geological wonders of the central desert. The town of San Pedro de Atacama sits in the driest desert in the world and is the main base for exploring the area. This afternoon visit Moon Valley.

DISCOVER • Atacama Salt Flat and the Altiplanic Lagoons • The stacked hills and winding stairs of Valparaiso • Extraordinary Tatio Geysers and natural thermal pools EXPLORE • The city of Santiago like the locals • Lake District with an exclusive excursion to Frutillar and a local brewery

Day 5 Calama - Lake District Transfer back to the airport for your flight to Puerto Montt, gateway of the Chilean Lake District. Upon arrival, you will be escorted to your hotel in Puerto Varas. This afternoon, visit Frutillar. This beautiful village recalls the old Bavaria, from where the first settlers came from. Walk around its beautiful old houses, admiring the gardens and the volcanoes Osorno and Puntiagudo. Continue to the Salzburg brewery, where you will learn the process of beer-making and taste the delicious local beer.

• Remote Patagonia, one of the world’s last true wilderness areas

Day 6 Lake District Today embark on a journey of natural beauty to Peulla. Board your catamaran to sail across the beautiful lake Todos Los Santos to reach the town of Peulla.

LEARN/DO • Taste the famous empanadas chilenas at a local café • Visit artisan workshops in Valparaiso • Learn about Atacamanian Indian culture

Day 7 Lake District – Puerto Natales This morning you will be transferred to the airport for your flight to Punta Arenas. Upon arrival, you will be driven to Puerto Natales, where you will spend the next three nights. Formerly a modest fishing port on Seno Ultima Esperanza, this charming town is the perfect gateway to begin exploring Chilean Patagonia.

Day 8 Balmaceda Glacier Today you will embark on a full day excursion to Balmaceda Glacier. Travel through the southern fjords and channels and witness the majestic glaciers and mountains located in Chile’s largest nature reserve. Sail on to the Last Hope Sound and visit the amazing Balmaceda Glacier. A hike will take you closer to the glacier for extraordinary views. After your cruise enjoy a typical Patagonian barbecue.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 9 Torres del Paine National Park Enjoy a full day excursion to the Torres del Paine National Park. Torres del Paine boasts the world’s most stunning array of mountains, glaciers, lakes and forests and is home to a wide variety of animal species including guanaco (a relative of the llama), condors and flamingos. As a centrepiece, the hallmark granite horns and towers thrust abruptly skywards from the flat pampa, while lakes of shimmering blues provide the perfect contrast. Your trip today includes all of the must see sights including the Nordenskjold Lookout Point, the Salto Chico River and the Grey Glacier.

• Extend your Chilean adventure by adding a journey to Easter Island either at the start or end of your trip.

Discover a culture whose origins and evolution are shrouded in mystery and explore the island’s archaeological wonders

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 4 San Pedro de Atacama This morning begin your journey to the great Atacama Salt Flat and Altiplanic Lagoons. Stop at the charming village of Toconao. Continue to the Atacama Salar, the third largest salt flat in the world. The Salar is a white, rugged surface and home to three of the world’s five species of flamingo. Following your exploration discover the Altiplanic Lagoons of Miscanti & Miñique. In the afternoon visit the archaeological sites of Quitor, Tulor and the Archaeological Museum Padre Le Paige. San Pedro de Atacama is considered the archaeological capital of Chile and during this trip you will learn more about the culture, visiting places of great archaeological importance such as Tulor, the oldest human establishment in the entire region. Also visit the well-known Pukará de Quitor, which will give you an idea of the great social organisation of the Atacama ancestors.

Day 10 Puerto Natales – Punta Arenas This morning transfer to the airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 155

Latin America Patagonia

Patagonia & Chilean Fjords | 11 Days / 10 Nights from $3,799* INDEPENDENT

Patagonia is nature at its most pristine, a land of contrast offering an incredible array of natural sights and wonders. Discover the wild untamed beauty of ice blue glaciers and fjords and of beautiful snowcapped mountains, glittering lakes and sweeping expanses. Voyage to the end of the earth aboard a ship ideally suited for exploring the waters around Tierra del Fuego.

Includes seven nights hotel accommodation, three nights cruise accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with a local English speaking guide and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Ushuaia Arrive at the southernmost city in the world for your overnight stay.

Day 2 Ushuaia - Beagle Channel Embark on the Stella Australis for your three night cruise to the “end of the earth”. Enjoy the splendour and beauty of unique natural scenery and wildlife and travel on one of the most comfortable ships designed to make your trip as extraordinary as possible. Travel through the Strait of Magellan and Beagle Channel to explore one of the most breathtaking wilderness regions in the world, Southern Patagonia, which includes the Tierra del Fuego archipelago.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Beautiful Hotel las Torres, set in the heart of the Torres del Paine National Park • Patagonian scenery in its full splendour • The legendary Cape Horn EXPLORE • Torres del Paine National Park • Magdelena Island, home of the Magellan penguins • Spectacular De Agostini Sound

LEARN/DO • Journey to the far end of the earth via Stella Australis cruises • Walk through the enchanting Magellan Forest • Witness huge glaciers slide down mountainsides into the sea ADDITIONAL CHOICES • During your stay in Torres del Paine, choose which daily excursions you wish to partake in each day • Upgrade your Perito Moreno excursion to experience the famous glacier mini-trek

Day 3 Cape Horn - Wulaia Bay Sail through Murray Channel and Nassau Bay to reach Cape Horn National Park, where, weather permitting, you shall go ashore. The legendary Cape Horn was discovered in 1616 and is a sheer 425 metre high rocky promontory. For many years it was an important navigation route between the Pacific and the Atlantic, and is referred to as the “end of the earth”. In the afternoon, go ashore at historic Wulaia Bay, originally the site of one of the region’s largest Yamana aboriginal settlements.

Charles Darwin landed there in 1833 during his voyage on the HMS Beagle. This area is also renowned for the mesmerising beauty of its vegetation and geography. Take an enchanting walk through the Magellan Forest of lengas, coigües, canelos, ferns, and other endemic vegetation, to reach a panoramic viewpoint.

Day 4 De Agostini Sound - Aguilar Glacier Sail through Brecknock, Ocasión, Cockburn, and Magdalena Channels to enter the spectacular De Agostini Sound, in the heart of the Darwin Mountain Range. This is where you will see glaciers sliding down the mountainside all the way to the sea. In the afternoon travel to the Aguilar Glacier and embark upon an easy walk to its base. It’s the perfect opportunity to experience the beauty of Patagonia’s cold rainforest and to see how the power of nature has moulded the spectacular landscape.

Day 5 Magdalena Island - Punta Arenas Early this morning, weather permitting, go ashore on Magdalena Island, located in the middle of the Strait of Magellan. The island used to be an essential source of supplies for navigators and explorers and is inhabited by an immense colony of Magellan penguins that you will be able to see during your walk to the lighthouse.

Sail to Punta Arenas and disembark at midday. The rest of the day is at your leisure.

Day 6 Punta Arenas - Torres del Paine Journey by road to the Hotel las Torres located in the heart of the National Park, a five hour drive through the windswept plains of Patagonia, where you will spend the next three nights. A snack will be provided for your drive. Torres del Paine boasts the world’s most stunning array of mountains, glaciers, lakes and forest and is home to a wide variety of animal species, including guanaco (a relative of the llama), condors and flamingos. The hallmark granite horns and towers thrust abruptly skywards from the flat pampa, while lakes of turquoise, emerald, lapis lazuli, sapphire and aquamarine provide the perfect contrast.

Day 7 - 8 Torres del Paine During your stay in Patagonia, enjoy two full days at leisure for daily explorations accompanied by experienced local guides. Each day, you and your guide will discuss which of the more than 25 excursions you would like to participate in. As a special program participant, you have access to excursions not offered to other guests.

Each excursion has a maximum of eight people, which ensures that you can stay flexible with your schedule. This small group will provide the ideal setting for the discovery of one of the world’s most impressive natural spectacles. Your highly qualified guides will bring life and colour to those little things that are generally overlooked. Your guide will be the key to living extraordinary moments while learning about the essence of the region.

Day 9 Torres del Paine - El Calafate After breakfast transfer to El Calafate, a small village set on the edge of Lake Argentino, where you will spend the next two nights.

Day 10 El Calafate Visit the World Heritage site of Perito Moreno Glacier, one of the most impressive glaciers in the world. Watch and hear the spectacle as huge blocks of ice calve its face.

Day 11 El Calafate Transfer to El Calafate airport for your onward flight.

156 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

EcoCamp

Explora Patagonia

With a stunning location in the heart of Torres del Paine National Park, the lodge provides the region’s first fully sustainable accommodation. The comfortable tented igloo-type domes, built the same way as the ancient native Kaweskar’s dwellings, have minimal environmental impact. EcoCamp also offers a unique version of the world-famous W trek, from the classic trekking route lasting seven days or the short version lasting five days.

Explora is the only lodge in the centre of Torres del Paine National Park and is set amongst an exhilarating combination of glaciers, lakes and mountain peaks and mixes luxury with adventure.

A range of daily explorations are available and include sailing to the magnificent Grey Glacier, horse riding to the Laguna Verde and hiking alongside the towering Cuernos del Paine, led by specialist naturalist guides.

Adventure World loves the EcoCamp’s unique location where you can appreciate the Torres at sunrise.

Adventure World loves the combination of glaciers, lakes, mountains peaks that mix with luxury adventure.

Singular Patagonia

Eolo

The Singular offers guests the opportunity to experience Patagonia from a building that is a landmark in the area. Now a luxurious historic hotel, the Bories Cold Storage Plant was originally built almost 100 years ago near Puerto Natales in the heart of Chilean Patagonia. The hotel is deeply connected to the historical, cultural and natural environment of the region.

Eolo is located only 25 minutes from El Calafate, on the way to the Perito Moreno Glacier. Eolo is a unique place that embodies the spirit of Patagonia, its indigenous roots and the personal experiences of the first European and Criollo settlers and those of the adventurers from all over the world. Exclusiveness, nature and service are combined to offer an unforgettable experience.

Adventure World loves this 100 year old hotel which is deeply connected to the history and the culture of the region.

Adventure World loves the incredible views of the largest lake in Argentina and the Andes Mountains.

Latin America Patagonia

O U R F A V O U R I T E P L A C E S T O S T AY

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 157

Latin America Argentina

Argentina Gaucho cowboys, the tango, and the romance of Evita may characterise Argentina, but the country has so much more to offer. It presents visitors with a wide variety of cultural attractions and an array of natural wonders including impressive mountain peaks, rare geological formations, pampean plains, tropical jungles and a diverse variety of fauna. Sample the stunning scenery of the lush Lake District, revel in Patagonia’s glacier-carved landscapes, explore painted Andean deserts and city slickers will adore fabulous Buenos Aires.

Buenos Aires Known as the “Paris of the Americas”, Buenos Aires, the birthplace of the tango, is a city of contrasts. The glamour and elegance of its European roots are interwoven with its undeniable Latin American essence.

Igua zu Falls The spectacular Iguazu Falls is made up of numerous cascades producing vast sprays of water. On the Argentine side there is a network of trails that lead to different viewpoints of the 275 waterfalls that make up the Falls.

Mendoz a Not only Argentina’s wine capital but one of the great wine capitals of the world. Mendoza is positioned at the foot of the Andes Mountains and is a bustling city boasting a distinctly European feel.

Bariloche A city in the province of Patagonia, surrounded by silent millenary woods with indigenous botanical species lining the shores of the still lakes, Bariloche offers natural scenery of rugged beauty in the heart of Andean Patagonia.

El Calafate A small town situated where the Santa Cruz plateau meets the Andes and arguably the national capital of the glaciers, El Calafate town is the gateway to Los Glaciares National Park.

Colonia , Uruguay Only 50km from Buenos Aires by ferry, Colonia, in Uruguay, is a picturesque town filled with old colonial buildings and narrow cobbled streets. Colonia’s charm and its proximity to Buenos Aires draws thousands of visitors.

158 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 12 Days / 11 Nights from $3,077* INDEPENDENT

From the tango halls of Buenos Aires to the glacier-carved landscapes of Patagonia, Argentina will be sure to seduce you with its captivating vistas and cosmopolitan cities. Enjoy the dance of romance with a tango lesson, learn how to make authentic Argentine cuisine on our exclusive cooking experience and cruise in style among blue and white icebergs for views of impressive glaciers.

Includes 11 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with a local English speaking guide and flights as per itinerary

Latin America Argentina

Handpicked Argentina

Day 1 Buenos Aires Upon arrival, transfer to your hotel. The rest of the day is at your leisure.

Day 2 Buenos Aires Discover this unique city with its mix of colonial architecture and European influences on an excursion that portrays the many faces of Buenos Aires. This evening learn the dance of romance with a tango lesson from the dancers of tonight´s tango show followed by dinner. Enjoy delicious international cuisine with Argentinian specialties. The tango show traces the history of the dance from its birth in the red light districts.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • The secrets of authentic Argentinian cuisine with our exclusive Argentine Culinary Experience • Stunning mountains and lakes of Bariloche

Day 3 Buenos Aires The day is free at leisure for you to explore Buenos Aires before joining an exclusive Argentine culinary experience this evening. The Argentine Experience is designed to give you an introduction to the best of Argentine cuisine and culture. This is not a cooking class, but a fun and unique experience. The team of guides are on hand to take you through every step of this culinary journey. Choose your gourmet fillings and create your own empanada, learning the traditional ‘replunge’ technique. Alongside your creations, enjoy grilled provoleta cheese with sliced chorizo and homemade chimichurri. Enjoy what many claim to be the very best steak in Argentina, cooked to order. There will be wines from boutique wineries in Mendoza, paired to complement your meal. For dessert make your own alfajores, Argentina’s national sweet. Finally, learn about the history and etiquette of drinking mate, Argentina’s national pastime, and prepare it from scratch.

Day 4 Buenos Aires - Iguazu Fly to Iguazu Falls where you will spend the next two

nights.

• Splendour of Argentine Patagonia

Day 5 Iguazu Falls Visit the Argentinian side of Iguazu Falls, located within Iguazu National Park. In this section of the rainforest a huge variety of ferns, orchids, begonias, birds and butterflies can be seen while walking. Head to Estación Central, where you will board the train to Devil’s Throat station. Walk along the 1,200m trail, to the most spectacular fall, Devil’s Throat. Spend the rest of the day exploring the numerous hiking trails.

EXPLORE • Upsala Glacier on a Gourmet Glacier Cruise

Day 6 Iguazu Falls - Bariloche Depart from your hotel in Puerto Iguazu and cross the international bridge that joins the cities of Puerto Iguazu (Argentina) and Foz do Iguazu (Brazil) to visit the Brazilian side of Iguazu Falls. Navigate the trails over the Iguazu River for amazing views back over to the Argentinian side of the falls. Continue along to see Iguazu Canyon, Salto Rivadavia and Tres Mosqueteros before arriving at Devil’s Throat lower viewpoint. The scenery is breathtaking, only enhanced by the colourful rainbows that cover the area.

• Glamorous Buenos Aires • Both sides of spectacular Iguazu Falls

Day 7 Bariloche Today you will traverse the Andes by boat across crystalline lakes and breathtaking mountain scenery. Your excursion starts in Bariloche and, after a scenic ride along Ezequiel Bustillo Ave, you arrive at Pañuelo Port where you will board the catamaran and sail to Puerto Blest, on the western coast of Nahuel Huapi Lake. The deep blue waters of the lake are dotted with islands and are great for watersports including kayaking and rafting.

The soaring peaks provide picture-postcard views and the shimmering turquoise blues of the lake of the Argentinian Patagonia make this one of the most beautiful and visited regions in Argentina.

LEARN/DO • Learn the dance of romance with a private lesson from tango dancers • Sail in style among blue and white icebergs on Lago Argentino • Taste some of the best wines Argentina has to offer

Day 8 Bariloche Spend the day at leisure exploring Bariloche.

Day 9 Bariloche - Calafate Fly to Calafate where you will spend the next three nights.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 10 Calafate - Perito Moreno Glacier - Calafate Travel from Calafate, across the Patagonia steppe, to the entrance of the National Park. Visit the World Heritage Site of Perito Moreno Glacier, one of the most impressive glaciers in the world. This ice field is breathtaking with the thunderous noise of ice chunks breaking off and tumbling into the water.

• Overnight in a traditional Estancia, just outside of Buenos Aires, to experience traditional gaucho culture

Day 11 Calafate - Gourmet Glacier Cruise - Calafate Today cruise among white and blue icebergs for views of the spectacular Upsala Glacier. Cross the narrowest passage in the lake and after two hours of cruising stop in front of the barrier of ice floes. If the weather conditions are good, you will observe the Upsala Glacier at a distance. A gourmet lunch, offering the best of the Argentine cuisine, is served amidst this stunning landscape.

• Upgrade your Perito Moreno excursion to experience the famous glacier minitrek, an adventure of a lifetime

Day 12 Calafate Transfer to the airport for your onward flight.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 159

Latin America Brazil

Brazil Some of the world’s most exciting cities lie inside Brazil, and travellers don’t need to head to Carnival to experience the music, dance and revelry that fill so many Brazilian nights. The country is divided into several areas, each having its own distinctive flavour. Brazil’s geography and distinctive history have combined to offer a rich culture full of diversity and contradiction. It encompasses and maintains dominance over one of the greatest natural wonders, the Amazon River and Rainforest.

Rio de Janeiro Rio de Janeiro is nothing if not exhilarating. Marvel at the spectacular views over the city from Sugar Loaf Mountain and Christ the Redeemer, feel the pulse of the local people, known as Cariocas, on the beaches of Copacabana.

A ma zon The Amazon is simply the world’s greatest bio-system. The Amazon River is the second biggest river in the world and passes through the region of Amazonia. At this location the black waters of Rio Negro mix with the claycoloured waters of Rio Solimoes.

Salvador The sultry city of Salvador is famous for its cultural heritage which is expressed in its passionate music and dance. Salvador is home to extraordinary colonial architecture, said to be the best preserved in the Americas.

Pantanal The Pantanal is largely composed of swamp terrain and contains an abundance of wildlife, including marsh deer, giant otters, jabirus and the endangered jaguar. Locals travel around the area on horseback which is also popular with travellers.

PARAT Y & ILHA GRAND Paraty is a preserved colonial town that still remains nearly as it was in the 17th century. Combine a stay in this beautiful town with a stay at Ilha Grand, famous for its tropical scenery and gorgeous beaches.

Buzios Originally settled by European pirates and slave traders, the town of Buzios, only two hours from Rio de Janeiro, has been nominated as one of the top ten most beautiful places in the world thanks to its amazing beaches.

160 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 11 Days / 10 Nights from $3,955* INDEPENDENT

A visit to Brazil means the discovery of a place touched with warm tropical sun and white sand beaches. From north to south, unique attractions are ready to amaze and excite. See the highlights and contrasts of this vast country; from spectacular Rio de Janeiro to the splendour of Iguazu Falls; from the wilds of the Amazon to the mysterious culture of Salvador.

Latin America Brazil

Rhythms of Brazil

Includes 10 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with a local English speaking guide and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Rio de Janeiro Upon arrival, transfer to your hotel where you will stay for three nights.

Day 2 Rio de Janeiro Explore Rio’s wonders in an open jeep and immerse yourself in this magnificent city, visiting Tijuca Forest, Corcovado, Sugar Loaf and the Botanic Gardens.

Discover Tijuca Forest, known as the world’s largest urban forest, with its mix of nature and history. Ride to the top of the beautiful Corcovado Mountain, where the statue of Christ the Redeemer sits. Visit the world famous Sugar Loaf Mountain in the middle of the Guanabara Bay, which offers one of the most breathtaking views of the city.

Day 3 Rio de Janeiro Today is yours to spend discovering Rio de Janeiro at your leisure.

Perhaps join an optional jeep ride and discover one of the largest favela’s in Latin America, with around a 150,000 inhabitants. You’ll be able to see, hear and feel the rhythm and beat of the favela’s, the heart and soul of Brazil. Immerse yourself in the community by visiting local homes and schools and head to the headquarters of Rocinha’s samba school.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Spectacular and vibrant Rio de Janeiro • Historical and colonial Salvador • Devil’s Throat Cataract at the mighty Iguazu Falls

EXPLORE

Day 5 Iguazu Today you will have the opportunity to cross to the Argentinian side of the falls for amazing views back to the Brazilian side. Enjoy a walking trip of the falls followed by the famous Devil’s Throat Cataract.

Day 6 Iguazu - Manaus Fly to Manaus in the heart of the Amazon. Manaus is the ideal start point for your Amazon adventure. Upon arrival into Manaus, you will be transferred to your jungle lodge where you will spend the next three nights. After enjoying a delicious dinner embark on a unique canoe adventure deep within the Amazon jungle in search of alligators which are also known as “caimans” by the locals.

• Mighty Amazon jungle and the river • Immerse yourself in Rio on a unique open jeep ride

Day 7 Amazon The Amazon jungle is home to thousands of species of plants and animals waiting to be discovered. Today you will be accompanied by a specialist guide who will lead you on a hike through the forest where he will point out and explain the various species of flora and fauna that coexist within the rainforest. Lace up your shoes and get ready to explore the allure and mystery of the Amazon jungle!

• Cruise the Amazon River on a motorised canoe to the “meeting of the waters” LEARN/DO

Day 8 Amazon Travel by motorised canoe and witness one of the Amazon’s most fascinating natural wonders. Head to the “meeting of the waters” where the Solimoes River and the Rio Negro converge to create the enormous Amazon River. The two rivers flow side by side for several kilometres and each maintains its own individual colouring before mixing. The crystalclear blue waters of the Solimoes River contrasts with the muddy waters of the Rio Negro and create a unique and gorgeous natural spectacle.

• Stay at a traditional Pousada, an old restored colonial house • Dance to the rhythm of the samba in Rio

Day 9 Amazon - Manaus - Salvador Return to Manaus for your flight to Salvador where you will spend the next two nights in a traditional Pousada. A Pousada is an exclusive and often historic boutique hotel which provides an insight to the place, people and culture of the area.

• Hike through the Amazon jungle

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 10 Salvador Discover Salvador on a walking excursion. This trip introduces you to Salvador, showing how the city has changed throughout the ages to become the Salvador of today. Starting out along the bay, you’ll work your way through Salvador’s tree-lined streets up to Pelourinho, designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site due to its spectacular and well preserved colonial architecture. Stop off at the São Francisco Church, with its extravagant gold leaf baroque designs, from where you will head towards the Largo do Pelourinho. You will be given free time to enjoy lunch at one of the local restaurants where you will be able to taste some of the best Bahian cuisine.

• Add an optional jeep ride into one of the biggest favela’s in Latin America to feel and hear the heart and soul of Brazil • Extend your Brazilian odyssey with an escape to Paraty and Ilha Grande, where you can enjoy beautiful beaches and hiking in the forest * All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 4 Rio de Janeiro - Iguazu Transfer to the airport for your flight to Iguazu Falls where you will stay for the next two nights. The afternoon is at your leisure to explore the Brazilian side of the falls. The Iguazu Falls are one of the planet’s natural wonders. Formed on the Iguazu River, the falls go down from an average height of 60 meters, while the face of the falls is 2,700 metres wide. The number of falls varies depending on the river’s outflow.

Day 11 Salvador Transfer to the airport for your onward flight.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 161

Latin America Amazon

Amazon The Amazon Rainforest is one of the world’s greatest natural resources.

The rainforest gets its name from the mighty Amazon River, which originates in the Peruvian Andes, and winds its way over the northern half of South America. The Amazon is a world of mystery, grandeur and romance. Its towering forests and rushing waters harbour an incomparable diversity of life which scientists are still classifying. So far, over 500 mammals, 175 lizards, over 300 other reptile species, and one third of the world’s birds live here, and that’s just the start.

Peruvian A ma zon Peru’s Amazon is one of the last frontiers on earth and there are few areas of rainforest in the world as untouched as the Amazon in south eastern Peru. Cruising through this area is breathtaking.

A ma zonian Flora Experts believe that in 2.5 acres of the rainforest, you’ll find 700 different species of trees and twice the number of plants. Many trees reach over 130 metres in height, creating a shadowy place under the canopy.

Bra zilian A ma zon No rainforest in the world is as big as the Brazilian Amazon. The region is home to pink dolphins, giant air-breathing fish and endemic species such as uakaris, better known as “English monkeys”.

A ma zon Wildlife Amazon wildlife couldn’t be more diverse or fascinating. Along with amazing birdlife, the Amazon gives you the opportunity to get up close to the endangered pink Amazon dolphin, the three-toed sloth, and, for a lucky few, the sleek jaguar.

Ecuadorian A ma zon The Ecuadorian rainforest sits in the eastern lowlands of the country, a region that descends from the foothills of the Andes. The area has more plants and animals than any other place in the world.

Indigenous Tribes There are over 200 indigenous tribes living in the Amazon, speaking 180 different languages and each with its own cultural heritage. There are at least 50 tribes that still don’t have regular contact with the outside world.

162 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Latin America Amazon

A M A Z ON C R U I S E S

Delfin I & II

Aqua & Aria

Embark on the voyage of a lifetime, sailing along the earth’s mightiest river through Peru with Delfin Amazon cruises. Delfin I features four luxury suites and is a place where comfort and grace combine effortlessly with the wilderness of the Amazon in the most unique vessel ever to cruise the river. Delfin II has sixteen large guest suites providing world class comfort with casual and refined elegance.

A luxury cruise aboard the M/V Aqua or the M/V Aria transports you into the Pacaya Samiria Reserve, deep within the Peruvian Amazon. Spacious and indulgent, yet intimate enough to feel entirely exclusive, the Aqua accommodates a maximum of 24 guests. The Aria incorporates beautiful public areas and floor to ceiling windows face the Amazon River in each of the Aria’s sixteen design suites.

Adventure World loves the comfort and grace that combines effortlessly with the wilderness of the Amazon.

Adventure World loves the floor to ceiling windows which face the Amazon River.

Anakonda

Desafio

The Anakonda Amazon River Cruise is the only luxury cruise boat in the Ecuadorian Amazon. Its eighteen suites are equipped with air-conditioning, 24-hour electricity, and a private bathroom with hot water and wall-to-wall panoramic windows. Explore remote and pristine areas and interact with the region’s 15 local communities, while enjoying the comforts, amenities and services of a five-star floating boutique hotel.

Discover the Brazilian Amazon on board the MV Desafio. Swim in the Rio Negro, interact with the indigenous people and enjoy the most beautiful sunsets. The MV Desafio classical schooner has been carefully restored using the finest Brazilian wood. It accommodates just 24 passengers and all cabins feature private bathrooms.

Onboard facilities include a large sundeck, where you can relax while tasting their famous caipirinha.

Adventure World loves the comforts, amenities and services of this five star floating boutique hotel.

Adventure World loves the wilderness of this magnificent region where you can discover how life on the river is lived.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 163

Latin America Colombia

Colombia

Handpicked Colombia

This extraordinary country has battled decades of turmoil to emerge as one of South America’s hottest destinations. It’s filled with unspoilt mountains, coastline and jungle, stunning archaeological sites and vibrant culture. Those who like to hike can find jungle treks galore along the Caribbean coast, or walks through the rolling hills and mountains. Those who prefer beach life will love the stunning tropical islands off colonial Cartagena.

Discover a land of myth and legend in Colombia, where idyllic Caribbean beaches give way to the old world charm of colonial alleys, and where visitors are seduced by the aroma of Colombian coffee, considered the finest in the world. Explore Bogota and visit secluded archaeological sites. And don’t forget Cartagena, a city of legends, with its stunning colonial architecture and cobbled alleys.

| 10 days / 9 nights from $2,855* INDEPENDENT

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Colonial Villa de Leyva and the Salt Cathedral of Zipaquira • Magical Cartagena with its fine colonial architecture • Salento and the famous Cocora Valley EXPLORE • Archaeological sites and learn about mysterious civilisations • The famous coffee land of Armenia • Modern Bogota and its historical district ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your stay in Colombia with a journey to Santa Marta and Tayrona National Park • Relax in the beautiful Rosario Islands on your day excursion

nine nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with an English speaking guide, transfers and flights as per itinerary

INCLUDES

Day 1 Bogota Upon arrival transfer to your hotel. The rest of the day is at your leisure.

Day 2 Bogota Enjoy a city sightseeing excursion, visiting downtown Bogota and the historic district before taking a cable car to the top of Monserrate Hill.

Day 3 Bogota - Villa de Leyva Visit the Salt Cathedral in Zipaquira, a small town 30km from Bogota. Your journey will take you into the heart of an enormous salt mountain.

After your visit you will be driven to Villa de Leyva.

Day 4 Villa de Leyva - Armenia Enjoy a morning visit of Villa de Leyva before driving back to Bogota for your flight to Armenia, Colombia’s coffee region. Upon arrival at the airport you will be transferred to an original coffee farm where you will spend the next few nights.

Day 5 Armenia Live the Coffee Culture and enjoy a magical coffee trip to Recuca.

Recuca is an educational and interactive journey in which you will undertake the daily tasks of a farmer in the coffee region. Experience the smells and flavours of coffee in all the different stages of production.

Day 6 Salento & Cocora Valley - Cartagena A day trip to Salento and the famous Cocora Valley awaits you today. Salento is a colourful coffee town and Cocora Valley is home of the Wax Palm Tree, national tree of Colombia. After your excursion you will be driven to Armenia airport for your flight to Cartagena, where you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

Day 7 Cartagena This afternoon enjoy an excursion of magical Cartagena, a beautiful city which was the centre of political and economic activity during the colonial period of the Spanish Empire. Visit the San Felipe Fortress and La Popa Monastery before embarking on a brief guided walk through the walled city.

Day 8 Rosario Islands Enjoy a day trip to the Rosario Islands including a typical lunch from the area. You will have time to enjoy the beach and the sun.

Day 9 Cartagena Today is at your leisure to explore and discover this extraordinary

city.

Day 10 Cartagena Transfer to the airport for your onward flight.

164 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Latin America Venezuela

Venezuela

Handpicked Venezuela

Venezuela is a country filled with natural attractions and amazing landscapes including the Andean peaks, tranquil offshore islands, the longest stretch of Caribbean coastline of any nation, wetlands teeming with wildlife, and rolling savannah punctuated by flat-topped mountains. Those interested in culture can revel in the pulsating salsa clubs of Caracas, explore regional festivals and look for arts and crafts in the small towns.

This journey is the perfect introduction to Venezuela’s natural beauty. Venezuela is a country of abundant natural attractions, of intoxicating beauty and varying landscapes. Visit the highest waterfall in the world, the breathtaking Angel Falls that plummet a dizzying kilometre below, located in the Canaima National Park with its beautiful lagoon, sprawling rivers and jungles. The falls will captivate and enchant.

| 6 days / 5 nights from $2,377* INDEPENDENT

five nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with an English speaking guide, transfers and flights as per itinerary

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Spectacular Angel Falls, the highest waterfall in the world • Beautiful lagoons and sprawling rivers

Day 1 Caracas On arrival you will be transferred to your hotel where the rest of the day is at your leisure.

Day 2 Caracas Explore Caracas on a sightseeing excursion. Discover the city’s colonial roots, proudly on display in the historic centre and learn about Venezuela’s history and architecture.

Day 3 Caracas – Canaima Today you will fly to Canaima. Upon arrival, travel to the Waku Lodge where you will spend the next two nights. Waku Lodge is located on the shores of the magical Canaima Lagoon with views to Hacha and Golondrina Falls, a backdrop of unique landscapes and natural beauty. Waku Lodge is the most exclusive camp in Canaima, and is the best place from which to explore Canaima National Park and the spectacular Angel Falls. Between the rainforest of the Amazon Basin and the watershed of the Orinoco River, is a rugged wall of remote mountains and deep, heavily forested canyons, Canaima National Park. Many of the mountains have precipitous rock walls that rise thousands of metres where they end in an almost perfectly flat top. These formations are known by their Indian name: tepuis. The fascinating world of Canaima National Park is a perfect combination of magic and reality, shaped by breathtaking mountains, countless rivers, lakes, waterfalls, forests and savannahs spread like a green sea.

• Breathtaking scenery and unique landscapes EXPLORE • World Heritage listed Canaima National Park • Pulsating Caracas • Venezuela’s natural beauty

Day 4 Canaima Today is yours to choose to partake in one of the programmed excursions or any of the optional excursions that are on offer.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Choose one of the programmed excursions or any of the optional trips that are on offer while staying in Canaima National Park

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 5 Canaima - Caracas In the morning enjoy a scenic flight over the spectacular landscape of Canaima National Park and majestic Angel Falls for a bird’s eye view. Angel Falls was discovered by bush pilot Jimmy Angel in the 1930’s and is the world’s highest waterfall, which drops from a height of almost a kilometre from Auyantepui Table Mountain, the largest tepui in Canaima. Board a return flight to Caracas where you will spend the night.

Day 6 Caracas Your journey ends with a transfer to the airport for your onward flight.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 165

“ The best journeys in life are those that answer questions you never thought to ask.”

- Rich Ridgeway

166 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Emperor Penguins, Antarctica. Visit page 168 to explore Antarctica.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 167

Latin America Antarctica

Antarctica Antarctica is a land of extremes; it is the coldest and the driest continent on Earth. Antarctica is simply stunning and surely the last frontier of travel. The enormity of its ice shelves and mountain ranges invariably heightens feelings of humanity’s insignificance and nature’s grandeur. Antarctica’s peculiar beauty will be remembered for the rest of your days. Even the trip over, crossing the Southern Ocean is an experience. With no landmass, low-pressure systems circle clockwise unimpeded, eventually reaching incredible speeds.

South Shetland Islands The South Shetland Islands are a long chain of islands that are primarily mountainous and more than 80% glaciated. The islands are home to marine mammals including species of crabeater seal, leopard seal, humpback whale, and the southern right whale, as the Southern Ocean contains the greatest quantity of animal protein on earth.

South Georgia South Georgia is breathtakingly beautiful and not easily forgotten. Huge glaciers, ice caps and snow fields cover around 75% of the island in its summer, while in winter the snow blanket stretches down to the coast.

South Georgia is surrounded by many offshore rocks and small islands that provide homes for breeding birds and mammals.

Deception Island Deception Island is an active volcano in the South Shetland Islands, off the Antarctica Peninsula. Its unique landscape comprises barren volcanic slopes, steaming beaches and ash-layered glaciers. Deception Island was an old whaler’s station and giant rusting barrels used to boil whale fat and decaying whale bones is all that is left today.

Lemaire Channel Lemaire Channel is one of Antarctica’s most popular destinations, found between rocky Booth Island and the mountainous western coast of the Antarctica Peninsula. The Lemaire Channel is a spectacular sight with enormous sheer cliffs falling straight into the sea. Orcas and humpback whales often accompany ships as they make their way through some of the most spectacular scenery on earth.

168 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Lindblad Expeditions – Journey to Antarctica

M/V Sea Spirit – Classic Antarctica

Remote. Untamed. Spectacular. Antarctica is one of the most exhilarating adventures on Earth. There are many reasons to explore it; the wildlife, the ice and the history of the great age of exploration. Lindblad offers a 12 day Journey to Antarctica on the ultimate expedition ships the National Geographic Explorer and National Geographic Orion.

Explore the Polar Region in style and comfort onboard the all-suite ship Sea Spirit. The ice-strengthened small all-suite expedition ship is perfect for exploring Antarctica. Their 12 day Classic Antarctica voyage offers all the essential experiences; crossing the Drake Passage, visiting the South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula.

There’ll be plenty of opportunities for wildlife viewing.

Adventure World loves to explore the remote, untamed, wildlife and ice history of Antarctica.

Adventure World loves to cruise onboard a vessel that truly provides a ‘home-away-from-home’.

M/S Expedition – Classic Antarctica

M/V Ocean Nova - Fly/Cruise

The M/S Expedition provides an intimate small-ship cruising experience. The ship’s team of zodiacs will take you up close and personal to glaciers, icebergs and unique wildlife. The few travellers who are fortunate enough to explore Antarctica return home forever changed by an experience so awe-inspiring. Their 11 day Classic Antarctica adventure allows you to explore the best this region has to offer.

Antarctica XXI invites you to discover one of the most remote places on earth. After a short two hour flight from Punta Arenas to King George Island, you are at the gates of the white continent.

Cruise on the Ocean Nova, a modern and comfortable expedition vessel, for six days along the Antarctica Peninsula with its ice-filled fjords and spectacular icebergs, enjoying the company of penguins, seals and whales.

Adventure World loves the option to be part of the Antarctica experience by camping on the continent.

Adventure World loves a combination of relaxation and action in the extraordinary Antarctic wilderness.

Latin America Antarctica

E X T R A O R D I N A R Y A N TA R C T I C A

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 169

America Latin America Central

Central America Central America will captivate you with its mystical natural wonders, unique landscapes and exotic cultures. From the deep rainforests of Guatemala to the amazing scuba diving on offer in the crystal clear waters of Belize; from the abundance of wildlife in Costa Rica to the Caribbean flavour of Panama and the faded colonial charm of Cuba, Central America is all about discovery. Its rich tapestry sits alongside deserted tropical beaches, lush forests and Mayan ruins.

Guatemala Guatemala is the heart of the Mayan world and their traditions continue to thrive here today, from the traditional villages in the highlands to the colourful markets in Chichicastenango.

Belize Belize’s crystalline Caribbean waters are home to the northern hemisphere’s largest barrier reef system and the enormous kaleidoscope of fish, sponges, crustaceans, and plants that inhabit it. Here, you’ll find some of the most impressive diving in the world.

Panama Panama City is one of the most cosmopolitan cities in Central America.

Modern commercial buildings blend with cobbled streets and Spanish colonial architecture of centuries past. West of the capital lies the Panama Canal, the legendary feat of mankind that unites two entire oceans.

Costa Rica Costa Rica is a fascinating destination, famed for its Pacific Coast surf breaks, volcanic mountain ranges, and the cloud forests of Monteverde where you can enjoy a sky walk in the canopy.

Cuba Cuba, the largest of the Caribbean islands, is a diverse mixture of sounds, rhythms, colours and dances, where African beats merge with Spanish sensations. This Caribbean jewel will transport you back in time.

MEXICO Mexico’s landscapes are as diverse as its culture; from the shimmering blue coastline of Baja California and the iconic cactus-strewn deserts of the north, to the Mayan villages and gorgeous palm-smothered beaches of the south.

170 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Latin America Guatemala

Guatemala

Handpicked Guatemala

Guatemala is the heart of the Mayan world. Its history dates back four thousand years, when the Mayan civilisation emerged, whose legacy continues today. Guatemala’s history is so vivid that you can almost picture pre-Columbian warriors striding across Tikal’s jungle-fringed stone ball court. The faces, the colourful regional costumes, and the kindness of the people from the highlands are like an echo of an impressive colonial past.

This journey is a fascinating combination of the best that Guatemala has to offer. Discover the highlights of this incredible country; the archaeological site of La Democracia and the open-air markets and the 400 year old church of Santo Tomas in Chichicastenango.

Explore the cobble stone streets of the colonial city of Antigua and visit Lake Atitlan, where highland villagers can be seen in traditional clothing.

| 7 days / 6 nights from $777* SMALL GROUP

six nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with an English speaking guide and all transfers

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER

Day 1 Guatemala City On arrival transfer to your hotel for the night.

• Beautiful colonial city of Antigua • 400 year old Church of Santo Tomas • Indigenous cultures at the Chichicastenango markets

Day 3 Chichicastenango - Quetzaltenango Visit the famous and colourful open-air Mayan market at Chichicastenango, which has been a trading centre since pre-Hispanic times. The markets draw not only the K’iche Maya of the surrounding region but vendors from all over Guatemala, representing many of the country’s indigenous groups. You will also visit the 400 year old Church of Santo Tomas, a glorious white-wash edifice which reflects the towns mix of Catholic and indigenous Mayan beliefs. Travel to Quetzaltenango.

EXPLORE • Enjoy a scenic boat ride across Lake Atitlan • Archaeological site of La Democracia

Day 4 Quetzaltenango - Lake Atitlan While in Quetzaltenango see the market of San Francisco El Alto and the Almolonga Valley. Travel to beautiful Lake Atitlan, famous for its natural beauty and colourful Mayan villages.

• The colourful markets of Chichicastenango

Day 5 Lake Atitlan - Antigua This morning enjoy an excursion on Lake Atitlan where you will have the chance to visit some Mayan villages. Transfer to Antigua and your hotel, Casa Santo Domingo, formerly one of the grandest monasteries in the Americas.

Antigua sits between three volcanoes and its streetscapes are full of pastel facades and crumbling ruins covered in bougainvillea.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your stay in Guatemala by adding a short journey to Tikal to your trip, the largest and most breathtaking Mayan archaeological site in the country

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 2 Guatemala City - Chichicastenango Today you will visit the archaeological site of La Democracia. The site is known for the crude Olmec-influenced carved stone heads from the Monte Alto culture that are on display around the town Square. Visit Las Ilusiones Museum on the southern Pacific coastal plain and travel by to road to Chichicastenango, a magical town of cobble stone streets and red tile roofs that make it appear isolated from the rest of the country.

Day 6 Antigua - Guatemala City Enjoy a morning visit of Antigua, the old capital and one of the world’s best conserved colonial cities in Guatemala. This afternoon, return Guatemala City for the night.

Day 7 Guatemala City Your journey ends with a transfer to the airport.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 171

Latin America Mexico

Mexico Mexico is a country filled with warmth, colour and magic. There’s no other country on earth where you can find yourself marvelling at a 1,300 year old Mayan palace at Palenque as parrots screech and howler monkeys growl in the emerald jungle around you or sliding from a palm-fringed sandy beach into the warm, turquoise waves of the Pacific at Puerto Vallarta, dining on salmon enchiladas at a Mexico City fusion restaurant, or kayaking at dawn past a colony of Baja California sea lions.

Mexico Cit y Mexico City is one of the world’s most densely populated cities and also one of its most vibrant and colourful. Once the ancient Aztec city of Tenochtitlan, the city was originally constructed over the ancient Lake Texcoco.

Taxco Known as the world’s silver capital, the small city of Taxco sits in an area sheltered by hills and mountains. Taxco is distinguished by its stone-paved lanes, traditional plazas and ancient houses with viceregal facades.

Teotihuacan The ruins of Teotihuacan are among the most remarkable in Mexico.

The Teotihuacan civilisation remains shrouded in mystery as the site was abandoned in the eighth century. The Aztecs believed that the gods created the universe in this ancient city.

CHICHEN ITZ A Chichen Itza was named one of the “New Seven Wonders of the World” and is the most visited of all Mayan sites. This ancient Mayan ruin is a rugged place of soaring pyramids, massive temples and startling carved columns.

Riviera M aya The Riviera Maya is a natural paradise with pristine beaches and exotic wildlife. It is surrounded by caves, sinkholes and underground rivers. The translucent water is perfect for snorkelling and scuba diving.

Palenque In the Mexican state of Chiapas, verdant jungle parts to reveal ancient Mayan temples in Palenque, an archaeological wonderland and the most studied Mayan site.

172 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 14 Days / 13 Nights from $3,099* INDEPENDENT

Mexico offers everything you could want; white sand beaches, high waves for surfing, archaeological sites of great importance, including Chichen Itza, beautiful colonial cities, colourful folklore and gastronomic diversity. Discover all that Mexico has to offer; explore Mexico City, travel south to San Cristobal de La Casas and play on the beautiful white sand beaches of Playa del Carmen.

Includes 13 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with a local English speaking guide and flights as per itinerary

Latin America Mexico

Handpicked Mexico

Day 1 Mexico City Upon arrival transfer to your hotel, your home for the next three nights.

Day 2 Mexico City Explore Mexico City on a sightseeing excursion.

Day 3 Teotihuacan Pyramids and Guadalupe Shrine Drive to the impressive archaeological site of Teotihuacan. Teotihuacan, one of the most impressive cities of the ancient world, was held sacred by the Aztecs. Explore its temples, palaces and pyramids, including the Quetzalpapalotl Palace Complex, the Temple of the Feathered Conches, the Pyramid of the Moon, and the immense Pyramid of the Sun, ranked among the biggest in the world.

Day 4 San Cristobal de las Casas Fly to Tuxtla Gutierrez and drive to San Cristobal stopping along the way at Sumidero Canyon, for a stunning boat ride.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 5 San Cristobal de las Casas Explore colonial San Cristobal de las Casas on foot.

Drive into the Chiapas Highlands, to the Tzotzil Indian villages of San Juan Chamula and Zinacantan.

DISCOVER • Bonampak, an ancient and unique Mayan site in the dense Mexican jungle • Architectural marvels at Palenque, Yaxchilan and Chichen Itza • Quaint village of Celestun and the biosphere reserve

Day 6 San Cristobal de las Casas - Palenque Visit the waterfalls of Agua Azul, known for its idyllic setting in the middle of the tropical rainforest before arriving in Palenque. In the foothills of the Tumbala Mountains, the ancient Mayan site of Palenque sits on the edge overlooking the swampy plains that stretch all the way to the Gulf coast. The elegance and craftsmanship of the buildings, as well as the lightness of the sculpted reliefs with their Mayan mythological themes, attest to the creative genius of this civilisation.

Day 7 Bonampak and Yaxchilan archaeological sites Drive to the archaeological site of Bonampak, set in a dense jungle that hid it from the outside world until 1946. When it was discovered, it initially did not seem to be very significant, until beautiful, vividly coloured murals depicting Mayan life and mythology, were found in its temples. Explore the temples and view the murals, before driving to the border town Frontera Corozal. From here continue by boat on the Usumacinta River, its jungle-covered banks forming the Mexico-Guatemala border, to Yaxchilan, one of the most dramatic Mayan sites.

EXPLORE • Fascinating Aztec and Mayan temples and pyramids • White sand beaches of the Mexican Riviera

Day 8 Palenque - Merida Transfer to Villa Hermosa airport for your flight to Merida. Built more than 450 years ago on the site of T’ho, an ancient Mayan city, Merida is the social and economic centre of the state of Yucatan.

• Mexico City, the world’s largest metropolis

Day 9 Uxmal and Kabah archaeological sites Visit the archaeological site of Uxmal. Its architecture is characterised by low horizontal palaces set around courtyards, decorated with symbolic motifs and sculptures depicting the long-nosed rain god Chaac. Explore the magnificent buildings. Continue to Kabah, with its amazing Palace of the Masks.

LEARN/DO

Day 10 Celestun Drive to the quaint fishing village of Celestun. The Celestun Biosphere Reserve is home to 587 plant species. The fauna found in the reserve include 304 bird species, including the Mexican pink flamingo, least tern, jabiru, king vulture and greater whitefronted goose. Take a boat ride through the estuaries to observe the beautiful pink flamingo colonies.

• Incredible history behind the Pyramids of the Sun and Moon • Enjoy a boat ride through the Sumidero Canyon

Day 11 Merida - Chichen Itza The famous Mayan pyramids of Chichen Itza are over 1,500 years old. The site is divided into three sections; the north grouping of structures is distinctly Toltec in style, the central group appears to be from the early period and the southern group is known as “The Old Chichen”. Chichen Itza is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and one of the ‘New Seven World Wonders”.

• Learn about the ancient Mayan and Aztec cultures ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Choose to spend the last two nights of your trip at the beach resort of Cancun

Day 12 Chichen Itza - Playa del Carmen (Riviera Maya) This morning is at your leisure to explore this unique site or the colourful village. This afternoon transfer to Playa del Carmen, on the Riviera Maya, where you will relax for the next two nights.

• Extend your adventure with a visit to secluded Holbox Island, where you can swim with whale sharks

Day 13 Playa del Carmen Spend the day at leisure. Playa del Carmen is the trendiest spot on the Yucatan Peninsula yet still retains its small town charm and bohemian feel. With a relaxed atmosphere and beautiful beaches, the area has excellent reefs for snorkelling and diving.

Day 14 Playa del Carmen Your fantastic journey through this colourful and remarkable country ends today with a transfer to Cancun airport or hotel.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 173

Rica Latin America Costa

Costa Rica

Handpicked Costa Rica

A colourful oasis of emerald rainforests, towering volcanic peaks and unique wildlife, the beauty of Costa Rica will amaze you.

From surfing its famed Pacific Coast breaks to the mountain ranges, it is a fascinating destination. Enjoy a bird’s eye view of the Monteverde cloud forests and travel east to the warm waters of the Caribbean where turtle hatchlings make their way by moonlight to the sea.

Discover Costa Rica from the Caribbean Sea to the Pacific Coast.

From San Jose, travel north to Tortuguero National Park, visit the Arenal Volcano and drive through ever-changing scenery to Monteverde Cloud Forest before returning to San Jose. This is a comprehensive journey of the best that Costa Rica has to offer.

| 9 days / 8 nights from $1,599* INDEPENDENT

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Extraordinary wildlife • Ever changing scenery of Monteverde Cloud Forest • Towering peak of Arenal volcano

EXPLORE • Monteverde Cloud Forest from hanging bridges and zip lines • Tortuguero National Park and the village • Swim in hot volcanic springs

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your Costa Rican adventure by heading to Manuel Antonio, a national park offering pristine beaches and a large variety of wildlife

eight nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with an English speaking guide and all transfers

INCLUDES

Day 1 San Jose On arrival in San Jose, you will be transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 San Jose - Tortuguero You will be transferred to the dock for a cruise through the canals with spectacular wildlife viewing to the tiny Caribbean village of Tortuguero, a true paradise where there are no cars on the streets and nature literally bursts into the village. On one side of the village, rivers and waterways beckon you to paddle deep into the jungle, while on the other side, a Caribbean beach welcomes thousands of sea turtles each year.

Day 3 Tortuguero Today is yours to explore the exotic paradise of Tortuguero on foot and by boat and encounter an enormous variety of flora and fauna.

Day 4 Tortuguero - Arenal After breakfast, transfer by boat and road to the Arenal Volcano district. Sitting within Costa Rica’s fertile northern lowlands, the Arenal Volcano is tall and imposing with a reputation that precedes it. Its perfect symmetrical shape makes it a photographer’s dream and, until recently, it was Costa Rica’s most active volcano.

Day 5 Arenal This morning is at your leisure to enjoy optional activities. Spend the afternoon on a sightseeing excursion of the area surrounding Arenal Volcano and swim in the volcanic hot springs.

Day 6 Arenal - Monteverde Today you will travel to Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve.

The reserve will astound you with its beauty and amazing biodiversity. Wind sculpted woodlands give way to rainforests where tall trees rise high into the sky. The climate of the Cloud Forest has helped shape an amazing set of creatures that call the reserve home, from the jaguar and Baird’s tapir to the famously resplendent quetzal.

Day 7 Monteverde Today enjoy an exciting trip to Selvatura Canopy, a network of suspension bridges and trails built deep within the primary cloud forest. It’s cables and platforms are built into the cloud forest rather than above it, allowing you to feel truly immersed within the forested environment. In total, there are 15 cables and 18 viewing platforms that stretch over three kilometres, the longest cable length of any canopy excursion in Costa Rica.

Day 8 Monteverde - San Jose Return by road to San Jose for one more night in the

city.

Day 9 San Jose Transfer to the airport for your onward flight.

174 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Latin America Cuba

Cuba

Handpicked Cuba

Trapped in a time-warp, Cuba is an endlessly fascinating place with breathtaking beaches, classic cars, faded colonial buildings, people who dance the salsa and mambo, hand-rolled cigars and yes, the rum does exist. Cuba’s colonial cities are some of the best-preserved; from the remarkable restored grandeur of Old Havana to the rugged realism of Trinidad and tiny Baracoa, one of the oldest colonial cities in the Americas.

This popular trip visits Cuba’s unique historic capital of Havana with its faded colonial grandeur, the city of Cienfuegos, Trinidad, one of the best preserved cities in the world, and the picturesque tobacco region of Vinales. Experience the country’s colourful history and culture on this entrancing tropical island with some of the best beaches and landscapes in the Caribbean.

| 8 days / 7 nights from $2,088* SMALL GROUP

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

Day 1 Havana On arrival you will be transferred to Old Havana.

DISCOVER • Colonial grandeur of Havana • Cuba’s unique and fascinating culture • Limestone mountains of Vinales Valley

Day 2 Havana Enjoy a guided sightseeing excursion of Havana visiting the major sights of the city including the Plaza de la Cathedral, the impressive Museum of the Revolution and the Havana Club Rum Museum where there may be the chance to sample the different rums. Lunch will be served at the famous El Patio restaurant overlooking Cathedral Square in the heart of Old Havana, before continuing to the impressive Revolution Square.

Day 3 Havana - Santa Clara - Trinidad Head to the city of Santa Clara where you will visit the mausoleum and museum dedicated to the extraordinary life of Ernesto “Che” Guevara, followed by a short orientation of the city. Continue through the Escambray Mountains to Trinidad, a UNESCO Heritage Site and one of the best-preserved colonial cities in the world.

EXPLORE

Day 4 Trinidad Explore Trinidad visiting Palacio de Cantero, followed by a visit to La Canchanchara, where you can try the unique Trinidad rum and sugar cane juice cocktail.

• Small rural community of Las Terrazas • Visit the Havana Club Rum Museum where you can sample the different rums

Day 5 Trinidad - Cienfuegos Continue on your journey to Cienfuegos, known as the ‘Pearl of the South’ due to its large boulevards, fascinating buildings and spectacular views over the bay. Admire the neoclassical structures and colonial theatre. The rest of the day will be at your leisure.

• Trinidad, one of the best preserved colonial cities in the world ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your Cuban adventure with a stay at the famous beach resort of Varadero, a two hour drive from Havana, with soft sandy beaches and turquoise waters

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing with an English speaking guide and all transfers

INCLUDES

Day 6 Cienfuegos - Pinar del Rio - Vinales Today travel to Pinar Del Rio province, known throughout the world as Cuba’s main tobacco growing region. En-route stop at Guama and enjoy a boat ride through the mangrove swamps to a replica stilted Taino Indian village on the shores of Treasure Lake. Continue to Vinales.

Day 7 Vinales Visit the famous Vinales Valley. Learn how Cuba’s famous cigars are still handmade by local experts by visiting one of Pinar Del Rio’s famous Cigar Factories.

Enjoy a subterranean boat ride through the El Indio limestone cave system.

Day 8 Vinales - Havana Depart to Las Terrazas community, situated in the foothills of the Sierra del Rosario Ecological Reserve, for lunch in one of their specialised restaurants. After lunch return to Havana.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 175

“Not all those who wander are lost.�

- J.R.R. Tolkein

Masai Mara, Kenya. Visit page 198 to explore Kenya.

176 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 177

MAPS MOROCCO

ALGERIA

WESTERN SAHARA

AFRICA

An African adventure is a trip of a lifetime and once in a lifetime is never enough. Discover the mystique of this fascinating continent which so enraptures visitors. From the wondrous culture and animals, to scenery so spectacular it must be seen to be believed, Africa steals the heart of every traveller.

MAURITANIA

SENEGAL Explore the ta, Okavango Del GUINEA Botswana GAMBIA

SIERRA LEONE

LIBERIA

Experience spellbinding landscapes of desert dunes as far as the eye can see; encounter breathtaking wildlife on safari and discover why the essence of this continent is in the spirit of its people.

Go almost anywhere is South Africa and experience the ultimate combination of nature, wildlife, culture, adventure, heritage and urban vibe. Botswana is known for having some of the best wilderness on the African continent and Victoria Falls, by far the greatest falls in Africa, links Zimbabwe, Zambia and Bostwana.

East Africa offers some of Africa’s best wildlife attractions as well as golden beaches, coral reefs, mountains and deserts and a wealth of fascinating tribal rituals.

in Etosha See wildlife rk, Namibia National Pa

WHEN TO GO Southern AFRICA

eastern AFRICA

South Africa is a year round destination. Wildlife viewing is best in the northern areas of Kruger during the winter months of May to September. The southern parts of Cape Town and the Garden Route are best during the summer months, October to March, when the temperature can reach 28 – 30°C or higher and rainfall is low. Winter is mild, except in the highest parts of the country.

The best time to travel to East Africa is during the dry season. East Africa has two dry seasons – December to February/ March and June to October. The annual migration of wildebeest and zebra herds take place year round between the Serengeti (approx.

November to June) and the Masai Mara (approx.

July to October).

During the winter dry season from May to October in Namibia, you can expect clear warm and sunny days and cold clear nights. During the rainy season between January and March, is the best time to witness the impressive desert bloom into flower.

The annual floods into the Okavango Delta in Botswana begin between January and March, a gentle process with the waters taking several months to reach their southern extremity. The regions is at its best from April through September while the rains from December to March cause animals to disperse over wider areas. However, its at this time of the year that birdlife is best viewed.

178 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

MALI

Mountain Discover Table Cape Town l u if t u ea b d an

BURKINA FASO BENIN

IVORY COAST

GHANA TOGO

TUNISIA

LIBYA

warriors, visit Masai nzania Kenya & Ta

EGYPT

NIGER CHAD

ERITREA

Trek to view rillas Mountain Go in Uganda NIGERIA

SUDAN DJIBOUTI

Addis Ababa SOMALIA SOUTH SUDAN

CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC

CAMEROON

UGANDA KENYA

EQ. GUINEA

GABON

ETHIOPIA

Masai Mara National Reserve

CONGO

Nairobi

DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE CONGO

Brazzaville

Climb ro Mt Kilimanja

RWANDA BURUNDI

Kilimanjaro Serengeti National Park Zanzibar

SEYCHELLES

TANZANIA

MALAWI ANGOLA

MOZAMBIQUE

Lusaka

ZAMBIA

Harare

Victoria Falls

Antananarivo

ZIMBABWE Windhoek

MADAGASCAR

BOTSWANA Gaborone

RÉUNION

Kruger National Park

NAMIBIA SWAZILAND

Johannesburg

Cape Town

SOUTH AFRICA

LESOTHO

MAURITIUS

Search for Kruger The King of rk National Pa

in Find Lemurs erve Andasibe Res

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 179

A Day on Safari...

Each day on safari brings a new experience. Perhaps you’ll see thousands of migrating wildebeest in the Serengeti, or a leopard lounging in a tree in South Africa. In Botswana you may glide silently along in a canoe or be charmed by baby elephants as they play on the shores of the river. There is no way to know exactly what the safari experience will bring from day to day, but a typical day might be something like this...

5:30-6:00a.m. Wake up callllll

If the chatter of birds has not yet woken you, a friendly wakeup call will ensure you are ready for the morning game drive. Your guide and tracker will meet you with a steaming cup of coffee or tea and some light snacks before you venture out into the bush.

6.00-9.00a.m. Exploration of the wildlife

Remember to take your camera and binoculars and a light sweater or warm jacket depending on the season. In the early morning the game is waking and predators are returning from the hunt. Photo opportunities abound as you go in search of the big ve. A myriad of other game also awaits – graceful giraffe feeding from the tall branches, hippos slumbering in the rivers, impala and zebra grazing in the grass and fascinating birds as well. A stop at a scenic spot for a snack and warm beverage will give you the opportunity to stretch your legs and chat with your tracker and guide to learn more about the surrounding bush and wildlife.

9.00a.m. Breakfast

Return to the lodge for a hearty breakfast. You’ll have built up quite an appetite!

10.00a.m. Relaxation and learning

Relax at the lodge or take a bush walk with your guide. You may get a lesson on animal tracking or a fascinating look at the lives of ant lions or dung beetles or wonder at the intricate patterns of a spider’s web.

NOON Lunch awaits

A delicious lunch awaits. Savour each bite of freshly prepared cuisine from local recipes.

2.00p.m. lo 2.00 lounge by the pool

Relaxation R Re llaaxa xati tion ti on n ttime im me at the lodge. Lounge on your deck or tent with a good book, take a refreshing dip pool, d di p iin n the thee p o l, oo l, oorr enjoy a siesta to make up for the early morning. If your lodge has a spa you mayy indulge ma in ndu dulg lgge in n a sspa p treatment or in East Africa enjoy a visit to a local Masai village.

3.30p.m. Tea and ttreats

Time Ti T ime m tto o ea eat at ag aagain. a n. ai n E Enjoy n oyy aafternoon nj f err no ft n tea with delicious sweet or savoury treats before heading out forr th fo tthee la llate te aafternoon/evening te f err nooon ft o /e /eve veni ve niingg ggame drive. n

4.00-7.00p.m. Sceni Scenic sunset and more wildlife

As the day cools and the afternoon turns into evening, the wildlife rouses from their lazy afternoon naps and the predators begin to go in search of their next meal. Your afternoon game drive provides the opportunity to o witness the bush in action. You may be lucky to follow a lion on the hunt or watch a herd of elephants come down to the river to drink and play. Keep an eye out for hyenas as they steal a kill from earlier in the day. Gaze at a vivid African sunset as you enjoy sundowners at a scenic spot. Then move on looking out for wildlife by way of a carefully shone spotlight, making sure not to disturb the nocturnal animals in the darkening bush.

7.00p.m. Dinner under the stars

Return to the lodge where a welcome shower awaits. Then lenjoy a multi-course meal served at an elegantly set table or in an open “boma” under the stars. After dinner, gather around the campre to exchange stories of the day’s sightings, stargaze, or retire in preparation for another breathtaking day on safari in Africa. *This day on safari is an example only. The experience and timings are subject to change depending on your accommodation and itinerary.

180 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Africa with the experts Alisa Feillafe Adv e n t u re W orld Afr i c a P rod u c t M a n ag er

“One of my most vivid African memories was as I drove past one of Kenya's spectacular soda lakes. It shimmered in the distance and the closer I got the pinker it became as thousands of flamingos went about their business. Then, without warning, they lifted off the water like an amazing pink cloud.

My heart is in Africa and there is nothing more rewarding than reading the emails and letters we receive from our travellers. As Africa Product Manager for Adventure World I always seek out the ‘extraordinary’ elements in crafting an itinerary or planning a trip series. It has to be something authentic and unique; it can be as simple as discovering a lesser known boutique property or sourcing a personal wildlife experience that is not available to the mass market.

Our wildlife and cultural safaris are specialised, educational, explorative and fun. Our areas cover many habitats, allowing for incredibly diverse and all-round experiences, whether in the savannah, the rainforest, the desert or the ocean.”

“

S ome pa s t t r av eller comme n t s

“The early morning game drives were my favourite; even though the air was cold the rangers had thought of everything. Having our own guide for the entire safari was great. He knew where to find the animals and we could hang around one spot as long as we wished.”

Ross Stanton , Adel aide SA

“Loved the Delta, being so close to the water in the canoe gave us a totally different perspective than being in the 4WD vehicles.”

Be a Hosking , S ydney NSW

Thelma Lockery Adv e n t u re W orld Tr av el D es i g n er

“With awe-inspiring landscapes, spectacular wildlife, fascinating cultures, exciting history and idyllic island getaways, Africa is a travellers dream.

Naturally my hometown of South Africa is my favourite, with the thrill of the Big Five in Kruger National Park and beyond, colourful Zulu culture and rhythms, luxurious train journeys through wild terrain, and the sophistication of sipping fine wines on the Garden Route.

I would also recommend following the steps of David Livingstone in Zambia and Zimbabwe, including the mighty Victoria Falls, or Mosi-oa-Tunya, “the smoke that thunders”. Have you ever thought of including a water safari in your African trip? Then traverse Botswana’s varied wildlife of the Okavango Delta by traditional dugout mokoro. For those taking a second or third time trip to Africa then why not explore the enormous sand dunes of Namibia, and the harsh beauty and surprising life of Estosha National Park? This is a remarkable wilderness you will never forget.

“Viewing the gorillas in their natural habitat was one of the most poignant and yet thrilling experiences of my life.”

C aroline M artin , Auckl and NZ

“Dreamy pool villas right in the middle of the Chobe Nature Reserve - you just step outside your room to find wild Warthog and Mongoose families sniffing tamely around the grass.

The only animal the hotel guards against are elephants... and only because they knock the trees over.”

Meg an Mc Tavish , S ydney NSW

Finally for those seeking the ultimate ‘Bucket-List’ African experience then I would suggest travelling north to the vast savannahs of the migration routes for this timeless wildlife ritual below the enormous bulk of snow-capped Kilimanjaro. Whatever African adventure is your dream holiday there is one thing I know for sure from all of my travels is that there is no warmer welcome than when in Africa.”

” adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 181

Journeys AFRICA Rail

Africa by rail Discovering Africa by rail is an amazing experience as you recapture the spirit of the golden age. It can offer different perspectives of this vast continent that you won’t see by any other means. At the perfect pace, you can explore extensive deserts, famous game reserves and national parks as you travel through dramatic landscapes.

Recapture the romance and atmosphere of a bygone era as you step aboard the reconditioned wood-panelled rail coaches and enjoy fine cuisine in five-star luxury with Rovos Rail, one of the most luxurious trains in the world.

Rovos Rail offers a series of journeys. The Pride of Africa links some of Africa’s greatest destinations; from Cape Town at the tip of Africa to Dar es Salaam in Tanzania, from scenic splendours as diverse as the game reserves of Mpumalanga to Victoria Falls, from the desert landscapes of Namibia and the stark beauty of the Karoo to the magnificent Garden Route along the Cape south coast.

The trains carry a maximum of 72 passengers in 36 superbly appointed suites.

Meals are served in one sitting in the charming Victorian atmosphere of the dining cars and are complemented by a selection of fine South African wines.

In keeping with the elegant atmosphere, evening dining attire for men is a jacket and tie, while for ladies, cocktail/evening dresses or suits are required.

Recapture the romance of a bygone era with Rovos Rail.

Tanzania on the epic 15 day Cape Town to Dar es Salaam journey that traverses the Selous Game Reserve, the largest on the African continent.

The Blue Train is a world famous luxury train journey that combines the opulence of the world’s leading hotels with the charm of rail travel. Take a journey into a timeless world of grace, elegance and romance where spectacular scenery combines with pleasurable comforts choosing between the deluxe or luxury suites.

The journey between Pretoria and Cape Town is a 27-hour, 1,600 kilometre trip through some of the most diverse and spectacular scenery found on the African continent. Southbound, from Pretoria to Cape Town, you will enjoy a stopover in Kimberley where you can step back in time to the days of the diamond rush.

On the northbound journey from Cape Town to Pretoria, the train will stop at Matjiesfontien, where Victorian building and original nineteenth century London lampposts transport you back to the colonial days.

Dining on board the Blue Train is an elegant affair. Meals are freshly prepared by the executive chefs to intrigue and tantalise your tastebuds. From Karoo lamb and venison to Knysna oysters, only the best local ingredients are used. Specially selected South African wines complement the gourmet experience. In keeping with the ambience of the train, dinner is a formal affair, with men requested to wear a jacket and tie and ladies elegant eveningwear.

The Blue Train combines opulence with the charm of rail travel.

Rovos Rail trains offer a range of suites, from the Pullman Suites through to the luxurious Royal Suites. The suites are wood-panelled rebuilt sleeper coaches that have been refurbished to mint condition and offer every modern convenience and comfort.

The three day Pretoria to Cape Town trip is the perfect journey to showcase South Africa as a world in one country. Travel the grasslands of the gold-rich Highveld and discover the barrenness of the Great Karoo. The popular four day journey between Pretoria and Victoria Falls includes an excursion to Hwange National Park, a rich and diverse wildlife sanctuary, and views the magnificent Victoria Falls. The three day rail safari from Pretoria to Durban takes in the Big Five on game drives in bushveld in KwaZulu-Natal and explores the battlefields with a world-class historian.

Discover the beauty of Namibia on a nine day journey that traverses the Northern Cape to Fish River Canyon, continues across the untamed Kalahari Desert and visits amazing Sossusvlei. Travel through South Africa, Zimbabwe, Zambia and

182 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

For more information and our full range of journeys, visit www.adventureworld.com

Africa AFRICA South

South Africa As a “world in one country”, South Africa is known for its extraordinary diversity. A nation of exceptional natural beauty with a rich cultural heritage, South Africa is one of the most remarkable destinations on earth. A wonderland with a rolling panorama of forests, rugged mountains, lush green pastures and golden beaches, South Africa boasts some of the most spectacular wildlife in the world. With so much to explore in one country, it’s only logical you’ll never want to leave.

Cape Region Cape Town is famous for its spectacular scenery and sophistication. The V&A Waterfront, Table Mountain, Robben Island...if you ever tire of sight­ seeing, simply enjoy the cosmopolitan side of Cape Town.

Winelands This is where you will find the charming villages of Stellenbosch, Paarl and Franschhoek. The Winelands is renowned as a great place to spend a couple of days sampling award-winning wines and cuisine.

The Garden Route The ideal self-drive destination, the Garden Route is perfect for the outdoor enthusiast with beaches, forests and rivers. The towns of Knysna, George and the stunning Plettenberg Bay are well worth a visit.

Kruger National Park The world-renowned Kruger National Park is home to an impressive number of species including the Big Five. With some of the best game viewing in Africa, you can spot the Big Five on a thrilling game drive or enjoy a walking safari.

Isimangaliso Wetland Park South Africa’s first UNESCO World Heritage Site, Isimangaliso Wetland Park has eight distinct ecosystems and is recognised for its spectacular landscape, unique ecological developments and extraordinary diversity of species.

M adikwe Game Reserve The malaria-free Madikwe Game Reserve plays host to the Big Five, cheetah, wild dog, and magnificent bushveld plains. The reserve is a hidden gem and regarded as one of South Africa’s best conservation areas.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 183

Africa

Handpicked South Africa & Victoria Falls

Africa South

Begin your trip in Johannesburg with a fascinating glimpse into the bustling township of Soweto. Travel to South Africa’s premium wilderness area and stay at an authentic Tsonga-styled private lodge in an exclusive concession of Kruger National Park. Continue to Cape Town before concluding your journey at the spectacular Victoria Falls, also known as “Mosi-oa-Tunya” – the smoke that thunders.

| 10 Days / 9 Nights from $3,699* INDEPENDENT

Includes nine nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, sightseeing as specified with a local English speaking guide, park fees, transportation and scheduled flights as per itinerary Day 1 Johannesburg On arrival in Johannesburg, transfer to your hotel. The remainder of the day is at your leisure.

Day 2 Johannesburg Today explore the township of Soweto and the surrounding area, driving past well known landmarks such as Chris Hani Baragwanath Hospital, Orlando Power Station, Nelson Mandela’s old house, Desmond Tutu’s house and the Hector Pieterson Memorial. In the afternoon, discover the history of South Africa’s apartheid era at the Apartheid Museum.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Warm Shangaan hospitality at the Tsonga-inspired Hoyo Hoyo • Amazing views from the top of Table Mountain • Local customs and traditions surrounding Victoria Falls EXPLORE • Kruger National Park while searching for the Big Five • Soweto, the township made famous during the apartheid era • Cruise along the magnificent Zambezi River LEARN/DO • The history of the apartheid era and its effect on South Africa • Robben Island and how it has evolved over the centuries • Discover how the majestic Victoria Falls were formed ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Enhance your journey by adding a trip to the Winelands and Garden Route from Cape Town. You can choose to self-drive this region at your own pace or hop on a guided scheduled trip with sightseeing

Day 3 Johannesburg - Kruger National Park Transfer by road or by air and road (extra cost) to Hoyo Hoyo Tsonga Lodge. Located on an ancient elephant route in a 10,000 hectare concession within Kruger National Park, this unique camp is steeped in African culture with six luxury air-conditioned ‘bee-hive’ suites. Fabrics, décor and objects d’art are sourced from the local Tsonga community whilst menus offer a traditional taste delicately balanced with a European flair. Hoyo Hoyo offers a once-in-a-lifetime, interactive cultural African experience and wildlife viewing in open 4WD vehicles. On arrival enjoy high tea at the lodge, followed by an afternoon open vehicle game drive.

Day 4 Kruger National Park Early morning tea and coffee is followed by an open vehicle game drive. Return to the lodge in time for breakfast. Spend the day relaxing at the lodge.

After enjoying afternoon high tea embark on an open vehicle game drive in search of the Big Five.

Day 5 Kruger National Park - Johannesburg - Cape Town After an early morning breakfast depart by road transfer back to Johannesburg. Arrive in Johannesburg in the early evening and board your flight to Cape Town. Alternatively, opt to fly from the Kruger area directly to Cape Town for an extra cost. On arrival in Cape Town, you will be transferred to your hotel.

Day 6 Cape Town Discover Cape Town on a sightseeing trip. Visit Table Mountain and, weather permitting, travel by cable car to the top for an extra cost. Pass through the Malay Quarter, city centre and Company Gardens. Continue with a visit to the Castle of Good Hope (time permitting) and Diamond Works. Travel to the Milnerton area and photograph Table Mountain from across Table Bay (time permitting).

Day 7 Cape Town Take a ferry to Robben Island and enjoy an informative guided excursion with a former political prisoner including a viewing of Nelson Mandela’s cell. For nearly 400 years, Robben Island, 12 kilometres from Cape Town, was a place of banishment, exile, isolation and imprisonment. It was here that rulers sent those they regarded as political troublemakers and social outcasts and the unwanted of society. During the apartheid years, Robben Island became internationally known for its institutional brutality. The duty of those who ran the Island and its prison was to isolate opponents of apartheid and to crush their morale. Some freedom fighters spent more than a quarter of a century in prison for their beliefs. Those imprisoned on the island succeeded on a psychological and political level in turning a prison ‘hell-hole’ into a symbol of freedom and personal liberation. Robben Island came to symbolise, not only for South Africa and the African continent, but also for the entire world, the triumph of the human spirit over enormous hardship and adversity. The rest of the day is at your leisure.

Day 8 Cape Town - Victoria Falls Transfer to the airport for your flights to Victoria Falls.

On arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel. The rest of the day is at leisure to discover all Victoria Falls has to offer.

Day 9 Victoria Falls This morning take a walking trip of the breathtaking Victoria Falls accompanied by a guide and discover how the Falls were formed and what local customs and traditions surround them. Often acknowledged as the greatest falls in Africa, Victoria Falls is a natural wonder of the world and half a million cubic metres of fresh water plummeting over the edge provides a truly awe-inspiring and striking sight. The rest of the day is at leisure until your late afternoon Zambezi River cruise on board the luxurious Zambezi Explorer catamaran. Enjoy a range of cocktails and delectable hors d’oeuvres whilst watching a stunning African sunset.

Day 10 Victoria Falls - Johannesburg Transfer to the airport for your flight back to Johannesburg.

184 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

| 16 Days / 15 Nights from $3,799* SMALL GROUP

Africa

Journey through the kaleidoscope of South Africa on this locally escorted small group trip. Enjoy remarkable wildlife viewing in the world-famous Kruger National Park, the rich cultural heritage of Swaziland and Zululand, the vibrant coastal cities of Durban and Port Elizabeth, the splendour of the Garden Route and Cape Winelands and finish with a leisurely stay in Africa’s most beautiful city, Cape Town.

AFRICA South

South Africa Panorama

Includes 15 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation and sightseeing as per itinerary with a local English speaking guide, park fees and scheduled flight from Durban to Port Elizabeth Day 1 Johannesburg On arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Johannesburg - Mpumalanga Depart Johannesburg for your journey by road to Hazyview in Mpumalanga Province. En-route visit the scenic Blyde River Canyon, one of the largest canyons on earth, the Three Rondavals, the second most photographed natural phenomenon in South Africa after Table Mountain and be amazed at the spectacular view of Kruger National Park and the lowveld from God’s Window at the edge of the escarpment.

Day 3 Mpumalanga (Kruger National Park) This morning, enjoy an early game drive in the world-famous Kruger National Park. Search for the Big Five and enjoy prolific birdlife and wildlife viewing. The afternoon is at your leisure or you have the option to enjoy an open vehicle game drive which is available at an extra cost. This evening, you may choose to spend the night at a private game lodge in the Sabi Sand Conservancy where you will encounter award winning luxury and warm African hospitality at Sabi Sabi Game Reserve.

This upgrade option is available at an extra cost.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Beautiful Cape Town and all the mother city has to offer • Amazing wildlife on open and closed vehicle game drives • Fascinating cultures of Southern Africa’s Swazi and Zulu kingdoms

Day 5 Mpumalanga - Swaziland Travel through the beautiful countryside of the Kingdom of Swaziland, one of the smallest countries in Africa. Visit a glass factory en-route where each item is handmade from 100% recycled glass. Explore the factory and witness the local craftsmen at work. This afternoon you may choose to visit a Swazi candle factory.

EXPLORE

Day 6 Swaziland - Zululand Head back to South Africa. Enjoy an afternoon open vehicle game drive while travelling to the Hluhluwe-Umfolozi region where you will spend the night.

• World famous Kruger National Park while searching for the Big Five

Day 7 Zululand - Durban Travel to a traditional Zulu village for lunch and a show displaying the local Zulu culture before continuing on to Durban for your overnight stay.

• The beauty of the Cape and its world class winelands

Day 8 Durban - Port Elizabeth Transfer to the airport for your flight to Port Elizabeth.

• The glorious Garden Route and the beachside towns and villages

Day 9 Port Elizabeth - Knysna Today, start your journey along the famous Garden Route by travelling to Knysna. Along the way, visit Tsitsikamma National Park and Storm’s River Mouth.

Stop at Blaauwkrans Bridge viewpoint to watch the bungee jumping. Upon arrival in Knysna, the rest of the day is at your leisure to discover the shops and restaurants along the lagoon foreshore.

LEARN/DO • The art of glass making on a visit to a factory in Swaziland • See how the locals live through community visits • Cango Caves and how they’ve been formed over thousands of years ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 10 Knysna After a leisurely start, enjoy a lagoon cruise to Featherbed Nature Reserve followed by a trailer ride to the top of Western Head. Walk back through the milkwood trees in time for lunch. Spend another night in Knysna.

Day 11 Knysna - Oudtshoorn Travel over the Outeniqua Pass to Oudtshoorn where you will visit an ostrich farm and the Cango Caves, an extensive system of tunnels and chambers.

Day 12 Oudtshoorn - Stellenbosch Travel along Route 62 via the “Little Karoo” and Montagu to Stellenbosch, arriving in the late afternoon. Stop along the way at a farm school in the Barrydale area for a community visit.

Day 13 Stellenbosch - Cape Town This morning there will be an opportunity for sampling some of Stellenbosch’s famous wines before travelling to Cape Town. Your guide will finish their journey with you upon arrival. The remainder of the day will be at your leisure.

• Upgrade to a luxury private game lodge for a night during your stay near Kruger National Park

Day 14-15 Cape Town You will have two days at leisure to enjoy everything Cape Town has to offer. You may choose to visit Table Mountain and ascend the summit in a cable car, visit Robben Island where Nelson Mandela was incarcerated for 18 of his 27 years in prison, head to Cape Peninsula or spend time down along the Victoria & Alfred Waterfront amongst the hustle and bustle of shops, restaurants and bars (sightseeing in Cape Town at own expense)

• At the end of your journey, experience the luxury of the world famous Rovos Rail by adding an all-inclusive rail trip from Cape Town to Pretoria

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 4 Mpumalanga (Kruger National Park) Head out again early this morning for a game drive in Kruger National Park, this time in an open game vehicle. In the afternoon depart for a visit to a children’s care centre in the Hazyview area. Optional late afternoon open vehicle game drives are available at an extra cost.

Day 16 Cape Town Today you will be transferred to the airport, harbour or railway station for your onward arrangements.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 185

Africa Africa South

Our fav o urite places t o stay

&Beyond Ngala Private Game Reserve

Sabi Sabi Private Game Reserve

Within Kruger lies Ngala Private Game Reserve.

The magic and mystery of Africa comes alive in the colonial ambience of Ngala Safari Lodge. The lodge’s fun-filled children’s adventure program makes it the ideal place for families.

Sophisticated ‘camping’ at its best Ngala Tented Camp’s luxurious safari tents capture the romance of canvas, with big night sounds and flickering lanterns lighting the camp grounds.

Deep in the African bushveld something enchanting lies in wait - Sabi Sabi Private Game Reserve. The Sabi Sabi philosophy of ‘yesterday, today and tomorrow’ stems from over 100 years of safari experience; a history richly woven into the atmosphere of each of its four uniquely individual safari lodges - Selati Camp, Bush Lodge, Little Bush Camp and Earth Lodge. South Africa and its warm hospitality echo through the style and flavour of each and every one.

Adventure World loves the magic of Africa that comes alive on safari.

Adventure World loves the amazing close-up experiences with Africa’s wildlife.

Camp Jabulani

Madikwe Safari Lodge

Camp Jabulani represents the epitome of style, luxury, gastronomic excellence and warm hospitality. This luxurious camp offers only six suites while the exclusive Zindoga Villa is well suited for families. Its most notable feature is the herd of African elephants which were rescued from Zimbabwe. Experience the extraordinary impact of interacting with them on daily elephant rides, around the waterhole as they swim and play, and in the wild habitat surrounding their stables.

Madikwe Safari Lodge sits in the heart of the richly diverse, and malaria-free, Big Five 76,000 hectare Madikwe Game Reserve. The three exclusive lodges, Lelapa, Kopano and Dithaba, have only 20 suites in all and feature a simple yet sophisticated style. The lodge offers a great family getaway with family safaris, pizza making and bush orientation just some of the activities on offer. Get closer to the raw, untamed African bush with an amazing safari experience.

Adventure World loves the daily interaction of African elephants which were rescued from Zimbabwe.

Adventure World loves the unchanged, untamed vast open landscape and abundant wildlife.

186 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Drive the Western and Eastern Cape and discover some of South Africa’s most scenic landscapes. Visit the winelands of the magnificent Franschhoek Valley, followed by a picturesque drive along Route 62 to Oudtshoorn. Continue along the Garden Route to the beautiful town of Knysna. Travel to Port Elizabeth, stopping enroute at Jeffrey’s Bay to check out the surf. Finally drive to Kariega Private Game Reserve and end your journey with a Big Five safari experience.

Africa

| 8 Days / 7 Nights from $1,199* SELF-DRIVE

AFRICA South

Winelands & Garden Route Self-Drive Safari

Includes seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, eight days car rental, one-way drop off fee and scheduled game drives and activities at the private game reserve Day 1 Cape Town - Franschhoek Today you will collect your hire car and depart Cape Town, heading for the beautiful Cape Winelands. Explore this scenic region and the towns of Stellenbosch and Paarl before heading to Franschhoek for the night. The Winelands is one of the most stunning regions in South Africa. The small village of Franschhoek is famous for its spectacular beauty and is a must visit destination. The town of Stellenbosch is a great place to discover amazing food and to sample the wines available in the area. The Cape Winelands is one of the most renowned wine producing areas in the world.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 2 Franschhoek - Oudtshoorn Continue along the famous Route 62 to Oudtshoorn in the enchanting Klein Karoo, known for its ostrich farms and the Cango Caves, a true showcase of evocative dripstone formations nestled deep in a series of hidden chambers in a limestone layer of rock. Route 62 is the tourist route through the Western and Eastern Cape. It’s an area of magnificent landscapes, towering cliffs and an abundance of indigenous flora, which all contribute to making it one of the most diverse areas in the country. The easily accessible towns, nestled in the valley along the route, offer plenty of opportunities for discovery. You will have the time today, if you choose, to stop off at an ostrich farm for an experience you will never forget. You can enjoy a guided visit and there may even be a chance to touch and feel these magnificent birds.

DISCOVER • Picturesque Cape Winelands • Search for the Big Five on a private game reserve • Amazing coastline and beautiful beaches

Day 3 Oudtshoorn - Knysna Travel over the Outeniqua Pass and along the Garden Route to Knysna. The Garden Route is high on travellers’ to-do lists and it’s easy to see why. The beautiful natural scenery will take your breath away. The coast is dotted with amazing beaches, while inland you’ll find rolling hills, picturesque lagoons and lakes and mountains.

The ancient indigenous forests that line the coast are great for hiking, bird watching, canoeing or sliding through the tree canopy. Upon arrival into Knysna, perhaps enjoy a cruise on the Knysna Lagoon with a visit to Featherbed Nature Reserve. Continue to your hotel in Kynsna.

EXPLORE • Famous Route 62 and the Garden Route at your own pace • Ostrich capital of Oudtshoorn • Western and Eastern Cape’s most scenic landscapes

Day 4 Knysna Today is free to spend at your leisure enjoying all the Knysna has to offer. You may choose to shop or discover one of the many restaurants along the waterfront.

Day 5 Knysna - Port Elizabeth Drive towards Port Elizabeth stopping at Plettenberg Bay, one of South Africa’s premier holiday spots with golden beaches, the iconic Robberg Peninsula, intriguing lagoons and estuaries, towering indigenous forests, and the Tsitsikamma Forest, which is home to an abundance of plant life and is popular for adventure activities. If you have time, check out the surf at Jeffrey’s Bay en-route.

LEARN/DO • Check out the surf at Jeffrey’s Bay • Spend time in beautiful, relaxing Knysna • Soak up warm hospitality, fine wines and world class cuisine

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Enhance your journey with a stay at Grootbos Private Nature Reserve, a five star eco-paradise showcasing incredible flora and marine life at the southern tip of Africa. Home to the “Marine Big Five”, Grootbos offers a one-of-a-kind luxury African experience

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 6 Port Elizabeth - Kariega Private Game Reserve This morning drive to Kariega Private Game Reserve, a family owned and operated malaria free Big Five game reserve comprising nearly 10,000 hectares of pristine wilderness. The park is home to some of the richest biodiversity in South Africa as well as two abundant rivers. Here, each day begins with a morning safari into the South African bush where you will experience the dawn of a new day as the landscape comes to life with the sunrise. During evening safaris you may be lucky enough to witness the thrill of a lion hunt, or watch as a family of hippo emerge from the water for a night of grazing. As nocturnal life begins to stir, return safely to the lodge for a hearty dinner. Park the car and let Kariega’s expert rangers look after your activities during your stay. Choose from game drives in open 4WD vehicles, river cruises, guided bush walks and canoeing.

Day 7 Kariega Private Game Reserve Enjoy morning and afternoon game viewing activities.

Day 8 Kariega Private Game Reserve - Port Elizabeth After your morning game activity, depart the reserve and drive to Port Elizabeth airport for your onward flight.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 187

Africa Africa South

Our fav o urite places t o stay

Sanbona Wildlife Reserve

Shamwari Private Game Reserve

Set amongst mountains and plains in the Little Karoo, near Cape Town, Sanbona boasts an impressive collection of succulents and wildlife including white lions, the Big Five, rock formations and bushman paintings. There are three luxury lodges: Tilney Manor, Dwyka Tented Lodge and Gondwana Lodge, which has a specialised ‘kids on safari’ program. Sanbona also offers the Explorer Camp, a unique two day walking trail through Big Five territory.

A malaria-free game reserve in the Eastern Cape, Shamwari supports many forms of plant, bird and animal life. There are six luxury lodges: Long Lee Manor, a restored Edwardian manor house; Bayethe, a tented camp; the family friendly Riverdene Lodge; the contemporary Sarili Lodge; Eagles Crag offering suites with private plunge pool; and the sole-use Villa Lobengula. Shamwari also offers the Explorer Camp, a unique two day walking trail through Big Five territory.

Adventure World loves the home of the only free self sustaining White Lions in the world.

Adventure World loves where the wildlife freely roam the landscape under the African sun.

&Beyond Phinda Private Game Reserve

Tswalu Kalahari

Phinda borders the Isimangaliso Wetland Park in KwaZulu Natal.

It spans seven unique ecosystems and is home to a diverse range of flora and fauna along with six distinctive lodges; Forest Lodge, nestled in the heart of a dry sand forest, Mountain Lodge, with remarkable views of the reserve, Vlei Lodge, on the edge of the forest, and Rock Lodge that sits suspended over a deep valley.

Phinda’s two sole-use villas are perfect for families.

Tswalu Kalahari is South Africa’s largest private game reserve and conservation is its absolute priority; its vision is simply ‘to restore the Kalahari to itself’. No more than thirty guests at a time can discover the beauty and serenity of this landscape and its diverse wildlife. Tswalu offers two properties: The Motse nestled at the foot of the Korannaberg Mountains and Tarkuni, set amongst two rolling mountain ranges in total seclusion, is perfect for families.

Adventure World loves the reserves abundant wildlife and diversity of habitats.

Adventure World loves the serenity of what may well be South Africa’s last great wilderness.

188 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

This culinary safari focuses on all the food and wine on offer in the stunning Cape region of South Africa and a sophisticated fine dining experience on board the luxurious Blue Train from Cape Town to Pretoria. This is followed by contemporary African cuisine and exceptional close wildlife encounters at an award winning five-star private game reserve in the Greater Kruger National Park.

Africa

| 12 Days / 11 Nights from $7,199* INDEPENDENT

Africa South

Cape & Kruger Culinary Safari

Includes 11 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, house beverages on board the Blue Train and at Sabi Sabi Private Game Reserve, sightseeing and entrance fees as specified, scheduled game activities at Sabi Sabi Private Game Reserve and transfers and flights as per itinerary Day 1 Cape Town Upon arrival in Cape Town you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

After settling in to your hotel you will be transferred to the Mayoga Restaurant where you will enjoy a seven course wine paired welcome dinner.

Day 2 Cape Town This morning enjoy a Cape Malay Cooking Safari. Meet your guide at the Bo-Kaap Museum and from here take a walking trip of the area. Arrive at the home of a local resident to begin your hands-on cooking experience. Enjoy a refreshing glass of Falooda- flavoured milk, an old custom when welcoming visitors. Learn about Masalas, make a curry and fill and fold samosas. After all your hard work, it is time to sit down and enjoy the meal ending with dessert of a Koeksiester and a cup of either Rooibos or Masala Tea. Afterwards enjoy a relaxing afternoon of sightseeing around Cape Town.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Indigenous teas and traditional Cape snacks • The luxury, grace and elegance of the Blue Train • Africa’s magic at the luxurious Sabi Sabi Game Reserve

Day 3 Cape Town Enjoy a full day visit to Cape Point. Travel via the 12 Apostles and Chapman’s Peak (dependant on the road being open). Continue to the Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve which comes to an end at majestic Cape Point. This evening make your way to Gold Restaurant, a vibrant, eclectic Pan-African experience in the heart of Cape Town, for dinner and a drumming session.

Day 4 Cape Town Today you have the full day at leisure to explore the magic and beauty of Cape Town on your own.

Day 5 Cape Town - Cape Winelands Depart for the Cape Winelands and enjoy a Cuisine Walk. Savour traditional Cape food and drinks as your guide leads you through the historic heart of Stellenbosch. Enjoy a tasting of indigenous teas and old-style rusks, wine tastings at a trendy wine bar, traditional snacks from a family run butchery, heritage lunch platter at the oldest hotel in the country, and a variety of Cape desserts. Enjoy dinner at the De Volkskombuis Restaurant in Stellenbosch which specialises in traditional Cape cuisine in authentic Cape Dutch surroundings.

EXPLORE • Cape Winelands and the diverse range of food and wines

Day 6 Cape Winelands Today enjoy a delightful visit to local wine estates in Paarl, Franschhoek and Stellenbosch. At Fairview Estate in Paarl, enjoy wine and cheese tasting.

Enjoy lunch at Haute Cabrière, a wine farm steeped in history and local lore and a visit to Waterford Estate in Stellenbosch where the wine and chocolate tasting is a unique flavour experience with custom-made chocolates paired with red and dessert wines.

• Cape Malay area of Cape Town with its eclectic architecture and cuisine • Extraordinary wildlife encounters in a private game reserve

Day 7 Cape Winelands – Cape Town – Blue Train Transfer to Cape Town Station where you will board the luxurious Blue Train for your journey into a timeless world of grace, elegance and romance. En-route to Pretoria the train stops at Matjiesfontein where the Victorian buildings and original nineteenth century London lampposts impart to the traveller the uncanny sense of entering a colonial time warp. The Blue Train dining experience is a sophisticated affair. The meals are freshly prepared by executive chefs and carefully selected South African wines complement the gourmet cuisine.

TASTE • Seven course wine paired welcome dinner in Cape Town • Enjoy a Cape Malay Cooking Experience and savour your handiwork

Day 8 Blue Train – Pretoria After breakfast and a relaxing morning, the train arrives in Pretoria. You will be met on arrival and transferred to your hotel.

• Wine and chocolate tasting through the Cape Winelands • South African braais and mezzes in the heart of the bush • Eclectic Pan-African dining and drumming experience • Traditional Cape cuisine in authentic Cape Dutch surroundings

Day 9 Pretoria – Johannesburg – Greater Kruger National Park Transfer to Johannesburg airport for your flight to Sabi Sabi Private Game Reserve where you will be met and transferred to your lodge. Sabi Sabi Bush Lodge is set in the heart of the bushveld overlooking a waterhole and an African plain. The lodge is a luxurious safari escape.

Day 10 - 11 Greater Kruger National Park Sabi Sabi epitomises Africa’s magic. With no fences between the reserve and Kruger National Park, big game abounds, moving freely through this unspoiled part of the ancient African continent. The Reserve is blessed with a great biodiversity of habitat and wildlife giving an excellent chance of close encounters with the “Big Five”. Safaris take place each morning and evening in open Land Rovers, allowing you to view the vast interactions of the wild. Bush Lodge’s executive chef has a wealth of world wide experience and describes his food as ‘Contemporary African’. The dishes range from South African braais (barbeques) to African mezze platters.

Day 12 Greater Kruger National Park – Johannesburg After an early morning game drive and breakfast, transfer to the airstrip for your flight back to Johannesburg.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 189

Africa Africa South This wonderfully diverse circuit combines three exquisite wilderness areas, from the heart of the Kruger National Park, famous for the Big Five, to the pristine wetland environment of Kosi Bay and the unspoilt beaches and crystal waters of Mabibi Bay in the Isimangaliso Wetland Park. Experience wildlife, natural sights and beautiful beaches in laidback comfort. You’ll have the chance to unwind at the secluded Mabibi Bay, swim down by the sea and enjoy sundowners overlooking Lake Sibaya, South Africa’s largest freshwater lake.

Bush, Forest & Beach Fly-In Safari | 9 days / 8 nights from $4,699* INDEPENDENT

Experience wildlife and natural wonders on this diverse journey.

Spend four nights in Kruger at a combination of Rhino Post Safari Lodge and Plains Camp. Stay at Kosi Forest Lodge, the only private lodge in the Kosi Bay Nature Reserve and finish your trip at the secluded Thonga Beach Lodge. eight nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, scheduled activities, park fees, transfers and charter flights as specified per itinerary

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • The African wilderness on walking safaris and game drives • Plains Camp, built in the authentic pioneer tradition • Unspoilt World Heritage Site of Isimangaliso Wetland Park EXPLORE • Coral reefs off the South African coast • The heart of Kruger National Park, searching for the Big Five • Coastal forests that meet white sandy beaches ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 1 Johannesburg – Kruger National Park Make your way to the airport for your flight to Kruger. Upon arrival, transfer by open 4WD vehicle to your Rhino Walking Safaris lodge located within a private concession area of the Kruger National Park. The next four nights will be spent at a combination of Rhino Post Safari Lodge and Plains Camp.

Day 2 - 4 Kruger National Park Your safari over the next few days includes professionally guided game drives and walking trails. While staying at Rhino Walking Safaris, why not add the sleep out option to your trip?

Day 5 Kruger National Park – Kosi Bay, Isimangaliso Wetland Park After brunch, transfer by air and road to Kosi Forest Lodge, the only private lodge in the Kosi Bay Nature Reserve, an unspoilt wilderness that is part of the Isimangaliso Wetland Park.

Guests have the unique opportunity of exploring a pristine wetland environment in guided canoes and vehicles.

Day 6 Kosi Bay, Isimangaliso Wetland Park Enjoy a full day boat trip through lakes and channels with a walk through the famous Kosi Bay fish traps, as well as a picnic lunch and a swim. There will also be optional extra activities available at an extra charge, such as a Kosi Mouth Reef visit, Tembe Elephant Park excursion and turtle tracking in season.

Day 7 Kosi Bay – Mabibi Bay, Isimangaliso Wetland Park Transfer by road to Thonga Beach Lodge, set in the secluded Mabibi Bay. Mabibi is a magical place of tranquil swimming bays and reefs, coastal forests and exquisite sandy beaches. Set above a secluded bay, Thonga Beach Lodge is nestled into a beautiful coastal dune forest with sweeping views of the stunning beach below.

• During your stay in Kruger, spend a night under the stars with the sleep out option

Day 8 Mabibi Bay, Isimangaliso Wetland Park Today is yours to spend at your leisure.

Activities available at Thonga Beach Lodge include snorkelling, guided walks, kayaking and sundowners at Lake Sibaya. There are also a number of optional extra activities, which are at an extra cost, including scuba diving, open ocean experience, turtle tracking (in season) and sea spa.

• Optional visits to Kosi Mouth Reef or Tembe Elephant Park

Day 9 Mabibi Bay, Isimangaliso Wetland Park – Johannesburg Transfer to the airstrip and fly back to Johannesburg.

• Search for dolphins, whale sharks and other marine life on the open ocean experience at Thonga Beach 190 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Explore Cape Town, one of the world’s most beautiful cities, and discover its rugged landscapes, flourishing vineyards and glorious beaches. Search for the elusive leopard and more in one of South Africa’s premier private game reserves and experience a night under the stars in a luxury treehouse. End your safari by unwinding on the exquisite Benguerra Island in the Bazaruto Archipelago of Mozambique.

Africa

| 10 Days / 9 Nights from $7,077* INDEPENDENT

AFRICA South

Scenery, Safari & Sand

Includes nine nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, Cape Highlights excursion, park fees, scheduled game activities, one scheduled snorkelling trip per day, sea kayaking and a sunset dhow cruise on Benguerra Island and flights and transfers as per itinerary Day 1 Cape Town On arrival in Cape Town you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

The Cape Cadogan boutique hotel is quintessential Cape Town. Set in a scenic suburb, it allows you to live like a local and still be treated as a guest. It is the ideal base from where to explore Cape Town and all it has to offer. Like the city, oblivious to the world rushing by, Cape Cadogan has a laid-back quality, which makes you want to sink deeper into your armchair and just drink it all in. You can take a walk to the buzzing bistros, boutiques, cafes and restaurants of Kloof Street, where you can enjoy the energy of the city and truly experience Cape Town.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 2 Cape Town Today enjoy a Cape Highlights excursion including a visit to the Cape Point Nature Reserve and a wine tasting in Stellenbosch.

DISCOVER • The vastness of the African night sky while sleeping in a treehouse • How the locals live while staying in a quintessential Cape Town hotel • The authentic character and charm of the Bazaruto Archipelago EXPLORE • Lion Sands Game Reserve on bush walks and game drives

Day 4 Cape Town - Greater Kruger National Park After breakfast, transfer to the airport for your flight to Skukuza Airport located within the Kruger National Park. Here you will be met by a representative of Lion Sands and transferred to your lodge. Lion Sands River Lodge has been built on the banks of the Sabie River, positioned on a site with trees dating back 800 years. Facing due east, the lodge catches the sun as it rises over the Kruger National Park. Hosted by a family of staff that make it feel like home away from home, the lodge is about spirit, warmth and nature. Here you are invited to relax and experience African hospitality at its finest. The public areas at River Lodge feature a private lounge and bar with fireplace, an outdoor safari lounge, two swimming pools (heated in winter), wooden viewing decks, a secluded bird hide, a magnificent River Deck built on the river, a conference room, Lalamuka Health Spa & gymnasium, curio shop and both an indoor and open-air (Boma) dining area.

Day 5 - 6 Greater Kruger National Park Activities available at Lion Sands include morning and evening game drives in open safari vehicles, bush walks, bird watching, astronomy, bush breakfasts, bush dinners, river walks, hippo excursions, safari lunches, wildlife lectures, boma dinners, clay pigeon shooting, wellness treatments and local village experiences.

One of the nights during your stay will be spent in the ultimate bush bedroom in a luxury tree house. The tree house is a secure and lavish platform under the African stars, with all the comforts of a five star safari lodge. You will be taken to the tree house at sunset, where drinks and a scrumptious picnic dinner await. The hours of African dusk can be enjoyed relaxing and absorbing the vastness of the bushveld as it transforms from day to night, before turning in for slumber beneath the incredible night sky.

• Magical Benguerra Island in Mozambique • Cape Point Nature Reserve, the popular south-western tip of Africa RELAX • Soak up the spectacular scenery in cosmopolitan Cape Town • Savour the sounds of the night jars and other nocturnal animals as the big red African sun reaches its resting place for the evening • Do as much or as little as you wish on the extraordinary Benguerra Island ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Explore Cape Town by adding your choice of sightseeing excursions

Day 7 Greater Kruger National Park - Nelspruit - Vilanculos - Benguerra Island After breakfast, transfer by road to Nelspruit Airport for your flight to Vilanculos. On arrival you will be met and directed to your light aircraft for your flight to the magical Benguerra Island, where time stands still and legends come to life. The second largest island in the Bazaruto Archipelago, Benguerra Island offers pristine beaches, unspoiled coral reefs teeming with marine life and excellent fishing opportunities. Here authentic African character and charm blend with echoes of a distant history in a lodge that cherishes the simplicity of tradition, while celebrating the Arabic influence of its past. Simple, yet elegant, ten casitas and two cabanas are tucked into a shady forest on the edge of a pristine beach.

Private decks boast cool plunge pools and sheltered gazebos. Spacious bedrooms include en-suite bathrooms and open air showers, while casitas also offer a generous private lounge.

Day 8 - 9 Benguerra Island Devote your days here exploring the azure waters to catch a glimpse of manta rays, reef sharks, dolphins, turtles and the endangered dugong. Perhaps spend an afternoon indulging in a mouth-watering “Cast-Away” picnic and explore the highest dune in the Bazaruto Archipelago or hop aboard a traditional dhow for an unforgettable cruise around the bay.

• Bush walks or wellness treatments at Lion Sands • Discover scuba diving in the azure blue waters of Mozambique on a PADI dive course * All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 3 Cape Town Explore Cape Town at your leisure today.

Day 10 Benguerra Island - Vilanculos - Johannesburg Return to the mainland by light aircraft and take a scheduled flight to Johannesburg.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 191

& Zambia AFRICA Zimbabwe

Zimbabwe & Zambia Linked by the spectacular Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe and Zambia both offer extraordinary experiences. Visitors to Zimbabwe will find themselves privy to magnificent wildlife viewing, rich culture, the Zambezi River and one of the Wonders of the Natural World, Victoria Falls. As the home of the legendary walking safari, neighbouring Zambia features a great number of game roaming the unspoiled wilderness of the South Luangwa National Park. If you are out to experience the ‘real’ Africa, Zimbabwe and Zambia are it.

Victoria Falls The greatest falls in Africa, half a million cubic metres of water plummet over the edge. The thunder of the cascading water can be heard almost five kilometres away with the spray visible for up to 50 kilometres, a truly aweinspiring sight.

Lower Zambezi In the Lower Zambezi National Park the wildlife viewing is endless - gaze in awe at elephants sauntering along the bank, swarming hippos in the river and fish eagles soaring overhead.

Hwange National Park Hwange National Park is considered one of the few great elephant sanctuaries left in Africa. The park sustains a greater variety and density of wildlife than any other conservation region in the world.

South Luangwa National Park Regarded as the home of the walking safari, the South Luangwa National Park has a great number of zebra, giraffe, leopard, buffalo, impala and lion roaming the plains while hippo occupy the riverine stretches.

Zambezi River Acclaimed as the best one-day white water rafting trip in the world, the Zambezi River is a must for any traveller’s bucket list. Canoeing and tranquil river cruises are on offer for the less adventurous.

L ake M alawi Dominating the eastern side of Malawi, Lake Malawi is renowned for its diversity of freshwater fish and its abundance of beaches allows for endless activities including swimming, snorkelling, scuba diving, kayaking or relaxing in the sun.

192 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

& Zambia Africa Zimbabwe

Our fav o urite places t o stay

Victoria Falls Hotel

Victoria Falls Safari Lodge & Club

Built in 1904, the Victoria Falls Hotel was the very first hotel built at the Falls and exudes colonial Edwardian charm and elegance with all of the modern comforts expected of a luxury hotel. The hotel perfectly depicts the grand age of travel and lies in manicured gardens with views of the Victoria Falls Bridge and the spray from the Falls.

Set high on a plateau bordering Zambezi National Park, Victoria Falls Safari Lodge & Club is only four kilometres from the thundering Victoria Falls. With uninterrupted views of spectacular African sunsets, the lodge is ideally positioned to watch game all year round at its central waterhole. Their award-winning boma offers an amazing African dining experience not to be missed.

Adventure World loves high tea with terrific views of the Victoria Falls Bridge and the Falls spray.

Adventure World loves the private waterhole with uninterrupted views of amazing sunsets.

The Elephant Camp

Tongabezi

Situated on a private concession and bounded by the Masuwe River and Zambezi gorges, The Elephant Camp is a luxurious and intimate lodge under canvas with breathtaking views of the Victoria Falls’ spray and the spectacular gorges that separate Zimbabwe and Zambia. All guests staying at the camp have the opportunity to meet and greet the elephants.

Tongabezi is a romantic hideaway on the banks of the Zambezi River, just upstream from Victoria Falls. The lodge offers a selection of cottages and houses, each one beautifully styled. Tongabezi combines exclusive ambience with the warmth and hospitality of the Zambian people. Sindabezi Island, an idyllic private island in the middle of the Zambezi, is a unique and exclusive camp.

Adventure World loves getting up-close with the resident elephants and enjoying an interactive experience.

Adventure World loves the real beauty of their ability to inspire a little magical romance.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 193

AFRICA Botswana

Botswana Known for having some of the best wilderness and wildlife areas on the African continent, Botswana is a unique destination. With an unusual amalgamation of desert and delta, Botswana draws an immense concentration of wildlife to its multitude of wetlands in the winter and an incredible collection of birdlife during the summer. Experience sunsets over cosmic skylines, the world’s largest intact delta, remote saltpans, skies spoiled with stars of astonishing brilliance and be enchanted by the welcoming people of Botswana.

Okavango Delta Home to one of the world’s most unique ecosystems, the Okavango Delta is a wetland surrounded by the Kalahari Desert. Formed by the annual summer rains in Angola, the enormous wetland sustains a vast diversity of wildlife.

Chobe National Park Chobe National Park features the highest concentration of elephants in Africa. Enjoy viewings of large herds of elephants and buffalos from a game drive vehicle or boat. Other park residents include zebras and lions.

Moremi Wildlife Reserve At the core of the Okavango lies Moremi Game Reserve. This reserve is a sought-after destination for the naturalist, photographer, fisherman and those that want to get away from it all.

M akgadikgadi & Nxai Pans Makgadikgadi and Nxai Pans are two of the largest saltpans in the world and a result of a great lake that once covered much of northern Botswana. They transform from dust-dry basins to host birds in their thousands when the rains come.

Central K alahari Game Reserve Yielding a wild and mysterious beauty, the Central Kalahari Game Reserve is the largest, most remotely located reserve in Southern Africa. Learn about the fascinating culture and customs of the San Bushman on a walking journey.

Savute Channel The erratic Savute Channel dries up for extended periods of time before curiously flowing again into the marsh. The channel reached the Savute Marsh in January 2010 for the first time since 1982.

194 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 9 Days / 8 Nights from $5,388* INDEPENDENT

This safari provides an African experience unrivalled anywhere else on the continent. The Moremi Reserve supports the most diverse habitat and animal populations in Botswana. The Okavango Delta is renowned for its great natural beauty, and is a birdwatcher’s paradise. Savute is a dynamic wilderness in the heart of Botswana’s Chobe National Park. Conclude your safari at the breathtaking Victoria Falls and enjoy sunsets over the Zambezi River.

Africa Botswana

Handpicked Botswana & Victoria Falls

Includes eight nights accommodation, all meals, house beverages, road transfers, light aircraft flights as per itinerary, scheduled game viewing and activities and park fees in Botswana (not included at Victoria Falls) Day 1 Maun - Moremi Wildlife Reserve Fly from Maun to the Moremi Wildlife Reserve and transfer to either Camp Moremi or Xakanaxa Camp, both of which are located next to the Xakanaxa Lagoon within the Moremi Reserve. Moremi Wildlife Reserve ranks as one of the most beautiful reserves in Africa. It sits in the central and eastern areas of the Okavango and boasts one of the richest and most diverse ecosystems on the African continent.

Moremi was also the first reserve in Africa that was established by local residents. Camp Moremi accommodates just 22 guests in African-style safari tents, each individually sited on a raised teak platform, with most offering unsurpassed views of the Xakanaxa Lagoon.

Xakanaxa Camp’s stylish main building extends over the Khwai River and offers amazing views of the surrounding lagoons and islands. The camp operates on generator power, but at night the camp is lit by lamps, candles and paraffin lanterns, giving it an authentic African ambience. Activities include tracking game by open 4WD safari vehicle, excellent bird watching and exploring the Xakanaxa Lagoon and surrounding Okavango channels by powerboat.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • The Okavango Delta from above from your light aircraft • Amazing camps and lodges located in wilderness areas • The spectacular Victoria Falls

EXPLORE • Moremi Wildlife Reserve in open 4WD vehicles • Okavango Delta by mokoro • One of the richest and most diverse ecosystems on the African continent

LEARN/DO • How ancient San Rock paintings were discovered in the area • Search for wildlife in Savute • The fickle waterways of the Savute River and marsh

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 3 - 4 Moremi Wildlife Reserve - Okavango Delta Transfer by light aircraft to Xugana Island Lodge or Camp Okavango. Both camps are situated on a permanent water site in the heart of the Okavango Delta. The Okavango Delta is a fascinating and unique wildlife location. It is the world’s largest inland delta and its location attracts great concentrations of animals and birds. Xugana Island Lodge sits on a shaded fringe of the island. The lodge’s boma and dining area overlook the lagoon’s expanse of pristine water. Camp Okavango sits in the heart of the Okavango Delta, on Nxaragha Island. Accommodating only 24 guests in custom African-style safari tents on raised teak platforms, the camp also has a secluded bird-viewing hide and sundeck with a plunge pool. Game activities include exploring the Okavango by mokoro and motorboat, and guided nature walks on the many surrounding islands.

Day 5 - 6 Okavango Delta - Savute Fly to Savute Safari Lodge overlooking the Savute Channel in the central Chobe National Park. The area is renowned for its population of bull elephant and for the unique interaction of the resident predator species. Located on the banks of the Savute Channel, the intimate lodge accommodates 24 guests in cool thatch timber and glass suites. Game drives are in open 4WD vehicles in the Savute area, including the Savute Marsh and a visit to the ancient San Rock paintings at Gubatsa Hills, a small hilly outcrop which is a remarkable landmark on an otherwise flat landscape, adds something extra to a delightful African safari.

Day 7 Savute - Victoria Falls, Zambia Fly to Kasane and transfer to Tongabezi Lodge, ideally located on a sweeping bend of the Zambezi River upstream from Victoria Falls.

Tongabezi combines romance and exclusivity with warm service. Accommodation is in architecturally unique cottages, each beautifully styled with furniture and embellishments from all over Africa, or you may upgrade for an extra cost to one of the luxury themed houses. Each cottage and house has its own valet who will take care of you during your stay.

Activities include a visit to Victoria Falls, game drives, sunset cruise and local village visits.

Day 8 Victoria Falls, Zambia Enjoy the lodge’s scheduled activities, take part in some optional extra adventure activities or simply relax by the pool or in your cottage. At Tongabezi, you can choose to do as much or as little as you wish.

• Upgrade to a uniquely themed house during your stay at Tongabezi Lodge

Day 9 Victoria Falls, Zambia Transfer to Livingstone airport for your onward flight.

• Extend your journey with a visit to game-rich South Luangwa, Zambia’s premier National Park with our three night extension

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 2 Moremi Wildlife Reserve Enjoy extensive game activities within the reserve.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 195

AFRICA Botswana

Botswana Explorer Expedition | 10 Days / 9 Nights from $5,969* SMALL GROUP

Indulge in the adventure of a lifetime as you discover the most remote and untouched corners of Botswana. The mobile camping portion of this trip spends eight nights in comfortable domed tents.

The remaining night of this adventure is spent at The Elephant Camp, within sight of the breathtaking Victoria Falls. While the landscape changes from destination to destination, the warm African welcome at each private campsite remains the same.

Includes nine nights accommodation, all meals, house beverages, road transfers, light aircraft flights as per itinerary, scheduled game viewing activities, elephant interaction during your stay at The Elephant Camp, visit to Victoria Falls, park fees and services of an English speaking guide

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Fully serviced wilderness camping in en-suite safari tents • Khwai area of the Moremi Wildlife Reserve • Red lechwe and sitatunga in the delta

EXPLORE • Northern Chobe, the heart of elephant country, and its amazing sunsets • The vast wilderness of Botswana with guaranteed window seats on a mobile safari • Chobe River on a river cruise LEARN/DO • Explore the waterways of the Okavango Delta • History of the spectacular Victoria Falls • Get up close and personal on an elephant interaction ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Numerous activities in the adrenalin capital of Africa, Victoria Falls. Choose from canoeing, white water rafting and so much more • Extend your stay at the luxurious Elephant Camp

196 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Day 1 Maun - Okavango Delta Upon arrival at Maun International Airport your dedicated guide for this adventure will be waiting to warmly welcome you and discuss your interests and expectations for your safari. Once you have become acquainted with your guide, board your light aircraft where a flight will take the entire group to Nxabega Airstrip. Upon arrival, a safari vehicle will be waiting to drive you to a campsite in the Okavango Delta. A maze of sparkling lagoons, meandering channels and overgrown islands, the Okavango Delta is the world’s only inland delta. Crystal clear channels spread over the Kalahari Desert with their papyrus-fringed banks and fertile floating islands. Elegant red lechwe and shy sitatunga are found in this watery wilderness, while lion and leopard share the floodplains with giraffe and elephant. Hippo inhabit the deeper channels and lagoons, where iridescent dragonflies, frogs of every colour and jewel-like kingfishers live in the lush banks. Spend two nights at a campsite in a private concession area bordering the Moremi Wildlife Reserve, with a complement of camp staff to cater to your needs.

Day 2 Okavango Delta Explore the crystal-clear channels, islands and waterways by mokoro (dug-out canoe) and enjoy game viewing walks on the islands.

Day 3 - 4 Okavango Delta - Khwai Concession, Moremi Wildlife Reserve A short flight in a light aircraft will take you to Khwai in the North Gate region of Moremi Wildlife Reserve.

Adjacent to the Moremi Wildlife Reserve, the only proclaimed wildlife area in the Okavango Delta, the Khwai concession delights with its diverse beauty, comprising of a stunning land­ scape of forests, lagoons, floodplains and islands, teeming with rich wildlife. Game viewing is excellent year-round and resident species include lion, cheetah, leopard, elephant, wild dog, zebra, red lechwe and so much more. Spend two nights camping on the concession, with extensive game drives filling up your days.

Day 5 - 6 Khwai Concession, Moremi Wildlife Reserve - Savute A long game drive takes you to the Savute region of Chobe National Park, where you will spend two nights camping in this haunting and magnificent landscape. Renowned for lion and other predator viewing, the landscape around Savute is starkly beautiful. Mopane forest gives way to acacia savannah with rocky outcrops. The mysterious Savute Channel, which dries up periodically, has recently begun to flow for the first time in more than two decades and has proved an irresistible attraction for a high concentration of wildlife.

Day 7 - 8 Savute - Chobe National Park From Savute, head up to northern Chobe (approximately a 4 – 5 hour overland game drive), where you will camp for two nights. This is the heart of elephant country and you may spend many hours watching the huge herds in and around the Chobe River on game drives or private boat cruises. Northern Chobe is renowned for its large variety of bird and animal life, beautiful scenery and magnificent sunsets.

Day 9 Chobe National Park - Victoria Falls You will be driven from Chobe National Park to Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe, where you will meet your representative for the last few days of your journey, who will escort you to The Elephant Camp and on your Victoria Falls activities. One of the world’s greatest natural spectacles, Victoria Falls is the stuff of legends, romance and myth. Long before the Scottish missionary and explorer, Dr David Livingstone “discovered” the Falls in 1855, the local Batonga people had named them Mosi-oa-Tunya, “the smoke that thunders”. Livingstone named them for his queen. Today, the village rightly claims the title of adrenalin capital of Africa, home to a seemingly endless variety of adventure sports from bungee jumping to canoeing and white water rafting.

Your representative will accompany you on a breathtaking visit to the Falls. At The Elephant Camp, their dedicated team will take over from your guide and will enthral you with up-close and personal interactions with wildlife – in particular, the elephants at the Wild Horizons Wildlife Sanctuary.

Day 10 Victoria Falls After a scrumptious breakfast, you will be taken to Victoria Falls International Airport by road, where your adventure will end.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Africa Namibia

Namibia

Handpicked Namibia | 11 days / 10 nights from $6,999* INDEPENDENT

The timeless country of Namibia is a land of contrasts. Home to 13 distinct cultural groups still enriched with ancient traditions, Namibia’s rich and colourful culture is the result of the fusion of German, European and South African traditions, customs and architecture. With rough seascapes, remote deserts, jagged mountains, spectacular wildlife, colonial cities and a striking assortment of cultures, Namibia is fast becoming one of Africa’s hottest destinations.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

This journey is an experience for the soul. Fly in to spectacular wildlife reserves and pristine wilderness areas. Track the endangered black rhino on foot in Damaraland, climb the red dunes of Sossusvlei and observe the wildlife of Etosha right in front of your camp. Enjoy the contrasts of the landscape with coastal, desert, inland and dry pan ecosystems in one encompassing trip.

10 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, house beverages at the lodges in Sossusvlei, Damaraland and Etosha, road and light aircraft transfers, scheduled game activities and park fees

INCLUDES

Day 1 Windhoek You will be met on arrival and transferred to your hotel.

DISCOVER

Day 2 Windhoek - Sossusvlei Transfer to the airport for your flight to Sossusvlei where you will be transferred to Kulala Desert Lodge. Hidden at the foot of the majestic Sossusvlei dunes, a private entrance to Namib Naukluft Park makes Kulala Desert Lodge the closest location to Sossusvlei, while magnificent views of its famous red dunes make it the most spectacular.

• Stunning Sossusvlei, the most amazing sand dunes in the world • Big Five game viewing in Etosha National Park • Black rhino of the Palmwag Concession

Day 3 Sossusvlei Enjoy nature drives, guided walks, night drives, stargazing from your very own “star beds” and more.

Day 4 - 5 Sossusvlei - Swakopmund Fly to Swakopmund and transfer to your hotel.

Day 6 Swakopmund - Damaraland Fly to Damaraland and transfer by 4WD safari vehicle to Desert Rhino Camp. Desert Rhino Camp offers an original and exclusive wilderness experience and the possibility of seeing some of the largest free-ranging population of desert-adapted black rhino in Africa. Activities include rhino tracking on foot and by vehicle with Save the Rhino Trust trackers, full day outings with a picnic lunch, birding and nature drives. Desert Rhino Camp is run in conjunction with Save the Rhino Trust so in addition to gaining amazing insight into the ecology and conservation of this area, a portion of guest revenue goes to the Trust.

EXPLORE • The quaint desert seaside town of Swakopmund • Dramatic geological formations in Damaraland

Day 7 Damaraland Enjoy the scenery and go in search of the black rhino and other desert-adapted wildlife.

• Rugged Sesriem Canyon

Day 8 Damaraland - Etosha National Park Fly to Etosha. Transfer by 4WD to Ongava Tented Camp which is tucked into a hidden valley at the foot of a dolomite hill in Ongava Game Reserve bordering Etosha National Park. Ongava’s proximity to Etosha allows for game drives in the National Park and on the Ongava Reserve itself. Ongava holds one of the largest rhino custodianships for the Namibian government in the country and is one of the few private game reserves in southern Africa where guests can see both black and white rhino.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your journey with a visit to the Skeleton Coast and the remote Serra Cafema, an isolated region where you can learn about the traditions of the Himba people

Day 9 Etosha National Park Game drives in the Etosha National Park and Ongava Game Reserve.

Day 10 Etosha National Park - Windhoek Enjoy an early morning game drive (timepermitting) before flying back to Windhoek for your overnight stay.

Day 11 Windhoek Transfer to the airport.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 197

Africa AFRICA East

East Africa East Africa offers some of Africa’s best wildlife attractions as well as beaches, colourful tribal cultures, spectacular mountains and stunning scenery. Kenya is a traveller’s nirvana with enormous wilderness expanses, golden beaches and a wealth of enthralling tribal customs. Tanzania offers a medley of varying landscapes. Mount Kilimanjaro, Ngorongoro Crater, and the Serengeti are some of the country’s amazing attractions and Zanzibar’s charm is legendary. Hosting a healthy chimpanzee population and many other animals, Uganda is home to half of the rare mountain gorillas. Concealed amid Rwanda’s forests and mountains are the endangered mountain gorillas, the largest of the living primates.

M asai M ara National Reserve & Serengeti National Park Kenya and Tanzania collectively have created the world’s largest wildlife sanctuary; the Masai Mara in Kenya and Serengeti in Tanzania. These two famous parks host the world’s greatest wildlife spectacle - “The Great Migration”.

Migrating between the two countries throughout the year are thousands of wildebeest and zebras, motivated in their mission to locate fresh grasslands.

Mount Kilimanjaro Kilimanjaro – the roof of Africa. The famous mountain is a challenge that any fit person can attempt and most climbers reach the crater rim with little more than a walking stick, the right clothes and determination.

Gorilla Trekking in Rwanda & Uganda Track the rare mountain gorillas in their natural habitats in Volcanoes National Park in Rwanda or Bwindi Impenetrable National Park in Uganda.

This is one of the most awe-inspiring, thrilling and poignant wildlife experiences imaginable.

Zanzibar Zanzibar is one of East Africa’s great trading hubs. The culture is a result of the fusion of African, Indian and Arabian influences and the spice island is renowned for its beautiful beaches and as an idyllic hideaway.

L alibela , Ethiopia Ethiopia is a land of wonder and enchantment with one of the richest histories on the African continent. The eleven rock hewn churches at Lalibela date back to the 12th century.

198 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Discover a kaleidoscope of landscapes in the ultimate safari areas of Kenya and Tanzania. From the open plains of the Masai Mara and the swamps of Amboseli, to the views of Mount Kilimanjaro’s snowy peaks and the Serengeti, this safari provides the perfect opportunity to explore some of Africa’s most diverse scenery. Finish off your safari soaking up the culture and sun on the exotic spice island of Zanzibar.

Includes 15 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, scheduled game activities and sightseeing as specified, transportation in a 4WD safari vehicle with pop-up roof, English speaking guide whilst on safari and park fees

Tanzania

| 16 Days / 15 Nights from $5,899* SMALL GROUP

Africa Kenya &

Handpicked Kenya & Tanzania

Day 1 Nairobi Upon arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 Nairobi - Masai Mara National Reserve Leave Nairobi and travel towards Kenya’s fertile highlands before heading down the Rift Escarpment. Travel across acres of wheat and barley before you reach your lodge in the Masai Mara. Following lunch and a siesta, enjoy an afternoon game drive, returning to the lodge as the sun sets.

Day 3 Masai Mara National Reserve After an early breakfast, head out on a morning game drive, returning to your lodge for lunch. After a siesta set off for an afternoon game drive and visit a Masai Village before returning to your lodge.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 4 Masai Mara National Reserve - Lake Nakuru Leave the Masai Mara and travel across the ‘breadbasket’ of Kenya and the vast plains on the floor of the Rift Valley, keeping an eye out for herds of giraffe and gazelle as you head up the Mau Escarpment, arriving at Lake Nakuru Lodge for lunch. The waters here are often coloured shimmering flamingo pink, from the beautiful birds lining its shores. After lunch enjoy an afternoon game drive in Nakuru National Park.

DISCOVER • The Big Five and amazing wildlife viewing

Day 5 Lake Nakuru - Amboseli National Park After an early breakfast continue to Lake Naivasha for a cruise. Leaving the Rift Valley behind, proceed to Nairobi for an early lunch.

Continue towards Amboseli arriving at your lodge by late afternoon.

• Masai culture on local village visits • Shimmering pink waters of Lake Nakuru

Day 6 Amboseli National Park Depart the lodge after breakfast for a full day game drive, enjoying a hot picnic lunch before returning to the lodge around 4pm.

Day 7 Amboseli - Lake Manyara Continue your journey to the Tanzania border before heading to Arusha for lunch. Drive across the Masai Steppe to the Great Rift Valley. Here, your hotel is perched high on the rim overlooking the park below.

EXPLORE • The world’s largest intact caldera, Ngorongoro Crater

Day 8 Lake Manyara - Serengeti National Park This morning, join your safari vehicle and spend the morning exploring Lake Manyara National Park. Around midday return to the lodge for lunch before departing for Serengeti National Park with game viewing en-route

• Vast plains of the Serengeti National Park

Day 9 Serengeti National Park Enjoy morning and afternoon game drives in Serengeti National Park exploring this famous park and all that it has to offer.

• Masai Mara on morning and afternoon game drives

Day 10 Serengeti National Park - Ngorongoro Crater After breakfast depart for Ngorongoro, viewing game across the vast Serengeti plains. After a picnic lunch, carry on towards the crater with a short visit to a Masai Village. Continue to your lodge, set high on the rim of Ngorongoro Crater.

LEARN/DO

Day 11 Ngorongoro Crater A highlight awaits you this morning as you depart to explore what is commonly referred to as the world’s largest natural wildlife zoo. After breakfast, descend through the early morning mists down into the crater. Due to its size and diversity, the crater floor is comprised of several distinct areas, ranging from forest, swamps, lakes and springs, to open grassland and some sandy dunes. It’s an amazing wildlife experience.

• Explore the fertile plains of the ‘breadbasket’ of Kenya • Traverse the Great Rift Valley and Mau Escarpment

Day 12 Ngorongoro Crater - Tarangire National Park Depart Ngorongoro Crater after breakfast and head to Tarangire. Through the highlands and the Karatu district, see the scenic wheat plains and coffee plantations before journeying down the spectacular escarpment and into the park. From here enjoy a game drive en-route to your lodge. After lunch and perhaps a swim, the remainder of the afternoon will be spent on a game drive.

• Enjoy a boat ride on Lake Naivasha

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 13 Tarangire National Park - Zanzibar Depart Tarangire after breakfast and drive back to Arusha arriving in time for lunch. After lunch, transfer to the airport for your flight to the spice island of Zanzibar. Spend a night in bustling Stone Town.

• Enjoy an early morning hot air balloon safari above the plains of the Masai Mara or Serengeti

Day 14 Zanzibar After breakfast explore Zanzibar by road and by foot, visiting Stone Town’s main attractions. This afternoon you’ll be transferred to a beach resort for some rest and relaxation.

• A gorilla trek in Rwanda is the perfect extension to your Kenya & Tanzania journey. Search for mountain gorillas in Volcanoes National Park

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 15 Zanzibar Spend the day at your leisure. You may choose to take advantage of your hotel’s facilities or simply relax.

Day 16 Zanzibar - Dar es Salaam Transfer to the airport for your flight to Dar es Salaam.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 199

Tanzania AFRICA Kenya & Fulfil lifelong safari dreams with this remarkable wilderness safari, encompassing a blend of elegant living with breathtaking vistas and superior service. Experience the romance of East Africa, following the ancient migratory routes of plains game over the borders of Tanzania and Kenya. Pursue the famous annual Great Migration of wildebeest and zebra from the vast grasslands of the Masai Mara to the endless plains of the Serengeti. Marvel at the unforgettably romantic views of the Ngorongoro Crater, the largest intact caldera in the world, and it’s incredible wildlife.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Masai Mara region on guided nature walks • Mouth-watering Pan African menus • Exquisite camps and lodges throughout amazing wildlife areas EXPLORE • The endless plains of the Serengeti • Stunning Great Rift Valley • Ngorongoro Crater and its wildlife

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your East African safari with a stay at the idyllic Mnemba Island Lodge on the beautiful private island of Mnemba, just off the coast of Zanzibar. The lodge is a beach lover’s paradise, with romantic views, exclusivity and rustic luxury 200 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Migration, Lake & Crater Safari | 9 days / 8 nights from $8,499* INDEPENDENT

Staying in four extraordinary &Beyond camps, including the luxurious tented Bateleur Camp in the Masai Mara, an intimate tree house at Lake Manyara, the exclusive Serengeti Under Canvas private campsites and the romantic Ngorongoro Crater Lodge, this safari covers these exceptional wildlife areas by air, by vehicle and by foot. eight nights accommodation, all meals, house beverages, scheduled flights as per itinerary, return road transfer Manyara to Ngorongoro, scheduled game activities in 4WD safari vehicles with an English speaking driver/guide and park fees

INCLUDES

Day 1 Nairobi - Masai Mara National Reserve Fly to the Masai Mara where you will be met and transferred to your camp. Indulge for two nights at Bateleur Camp staying in a luxurious en-suite safari tent. Adventures during your stay in the Masai Mara include game drives in open 4WD safari vehicles, night drives, guided nature walks with a Masai naturalist and sundowners at a secret location.

Day 2 Masai Mara National Reserve The Masai Mara National Reserve is Kenya’s most renowned game park. Its legendary Great Migration has been described as one of nature’s greatest wildlife spectacles and something every safari enthusiast should experience.

Game viewing in this celebrated park is wonderful all year round.

Day 3 - 4 Masai Mara National Reserve – Lake Manyara National Park You will be transferred to the airstrip for your flight via Nairobi and Kilimanjaro to Lake Manyara.

Upon arrival you will be met and transferred to the park entrance gate, from where you will embark on a three hour game drive to the lodge. Lake Manyara National Park is famous for its unusual tree-climbing lions and vast elephant herds. Spend two nights at Lake Manyara Tree Lodge in an elegant, stilted tree house. Adventures include game drives in open 4WD safari vehicles.

Day 5 - 6 Lake Manyara National Park – Ngorongoro Crater Head back to the airstrip and transfer to Ngorongoro Crater Lodge where you will indulge for two nights. The Ngorongoro Conservation Area is an area of spectacular beauty and excellent game viewing. Black rhinos are protected within its rim and giant tusked elephants wander the forests. While at the lodge, enjoy a game drive on the crater floor.

Day 7 - 8 Ngorongoro Crater – Serengeti National Park Transfer and fly to the Serengeti. You will be met and transferred to Serengeti Under Canvas where you will spend two nights in a Bedouin style en-suite tent. The Serengeti National Park is one of the world’s most celebrated wilderness areas. It is Tanzania’s oldest game reserve and renowned for the part it plays in the annual Great Migration. Enjoy game drives in 4WD safari vehicles.

Day 9 Serengeti National Park – Kilimanjaro You will be transferred to the nearest airstrip for your flight to Kilimanjaro.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

| 8 Days / 7 Nights from $4,525* INDEPENDENT

An authentic safari experience visiting three of Kenya’s classic wildlife parks – Amboseli, Mount Kenya and Masai Mara. Stay in exclusive eco-friendly tented safari camps with en-suite bathrooms and solar power, situated in private wilderness conservancies. All game drives are conducted in 4WD safari vehicles and most transfers between the parks are by scheduled air services, eliminating the long road journeys and allowing you to spend more time enjoying the camps.

Africa Kenya

Wilderness Tented Safari

Includes seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, house beverages (excluding night in Nairobi), transportation and flights as indicated, English speaking driver/guides, scheduled game activities and sightseeing as specified and park fees Day 1 Nairobi Jambo and Karibu to Kenya. Upon arrival at Jomo Kenyatta International Airport you will be met and transferred to your hotel. The remainder of the day is at your leisure.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Exclusive wilderness areas • Authentic safari experiences at small, intimate camps • Award-winning, eco-friendly safari camps

EXPLORE • Masai village escorted by Masai Warriors

Day 2 Nairobi - Amboseli National Park Depart Nairobi by safari minibus to Amboseli National Park, a three hour journey, arriving at Amboseli Porini Camp before lunch. After tucking into some sweets for afternoon tea, you will be escorted on a walk by Masai warriors to a local village to gain an insight into their fascinating culture and way of life.

Then enjoy a game drive in the conservancy followed by a sundowner at a scenic spot overlooking Kilimanjaro. Following your sundowners, enjoy a night game drive before returning to the camp for dinner. Spend two nights at Amboseli Porini Camp, an awardwinning safari camp in a private conservation area where you can get off the beaten track for amazing wildlife viewing. The camp is small and intimate and retains all the charm and feel of the traditional luxury camps of days gone by.

Day 3 Amboseli National Park Awake to the raucous calls of the birds. After an early breakfast, drive through the bush on the camp’s private track into Amboseli National Park, for a full morning of game viewing. Following a picnic lunch in the park, return to Porini Camp. In the evening you will enjoy a game drive in Selenkay Conservancy, stopping for a sundowner at a scenic viewpoint, followed by a night game drive in search of nocturnal animals such as aardvarks, serval cats, caracals, bat-eared foxes, African wild cats, and other species. Return to camp for dinner and overnight.

Day 4 Amboseli National Park - Ol Pejeta Conservancy Enjoy an early breakfast before driving through Amboseli National Park to the airstrip for your flight to Wilson Airport, connecting onto a flight to Nanyuki. You will be met on arrival at the airstrip and transferred to Porini Rhino Camp, located in the Ol Pejeta Conservancy, in the foothills of Mount Kenya, and home to a large variety of animals including the Big Five. The conservancy is the largest sanctuary for the endangered black rhino in East Africa and also a sanctuary for rescued chimpanzees. After lunch and afternoon tea in camp head off to search for rhino with your driver-guide in the camp’s 4WD safari vehicle. Your home for the next two nights is Porini Rhino Camp, situated in a secluded valley on the banks of a seasonal river, under the shade of acacia trees. The intimate camp is specifically designed to have a minimal footprint.

• Explore a different side of Kenya’s wilderness on night drives • Ol Pejeta Conservancy near Mount Kenya LEARN/DO • Endangered black rhino in Ol Pejeta Conservancy

Day 5 Ol Pejeta Conservancy Spend a full day in the Ol Pejeta Conservancy with game drives and walking activities from camp.

• Gain an insight into Masai culture and traditions

Day 6 Ol Pejeta Conservancy - Masai Mara National Reserve Depart Porini Rhino Camp and fly from Nanyuki on the morning flight to the Masai Mara. Here you will be met and transferred to Porini Lion Camp, an award-winning eco-friendly camp which offers a unique opportunity for guided walks with Masai warriors and day and night game drives in the Olare Motorogi Conservancy, a pristine and exclusive wilderness. The camp is situated in a unique and stunning setting on the banks of the seasonal Ntiakatiak River and offers a genuine African experience deep in the heart of the bush. Lunch and afternoon tea is enjoyed in the camp and before departing on a game drive or escorted walk followed by a sundowner and night drive with spotlight.

• What wildlife comes out after dark

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Add a night in Nairobi at the extraordinary Giraffe Manor, one of the city’s iconic historical buildings and the home of eight resident Rothschild giraffe who tend to visit the Manor in the mornings and evenings to greet the guests and sniff out some snacks

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 7 Masai Mara National Reserve Enjoy a full day in the Masai Mara National Reserve with a picnic lunch.

Day 8 Masai Mara National Reserve - Nairobi After a last early morning game drive fly back to Nairobi. On arrival you will be transferred to your Nairobi city centre hotel or to Jomo Kenyatta International Airport for your onward flight.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 201

AFRICA Tanzania

Elewana Sky Safari | 9 Days / 8 Nights from $7,988* INDEPENDENT

In Kiswahili ‘Elewana’ means ‘harmony’ and this breathtaking safari combines all the elements expected by the most discerning traveller with the exquisite but fragile ecosystems of the African bush. Harmony is created through a range of small, exclusive lodges, visiting Northern Tanzania’s core highlights and offering an unparalleled game viewing and cultural experience. Travel between locations in style and comfort in Elewana’s executive plane.

Includes eight nights accommodation, all meals, house beverages, laundry, internal flights in a Cessna Grand Caravan with nine executive club class seats, transport in 4WD vehicles, scheduled game activities, English speaking driver/guide and park fees Day 1 Kilimanjaro - Arusha Arrive at Kilimanjaro International Airport where you will be welcomed by an Elewana representative and chauffeured to the Arusha Coffee Lodge, located on the gentle rolling hills that cascade down from Mount Meru. Here you will enjoy a complimentary upgrade to one of the lodges 12 Plantation Suites. Your stay at Arusha Coffee Lodge is on an all-inclusive basis including meals, drinks, laundry service, scheduled activities and transfers.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • The sights and sounds of the bush on the veranda of your luxury tent • Extraordinary Ngorongoro Crater • Vast expanse of the Serengeti

EXPLORE • Northern Tanzania’s highlights in comfort and luxury • Burka Coffee Estate in the lush gardens of Arusha Coffee Lodge • Banks of the Grumeti River on a guided walk LEARN/DO • How coffee is roasted on a large estate • Enjoy a bush lunch in the middle of the Serengeti • Local traditions at a Masai village

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Mount Kilimanjaro is a challenge that any fit person can attempt. The most popular route is the Marangu Route but we also offer the Rongai, Machame, Shira and Lemosho routes • A hot air balloon safari over the Serengeti at sunrise is a once in a lifetime experience 202 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Day 2 Arusha - Tarangire National Park After a leisurely breakfast enjoy a visit of the Burka Coffee Estate followed by an alfresco lunch in the gardens of the lodge. After lunch you will be chauffeured to Arusha Airport to board Elewana’s Executive Grand Caravan to fly to Kuro Airstrip in Tarangire National Park. On arrival at the airstrip, the Tarangire Treetops team will meet you for an afternoon game drive in Tarangire National Park after which you will enter Treetops’ private reserve. Your stay at Tarangire Treetops will be for two nights in a tree house, which offers views over the treetops of the surrounding marula and baobab trees, on an all-inclusive basis.

Day 3 Tarangire National Park After breakfast at Treetops you will enjoy a full day of activities including game drives, a game walk, a visit to an authentic Masai village, sundowners atop Sunset Hill and a night game drive. Lunch and dinner will be served at Treetops.

Day 4 Tarangire National Park - Ngorongoro Crater Enjoy an early breakfast before heading out on a morning game drive through Tarangire National Park. Stop at your leisure for a picnic lunch on your way to Kuro Airstrip where you will connect on to Manyara Airstrip. On arrival, the team from The Manor at Ngorongoro will meet you and take you to the township of Karatu. Arrive at The Manor in time for high tea. Located adjacent to the Ngorongoro conservation area and within a large Arabica coffee estate, The Manor is reminiscent of an elegant house in Cape Dutch style. Here, your two night stay will be in a cottage on an all-inclusive basis.

Day 5 Ngorongoro Crater After breakfast, an Elewana vehicle will take you on a full day of exploration of the Ngorongoro Crater. This extinct volcano, with its 18km wide crater floor, is home to an abundant and unique ecosystem that encompasses all of the wildlife that you could wish to encounter in Africa. A picnic hamper lunch will be served on the crater floor.

After lunch, you will explore more of the crater before heading back to The Manor for evening cocktails and dinner.

Day 6 Ngorongoro Crater - Serengeti National Park Today, you have the option of visiting the Lake Manyara National Park or staying at the lodge to explore the estate. Choose from a host of activities including horseback riding, cycling, an estate visit or a spa treatment (one treatment per person) or, you may opt to just relax. After lunch you will be driven to the Manyara Airstrip for your onward flight to the Serengeti, where upon arrival you will be met by the Migration Camp team. The afternoon will be spent on a game drive arriving at Serengeti Migration Camp in time for sundowners. You will spend the next two nights at Serengeti Migration Camp where your stay is in a luxurious safari tent on an all-inclusive basis. Your tent is surrounded by its own 360 degree veranda deck, which creates your own private sanctuary to enjoy the ever present sights and sounds of the bush.

Day 7 Serengeti National Park After breakfast spend the entire day exploring the vast Serengeti. Enjoy a bush lunch, after which the afternoon will be spent game viewing. You will return to Serengeti Migration Camp in time for sundowners and dinner.

Day 8 Serengeti National Park - Arusha Enjoy a relaxing breakfast before heading out to explore along the banks of the great Grumeti River on a guided game walk. Enjoy a leisurely lunch and a game drive en-route to the airstrip for your onward flight to Arusha, where on arrival, you will be met and transferred to the Arusha Coffee Lodge.

Day 9 Arusha - Kilimanjaro Transfer to the airport for your onward arrangements.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Africa Uganda

Uganda

Handpicked Uganda

Famous not only for its scenic beauty, with sloping hills, jagged mountains and vast rivers and lakes, Uganda is home to half of the world’s rare mountain gorillas. As Uganda’s most famous residents, the endangered mountain gorilla is the largest of the living primates. Living in the rainforests at heights ranging from 1,520 to 3,650 metres, the endangered gorillas are highly intelligent and surprise many with their shy and gentle nature.

This extraordinary safari includes a thrilling visit with the mountain gorillas in Bwindi Impenetrable Forest, chimpanzee tracking in Chamburu Gorge and game drives and a boat cruise in Queen Elizabeth National Park with its vast array of wildlife, including the famous tree climbing lions. Uganda boasts some of the best bird watching in Africa including the rare shoebill stork and the grey crowned crane.

| 8 days / 7 nights from $4,669* SMALL GROUP

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • The endangered mountain gorillas living in Bwindi Impenetrable Forest • Ishasha Community Project – a local elephant trench project • Chimpanzees in Chamburu Gorge

Day 1 Entebbe On arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel. Depending on your arrival time, a half day trip to Ngamba Island Chimpanzee Sanctuary can be arranged for you at an additional cost. This may also be organised for the end of your safari if you prefer.

Day 2 Entebbe - Bwindi Impenetrable Forest Transfer to the airport for your flight to Bwindi. This afternoon enjoy a forest walk or cultural visit.

Day 3 Bwindi Impenetrable Forest After breakfast, meet your guides and begin your gorilla tracking experience. The journey, through dense foliage and up steep climbs, is rewarded with the once-in-a-lifetime experience of viewing mountain gorillas in their natural habitat. You will have an opportunity to be within metres of these magnificent animals, sharing in their lives and experiencing their day-to-day activities. Following the trek, return to your accommodation and, if time allows, enjoy a guided afternoon forest or community walk.

EXPLORE • Search for tree climbing lions in Queen Elizabeth National Park

Day 4 Bwindi Impenetrable Forest Today there will be an option for a second gorilla trek (must be pre-booked and is an extra cost).

• Kazinga Channel and local fishing villages on a relaxing boast cruise

Day 5 Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - Queen Elizabeth National Park This morning drive to the Ishasha section of the Queen Elizabeth National Park. Afternoon game drives will be enjoyed in the Ishasha area, looking for the huge herds of buffalo, elephant, Uganda kob and the famous tree-climbing lion found in the area.

• Ishasha section of Queen Elizabeth National Park on game drives

Day 6 Queen Elizabeth National Park Spend the day enjoying game drives in the Ishasha section of Queen Elizabeth National Park.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Visit Ngamba Island Chimpanzee Sanctuary, home to more than 40 orphaned chimps, and enjoy a guided visit and an up close experience • Opportunity for a second gorilla trek on day four

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

INCLUDES seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transfers and flights as per itinerary, English speaking driver/guide, park fees, Bwindi forest walk, scheduled game drives and boat cruise in Queen Elizabeth National Park, one gorilla tracking permit and one Chamburu chimpanzee tracking permit

Day 7 Queen Elizabeth National Park Today enjoy a leisurely boat cruise along the Kazinga Channel. You may encounter herds of elephant, buffalos and antelopes, large groups of hippos, and crocodiles basking on the shore. The cruise also provides a spectacular view of the beautiful Mweya Peninsula and life in local fishing villages.

Day 8 Queen Elizabeth National Park - Entebbe This morning travel early to the Chamburu Gorge to enjoy chimpanzee trekking. The forest is alive with noise and you should be lucky enough to see the habituated chimps during your trek. After this, depart to the airstrip for the flight back to Entebbe.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 203

AFRICA Ethiopia

Ethiopia

Handpicked Ethiopia | 7 days / 6 nights from $3,477* INDEPENDENT

A fascinating country, Ethiopia has one of the richest histories on the African continent. Considered the birthplace of coffee, Ethiopia’s sovereign history has left it loaded with historical treasures. Visitors to Ethiopia are spoiled for choice; from the ancient tombs and obelisks of Axum to grand castles and rundown tanks. With nine UNESCO World Heritage sites, 11 national parks and four sanctuaries, Ethiopia is fast becoming a must-see destination.

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

DISCOVER • The source of the Blue Nile • Ancient and religious history of Ethiopia • Church of St Mary of Zion, believed to be the resting place of the Ark of the Covenant EXPLORE • Lake Tana and the island monasteries • Gondar, the old capital of the Ethiopian Empire • The ancient city of Axum

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Discover the ancient tribes of Southern Ethiopia’s Omo Valley by adding an Omo Valley Cultural Safari to your journey. Venture off the beaten track to unspoilt villages and tribal markets.

204 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Ethiopia is a land of wonder and enchantment, of remote and wild places and home to cultured, welcoming and friendly people who are descended from some of the world’s oldest civilisations.

Explore this legendary land, home of the fabled Queen of Sheba and the custodian of the Holy Ark of the Covenant, which is full of extraordinary experiences. six nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transfers and scheduled flights as per itinerary, sightseeing with an English speaking guide and entrance fees

INCLUDES

Day 1 Addis Ababa On arrival into Addis Ababa, transfer to your hotel where the rest of your day will be at leisure.

Day 2 Addis Ababa - Bahir Dar Board your flight to Bahir Dar and visit Lake Tana. Enjoy a boat trip on Lake Tana, the source of the Blue Nile and the largest lake in the country with 37 islands. Visit the Ethiopian Orthodox Church monasteries, dotted throughout the islands, which date back over 500 years. Continue to Weyto Village, known for the skillful production of traditional papyrus reed boats.

Day 3 Bahir Dar - Gondar Today you will drive to Gondar and enjoy a day of sightseeing.

From 1665 to 1864 Gondar served as the capital of the Ethiopian Empire. Visit the Royal Enclosure, with its Portuguese architecture combined with Indian influences, the Bath of Emperor Fasiladas and the church of Debre Birhan Sillassie, famous for its wall and ceiling frescoes.

Day 4 Gondar - Axum Fly to the ancient city of Axum and enjoy a visit to one of Ethiopia’s most intriguing sites. The Axumite Kingdom grew to be a great trading power in the first century and thrived for over one thousand years. Discover the Archaeological Museum of Axum, Stele Park, the church of St. Mary of Zion, believed to be the last resting place of the original Ark of the Covenant (which is not open to view), the palace and tomb of King Kaleb and Gebre Meskel, and the ruined palace of the legendary Queen of Sheba.

Day 5 Axum - Lalibela Board your flight to Lalibela and visit the rock hewn churches of King Lalibela. These eleven monolithic cave churches were carved out of rock in the 12th century in the mountainous heart of Ethiopia as a “New Jerusalem” after Muslim conquests halted pilgrimages to the Holy Land.

Day 6 Lalibela Enjoy a mule ride through breathtaking scenery to Asheton Mariam situated on a high mountain overlooking Lalibela. This afternoon explore Bet Giyorgis, the most elegant of Lalibela’s churches, located in an isolated part of the village.

Day 7 Lalibela - Addis Ababa Fly back to Addis Ababa where your journey ends.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Africa Madagascar

Madagascar

Handpicked Madagascar

Unlike anywhere else on earth, the colourful island of Madagascar is in a world of its own. Madagascar is home to an astonishing collection of flora and fauna and is world renowned for the bright eyed lemurs that reside on the island. Linking vivid scenery with a culture submerged in taboo and magic, Madagascar also offers outstanding beaches with serene, glistening, pure turquoise water.

Enjoy a voyage of discovery through the island of Madagascar observing its unique flora, fauna and incredible landscapes. Track lemurs in their natural habitat at Andasibe and Ranomafana, view the spectacular mountain scenery of Andringitra and Isalo, discover the culture and art of the country and relax on beautiful tropical beaches.

| 12 days / 11 nights from $3,655* INDEPENDENT

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

11 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, transportation by 4WD, sightseeing as specified with an English speaking driver/guide and park and entrance fees

INCLUDES

Day 1 Antananarivo Upon arrival you will be transferred to your hotel.

DISCOVER

Day 2 Antananarivo - Andasibe Reserve This morning, drive to Andasibe. Stop en-route at a reptile farm, arriving at Andasibe in the late afternoon. Visit Lemur Island in the Vakona Private Park and enjoy a night walk to observe night active lemurs and other nocturnal animals.

• Lemurs and wildlife in Andasibe and Ranomafana

Day 3 Andasibe Reserve The Andasibe Reserve includes two protected areas - the Perinet Special Reserve and Mantadia National Park. After breakfast, walk through the Perinet Reserve and hear the Indri Indri, Madagascar’s largest lemur, singing. Next you will have the chance to explore the Mantadia Reserve searching for lemurs, birds, chameleons and plant life endemic to this area.

• Local handicrafts in Antsirabe • Spectacular mountain scenery of Andringitra

Day 4 Andasibe Reserve - Antsirabe Depart for Antsirabe passing rice paddies and traditional red clay houses. Enjoy sightseeing in Antsirabe in a traditional rickshaw before visiting Andraikiba Crater Lake.

EXPLORE • Coastal town of Ifaty and the local beaches

Day 5 Antsirabe - Ranomafana Continue your drive south to Ranomafana via Ambostira, the cradle of Malagasy art.

• Perinet Special Reserve and Mantadia National Park

Day 6 Ranomafana - Sahambavy Visit Ranomafana National Park and search for various species of lemur and reptiles in this lush tropical paradise. After your visit, continue on to the tea plantations of Sahambavy.

• Isalo National Park, Madagascar’s “Grand Canyon”

Day 7 Sahambavy - Andringitra Enjoy a visit to the old city of Fianarantsoa and a paper factory before continuing your journey to Andringitra.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 8 Andringitra Today is yours to spend at leisure.

• Discover more of Madagascar by adding a five night Remote West journey to your trip. The west of the country boasts dry forests and is best known for its towering limestone pinnacles known as “tsingy”

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 9 Andringitra - Isalo National Park Drive to Isalo National Park.

Day 10 Isalo National Park A full day dedicated to exploring Isalo National Park, Madagascar’s “Grand Canyon”.

Day 11 Isalo National Park - Tuléar - Ifaty Continue to the coastal city of Ifaty, passing by baobabs and the impressive decorated tombs of the Mahafaly and Antandroy people of southern Madagascar.

Day 12 Ifaty - Tuléar Transfer to Tuléar where your journey ends. You may return to Antananarivo by air (extra cost) or extend your trip.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 205

Ocean AFRICA Indian

Indian Ocean

Handpicked Mauritius

Welcome to tropical utopia, the Indian Ocean jewels of Africa: Mauritius, Seychelles and Reunion. With magnificent beaches, the Indian Ocean islands are increasingly becoming desirable locations for an exotic holiday. Discover a multicultural combination of cultures and the gastronomic zest of Mauritius; the astonishing variety of the volcanic island of Reunion; and the picture perfect islands of the Seychelles, the ultimate tropical paradise.

Mauritius is an exotic island. The cosmopolitan blend of French, British, Indian, Chinese and Creole cultures creates a country rich in diversity. Apart from the beautiful beaches and your resort’s water sports and activities, Mauritius offers a number of sightseeing opportunities, which delve into the country’s interesting history, unique mix of cultures and heritage, mouth-watering cuisine and scenic beauty.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • The history and importance of teamaking to the island • Beautiful Ile aux Cerfs • See Mauritius from a different angle on a helicopter trip EXPLORE • The capital of Mauritius, Port Louis • Royal Botanic Gardens of Pamplemousses • Beautiful beaches and bays

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Choose to do as much or as little as you want. Fill your days with sightseeing trips to discover all that this diverse country has to offer or sit back and relax at your resort, surrounded by tropical gardens and magnificent beaches 206 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 7 days / 6 nights from $1,669* INDEPENDENT

six nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, return airport transfers and sightseeing

INCLUDES

Day 1 Mauritius Upon arrival in Mauritius you will be met at the airport and transferred to Le Meridien Ile Maurice, your accommodation for the next six nights. Le Meridien Ile Maurice sits along the edge of one kilometre of sparkling ivory sand on the north west coast of Mauritius in the bay of Pointe aux Piments. Its lush tropical gardens create the perfect atmosphere for a romantic holiday or serene getaway.

Day 2 Mauritius Today you’ll catch a glimpse of the way of life of the rainbow nation of Mauritius. Venture to Port Louis, the laidback capital with its buzzing business centre, crowded and colourful local market, its historic monuments and diverse places of worship and the modern shopping centre of the Caudan Waterfront. After your busy visit to Port Louis, enjoy a breath of fresh air at the Royal Botanical Gardens of Pamplemousses, one of the most famous gardens in the world.

Day 3 Mauritius This morning, board the catamaran of Croisiere Turquoise at Pointe Jerome and spend the day sailing along the historical coast of Mahebourg towards the South East Grand River waterfalls and Ile aux Cerfs.

Day 4 Mauritius Discover Mauritius from a different angle on a spectacular helicopter trip which will take you soaring above the ivory beaches, turquoise reefs and green landscapes of the island.

Day 5 Mauritius Your excursion today will allow you to discover the history and importance of tea in Mauritian life. Visit the impressive and splendid colonial mansion of Les Aubineaux, the home of a tea-estate owner. After a drive through tea-plantations, observe the tea making process at the factory of Bois Cheri and sample the different flavours of tea at the chalet. Enjoy lunch at St Aubin in an elegant and colonial environment. Glimpse the anthurium greenhouse, the Vanilla House and the Rum-House.

Finish the day with the breathtaking sights of Gris-Gris and La Roche qui Pleure, which translates to “The Mourning Rock”.

Day 6 Mauritius Today is completely yours to spend at leisure at your resort.

Day 7 Mauritius Transfer to the airport for your flight home.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

The tiny group of islands that make up the Seychelles are hailed as the closest thing to the perfect tropical paradise. There are 115 diverse islands each with its own cultural flavour blended from the Chinese, African, Creole, Indian and British influences that have shaped them. Discover extraordinary marine life at some of the world’s most productive coral reefs and the tropical wildlife that roams the islands.

Ocean

| 13 Days / 12 Nights from $4,599* INDEPENDENT

Africa Indian

Discover the Seychelles

Includes 12 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, inter-island transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary Day 1 Mahe On arrival into Mahe you will be met at the airport and transferred to your

hotel.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Anse Lazio and Anse Georgette beaches • Incredible flora and fauna throughout the islands of the Seychelles

Day 2 Mahe Enjoy a full day of sightseeing around the island of Mahe. Your day begins with a stop in the colonial centre of the world’s smallest capital city, Victoria. You will see the court buildings, museum, post office and the clock-tower. A turn around the corner takes you to the ‘Codevar’ building, where local crafts, including the renowned Kreol Or (Creole Gold) are on display and available to buy. A walk across Albert Street leads you to the focal point of the town, its colourful market. Stalls of fresh fish, tropical fruits and vegetables, herbs and spices, are displayed amidst an abundance of fragrances. Drive across the San Souci mountain pass, stop for photos at the historical Mission Lodge, and head to a Creole restaurant for a delicious lunch. After lunch, your day continues around the southern tip of the island to the restored colonial plantation of ‘Jardin du Roi’, which is steeped in the short history of the Creoles as well as the Georges family, whose family tree apparently carries a link to Louis XVII of France. A cold drink with home-grown fruit welcomes you, before you are escorted around the surrounding plantation of vegetables, exotic fruits, herbs and spices. Stop at the Craft Village on the way back to your hotel. The remainder of the day will be at your leisure.

EXPLORE

Day 3 - 5 Mahe Enjoy the next few days discovering this magical island. Mahe is home to the majority of the population and reflects the Seychelles’ ethnic diversity and descent from African, Creole, Indian, Chinese and European backgrounds. With a backdrop of towering 1,000m granite peaks, Mahe has an extraordinary treasure trove of flora that has evolved over centuries of splendid isolation with rare endemic plants not found anywhere else in the world.

• Vallee-de-Mai Nature Reserve, a UNESCO World Heritage Site

Day 6 Mahe - Praslin This morning you will be picked up from your hotel and transferred to the dock for your ferry ride to the island of Praslin. Upon arrival you will be met and escorted to your hotel where you will spend the next four nights.

• Traditional island of La Digue

• The world’s smallest capital city, Victoria

Day 7 Praslin Today’s excursion is dedicated to the renowned UNESCO World Heritage Site the Vallee-de-Mai Nature Reserve and one of the world’s most picturesque beaches, Anse Lazio. The extraordinary primeval forest in the reserve, known as the Garden of Eden, is the unique habitat of the Coco-de-Mer palm and the only place in the world where it grows in its natural state. The Vallee-de-Mai is also home to one of the world’s rarest birds, the black parrot. The afternoon will be at leisure at Anse Lazio, the most famous beach on Praslin. Anse Lazio is often listed among the world’s top ten beaches and is beautifully framed by granite rocks. Its soft white sand leads down to calm clear waters that are perfect for swimming and snorkelling.

• Colourful food markets and their wonderful aromas RELAX • Swim, snorkel and dive coral reefs and beaches

Day 8 - 9 Praslin Spend the next few days discovering the incredible island of Praslin.

Praslin is quieter than Mahe and the island’s beaches are considered to be the whitest in the world. You may choose to visit Anse Georgette, which has appeared on the top ten list of world’s best beaches.

• Relax on Anse Source d’Argent, named “world’s best beach” by National Geographic

Day 10 Praslin – La Digue You will be picked up from your hotel and transferred to the dock for your short ferry ride to La Digue. Upon arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel, which will be your home for the next three nights.

• Discover soft white sand beaches and crystal clear waters

Day 11 - 12 La Digue Enjoy the next two days on the picturesque island of La Digue. This quaint island is bursting with breathtaking beauty, a friendly and relaxed atmosphere, traditional architecture and magnificent beaches with red granite rocks that frame the spectacular white sands of Anse Source d’Argent. La Digue remains the most traditional of the main islands. The favoured mode of transport is the ox cart and bicycle.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your stay to include a visit to Reunion. Reunion is a volcanic island full of astounding geographical diversity and offers a wide variety of activities from mountain trekking to canyon exploring

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 13 La Digue - Mahe Today you will return to Mahe.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 207

208 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

“ Once the travel bug bites there is no known antidote, and I know that I shall be happily infected until the end of my life.�

- Michael Palin

Sail boat, Tahiti. Visit page 217 to explore Tahiti.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 209

pacific

Pacific The perfect destination for romantic retreats, family holidays, active travellers and those who simply want to unwind with the gentle sea breeze.

Fiji Cruise the Mamanuca and Yasawa Islands, explore traditional villages, hike rainforest trails, or spend your days in the tropical water.

Cook Islands Wade into the cool, calm, blue lagoons. Let the untouched charm of the beautiful Cook Islands capture your spirit and hold your heart.

Samoa Cascading waterfalls into rivers, walls of sheer cliffs that drop straight into the Pacific and scattered blue lagoons make up the Samoa archipelago.

Vanuatu Volcanoes, ancient art, ship wrecks and a myriad of hidden bays. Swim with dugongs, explore sand beaches, or watch the land diving ritual on Pentecost.

Niue Coastlines framed by tropical rainforest provide the perfect backdrop for leisurely activities or discovering your own private lagoon.

Tahiti Tahiti, otherwise known as French Polynesia, is a mesmerising wonderland of reef-fringed islands and translucent aqua lagoons.

Tonga Journey back in time to experience the Kingdom of Tonga’s authentic and compelling mix of centuries old culture, history and traditions.

Papua New Guine a Lying just south of the equator, Papua New Guinea is part of a great arc of mountains stretching from Asia, through Indonesia and into the South Pacific.

Hawaii With its sculpted cliffs, marine sanctuary, remote sandy beaches, towering volcanic peaks, cavorting whales and pristine islets, Hawaii is your playground.

210 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

pacific Fiji

Fiji

Handpicked Fiji

Most visitors to Fiji want little more than a sun drenched whitesand beach, a cloudless blue sky and the opportunity to take part in some serious rest and relaxation and on this, it does not disappoint. However Fiji is not just about lying on the beach; it offers an array of amazing experiences including diving and snorkelling explorations, island hopping and small ship cruising to name just a few.

The truly spectacular sacred islands of Fiji will astound you. As you journey around the islands discover a hidden culture and tropical paradise. Get up close and personal with manta rays, enjoy a guided kayaking adventure and visit local villages to immerse yourself in Fijian culture as you cruise around the islands.

| 10 days / 9 nights from $4,299* INDEPENDENT

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

four nights onboard Blue Lagoon Cruise MV Fiji Princess, five nights accommodation at Paradise Taveuni Island Resort, meals as per itinerary, flights Nadi/Taveuni and all land transfers

INCLUDES

Day 1 Denarau - Sacred Islands Transfer to Denarau to board your high speed private transfer catamaran, Cheetah. You’ll cruise through the islands to rendezvous with your ship in the Sacred Islands to begin your cruise.

DISCOVER • Cruise through the beautiful Yasawa and Mamanuca Islands • Visit the mystical island of Sawa i Lau and its caves • Learn about the work of the Vinaka Fiji Volunteer team EXPLORE

Day 2 Yasawa Islands Today is yours to laze on the sun deck as you cruise past several of the larger Yasawa Islands and beautiful bays. Your destination today is the famed Blue Lagoon.

Day 3 Yasawa Islands - Sawa i Lau The azure waters will tempt you for an early morning swim. Dive off the boat, head ashore to the beach or paddle a kayak in the surrounding tranquil waters. Most of the day is at leisure at a private beach. This afternoon the Fiji Princess heads north to the next destination, the mystical island of Sawa i Lau where you’ll discover the Sawa i Lau caves.

Day 4 Sawa i Lau - Drawaqa On arrival at Drawaqa, your Marine Biologist will tell you all about the local fish, marine life and the conservation work the Vinaka Fiji Volunteer team are doing in this area. If you are lucky enough to be here anytime from May to October, there’ll also be an introduction to the manta rays and you may have the opportunity to swim with these magnificent creatures.

• Opportunity to swim with manta rays during the months of May to October • Visit the reefs and cobalt blue waters that provided cinematic eye candy for films such as Tom Hanks’ Cast Away and Brooke Shields’ The Blue Lagoon

Day 5 Drawaqa - Taveuni Island It is time to return to Denarau Marina, where, upon arrival, you will be transferred to Nadi airport for your flight to Taveuni Island. You’ll then be transferred to Paradise Taveuni Island Resort.

Day 6 - 9 Taveuni Island You have the next few days free to explore the resort and the islands that surround it. There’s a wide range of complimentary activities available including a guided kayaking adventure, a snorkelling safari, guided cultural walk, snake show, garden trip and a scuba pool dive and more.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your trip by adding a stay at Likuliku Resort, home to the only over water bungalows in Fiji • For a little indulgence, add a helicopter transfer to meet your Blue Lagoon Cruise

Day 10 Taveuni Island - Nadi This morning you will be picked up and transferred to the airport for your short flight back to Nadi. On your arrival into Nadi make your way over to the international airport to prepare for your flight home.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 211

PACIFIC

WHISPERER BIRDMAN GEORGE IS FROM ATIU IN THE COOK ISLANDS. HIS REAL NAME IS GEORGE MATEARIKI AND HE KNOWS THE FEATHERED LOCALS WELL.

w

irdman George stands stock-still – only the sound of wind pushing its way through the thick glossy banana palm leaves can be heard – and everyone in the small group of people mimics his unwavering stance. He steps nimbly off the dirt track and stares piercingly into Atiu Island’s jungle canopies. He lifts the fingers of one hand to his mouth and makes the sound of a Rimatara lorikeet. There’s a flash of colour and one bird moves. Darts. George calls out, laughs to himself, and makes the noise again. There’s another flash of colour and two birds move closer so that the twitchers in the group, all tense with high hopes of seeing some of Atiu’s birds, gasp. Then there’s a unison of sighs quickly replaced by a swishing of camera lenses.

Hundreds of years ago, local people intently watched these birds too, but for a different reason: their stunning red plumage was plucked and used to adorn the ceremonial clothing of Polynesian chiefs.

Atiu is the third largest of the 15 islands that make up the Cook Islands and its 27 square kilometres is now a haven for birds.

There are native doves, pigeons, kingfishers, flycatchers and lorikeets, and unlike many

212 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Pacific Islands, Atiu has managed to protect and breed them, gradually killing off the invasive pest that is the dreaded myna bird.

George is employed to look after the 30 or so Rarotongan flycatchers (Kakerori) that were brought to Atiu between 2001 and 2003 for a recovery program. In 1992, the birds only numbered 29 in Rarotonga, so moves were made to ensure numbers didn’t

soon as the hatchlings took their first flight.

That’s one of the many reasons that the 400 residents of Atiu agree with the $2 bounty on the mynas' heads.

George takes his guests into the jungle and out into fields and crops to show them the many species of plants used for food and medicinal purposes. He also fires up an impressive earth oven on which he prepares

Atiu is the third largest of the 15 islands that make up the Cook Islands and its 27 square kilometres is now a haven for birds. dwindle further. Rats from ships regularly docking in Rarotonga were killing the flycatchers, so George also sets rat traps at the island’s entry point to keep his beloved birds and the island safe.

The Rimatara lorikeet was also taken to Atiu for safety in 2007, and today they are flourishing. The lorikeets’ young, fresh from the nest, were being killed by the myna as

a traditional lunch of fish, chicken, fruit and salad for his tour guests. After a few hours trekking about Atiu looking for birds, it’s a welcome rest. It's then that George shares local tales and legends, and explains that Atiu was originally called Enuamanu. Fittingly, that translates as 'Island of the Birds'.

Islands pacific Cook

Cook Islands

Untouched Cook Islands

Scattered over an expanse of ocean the size of Western Europe, the Cook Islands is a castaway’s dream come true. If you’ve ever fantasised about escaping to a remote desert island, far from the bustle of the modern world, then look no further than these fascinating islands, where you’ll find a thousand years of Polynesian culture sitting alongside some of the most spectacular natural scenery in the South Pacific.

Bush clad volcanic peaks descend to glistening white sands and the inevitable palm-fringed blue lagoon. Combine Rarotonga, the main island, Aitutaki, famous for its large lagoon and Atiu, the breathtakingly beautiful island with traditional Cook Island’s culture.

| 12 days / 11 nights from $2,688* INDEPENDENT

11 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, inter-island flights, return airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

INCLUDES

Day 1 Rarotonga - Aitutaki Make your way to the domestic airport for your flight to Aitutaki.

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Myths, legends and ancient traditions of this island nation • Rimarau Burial Caves • Cook Islands flora and its medicinal properties

Day 2 Aitutaki Today enjoy an Aitutaki Lagoon Cruise where you will experience Aitutaki Lagoon at its best. The cruise starts with a visit to the Motu of Akaiami followed by Tapuae Tai Motu. Here enjoy a lunch of fresh BBQ fish, a selection of local salads and fruit juice.

Day 3 Aitutaki Learn about the ancient culture, myths, and traditional ways of the islands. Today’s cultural excursion is a great way to discover the island. The trip concludes with a traditional feast for lunch.

Day 4 Aitutaki Today is spent at your leisure.

Day 5 Aitutaki - Atiu This afternoon transfer to the airport for your flight to Atiu.

EXPLORE

Day 6 Atiu Discover the Rimarau Burial Caves and hear the ancient legends of Terea Mataiapo and Katara.

• Cruise the beautiful Aitutaki Lagoon

Day 7 Atiu Today offers a unique opportunity to see the birds of Atiu on an island ecotrip. Explore ancient trails, see different types of plants and learn about their remedial uses. This afternoon enjoy an excursion to a coffee plantation.

• Aitu Island coffee plantation and learn how they make coffee the traditional way

Day 8 Atiu - Rarotonga You will be transferred to the airport for your flight to Rarotonga.

• Meet some Rarotongan locals on a progressive dinner

Day 9 Rarotonga Enjoy a lagoon cruise followed by a BBQ fish lunch on Koromiri Island in Muri Lagoon.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Enjoy a little luxury and pampering during your stay by upgrading your accommodation on Rarotonga Island to Little Polynesian Resort or to Aitutaki Escape on Aitutaki Island

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 10 Rarotonga Discover the island of Rarotonga. Hear myths and legends and learn about flora and discover their traditional and medicinal purposes. In the evening for dinner, you will be hosted at three different locations, enjoying each course at a family home where the local hosts invite you in to share a meal with them.

Day 11 Rarotonga This morning is at leisure. This afternoon enjoy a Cultural Village excursion as well as an island and western fusion buffet dinner finishing with a spectacular Over Water Night Show at Te Vara Nui Village.

Day 12 Rarotonga Today you will be transferred to the airport for your journey home.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 213

pacific Samoa

Samoa

Handpicked Samoa

Samoa has some of the most beautiful and enticing landscapes in the South Pacific. Stare into the overgrown maws of extinct craters, make your way through the lush undergrowth of sprawling plantations to clamber into eerie lava tubes or strap on a mask before coming face to face with multi-coloured coral and other marine life in the shallow waters of wildly beautiful lagoons.

Samoa offers much to see and explore and there’s no better way to discover the country than picking up a rental car and venturing out and about. Experience true Polynesian culture and traditions found no where else in the world. Explore the islands of Upolu and Savai’i at your own pace.

| 9 days / 8 nights from $1,619* SELF-DRIVE

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Scenic treasure trove of Savai’i • Dramatic Saleaula Lava Fields, where Mt Matavanu erupted • Robert Louis Stevenson’s former homestead EXPLORE • Apia and its surrounding areas • Natural fresh water pools and waterfalls of Upolu Island • Tantalise your taste buds at one of the many new restaurants along the foreshore of Apia EXCURSIONS • Enjoy a day trip to Manano Island • Learn the art of cooking a traditional Umu (earth oven) feast

214 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

five nights accommodation in Upolu, three nights accommodation in Savai’i, meals as per itinerary, arrival airport transfer, five days car rental and return ferry to Savai’i

INCLUDES

Day 1 Upolu Upon your arrival to Samoa you will be transferred to your hotel.

Day 2 - 3 Upolu Enjoy the next couple of days at your leisure to explore the resort and the fabulous beach. You may wish to grab some snorkelling equipment and discover the marine life that swims in these crystal clear waters.

Day 4 Upolu Discover the Eastern side of Upolu Island. Make your way east along the coast, through the Falefa Basin full of coconut plantations, and up over the mountainous Le Mafa Pass toward Sopoaga Falls. Enjoy lunch and a swim before exploring the South Coast, with its beautiful waterfalls and landscapes.

Day 5 Upolu Collect your rental car and make your way to Apia where you will join a sightseeing trip to discover the city. Visit the vibrant marketplace which is filled with Samoan crafts and produce, discover Robert Louis Stevenson’s museum located in his former homestead, view some of Apia’s most famous churches, and learn about the country’s past on the historical peninsula. After your sightseeing trip make your way back to your resort or why not go back and visit some of the sights you have seen today?

Day 6 Upolu - Savai’i This morning drive to Mulifanua wharf where you will board the ferry with your car for the ferry ride over to Savai’i Island. On arrival disembark the ferry at Salelologa wharf. Head north and make your way to your hotel.

Day 7 - 8 Savai’i The next two days is at your leisure to explore. Savai’i is a scenic treasure trove, offering everything from rich, unspoilt marine life and breathtaking waterfalls, to caves, blowholes and rainforests teeming with birds, other wild creatures and healthgiving plants. Its most dramatic geological feature is the Saleaula lava fields, where Mt Matavanu erupted 102 years ago, leaving 50 square kilometres of wrinkly lava tongues in its wake.

Day 9 Savai’i - Upolu Today bid farewell to Savai’i. Make your way back to Salelologa wharf for your ferry ride back to Mulifanua wharf. On arrival make your way to the international airport where you return your car and prepare for your journey home.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

pacific Vanuatu

Vanuatu

Handpicked Vanuatu

Vanuatu is a Y shaped string of 83 islands in the South West Pacific. The islands are surrounded by colourful coral reefs, deserted beaches with crystal clear waters, quiet lagoons where dugongs wallow, black volcanic sands, white sandy beaches and deep water for diving amongst ship wrecks. Here you’ll find picture-perfect beaches where there’s nobody but you and your snorkelling gear.

Cruise Vanuatu and visit villages that rarely see ships or western civilisation. Explore remote islands and beaches, swim, snorkel and bask in clear tropical waters. The ni-Vanuatu people will welcome and introduce you to their unique culture. The cruise begins and ends in Espiritu Santo. This magical island has Vanuatu’s tallest mountains, the South Pacific’s most delicious beef and one of the world’s most beautiful beaches.

| 7 days / 6 nights from $5,399* SMALL GROUP

six nights cruise ship accommodation, meals as per itinerary, onboard expedition leader, shore excursions, fishing trips with guides, snorkelling equipment and use of sea kayaks

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Rich culture, tradition and history of Vanuatu • Champagne Beach, said to be the most beautiful beach in the world • Land diving on Pentecost during May and June EXPLORE

Day 1 Espiritu Santo - Cruising On arrival in Espiritu Santo, you’ll be transferred downtown where a ferry will be waiting to take you to Aore Island Resort. You’ll have until 5pm to relax before you are taken by tender to your cruise ship the “Island Passage”.

Shortly after embarkation, the ship will head around Million Dollar Point; aptly named for the vast amount of American war machinery under the waves.

Day 2 Cruising This morning, snorkel over a fabulous coral reef only metres from the ship. You’ll be taken up current in a tender, so that you can drift over gardens of coral inhabited by a myriad of tropical fishes. Later you’ll venture up the Riri River in a dugout canoe to discover the miraculous blue holes. The rest of your day is at your leisure.

Tonight will be spent at anchor off the pristine beaches of Mavea Island.

Day 3 Cruising This morning there’s still time for a swim before the anchor is pulled and you journey north through more beautiful islands to arrive in Hog Harbour. For those onboard keen to experience the thrill of fishing “tropical style”, this is the first opportunity.

• See how the locals live in the village of Asanvari • Travel up the Riri River in a dugout canoe

Day 4 Cruising Today your adventure will see you landing on world famous Champagne Beach, said to be the most beautiful beach in the world, which promises the bluest water, whitest sand and greenest jungle. Later today explore Maewo and Pentecost.

• Towing a lure, you can try and catch tuna, mahi mahi, wahoo or giant trevally ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Enjoy two nights on Tanna Island staying at White Grass Ocean Resort and visiting one of the world’s most accessible active volcano’s Mt Yasur

Day 5 Cruising Be welcomed into the village of Asanvari, which is situated above a beautiful lagoon at the southern end of Maewo. In Asanvarai you’ll learn about the niVanuatu way of life. Watch custom dances, chat with the locals, learn how to cook lap-lap, or snorkel in the protected lagoon.

Day 6 Cruising After breakfast, the ship cruises down the coast to Waterfall Village. A local host will introduce you to the people of South Pentecost. You’ll be taken into the village as if you were part of it. From the Chief’s heartfelt welcome to your traditional Vanuatu kava farewell, you’ll be enthralled. In the evening begin the journey back to Santo.

Day 7 Espiritu Santo Disembark after breakfast.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 215

pacific Niue

Niue

Secrets of Niue

Niue is a Pacific Island paradise, one of the smallest countries on earth and the largest raised coral atoll in the world. With world class diving, fishing, walking, caving and whale interactions, Niue is a soft adventure paradise. Swim with whales and dolphins, dive within underwater caverns, discover your own secluded sandy cove, snorkel over hard and soft corals in warm waters and explore breathtaking caves.

Discover this extraordinary island and all that is has to offer. Hike your way through the maze of lava caves, snorkel with an abundance of fish, visit local villages to learn about Niue’s traditions and customs and go hunting for the giant Uga (coconut crab). During certain times of the year, you’ll also have the opportunity to swim with whales.

| 8 days / 7 nights from $1,333* INDEPENDENT

seven nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, return airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

Day 1 Niue On your arrival a representative from Matavai Resort will assist you with your transfers to Matavai Resort. The remainder of the day is at your leisure.

DISCOVER

Day 2 Niue Enjoy a round island trip, following the main road that runs around Niue, passing through villages and winding past amazing scenery. From the main village of Alofi, travel south through Tamakautoga and Avatele, heading east to Hakupu and villages beyond.

Between Hakupu and Liku is Togo, a place where the more adventurous can visit at leisure later in the week. Enjoy a brief pause at Hikulagi Sculpture Park, before heading north past more villages. At Mutalau Village, leave the main road for a short drive to Uluvehi sea landing before making your way back on the main road. Head to Hikutavake for a swim at the legendary Matapa Chasm. Drive past Limu Pools at Namukulu Village, then Tuapa which is the resting place for Niue’s last King, then on to Makefu before finishing back in Alofi.

• Local villages, a great introduction to Niue • Uga, or coconut crab, the largest hermit crab in the world • Magical interactions with humpback whales EXPLORE • Underwater Niue on a snorkelling trip • Niue’s limestone caverns • Swim with cheeky and playful spinner dolphins

ACTIVE • Add car hire to discover more of this island at you own pace • Hire a stand up paddle board and paddle along the foreshore for views of a spectacular jagged coastline

Day 3 Niue Enjoy an afternoon snorkelling trip. You may see the cheeky and playful spinner dolphins, which can appear at any time, so be prepared to jump in the water to interact with them while being gently towed by the dive tender. Your snorkel gear and shortie suit is included.

Day 4 Niue Experience the magic of an in-water interaction with humpback whales. You may have the opportunity to spend up to half an hour floating just metres away from these 15 metre long mammals. Please note that this is a rare opportunity and it is not guaranteed on every trip out. (This is for travel during July – September only. Outside these dates the day is at your leisure).

Day 5 Niue Head underground and explore Niue’s limestone caverns. These caves are located on traditional family land and are known for their variety of passageways including the infamous “keyhole”. These caves are sometimes home to swiftlets, a small native bird that must remain in flight until they return to their roost.

Day 6 Niue The “Uga” or coconut crab is said to be the largest hermit crab in the world.

While it spends all its adult life on land, it must return to the sea to release its eggs.

Today’s trip provides an opportunity to see and capture the uga in its natural habitat. This sightseeing trip is in two parts - the first if to lay the bait during daylight hours. The second part takes place at night when the crab comes out to feed on the bait. Time and weather permitting, a paddle in a Niuean outrigger canoe can be arranged. Niue’s outriggers are some of the finest in Polynesia.

Day 7 Niue Today is yours to spend at leisure.

Day 8 Niue Transfer to the airport to begin your journey home.

216 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

pacific Tahiti

Tahiti

Handpicked Tahiti

Tahiti. The word alone evokes visions of an island paradise.

With islands boasting high, rugged mountain peaks, coral reefs, turquoise-blue lagoons, white sand, palm-fringed beaches, and luxuriously intimate resorts, each island has something for everyone. It’s the kind of place where honeymoon fantasies are realised. The epitome of the Pacific dream, this is one Garden of Eden so beautiful it’s hard to believe it really exists.

Tahiti is a mesmerising wonderland of reef-fringed islands and translucent aqua lagoons. Shamelessly chic and seductive, it’s the kind of place where the rich and famous come to play. This journey covers the garden island of Moorea, the perfect paradise of Bora Bora and the secluded island of Tikehau. You’ll also discover the main island of Tahiti and its capital Papeete.

| 13 days / 12 nights from $4,737* INDEPENDENT

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

12 nights accommodation, meals as per itinerary, return airport transfers throughout, inter-island flights and sightseeing as per itinerary

INCLUDES

Day 1 Papeete Upon arrival you will be transferred to your hotel.

DISCOVER • Traditional Tahitian food and culture

Day 2 Papeete - Moorea Transfer to the airport for your flight to Moorea. On arrival you’ll be transferred to your hotel.

Day 3 Moorea This afternoon discover the culture, art and dances of the Polynesians.

This is followed by an evening of entertainment and feasts at the Tiki Village.

• Exclusive Tahitian Black Pearls • Tahiti’s glittering gems of Pointe Venus and Trou du Souffleur

Day 4 Moorea Set off to Moorea Lagoon and head for Cook and Opunohu Bays for incredible views of the mountains.

Day 5 Moorea Enjoy a safari experience and explore the extinct volcano’s internal crater. Visit a pineapple plantation, Moorea’s Lycee Agricole and its huge vanilla, banana, grapefruit and lemon plantations. Head to a marae before driving to Belvedere for stunning views of Cook and Opunohu Bays.

EXPLORE • Vanilla and fruit plantations on Moorea

Day 6 Moorea - Bora Bora Today you will be transferred to the airport for your flight to Bora Bora. On your arrival you will be taken to your hotel by boat.

• Secluded Tikehau

Day 7 Bora Bora Explore Bora Bora’s marine life and swim amongst the colourful fish, black nose sharks and stingrays in their natural habitat.

• Moorea and the beautiful bays • Bora Bora’s lagoonarium

Day 8 Bora Bora Get up close and personal with the lagoon’s glittering gems from the comfort of the Bayliner’s bow on this spellbinding trip around Bora Bora. Snorkel in the coral garden and the turquoise lagoon, learn about the island’s history and legends and how it was formed.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Upgrade to overwater bungalows throughout your trip for that extra special touch of luxury and romance

Day 9 Bora Bora - Tikehau This morning you will be transferred by boat back to the airport for your flight to Tikehau. On your arrival you will be taken to your resort.

• Extend your stay in Papeete. Visit the local markets, take an inland safari trip, stroll the foreshore and visit some of the many great restaurants and cafes

Day 12 Tikehau - Papeete This morning you will be transferred to the airport for your flight to Papeete. This afternoon enjoy an excursion of the treasure chest that is Tahiti on a trip around the island.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 10 - 11 Tikehau Spend the days at your leisure.

Day 13 Papeete Your journey ends this morning.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 217

pacific Tonga

Tonga

Swim with the Whales

The Kingdom of Tonga is the true South Pacific. The history, culture and charm of this ancient kingdom traces its origins back over 1,500 years. For the traveller, Tonga offers a different experience to any other Polynesian island. The snorkelling and diving is far superior to other islands and some travellers plan their entire trip around Tonga’s marvellous whale watching.

The ultimate wildlife experience awaits you. Discover an untouched paradise in Tonga, one of the few places in the world where you can swim with humpback whales in pristine crystal clear waters and get up close and personal with the creatures of the deep. Enjoy a stay at Sandy Beach Resort, located on the island of Ha’apai and nestled on a beach surrounded by lush tropical vegetation.

| 8 days / 7 nights from $1,519* INDEPENDENT

seven nights accommodation, return airport transfers, inter-island flights and sightseeing as per itinerary

INCLUDES

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

DISCOVER • Magnificent humpback whales • Ha’apai and its beautiful surrounding islands • Local culture by attending a local church service EXPLORE • Waters off Ha’apai in search of the humpback whales • Kayak around Ha’apai • Sandy Beach Resort and all the activities is has to offer ADDITIONAL CHOICES • Extend your stay at Fafa Island Resort. From here you can discover the many sights found on Tongatapu including the Royal Palace, Flying Fox Preserve and Mapu ‘a Vaea Blow Holes just to name a few

218 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Day 1 Nuku’alofa Upon arrival into Tonga, you’ll be welcomed at the airport before being transferred to the transit hotel in Nuku’alofa.

Day 2 - 7 Ha’apai This morning you will be transferred to the airport for your flight to Ha’apai. On arrival you will be met by a Sandy Beach Resort representative who will escort you to your resort. You will spend the next six nights at Sandy Beach Resort.

Nestled on a perfect beach and surrounded by tropical vegetation, this boutiquestyle resort remains Tonga’s best kept secret. All 12 superior bungalows are located just footsteps away from the beach, have en-suite bathrooms with solar powered, hot water showers and a private, oceanfront terrace. This outer island jewel will fulfil all your expectations of a tropical getaway.

The ultimate wildlife experience awaits you here. Every year between July – October humpback whales gather in Tongan waters where they start to train the next generation of calves on how to survive the long trip home to Antarctica, later in the year. Due to the large population of humpback whales residing in the area during this time of year whale encounters are common (but not guaranteed). You can observe these huge mammals from a boat or may even have the once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to swim with these magnificent creatures. Over the next few days you will enjoy four full day trips to encounter humpback whales, a guided bush and reef walk, a guided kayak trip, one of the most interesting ways to explore the island of Ha’apai, and be taken on the local shuttle to a local church service with sightseeing along the way.

Sandy Beach Resort also offers a wide range of activities. Why not booking yourself on a guided kayaking trip which is possibly the most interesting way to explore the fascinating island of Ha’apai. You will be given a brief demonstration on how to handle the kayak, so even those who have never kayaked before can take part. Learn about the history of Tonga as you visit some the historic sites. You may even be accompanied some of the way by a school of dolphins, an experience not to be forgotten!

Day 8 Nuku’alofa Today you will be transferred back to Ha’apai airport for your flight to Nuku’alofa.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

pacific Papua New Guinea

Papua New Guinea

Kokoda Trek

Papua New Guinea is one of the most culturally diverse countries in the world. This land of tribes has a rich history to discover and it’s believed that there are still many undiscovered species of plants and animals lurking in the interior. Travelling in PNG can be challenging; it can feel like you’re stepping into the unknown, yet this is exactly why travellers find this country so compelling.

The Kokoda Track is often referred to as “The Great Pilgrimage”, a journey that will take you to one of Australia’s most important WWII battle sites. In this Australian-led trip you will be guided by a trained and informative Australian guide who will look after all your trekking needs as well as shed light on the history of the track.

10 days / 9 nights from $4,855* SMALL GROUP

T R I P H I G H L I G H TS

two nights hotel accommodation, seven nights tent hire, meals as per itinerary, domestic flights, Kokoda Track Authority Permit, guides and porters and trained Australian and local PNG guides

INCLUDES

Day 1 Port Moresby Arrive in Port Moresby and transfer to your hotel. Today there is a pre-expedition briefing.

DISCOVER

Day 2 Port Moresby - Trekking Depart Port Moresby to either Kokoda or Popondetta.

If flying into Popondetta, you will travel along the same road the Japanese Imperial Force used to reach Kokoda Village. For those who fly into Kokoda, you will walk across the airfield to Kokoda Village. You will be introduced to your expert guide and porter team, who will spend the next eight days with you. They will set up camp, carry your food, tents and safety equipment and ensure you have a safe and enjoyable trek.

• Amazing mountain landscapes and unique flora and fauna • Feeling of achievement on completion of the trek • Isurava Battlefield Memorial

Day 3 Trekking Head for Alola via Isurava Battlefield Memorial. The memorial was opened in 2002 to commemorate 60 years since a ferocious four day battle was fought there.

EXPLORE

Day 4 Trekking Hike from Alola via Eora Creek to Templeton’s Crossing One.

• Local villages where descendants from the wartime “fuzzy wuzzy angels” live

Day 5 Trekking Trek from Templeton’s One to your home village, Kagi. Today’s trek will ascend Mt Bellamy, the highest point of the Kokoda Track. Divert off the track to pass through Nadoori.

• Kokoda Village and the battlefields

Day 6 Trekking Hike from Kagi to Menari village. During the morning climb Brigade Hill and then begin a long steep descent to the village.

• Huge mountain ranges and river crossings

Day 7 Trekking Hike from Menari to Naoro village. After climbing a steep saddle you will descend and pass through a number of river crossings to reach the village.

ADDITIONAL CHOICES

Day 8 Trekking Hike from Naoro to Wa-ule Creek. Climbing through open grasslands you will mount the Maguli Range and take a long steep descent to the campsite.

• Discover the highlands of Papua New Guinea with escorted 5, 6, 7 and 11 nights trips. Each of these trips are designed to see different parts of the highlands and cultures of a particular area. They are an excellent way to experience Papua New Guinea * All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

Day 9 Trekking Hike from Wa-ule Creek to Owers’ Corner. There are a number of river crossings and a long steep climb up Imita Ridge. The descent on the other side of the ridge is known as The Golden Stairs which leads down to Goldie River. After wading through the river the Kokoda Track concludes with a final steep ascent to Owers’ Corner.

You will arrive early afternoon and be met by a 4WD vehicle. Drive to Bomana War Cemetery in Port Moresby and then proceed to your hotel.

Day 10 Port Moresby Your journey ends today.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 219

pacific Hawaii

Hawaii ALOHA is a word that conveys deep feelings and emotions. It can mean ‘greetings’ or ‘goodbye’ in addition to ‘love’, ‘compassion’, ‘loved one’ and ‘to love’. It is the perfect word to describe Hawaii’s six unique islands all of which offer distinct experiences. Hawaii’s diverse natural scenery, warm tropical climate, white sandy beaches, turquoise waters, active volcanoes, history and unique Hawaiian, North American and Asian cultural influences make it a popular tourist destination.

There’s no place on earth like Hawaii.

Oahu The fusion of east and west and contrast of ancient and modern make Oahu such an enjoyable island to explore. With cityscapes, cuisine, history and glorious beaches waiting to be discovered, the island offers amazing adventures.

M aui Maui is known for its quaint towns, waterfalls and warm waters that, from January through to March, are perfect for whale watching. Discover Hawaii’s regional cuisine that blends ethnic flavours with fresh Maui ingredients.

The Big Island Hawaii’s Big Island is still growing thanks to the continuous flow of molten magma into the sea. From the snow-capped heights of Maunakea to the green rainforests and jet-black sands of Punaluu Beach, the Big Island is like no other.

Moloka’i Moloka’i remains true to its island roots; it’s the Hawaii of the past with unspoiled country, untouched beaches and no skyscrapers or traffic lights.

The island is home to Hawaii’s longest fringing reef and highest sea cliffs.

L ana’i The smallest inhabited island of Hawaii offers big adventures. Bounce along back roads in 4WD vehicles and get off the beaten track to discover hidden beaches and bays, windswept landscapes and scenic lookouts.

K aua’i Kaua’i is an adventurer’s paradise, with emerald green valleys, mountains and jagged cliffs filled with hiking trails waiting to be explored. The island is famous for its outdoor activities, laidback atmosphere and small, friendly towns.

220 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

| 15 Days / 14 Nights from $6,099* SMALL GROUP

Explore wildlife-rich waters on a seven night Hawaiian adventure cruise. The island chain forms the largest marine sanctuary in the world and is one of the world’s most important habitats for humpback whales. Exhilarating days of kayaking and watching marine life await you as you explore remote shorelines and secluded bays.

Follow this with a relaxing stay on Oahu.

pacific Hawaii

Hawaiian Seascapes

Includes seven nights cruise accommodation, seven nights hotel accommodation, meals as per itinerary, activities while on the ship and flight as per itinerary Day 1 Moloka’i Welcome to Hawaii! On arrival on Moloka’i you’ll be transferred to your ship’s hospitality area. Later, the Captain and crew greet you with smiles and champagne as you board the awaiting Safari Explorer. This evening, settle in and enjoy dinner aboard the yacht, before a presentation about your week ahead.

Day 2 Moloka’i A warm Aloha spirit gives you a sense of Hawaii from long ago. No traffic lights, no high-rises, just a welcome slower pace. “Talk story” with locals and experience their land and traditions as few visitors ever do. You’ll hear legends and lore, and then enjoy cultural lessons in taro patches and poi making, or hike to a towering waterfall in Halawa’s cathedral valley, one of the island’s most historic places. At the Moloka’i Museum, discover the history of this ancient homeland as you enjoy an evening pa’ina (feast), complete with a home-style Hawaiian jam session.

TRIP HIGHLIGHTS

DISCOVER • Rich island history in Lana’i • Stunning and unique islands of Hawaii • Kealakekua Bay, where Captain Cook died

EXPLORE

Day 3 Moloka’I - Lana’i Gear up for a day of play on the “Private Island.” Thousand foot sea cliffs line the shore and ancient volcanic plugs sit both above and below the water surface as a host to a wide diversity of marine life. Snorkel, paddle board, kayak, and explore the island by skiff. Enjoy a short hike to the island’s spatter and cinder cone. Learn about the islands plantation days with a visit to the quaint Lana’i Culture and Heritage Centre.

Day 4 Lana’i - Olowalu - West Maui In ancient times, Olowalu was considered a place of refuge. Today, it delivers a treat of snorkelling among coral gardens teaming with underwater life and is a known sea turtle habitat. The Humpback National Marine Sanctuary, located between Lana’i, Moloka’i, and Maui, provides a front-row seat as you cruise through these productive marine breeding grounds searching for dolphins, whales, and other marine life.

Day 5 Captain’s Choice Exploration A day of surprise! Leave it to your Captain and crew to seek out and unveil the best opportunities the islands hold in store today. Dramatic volcanic backdrops, marine life sightings, and chances for snorkelling, kayaking, and paddle boarding are all possible!

• Coral gardens and a sea turtle habitat • Humpback National Marine Sanctuary, a breeding ground for marine life • The Big Island of Hawaii with its unique landscapes

Day 6 West Maui - Honomalino Bay Fringed by coconut palms, Honomalino Bay offers a morning of snorkelling, paddle boarding, and kayaking. The bay reveals a diversity of colourful corals, sponges, and tropical fishes. Lava tubes, kayaking, and skiff trips fill out your last day of ultimate adventure in an area known to be favoured by marine mammals.

This evening you’ll anchor at an offshore location for a thrilling night snorkel with giant Pacific manta rays.

ACTIVE • Snorkel at night searching for manta rays • Kayak through coves and sheltered bays

Day 7 Honomalino Bay - Kailua-Kona Skiff to Kealakekua Bay, where Captain Cook was slain in 1779, for some of the island’s best snorkelling. At Kailua-Kona, stroll around at your own pace, and uncover the charm of this historic town. This evening, celebrate with the Captain’s Dinner and photographic recap of your adventure.

Day 8 - 10 Hawaii, the Big Island As the Safari Explorer docks at Kawaihae Harbour, you’ll be transferred to your hotel in Kona for your extended hotel stay. Spend the next few days exploring this amazing Island. Why not hire a car and make the most of visiting the beautiful hinterlands filled with lush rainforest and spectacular waterfalls or head to Hawaii Volcanoes National Park and hike around one of the most active volcanoes on earth.

• Stroll around Kailua-Kona

TASTE

Day 11 Hawaii, the Big Island - Oahu Transfer to Kona airport for your flight to Honolulu.

On arrival transfer to your hotel.

• Discover Kona coffee, grown on the slopes of the Big Island

Day 12 - 14 Oahu Discover the amazing island of Oahu and stunning Waikiki at your own leisure for the next few days. The turquoise waters of the beaches and city scapes of Honolulu and Waikiki are mesmerising. Meander through first-class shopping destinations or hike to Diamond Head and watch the sun rise. The historic architecture of Iolani Palace contrasts with the timeless memorials of Pearl Harbour. Enjoy excellent restaurants and the vibrant nightlife of Waikiki or relax and sip cocktails as you watch your day drift away on the North Shore.

• Taste local food from the food trucks in Honolulu and along the North Shore of Oahu • Watch the sun set while sipping on a mai tai

Day 15 Oahu Transfer to the airport for your flight home.

* All prices shown are for low season, per person, twin share.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 221

The Travel Corporation

No matter what your taste, whether you’re a family or a couple, a group or travelling independently, The Travel Corporation family offers something for everyone.

Our multiple award- winning portfolio ranges from luxury hotels and boutique river cruises to independent holiday package companies and a variety of guided travel experiences.

Our philosophy is simple – create enriching travel experiences for every one of our travellers by combining an unbeatable mix of exceptional service and quality at a great value.

Operating in 60 countries, we are a worldwide expert in travel. And as a fourth-generation family–owned business, we work hard to consistently provide outstanding service, experiences, and value, no matter which of our companies you choose.

Thank you for travelling with us. We value your loyalty, so when you book with Adventure World again, or with one of our select sister companies in The Travel Corporation family of brands, you’ll be recognised with special rewards and past guest savings.

For more information, visit TheTravelCorporation.com/your-loyalty

contiki.com

trafalgar.com

creativeholidays.com

insightvacations.com

aatkings.com

redcarnationhotels.com

uniworld.com

“Adventure World, as part of The Travel Corporation, is proud to be using 100% recycled paper for the body of our brochures.”

222 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com

Brochure Booking Terms & Conditions In these booking terms and conditions the expressions “Adventure World”, “we”, “our” or “us” include Adventure World Travel Pty Limited (Licence No. 2TA5870 A.B.N. 69 122 505 631) and entities that assist or participate with Adventure World Travel Pty Ltd in the provision of the services it agrees to provide (where the context permits, including its and their employee and agents) and the expressions “you”, “your”, “client” or the “passenger” include a person seeking or requiring the services offered by Adventure World, all other persons (if any) included with that person in the booking and that person’s or those persons’ travel agent (if any).

1. VALIDITY This brochure is valid from 01/09/2014 to 31/12/2015. Please carefully read and ensure you understand the following terms and conditions. You must not make any booking unless you understand and agree with the following terms and conditions.

2. TRAVEL PRODUCTS AND AVAILABILITY By requesting a quote for or booking any services or products (“Travel Products”), you (if booking directly or through a travel agent) and your travel agent on your behalf (if booking through a travel agent) acknowledge and confirm that you have read our booking terms and conditions, that you accept them without reservation as constituting the entire agreement between you and us which cannot be varied other than by an officer of Adventure World in writing.

Bookings of all Travel Products we arrange are provided by suppliers we believe to be reputable and to operate in accordance with the standards set down by their own local authorities.

Those Travel Products are provided subject to those suppliers’ terms, conditions and limitations (some of which may exclude or limit liability in respect of death, injury, delay, loss or damage to persons and/or effects) and we accept no responsibility for them nor do we make or give any warranty or representation as to their standard, quality or fitness for any particular purpose.

Any legal recourse you may have in respect of those Travel Products is against those suppliers and not against us.

We recommend all passengers take out adequate travel insurance for the duration of their travel.

All Travel Products shown in our brochures may be booked, subject to availability at the time of booking.

Considerable care has been taken to compile the information in this brochure but circumstances outside of our control may necessitate changes in itineraries or accommodation (e.g. bad weather, hotel being damaged etc.). We reserve the right to cancel or reschedule departures and itineraries if required by circumstances beyond our control. Where it is necessary to change a hotel, we will endeavour to substitute accommodation of no lesser standard.

3. PRICES IN BROCHURE We endeavour to ensure the accuracy of all prices displayed in our brochures. Prices are: (a) specified in Australian dollars (unless stated otherwise) and are subject to change without notice; (b) indicative only and subject to change until all of your booking details have been provided to us, we have confirmed your booking and you have paid in full; and (c) for the number of persons, items or time periods and on the conditions stated in the brochure.

“From” Prices The expression “from” with respect to a price means the lowest price for the Travel Product we believe is available at the time of publication, based on information we have received from suppliers.

Taxes, Charges and Currency Fluctuation All Government taxes and charges imposed by suppliers or third parties (including ticketing fees and airline fuel surcharges) are payable by you and are subject to change. If there are any increase in such taxes, charges or supplier rates or any currency fluctuation which increase the price of your booking, we reserve the right to change the price you must pay by including the additional charges or amount (together with any applicable service fee and GST) at any time prior to and including the date of your departure, even if we have received full payment from you.

We will notify you of any such price changes that result in your travel arrangements being materially different from those prior to the change being effected and in respect of which we have already accepted your deposit or full payment. If so, and you do not wish to alter your travel arrangements, you may cancel them and monies you have already paid, less any charges levied by suppliers, will be refunded. Any refund will be calculated at the currency exchange rate that applied when your booking was confirmed.

Airfares Airfare prices and conditions are subject to change or withdrawal without notification until the airline tickets are issued (For example, foreign currency airfares and airport taxes may fluctuate and are subject to the rate of exchange on date of ticket issue). Full payment is required before tickets can be issued.

Adventure World is not responsible for any increases in prices or changes in any airfare prices.

If we have knowledge, of any potential airfare increases, we will advise you when confirming your booking.

Errors We reserve the right to correct any errors in fees, charges, rate or prices quoted or billed, even if we have received full payment from you.

Exclusions The price does not include airfares (unless otherwise stated), passport and visa fees, insurance, laundry, phone calls, bev-

erages, meals not detailed in the itinerary, tips to tour guides, motor coach drivers and local city guides, items of a personal nature, excess baggage, expenses, fees or costs incurred in case of illness, or of refusal of entry to, detention in, or expulsion or repatriation from a country or part of a country. We are not liable for any expense, costs or loss incurred in relation to such matters and you release us from all liability, damages or responsibility in relation to them.

4. HOW TO BOOK Please contact one of our Travel Designers who will work with you to arrange an experience customised to your needs. We will present to you written quotation for the Travel Products requested.

5. QUOTES All written quotes indicate the price for the Travel Products only, they do not, unless specified, indicate the availability of the Travel Products.

A quote for Travel Products is valid for 7 days from the date the quote is sent to you.

6. PAYMENT Upon receiving instruction from you that you wish to acquire Travel Products, we will, arrange (if available) the quoted Travel Products and provide you with a confirmation of their availability and pricing. Your instructions will constitute confirmation that you have checked the Travel Products being booked and you have read, understood and agreed to these booking terms and conditions and any terms and conditions specified in the quote.

You must, pay to us:

you bear all costs or losses incurred as a consequence of your failure to comply with them.

Exclusion of Liability In the absence of our negligence, we are not liable for any cancellations, diversions, substitution of equipment, variations, postponements or any other act, omission or default (whether negligent or otherwise) of any supplier nor are we liable for any loss or damage to baggage or property, injury, illness or death, or any other loss (including consequential loss) damage or claim whatsoever arising from the act, error, omission, default or negligence of any person not our direct employee or under our exclusive control.

We are not responsible for any criminal conduct of any third party.

Where a motor coach seat is fitted with a safety belt, neither we nor any supplier concerned will be liable for death, injury, or any loss or damage whatsoever you suffer from any accident or incident if you are not wearing the safety belt at the time of such accident or incident.

We are not liable for any injury, damage, loss, delay, additional expenses or inconvenience caused by your acts, omissions or defaults, your state of health, medical condition or circumstances or other reasons which are beyond our control, including force majeure events or failure of equipment or machinery.

Warranties To the extent permitted by law, all express and implied warranties, guarantees, representations or terms are expressly excluded.

(a) a non-refundable deposit of at least AUD 250 within 7 days of us providing you with a confirmation of the Travel Products availability and pricing; and

Where the law implies any warranty guarantee or condition which cannot be excluded, our liability to you for breach thereof is limited to supplying the services again or payment of the cost of having the services supplied again.

(b) any amount we notify you when confirming availability and pricing or from time to time in respect of the Travel Products you request, within the time we notify you (i.e. certain Travel Products may require a further payment, up to full payment, to confirm the booking).

Maximum Liability Despite any other provision of these terms and conditions, to the extent permitted by law, our maximum liability to you or any third party is limited to the price you have paid us for the booking.

Your arrangements will be booked upon our receipt of the deposit or other payment. Only after we receive the deposit or other payment and we issue you or your travel agent with a confirmation invoice is a booking accepted.

The balance of the price of your booking must be paid no later than 60 days before (or at any time stated by us) your departure. If you fail to make any required payment, we will assume your booking is cancelled.

A travel agent who makes a booking at your request is your agent and is not our agent for the purposes of receipt of the deposit or any part of the price.

7. CREDIT CARDS Any payment by credit card attracts a non-refundable service fee, payable at time of payment, based on the total cost of the payment as follows: MasterCard and Visa - 1.5% and American Express - 3%.

8. AMENDMENTS If you amend your booking after it has been confirmed you must pay to us: (a) an administration fee of at least AUD 50, to cover communication and administration costs; and (b) any cancellation and/or amendment fees imposed by suppliers such as accommodation providers and other suppliers.

We will, to the extent possible, advise you of all applicable cancellation and/or amendment fees when confirming your booking.

9. CANCELLATIONS AND REFUNDS If you cancel your booking after it has been confirmed, but before you utilise the Travel Product, you must pay to us: (a) our reasonable costs to cancel your booking (to cover communication and administration costs); and (b) any cancellation fees imposed by the suppliers of your Travel Products (including airlines).

Cancellation fees cannot be waived.

If you have paid any amount to us in respect of a booking, we may use it to pay the above costs and fees. Any difference will be refunded to you.

Please note that the earlier you cancel your booking the lower the cancellation fees are likely to be.

After your travel has commenced, there can be no refund in respect of any Travel Product not utilised whether by choice or because of late arrival or early departure, including failure of a transport to operate according to schedule. Employees of any supplier are not authorised by us to give any undertakings in respect of refunds or other matters.

10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY We arrange the provision of Travel Products which are provided by third party suppliers. We do not ourselves provide the Travel Products you may receive on your holiday.

Suppliers Terms and Conditions Supply of the Travel Products is made, and all itineraries, coupons and exchange orders (collectively “vouchers”) are issued to you, upon the supplier’s terms and conditions that are then in use, including as to the applicable laws, requirements and policies of any government authority related to, among others, visas, entry, exit or transfer requirements. Your acceptance of the vouchers constitutes those terms and conditions as the entire agreement between you and the relevant supplier and

11. COMPLAINTS We endeavour to ensure that the arrangements we have made for you are implemented as arranged. If a problem occurs, the most practical way to deal with it is attempt resolution with the supplier. If you fail to follow this course, any claim for compensation may be reduced or denied. If you have any unresolved complaint, details should be lodged in writing (with supporting documentation, including efforts made with the supplier to resolve it) with your travel agent or directly with us within 30 days of your holiday concluding.

12. HOTEL DESCRIPTIONS AND PHOTOGRAPHS Hotel and facility descriptions featured in this brochure are based on hotel guides and information provided by suppliers prior to the publication of the brochure and may change at any time. Pictures utilised may not reflect the exact room, décor, view or other specifications.

13. INSURANCE We recommend you purchase travel insurance against forfeiture of payment, loss of deposits, cancellation charges, baggage loss, medical expenses, theft and other contingencies.

We make no representations as to what you may recover under any insurance. You agree not to hold us responsible for any decision of insurers, and/or any supplier, or the requirements of any foreign government, authority, foreign law or policy.

14. INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL You are responsible for all immigration, passport, visa, health, quarantine and customs laws, regulations, orders, demands or other requirements of countries visited or transited. You should check the requirements of those countries with their embassies or consulates or other authorities.

Official travel advice issued by the Australian Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade is available by calling (in Australia) 1300 555 135 or visiting their website www.dfat.gov.au. We recommend that you review this information both prior to making your booking and prior to departure. We strongly recommend that you also register your upcoming travel plans through the smarttraveller.gov.au site.

15. UNLICENSED SUPPLIER DISCLAIMER Adventure World’s range of products have been refined over 35 years. If you request Adventure World to arrange Travel Products by a person or company which is not licensed in accordance with any applicable law, we accept no liability (whether in contract for negligence or otherwise) for any loss or damage suffered by you as a result.

16. PRIVACY You consent to our, our agents and related entities to collecting, retaining, using and disclosing your personal information in accordance with our Privacy Policy. Our Privacy Policy sets out how we manage your personal information and is available on our website at www.adventureworld.com, or can be sent to you on request. Your booking of any Travel Product constitutes your representation to us that you have read our Privacy Policy and accept its application to you.

17. LAW AND JURISDICTION The agreement between us and you in respect of the services to be provided is constituted solely by these terms and conditions and is governed by the laws of New South Wales, Australia. We and you submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of New South Wales and the Courts of appeal therefrom.

18. UNDERSTANDING THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS If you do not understand any aspect of these terms and conditions you should seek advice from an appropriately qualified person.

adventureworld.com | EXPLORE MORE 223

Here at Adventure World we realise the magic is in the details. When you design your dream holiday with us you know you are undertaking a journey of discovery and absolute freedom. Leave the planning and personal touches to us so you can focus on more important things, like creating amazing memories that will last a lifetime.

Book with Adventure World and receive a complimentary annual subscription with our partner National Geographic Traveller AU & NZ magazine.

Visit us online for our world of destinations Call: 1300 363 055 Email: info@adventureworld.com.au

adventureworld.com

More than a Holiday...

Adventure World is a member of the family-owned The Travel Corporation and is renowned and trusted for its outstanding quality, service, value, reliability, and financial stability.

The Travel Corporation provides you with holidays and experiences of a lifetime.

TheTravelCorporation.com

Your Travel Professional:

224 EXPLORE MORE | adventureworld.com